EIGHTY-FIRST YEAR
Founded 1869
Calendar
FIRST SEMESTER
1950
September 12
September 12
September 15-18
September I 3- I 8
September 19, 8:00 A.M.
September 22
November 3-5
November 18
.
Novcinber 23
December 15, 4:so P.M.
Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests
T ... Show more
EIGHTY-FIRST YEAR
Founded 1869
Calendar
FIRST SEMESTER
1950
September 12
September 12
September 15-18
September I 3- I 8
September 19, 8:00 A.M.
September 22
November 3-5
November 18
.
Novcinber 23
December 15, 4:so P.M.
Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests
T d a y Evening . . . . . ........ .Opening Service
Tuesday to Monday.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registration
Wednesday to Monday. . . . . . . .Freshman Week
T d a y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cl?sses begin
Friday ............. . . . .Late Registration Fee
Friday to Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Homecoming
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Middle of Scmester
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Th&giving Lhy
Friday .............. ..Christmas Rscess begins
I9SI
JanJanuary
JanJanuary
3, 8:00 A.M.
22-27
17
22-30
Wednesday. . .Classes begin after Christmas Recess
Monday to Saturday. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Examinations
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F i t Semester cnda
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registration for Second Semester
SECOND SEMESTER
January 31, 8:00 A.M.
February 3
February 12
February 2s
March 21, 4:2o P.M.
March 27, 8:00 A.M.
March 31
May 24
May 24-31
May 30
June I
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Registration Fee
Monday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lincoln's Birthday
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . ..Washington's Birthday
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess begins
Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess ends
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Middle of Sunester
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . Seminary Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CollCge Examinations
Wednesday , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decomt:on Day
Friday . . . . . . - . . . . . . . ..College Commencement
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
REV.CLARENCE
J. CULLSEN,
President, Minnupolia, h.
Tcfm expirw 1952
MR. GEORGE
S. MICHAELSEN,Secretary, Minneapolis, Minn. Term
MR. R. E. MYHRE,Treasurer, Mirmaplis, Minn.. . . . . . . . . .Term
MR. B. A. BALERUD,
Minot, N. Dak.. .................. .Term
REV. CHRISTIAN
G. OLSON,Willmar, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term
MR. L. A. HENNINGER,
MInneapob, Minn.. .............-Term
REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Dulurh, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term
REV. EILNEST
G. LARSON,Minneapolis, Minn.. .......... T m n
MR. EVENOSE, Thief River Falls, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term
expires
expires
expires
expires
expiru
expires
1953
1951
1950
I 95 I
1952
1953
expires 1954
expires 1g 54
Advisory Members
DR. T. 0.BURNTVEDT,
President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
DR. BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College a d 'I;heological
Seminary, Minneapolis, Mian.
REV. (XAF ROGNE,B u s h a Director, Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn.
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
BEINHA. CHRISTENSEN.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presidmt
ARTHURNASH.. . . . . . . .Dean of tbe College and Director of Vetcrms A#&s
OLAF ROGNE......................................... Busmess Director
R. E. M n u ...............................................
~
Tremrer
................................. AStistmt Tremrer
ETHEL INGEBREDTSEN
K. BERNERDAHLEN. .................................... .Dem of Men
.................................. . D e b of Womm
GERDAMORTENSEN.
.........................
.Director of Public Relations
RICHMD F. P A U ~ .
MILDRED J o u ............................................... Regktrar
AGNESB. TANGJEIID
......................................... Librarian
MARTINWANBECK.
...................... .Director of Teacber Pbcmrent
M~RTON
P. SVROMMEN.
................................. .College Pator
H. NORMANHANSON.
........................ .Admissions C m s e b r and
Acting Executive Secretary of Alnmni Association
LARSLILLEHEI............................................... A r c h t
IRVING HOEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S~petvisorof Buildings and Grounds
EILEENQUANBECK
................................... Asktat Registrar
MARY KAHN. ................................. .Director of Food Sewice
KENNETH SORENSON.................... M a # g m of M d ~ d
OrpniZdhS
JAMESBUEIDE... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant in Public R e k t i m
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Medical Stafl: Dr. C. R. Wall, M.D., Physician; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse;
Loiraine Lundh, R.N., and Camla Mosby, R.N., Assistant Nurses.
Office Staf: Beverly Hagelie, Secretary to the President; Arthur C. Engen,
Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Oflice; Anna Strand, Clerk, Treasurer's Office; Margery
Manger, Secretary, Veterans Affairs; Tena Mehus, Assistant, Registrar's O&e;
Ruth Moldenhauer and Vivian Stockmo, Secretaries, Public Relations Office;
Doris Swanson, Secretary, Alumni Oilice; Mrs. Olaf ,Rome, Secretary to the
Business Director; Carol Seaberg, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Mrs. Iris Brustad,
Secretary, Deans of Men and Women; Marguerite Hamilton, Secretary to the
College Pastor; Meriderh Foss and Mrs. George Sverdmp, Library Assistants;
Mrs. Dora Quanbeck, Mimeograph Operator; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and
Switchboard Operator.
S~rpervisorof Housekeeping: Olga Hermunslie.
Head Residents: Memorial Hall, Robert Anderson; Sivertsen Hall, Milla
Thompson; Morton Hall, Margaret Sateren; Edda House, Alice Swensen.
The Faculty
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARDMARINUSCHRISTENSEN,Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of
Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, rgar; Augsburg Theological Seminary, rga2-zy ;
Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminaq, 1927; PL.D., Hardord Seminary
Foundation, r 929. AdditionaI smdy : Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, GGttingen
Teaching: Oak. Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26.
work, Brooklyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. Presiden
since 1938.
ANDREASHELLAND,
A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of New Testament
A.B., Stavanger Cathedral School, I 88 8; A.M., University of Oslo, I 889 ;
C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 893. Additional study: Oslo. Pastor,
M c I n d , Minnesota, I 893-4; Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1894-1902. Secretary,
Lutheran Board of Missions, 1907-19; Treasurer, 1924-28; Secretary-Treasurer, 1933-46. A t Augsburg, 1905-1940.
LARSLIUEHEI, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1901; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1904; C.T.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1907. Additional study: London, Chicago.
Teaching: Lutheran Bible Institute, Wahpeton, North Dakota, 1908-19;
President, 1911-14. A t Augsburg since 1919.
KARL ERMISCH,Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritus of Church History
A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago
Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925 ; S.T.D., 1933 ; A.M., University
of Minnesota, 1921; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1927. Pastor, 1900-21.
Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29. At Augsburg since 1928.
MELVINA. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament, Secretary
of the Theological Faculty
A.B., Angsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 9 I 8;
S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study:
Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, I 9 z I -3 8 ; Prof essor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar,
1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941.
IVERB. OLSON,Th.B., A.M., Associafe Professor of Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 19 3 5 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 9 36;
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1941. Additional study: Chicago, Minnesota. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota,
1941-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, I 939-44. A t Angsburg since I 941.
PAULG. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Cburcb History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 94 5.
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago,
1947-49. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
M. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of OM Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939;
S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional
study: Johns Hopkins. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 194s.
JOHN
REV. FREDRIC NORSTAD,A.B., C.T.* Special Lect~rer, 1949-50, Director of
C b a p k c y Service, Llatheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
O L ~ PROGNE, A.B., C.T., Lecturer in Practical Theology.
A.B., Augsburg College, 19s r ; C.T., Augsburg Theologicd Seminary, 19s5.
Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Henning, Minnesota, 1925-30; Duluth,
Minnesota, 1931-40. At Augsbulg since 1940.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
H. N. HENDRICKSON,
A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of History and Latin
A.B., Augsburg College, I 89 I ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 897;
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930. Additional study: Columbia. Pastor,
Superior, Wisconsin, 1897-1900. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1907-37. At
Augsburg since 1900.
LARSLILLEHEI,A.M., C.T., Profesor Emeritus of Greek
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty Listing.
MANNALD
ALDRE,M.Ch.E., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
Tallin, Estonia, 1941. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in
Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg
since 1949.
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,
M.Ed., Director of Health and Physical Edzlcation,
Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. M.Ed., Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High
School, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946.
NORMANC. ANDERSON,
A.B., C.T., Assistant Professor of Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1930; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1934.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1930-3 I. Pastor,
Tacoma, Washington, 1935-39. At Augsburg, 1934-35 , and since 1939.
* In
cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Scciety of Minnesota.
RAYMOND
ANDERSON,A.M., Instructor in Speecb
B.S., Univeisity of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950;
Teachiing: University of Vermont. U. S. Navy, 1946. A t Augburg since
1949.
HENRYBERTNESS,A.M., I n s t m t o r in Education
A.B., Augshwg College, 1947; U. S. Navy, 1943-46; A.M., University of
Minnesota, 1948; Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Tacoma Public
Schools, 1948-49. A t Ausburg since 1949.
WILLIAMW. BOARDMAN,JR., M.S., P.h.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
AB., C m College, 1938; M.S., University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., 1942.
Teaching: South Dakota School of Mines, 1942-43. Reseatch Chemist, U. S.
Government Service, 1943-49. A t Augsburg since I 949.
ESTELLEG. BRENDEN,A:B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; B.Mus., MacPhail School of M d c , 1930;
B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Colorado
.and Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1928-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
K. BERNERDAHLEN, A.M., Dean of Men and Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-1939; Cmby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg
since 1941.
KARLERMISCH, Ph.D., S.T.D., Prof essor Emeritus of German
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
FLOYDF. FOSLIEN,M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education and Mathematics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; M.Ed., 1949. Additional study: Minesota. U. S. Marines, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
H. NORMANHANSON,
A.M., Admissions Counselor and Acting Executive Secretary of Alumni Association
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1942. High
School Teaching and Administration: 1934-1944, 1946-1949. U. S. Naval
Reserve, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
A.B., Instructor in Philosophy and History
JOHN E. HANSON,
A.B., Augshrg College, 1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
U. S. Marine Corps, 1945-46. A t Augsburg since 1949.
MELVIN A. HELLAND,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek and Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
HOLMAN,A.B., M.S., Instructor in Bacteriology
A.B., University of h'ii~esota,1943; M.S., 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teachiing: University of Minnesota Bacteriology and Surgery Department, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1950.
JANE
ALMA M. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Socidogy
A.B., Colorado State College of Education, 1927; A.M., 1928. Additional
study: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eastern State Teachers College,
Madison, South Dakota, 192 1-2 5; Dickinson State Teachers College, 192836; Colorado State College of Education, 1936-37. Educational research:
University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. A t Augsburg since 1943.
J. VERNONJENSEN, A.M., Instructor in Speecb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1948.
MUDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar
A.B., Augsbusg College, 1940; University of Saskatchewan, 1940-41; A.M.,
University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, Hudson, Ontario,
1941-44. Lutheran Bible Institute, Outlook, Sask., 1944-46. A t Augsburg
since 1947.
LOIS R. ~IBPER,B.S., I n s t m t o r in Pbysical Education
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1948. Teaohing: St. Olaf College, 1948-49.
A t Augsburg since 1949.
PHILLIP A. KILDAHL, A.M., Associate Professor of History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1939. Additional study: Minnesota, Augsburg Theological Seminary, Luther Theological
Seminary. U. S. Army 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1941.
MMI B. KINGSLEY, A X , Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Mupville College, I 93 6; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional
study: Columbia. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42;
Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D.,
1941. Teaching: High School, 1922-3 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. A t
Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
KLINNER, B.S., Instructor in H m e Economics
MARGARET
B.S., Stout Institute, 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Fairmont High School, 1944-47; Bemidji High School, 1947-49. A t Augsburg
since 1949.
BJARNEE. LANDA,A.M., Associate Professor of Germunic h g u u g e s
A.B., Vou State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High
S C ' ~1930-3
,
I ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 194547. U. S. 09ice of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since 1947.
AUDREYLANDQUIST,M.Mus., I n s t m t o r in P k o and Organ
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music,
1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: MacPhail School of Music since 1937. At
Augsburg since 1946.
C
FACULTY
9
CLAYTONLEFEVERE,B.S., LLB., Instructor in Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota Law School, 1946, LL.B., 1948. U. S. Army
Air Forces, 1943-41. Law ~racticesince 1949. A t Augsburg since 1946.
MARIONWILSONLINDEMANN,
A.M., Associate Professor of Ronrcnrce Lungwges
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1926.
Additional study: M i e s o t a . Teaching: High School, 1922-24; University
of Minnesota, 1924-26. A t Augsburg since 1926.
0.HERBERT
LMDQUIST,M.S., Instructor in Pbysics and Mathematics
B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.S., Iowa State College, 1949. Additional
study: Minnesota. Teaching: Iowa State College. U. S. Army, 1943-44;
U. S. Navy, 1944-46. A t Augsbwg since 1949.
SHIRLEYPUTNAMMILLER, Ph.D., Lecturer in Biology
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1903; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1904; Ph.D., 1922. Additional study: Berlin, Munich, Chicago. Teaching:
b u t h Dakota State College, 1904-08, 1912-20; University of Minnesota,
1920-46. A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN MILTON, A.B., Instructor in Englisb
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed
Faces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women mad Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hank- Private School, Hmkow, China, 1934-35. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Dean of the College, Director of Veterans Afiairs, and
Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: M i e s o t a ; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air
Forces, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1922. Dean since 1946.
EDOR C. NELSON,A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Cocch of Football and ~ k e b a l l
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since
1946.
JACKNIENABER,B.B.A., A.M., Instructor in Accolrnting and Business Administrotion
B.B.A., University of Minnesota, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949.
U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
IVERB. OLSON,
Th.B., A.M., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
HENRY P. OPSETH, B.Mus., Professor of Mwic
B.Mus., St. Olaf College, 1913. Additional study: Piano under Madame
Chenevert (Minneapolis), 1916; cello and composition with Jessie Law
(Northfield, Minn.) and L. Paladeaux (Chicago), 1918-19; orchestra conducting with Eugene Ormandy. Private teaching and professional service,
1914-17, 1920-zr; U. S. Army, 1917-18. A t Augsburg &ce 1922.
F. PAUTZ,A.B., Director of Pzlblic Relations
R~CHARD
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. Additional study: Minnesota; Minnesota
School of Business. U. S. Department of Labor, 1943-44. U. S. Navy, 194446. A t Augsburg since 1938.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Assistmat Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Mbnesota. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior
College, San Mateo, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg, 1932-44,
and since 1946.
in Piano
MARGRETHE
PETTERSON,Instfi~~tor
Private study in Germany with Conrad Ansorge (Pupil of Liszt), and with
Albert Jonas (Pupil of Rubinstein), 1905-1908. Teaching: St. Ol'af College,
1901; Lutheran Ladies Seminary, Red Wing, 1903-05; Albert Lea College,
1908-16; Private teaching, 1916-30. A t Augsburg since 1930.
-TIN
QUANBECK,A.M., Professor of Edzccation
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933. Additional study: Minnesota. High school administration, Mantorville, Minnesota,
1929-3 6. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-3 8. Registrar, Augshrg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1938.
STANLEYJ. REMENESKI, B.Chem., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.Chem., University of Minnesota, 1942. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S.
Army, 1942-46. Minnesota State Board of Health, 1946-47. At Augsburg
since 1947.
PAULI. ROTH,A.B., Assistant in Chemistry
A.B., Augsburg College, 1949. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Marine
Corps, 1943-1945. At Augsburg since 1949.
LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: High School, 1935-39. hiusic Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1944-46. A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946.
MARGARET
SATEREN,A.B., instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching:
High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
RUTH SEGOLSON,M.S., Associate Professor of Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Teaching: High School,
1925-28 ; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College,
Summer, 1936. At Augsburg since 1944.
BRYCEW. SHOEMAKER,
A.B., G.T., Instructor m Philosopby and Religion
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1944; G.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1947.
Additional study: Mhesota. A t Augsburg since 1947.
SKURDALSVOLD,
B.Mw., Assistant Professor of Ma&
B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1925. Additional study: Chicago College
of Music. Private study: Mynn F. Stoddard, H d i n Hunt, Herbert Witherspoon, Oscar Seagle, Graham Reed. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1920-23,
1937-41, 1944-. A t Augsbulg since 1922.
JENNIE
GEORGESOBERG,A.B., Professor of Mutbemtics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926. Additional study: Minnesota, Augsburg
Theological Seminary. A t Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Suninary Faculty listing.
PAUL L. SPOONER,JR., A.B., LLB., Instructor in Business Jkw
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; LLB., 1937. With Civil Aeronautics
Board, 1939-42. U. S. Navy, 1942-41. Law practice, 1937-39, and since
1945. A t Augsburg since 1947.
hf. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
JOHN
MERTONP. STROMMEN,
A.B., C.T., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of
Religion
A.B, Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944.
Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor of English, Secretary of the General P m l t y
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Assistant in English, University of Minnesota,
1908-10; ~fllsworthCollege, 1913-15. At Augsburg since 1915.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
A.M., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in Lib.Sc., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel,
1922-28. Teaohiing: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, I 93638. At Augsburg since 1940.
GERALDTHORSON,A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1943-46.
A t Augsburg since 1946.
THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Instructor in Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 1931-41; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.
A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOHN
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
Jam S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg, 1938-42, and since
1947.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychdogy
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-35. P , ~ c i p a l Cannon
,
Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. Az Augsburg College since 1943.
hvmc H. WALLACE, B.B.A., A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics
B.B.A., Univerity of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1947-49.
U. S. Army, 1945. A t Augsburg since 1949.
R u m l v h u x s o ~ZIEMANN, A.B., Instructor in Secretarial Science
A.B., Luther College, 1949. Teaching: High School, 1949 (second semester).
A t Augsburg since 1949.
COMh4ITTEES OF THE FACULTY
1949-1950
Faculty Council: N u h , Miss Joel, Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Stensvaag, Torstenson, Landa, Soberg, Nelson, Thut, Rogue, Christensen.
Cmrricdum: Nash, Sveeggen, Christensen, Quanbeck, Miss Joel, Helland, Stensvaag.
Admissions and Scbohship: Miss Joel, Dahlen, Nash, Kleven, Miss Mortensen,
H. N. Hanson.
Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Joel, Miss Mortensen, E. W. Anderson, Urdahl, Strommen.
Library: Nash, N. C. Anderson, Olson, Miss Segolson, Shoemaker.
Atbkfics: Soberg, Kildahl, Pautz, E. W. Anderson, Nelson, Sonnack.
Socid: Miss Mortensen, Mrs. Lindemann, Torstenson, Miss Segolson.
Studies: Quanbeck, Olson, Remeneski, Miss Tangjerd, Landa.
Convocations: Miss Jensen, L. Sateren, Thorson.
Student-Famlty: Quanbeck, Urdahl, Miss Mortensen, Foslien.
AudieVis1~1Education: Urdahl, N. C. Anderson, Quanbeck.
General Information
HISTORY AND AIMS
FUNDAMENTAL
AIMS
T h e educationai purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is rhe fundamental force for good in human life. All rhe aims of rhe College,
as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctty the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty:
T o lead the studemt to a deeper understanding and pe~sonal
realization of the truth and power of the Chr3stian Gospel, to
the end that he may become an effective participant in the
evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest
advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and
for society.
To fawiliarize fbe d t ~ d e n twith the rult7~r.cof 01tr owrt a d
other rhilizothtr~,not only for the enjoyment this knowledge
a£fords but also for the development of a more sympathetic
understanding of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o dmelop fbe student's ititeresf it# flse attainment of t h ~
r o ~ ~ ~parposes
w m of m&rcu?~.rr.try,
so that he may work f o r the
wetfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our
liberties in communiry and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participarion in human affairs throughout the rest of the worId.
T o cultivate in the student a Cht-istian social spirit, in order
that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he
expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the shcdefzt to discijlitre his own urges, interests,
ambitions, and Aemunds in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character.
T o train the studercf in scientific methods of study and also
develop his understanding of the relations of science to the
welfare of humanity.
To stirnd.de intellectuul iderest and dewelup schhzrly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy
and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality.
T o a w b n and foster in the student an intelligent appreciatfon and enjoyment of the best in the fields of the fine arts.
T o guide the student in the 1cnderstading of sochd relationsb@s in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation
and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance for the studeat in the discovery and
clarification of his aptitudes and his Zife purposes so that as
early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o t r h s t d e n t s in voc~tionaland professicmctl lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial
training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year
college course preparing for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language,
music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work,
and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase
his egciency in the various relationships of life.
T o aford tbe student wblesome r e m e a t i d experieme which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant
source of social and personal satisfaction.
T o iastrzcct the student in principles, attjtudes, and ideas
pertaining t o health, and also to train him in practices and
skills which will promate his physical and mental well-being
and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the
College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who
come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct
tlnder~tanrl;agthat&M*tisb&ginall*
~ a r e o s f t e d t o ~ ~ ~ y i n t h t p r o g r a m o f t h 6
- mwmhthotend, T h e e a t i r e p r o g r o m o f t h e ~ ~ S L C t d
exm~,andtEtt~Zinethou~twkindertom;rke
&ble~~guutoftbkprognan,springfrcau&esim"to
see&thin&~thmu&tHe~&of~"
h o b e u t in Aupburg G k g e d Thabgid ! b i n a r y p s rmponthepwtdche~tfdl~donimtfteway~
prlscriM for the a m k m e u t of t h e e aims.
H~TORICAL
SKETCH
Augsbwg Seminary was fgpnbed in zgdp, at IbbrMl, V m -
aia. Ic~&firscthedogicaldeminnrystvtedbgNm*
IrOFfbeflPB in A m i r h T h o & an ~~t
witb a
~mtiankmown~~~~tbeSeminacywosbwrsed
iu the academy baiId;ng- Studem w b needed fmhr psefrrra~iuocpdemicsnbj~~~eretosbtrriatbisinthezcademy.
Tbjs
a r r m m f a i l e d t o w w k o u t ~ y ;~
0
t
p p -ed
to a p h e e dw&g, whm chsa amtinned Pntit
187s. fntheautumnof&atyartbe ! h k r y ~ t e m o v e d t o
&&map&
w h a bddbg had k t m etected for i t s
USE.
h
I n & s m e ~ ~ & ~ w a s ~ d u n d e r * h m
of M h w m m
TheabnoftheWtu~~totnin~f~theLudmm mgregatims which were bdng org&d in growing umnbwnr in die pjrweex s d m e o t s that were spreading rapidly over
theNo&we$L I t s m n b e a m r e * t & a t i p ~ d e r t o ~ i o ~ ~ t a
wtw adqua+ p p d fur thdogkd study a d b g c &p a ~ t w a s n e d e d .Soinr87qae$legecu~&~dumwas~lPaed
whi& provided for one year ob pqmatory studies a d f a y e
of d e g e wokk dmg two lina, a c h i d
to prepare adenrsfror t h e d o g y , d a h t I h E ~ w , p r e p f o rtheprof&mm Tbe h e r -however,
had to k d i m d u d , &y
f0r~ot:frrndsdpPmly~ugetoo~mdmtsselectedthe
course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the
in 1879.
In ~ g o a high EIChPoIcawme covering three years was e s d i & d
which in 19x0 w a ~
w a standard four-pr came, This
was Wntieaed in 1933. In the years I ~ X & E ~ Xthe
~ cnlIep
first class was graduated
course was thoroughly revised in conformity with modern developments. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the strictly
classical course has been largely modified and supplemented by
social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the
study of the humanities. During 'the past ten years Majors' have
been added in the fields of Business Administration, Sckiology,
Physical Education, Music, and Home Economics. Until 1921
only men were admitted, but in that year coeducation was introduced.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been introduction
of new courses and enlargement of the faculty. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent
is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological
Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College
function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved such
an arrangement mutually wholesome and stimulating.
Five Presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its
history. The terms of oflice of two of these cover a span of over
half a century. The first President was August Weenaas, who
served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup,
I 876 t o 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 191I and was
followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from I 9 I I to
1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as Acting President from 1937
until the election of Bernhard Christensen in 1938.
From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body
with two others, in 1890, resulted in the aililiation of Augsburg
with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due
to ditFerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose,
and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in
Augsburg formed the Luthcrzn Free Church. The resulting close
association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and
the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony
of purpose and ideals for more than haIf a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect.
The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members
of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Cor-
poration through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control
over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested
in the President and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which
has materially increased with the growth and development of the
College, the chief hancial support of the institution comes from
the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a'
growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church,
both alumni and others, have contributed financially t o the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on
the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
Augsburg College is a member of the Association of American
college& the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges.
BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the
Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi
River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration oaces, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students
have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections.
They may hear the best music and lectures. They may contact
modern life at one of its focal points.
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library,
the Seminary classrooms and osces, and a number of college classrooms and ogces.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49 and taken into use at the beginning of the present school year, is a large and completely modern college building. I t includes, besides the administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
and Home Economics, as well as the student organization offices,
the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms,. and faculty
offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern,
fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men.
On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and
dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a splendid dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Plans are under way for the
erection of an addition to this dormitory.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Edda House, purchased and
remodeled in 1948, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 2 0 students.
During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on
23rd Avenue across the Square from the older part of the Campus.
The Gymnasium, a well-built and well-equipped temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency
as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans.
The Music Hall, formerly the Tabernacle Baptist Church, was
acquired by purchase, and remodeled to serve the needs of the
Music Department.
Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and
student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been
erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground.
The President's Home, a beautiful residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in
1949.
Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the
school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented manv
valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Col-
lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare
minerals, curios, etc. Contributions should be sent to Prof. L.
Lillehei, Curator.
In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preserve
documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house
the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main
has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of
Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals,
old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also
about ~ , o o ovolumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions
to the Archives should be sent to Prof. L. Lillehei, Archivist.
The collectio~sin the Library aggregate about 26,000 volumes
exclusive of pamphlets.
Two hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing
with popular subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently.
Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to
1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:00 P. M.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make
their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St.
Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the
James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one 'of the
finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University
of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the
Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research
papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all
these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall.
Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located
on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for
Chemistry, and a laboratory and the two storeroams for Physics
are located on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the callege provides many excellent
visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the
use of other college activities, are the following: 16mm. sound
movie projector, 3 I / q q inch slide projector (several), 2 y ' ~ 2 yslide
y
projector, Balopticon, sound ampliiication system, film strip projector, magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well
equipped photography department.
The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual
education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided
with facilities for projection.
The Book Shoppe of The Messenger Press is located at 2120
Riverside Avenue, one block from the campus. Here are readily
available not only text-books, stationery, and supplies, but $50 a
fine selection of Christian literature.
EXPENSES
For Theological students, tuition is free. For statement of
Seminary expenses, see page 92. The tuition for the College students is $ I 50.00 a semester.
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $6.00
for each additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay a t the rate of $ I 3.00 per credit hour
up to I I credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours
will pay the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $6.00 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of
class work per week pay the student activity fee.
GENERALINFORMATION
ESTIMATED
EXPENSESFOR ONESEMESTER'
Tuition in College. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I 5 0.00
This covers instruction, laboratory fees, health service, use of the
library, and admission to all athletic events.
Books, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .zo.oo to 3 5.00
Student activity fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time). . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.00
Key deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.yo
Board, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00
Room
......................................................
Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,375 .oo to 390.00
NOTE:See page 28 for information concerning opportunities for
part-time employment to assist in meeting expenses.
All bills for tuition, room, and board are payable in advance at
the beginning of each semester. When necessary, special arrangements may %e made with the Treasurer for partial payment and
payment of the remainder in monthly installments. A charge of
fifty cents per month is made on such installment payments, if
the balance is over $25.00; otherwise twenty-five cents per month.
All accounts must be paid before a student is permitted to register
for a new semester.
Exchange will be charged on all out-of-town checks.
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $9.00 per week for the time
during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel
out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition.
No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity
fees.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to
the time students have been in residence.
Subject to change.
w
SPECIAL FEES
Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Change of registration unless the change is necessary because
of errors in registering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration with the Teacher Placement Bureau. . . . . . . .
Teacher Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$3.00 to
Diploma fee, for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition. . . . .
Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-00
1.00
2.00
5.00
7-50
2.00
2.00
5 .OO
MUSICFEESPER SEMESTER
Piano for credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3 5-00
Voice for credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 5-00
Organ for credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5 -00
9.00
Class instruction in voice for credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.oo
Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.00
STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory,
and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need
to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible
but very real supplementary influences have much to do with
creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of
Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious
attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development
and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy
Christian atmosphere on the campus.
I t is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an at-
GENERALINFORMATION
mosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in the life of each student.
23
In order to help toward attaining these goals the faculty and
students gather in chapel every day for a brief meditation upon
the Word of God and the deepest needs of the human soul. Regular attendance is expected of all students. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses
&red in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are urged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is heId twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend
its services regularly.
CULTURAL
OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique
opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and
cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent
art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of
Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are
large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in
St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material.
In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota
and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development.
CONVOCATION
Regular convocation programs are held a t Augsburg &roughout
the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community
with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A
wide range of interests is covered, including the scientzc, political,
social, religious, and artistic.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
ADMINISTRATION
The coordination of the many ~ersonnelservices is the responsibility of a twelve-member Faculty Council headed by the Dean
of the College. Individual members of the Council or subcommittees direct the various activities, which include academic and
personal counseling, housing and food service, recreation and
health, employment and placement, and student activities.
1
The Luther League, the Mission Society, the Lutheran Student
Association, the National Student Association Council, and a
large number of departmental and special interest clubs are directly supervised by the Student Council. A Student-Faculty committee of eight members promotes and supervises student activities
serving as a liaison between the Faculty and Student Councils.
The counseling program for new students begins as soon as the
Admissions and Scholarship Committee has approved their applications. All available data concerning each prospective student are
combined with test results obtained during Freshman Week for
use during registration.
Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor, generally on
the basis of mutual academic interest. This assignment continues
for the first two years. At a scheduled period during Freshman
Week, the student meets with his counselor for registration. At
least three additional counseling periods are scheduled for each
semester. Whenever he feels the need, the student is encouraged
to see his counselor for help to discover and develop as fully as p a sible his latent abilities. Upper-class students are counseled by
their major advisers.
Additional counseling is provided for the students by the use
of student counselors. Each entering Freshman is assigned a student counselor, who works with a faculty counselor in each instance. The program is organized by a Student Counselor Steering Committee working with the Personnel Committee.
Adjustment to college is one of several subjects introduced during Freshman Week. The various phases of this important problem of personal adjustment are given thorough study in the Orientation course which meets one hour per week throughout the
first semester. Vocational possibilities within the divisional organization of the College are presented and course sequences are discussed. Personal and health probl&s, social adjustment, vocational and educational aims are examined from the point of view
of individual needs.
Special problems in counseling are referred to the Personnel
Committee, which is composed of a member of the Department of
Christianity, the Registrar, a professor of Psychology, the Director
of Physical Education, the Dean of Women, and the Dean of Men,
who serves as chairman. The administration of the counseling
program is the work of the Personnel Committee.
A system of referral makes available to any student the resources
and special abilities of the entire faculty. Through all phases of
the counseling program, the primary aim is the welfare of the individual student.
The personal problems of the students are dealt with in the light
of the following spiritual purposes and ideals. It is expected
of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and
off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College.
Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled
at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be
the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students,
and administration.
The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public
dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable
card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg must, therefore, not
participate in such practices.
Augsburg reserves the right t o dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable t o advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed
although no formal charge is made against him.
RECREATION AND
SOCIALLIFE
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. A t Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not
only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and
directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards
the use of leisure time in general. Wholesome social activities of
many kinds are fostered and encouraged. Also in this area the goal
is "to see all things through the eyes of Christ."
The Stdent Center, in the new Science Hall, serves as a social,
cultural, and conference area for students. During the day, students use the Center as a general reading and committee room.
The campus post o6ce is adjacent to the Student Center, as
are also The Student Council Room and The Echo and The Augsburgian o0ices.
The Prayer Chapel in the tower of the new Science Hall is open
at all times for quiet meditation and prayer. Smaller groups may
request the use of the chapel for devotional meetings.
A room for off campus men is located in Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall and for off campus women in Morton Hall.
All students who are not living at home are required to room in
the College dormitories, unless permission to room elsewhere is
granted by one of the Deans. Such permission must be secured
before final arrangements are made.
Residents in dormitories are required to take their meals in the
College dining hall except those students who are employed away
from the College. The charges for room and board are payable in
advance.
The residence halls are open for the occupancy of students on
the day preceding the beginning of registration. Temporary arrangements may be made for students who have permission to
come early to seek employment. Meals are served commencing on
the morning of the first. day of registration.
Dormitories are officially closed daring all vacations within
twenty-four hours after the last session of -class work except by
special arrangement with the Deans.
Dormitory residents are held responsible for breakage or injury
to the furniture and furnishings.
The College believes in the educational value of group living
under faculty supervision. It is expected that life in the dormitories should foster the development of Christian character, selfcontrol, and consideration for the rights of others.
SVERDRUP-OFTEDAL
MEMORIAL
&L
This dormitory for men, erected in 1938, accommodates about
students. The modern arrangement of the dormitory, with its
suites of two rooms for every three or four students, helps to make
this an inviting College home for men. The rooms are furnished
except for bedding and linen.
I 50
HOUSINGFOR WOMEN
The college operates a cottage plan of supervised residences for
women, pending the building of the planned additions to Sivertsen
Hall.
College-operated residences for women include Sivertsen Hall,
2323 South Sixth Street, which houses fifty; Morton Hall, 730
rznd Avenue South, which houses twenty; Edda House, 2222 7%
Street South, which houses twenty-four.
Rooms are furnished except for bedding and linens. Laundry
facilities are provided in each unit.
Assignment of rooms is made after the first of August. An
attempt is made to assign the rooms so as to meet the student
interests and needs, and to create congenial housing units.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939 through the generosity of Dr.
Ivar Sivertsen, accommodates about fifty Freshman women students. The first floor has a large reception room used for social
functions. In the basement are a kitchenette and a recreation room.
Applications for rooms should be sent as soon as a student is
notified of his acceptance. Applicants will be assigned to dormitory
rooms in the order in which their applications are received.
Rooms are assigned to present occupants of the dormitories by
August first. After that, they are assigned to new applicants in
the order of application.
Students who cannot be accommodated in permanent dormitories may find rooms in temporary housing units. Rooms in approved private homes are also available. Arrangements for these
rooms are made through the Personnel Office.
For married students, the college has two temporary housing
buildings, each accommodating four families.
FOOD SERVICE
The ground floor of the Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
a cafeteria and dining-haall, a social room, and a private diningroom.
All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of
using these service units. The dining-hall will furnish food at
cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics.
The program of health service is in charge of the Director of
Physical Education and Recreation, who is assisted by the School
Physician and the School Nurse. It includes regular physical examinations, corrective measures where needed, and a school-wide
program of recreation and physical training. Infirmary Rooms are
provided for the use of those who are ill. The ogce is in Room I I I,
Memorial Hall.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The service is free.
A large number of college students find it necessary to secure
part-time employment while carrying on their studies. The Employment Service, operated by the Oflice of Public Relations, has
been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students
in part-time positions. Many Minneapolis institutions and firms
have gladly cooperated in this enterprise. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and
clerical work.
Students are employed by the college in many activities. For
these positions preference is given to upper-class students who
have maintained a good scholastic average.
AppIication forms for part-time employment on or off campus
may be secured from the Oflice of Public Relations.
The Placement Bureau seeks to assist members of the graduating
class, as well as alumni, in securing positions. A registration fee
and a small placement fee are charged.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
GENERAL
The Studmt Society. The Student Society is an organization
of the entire student body. It delegates the authority "to promote
and govern the all-student activities" of the school to The Augsburg Sti~dcrtfCoumil. The president of the Council is elected by
The Studmf Society. Other members are elected by each of the
College classes and The Theological Seminary as their representatives. A local council of the National Student Association has been
formed by the Student Council.
The Associated Women Students. This organization directs the
activities of special interest to the women students, all of whom
are members.
In order to aid one another "to eee d h g s &ugh & eyeri
of Christ" and to work together for the r&s&m of the spifi'rtul
p ~ ~ e ~ t i a t h e c h r i s e i a n f ~ t h e m ~ d t h
md S t h j have formed a number of 01cgmkths.
The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in
the Theological Seminary. To those interested in missions the
M & h Socidy ip a d y i n g point. There is also during the school
year mu&
for bringing the Christian message to Gospel
char&.
and other organizations.
The Luther League affords the student an opportunity to share
in local and general Luther League work.
The Student Society is aHiated with the Lzctheran Student
Association of America, and Augsburg students participate in the
v a r h s regional and national acti*
of tbis large# f&w&ip* .
AU studmw m q h d iaspiratim in the hfidwe~k
W a g , Bible
S d y * and mher regular m d g s far prayex and feIIow&ip.
ReFighsw Epwpbds Week and the
The
hfisdion F e d i d are
Anl~cpZ
outstanding religious events of each school year.
A W s Gostel Q w t e t represents the school in many places,
espedallp during the summer. Other musical groups having a religions pare developed each year.
Also during the summer, a number of students do parochial
school teaching, carry on home mission work, travel in Gospel
duos, or engage in similar types of Christian service.
DEPARTMENTAL AND STUDENT INTEREST GROUPS
SOCIALSCIENCE
The Znternathd Relations Club is an organization of students
who major in one of the social sciences or who are particularly
interested in international relations.
Organized Field Trips. The Department of Sociology arranges
for field trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison,
State Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial
institutions.
The Augsburg College League of Women Voters is an organization af6liated with the Minnesota League of Women Voters aiming "to promote education and citizenship" and stimulate interest
and participation in effective government.
The Republican Club gives the student a chance to engage in
the discussion of political issues of the day.
NATURALSCIENCE
The Aristotelians is a society made up of students who specialize
in the natural sciences. Monthly meetings are held, at which
speakers address the society on scientific topics.
LITERARY
The Scribblers Club. This is an organization open to freshmen
who wish to do creative writing.
The Writers Club. This organization is composed of advanced
students interested in creative writing. Members submit -articles
for group criticism at the regular meetings. The best selections
are published in The Dial, an annual literary magazine.
Le Cercle Francais. Membership in Le Cercle Francais is open to
past and present students of French. Meetings are held from time
to time at which the group listens to broadcasts of French short
stories, plays, songs, etc., or the group presents its own program
of vocal and instrumental music, skits, and readings.
The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity t o exercise the use of their knowledge in informal gatherings.
The German ~ocie;?. This organization is for the purpose of
cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture.
Tbe Norse Club. This club is composed of students who are
interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art. In
order to become members of The Norse Club students must maintain a C average in all their work.
The Sigvald Kvale Silver Medal Contests are given by members
of The Norse Club.
JOURNALISM
For those interested in Journalism several avenues are open for
securing practical experience in campus publications.
The Augsbzcvg Echo, the College paper, is best adapted for this
purpose. Besides serving the need of such a publication at the
school, it is given considerable circulation among high schools in
the Northwest.
The Augsburgiun is published as an annual, giving a- story of
Augsburg life in word and picture.
The Dial is a literary magazine published regularly by the
Writus Club.
DEBATE,ORATORY,
AND DRAMA
Augsburg is annually represented by men and women debaters
at intercollegiate contests which are held in various colleges in
Minnesota and neighboring states.
There are also local and intercollegiate contests in oratory.
The Drama Club has been formed to give interested students
opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama.
The Junior Toastmastqs Club aims to give experience in public
speaking and instruction in the art of toastmastership and parliamentary procedure.
ATHLETICS
Physical Education and Recreation. Under the direction of the
Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities of a
recreational nature is arranged for general student participation.
Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate
for his own pleasure and recreation.
Intercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, baseball,
track, tennis, and golf.
Intramural Athletics. Through the intramural department
is maintained in six-man t o d b d , Park Baard basketball, interdm basketball, ping pmg, badminmn, diamondball,
h n d b d , archery, voolleyU tetherball, *,
tennis, s h d e board, and h d e y . clhaxing the baamudprogram is the Conference Exrxamud
a specid Minnesoza Interc~Negiaa
A&letic Conference event in && champiom of all intramural sports
of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships.
The "A" C l d . M d x & p in the "A"Club is limited to
men who have won a major A at Augsbwg, The aim of this organization is "w b i d the 'A*men of the past, present, and future
into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics
of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
.Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary orpnization. Membership is gained by par&patiost m individual and kaap recreation activities with awards
given on a point basis. T h e Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Associarion of a l l e g e Women.
The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports.
Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exchange ideas
about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
-on
e,
A comparatively large number of students take part in the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the choirs and
the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel through the fellowship of
music and song.
'
Membership in the choirs and the band is based upon musical
aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who
fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of Music.
Atrgsbvrg Cdlege Cboir. The College Choir consists of about
L fifty members. From year to year the Choir has toured in various
parts of the United States, singing an average of eighteen concerts
during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast,
Canada, and a number of the Midwestern states.
Azcgsburg C h d Club. The Choral Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in
the Twin Cities and in other parts of Minnesota and neighboring
states.
Augsburg College W . In addition to presenting its fall and
spring concerts the Band gives practical experience in instrumental
music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher.
The Men's Chorus affords opportunity to those interested in this
special type of group singing. The chorus meets twice a week.
The Pep Band affords an opportunity for training in band music
as well as for taking part in the creation of spirit and enjoyment
at the college athletic functions.
Miscelluneotcs Grwps. In addition to the Choir, Choral Club,
and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups,
both vocal and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent
out duos, trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches.
These organizations are usually formed and directed by the students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department.
Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocation in
recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities.
The Class of 19I 8 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner
of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition
in the Main Building.
The I927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior
student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least
two years.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to
be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Two prize scholarships (tuition for the second half of the Freshman year) are offered by the State Council of Minnesota Colleges,
one to the first ranking Senior boy and one t o the first ranking
Senior girl from any Minnesota high school.
Outside of Minnesota, where the regulation of the State Council
of Minnesota Colleges does not apply, a limited number of scholarships of this kind are awarded to students of superior ability.
The George Sverdmcp Graduute Fellvwsbip was established by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory
of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 191I to 1937.
I t is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding
character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation
of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. Hojhuzn Memorial Scholurshp was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in
memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and
is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Assochtion Scholarship of $ 2 5 o
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in
order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying
out of projects of graduate study.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from I 93o to I 93 5,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology.
The amount of the prize is $40.00.
The Celia Fredrichon Scholmshtp consists in the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
To assist students in meeting their financial problems in emergencies several revolving funds have been established through
which loans, at a reasonable interest rate, may be arranged.
The Augsbwrg College Wonten's Club Loan Fund extends assistance especially to members of the Senior class, and also a limited
number of short-term loans to other students.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Lovm
Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
Tbe Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hotcr, established
under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North
Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry.
The General Student k n Fund, established through the gifts
of a number of individuals, provides short-term loans for students
of all classes.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater.
The annual meeting is held at commencement time each year.
Regional meetings also are held from time to time.
The present ofljcers are: Lawrence Quanbeck, President; J. Vernon Jensen, Vice-president; H. Norman Hanson, Acting Executive Secretary; Marvin Gisvold, Treasurer; Esther Aune, Margaret
Hulburt, Advisers.
.
THE FOUNDATION FELLOWSHIP
The Augsburg Foundation Fellowship is an association of alumni,
former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and
financial, to the school. The 'Fellowship was founded in 194I by
joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association
and has had a steady growth of membership since that time. Its
work is directed by a General Committee of nine me-mbers. A
Foundation Day is held each year. The present membership is
about seven hundred.
Augsburg College
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Public Relations Oilice
or from the Registrar's Oilice. The application, together with two
letters of recommendation, the high school record, previous college record if any, and for veterans a certified copy of the separation papers, should be sent to the Registrar's Oilice. Previous college records of veterans may include V-12 and ASTP records.
Forms combining the application and the high school record are
generally available in ,Minnesota high schools. They can also be
secured from the College. A student seeking admission in the fall
semester should apply not later than September 15 and for the
spring semester by January 2 5 .
Augsburg College admits as students men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability
to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank
in the high school graduating class and in the college aptitude test.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses
of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. These four
years of high school must total at least 16 units and should include
the following requirements: English, four units, or English, three
units and a foreign language, two units; social studies, two units;
mathematics, one unit. A unit is defined as a course covering one
academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork.
High school graduates without specified high school subjects and
graduates of unaccredited high schools will be considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give
evidence of suilicient maturity are considered for admission upon
recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational
ACADEMIC
REQUIREMENTS
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program.
The General Educational Development tests are available to service
men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however,
be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or recorded aptitudes make success
at Augsburg doubtful.
DEFICIENCIES
ficiency in English will be required to register for two extra hours
of work per week. Such deficiency and the requirements with
regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning
of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include
the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pro-
TRANSFER
AND ADVANCED
STANDING
If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted
a t Augsburg only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing in any subject is granted to students who
present satisfactory credentials from other institutions. In certain
cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of examinations.
This is true of veterans whose achievement in the college General
APPLICATIONSOF VETERANS
Veterans who wish to apply for admission under the provisions
of Public Law 346 (G.I. Bill of Rights) or Public Law 16 (Rehabilitation program) should obtain notice of eligibility from their
regional Veterans Administration. This notice should be presented
to the Registrar at the time of their application.
Application for credit on the basis of educational experiences in
military service may be made in two ways:
I.
Those now on active duty may apply through United States
Armed Forces Institute on Form 47. This form may be obtained from the U. S. Armed Forces Institute, Madison 3, Wisconsin, or from the educational oflicer.
2.
Veterans not now on active duty should submit a certified copy
of W.D., A.G.O. Form 100, Separation Qualification Record,
or Notice of Separation from the U. S. Naval Service, NavPers 5 53 ; or U.S.M.C. Report of Separation; or Notice of Separation from the U. S. Naval Service-Coast Guard, 5 5 3 . In
the case of Naval commissioned or warrant oflicers, the Oflicer's
Qualiiication Record Jacket (N-avPers 3o 5 ) , a certified copy
thereof, or a statement from the Bureau of Naval Personnel
covering the data desired should be submitted.
Credit is given for several types of educational experience:
I.
Basic or recruit training. Credit is granted on receipt of the
forms mentioned in I or 2 above.
Physical education
Hygiene
2.
6 semester credits
semester credits
2
Service courses. Credit is granted on receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above. The recommendations of the American
Council on Education, Guide to the Evaluation of Educational
Experience, are followed. Not all service courses are recommended for credit.
3. ASTP, V- I 2, and some other college programs. Credit is granted
on receipt of ogcial transcript from the college where the
course was taken. Full credit will be granted for all work applicable to an A.B. degree at Augsburg, except where the work
duplicates work previously taken.
4. Correspondence courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. These courses fall into two classes: those prepared and
given by the Institute, and those prepared and given by colleges and universities. In the case of Institute courses, credit is.
given upon receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above and
based upon test results. University and college correspondence
courses will be accredited by official transcript like other college
work.
5 . Other credit. General education not indicated by any of the
above methods can be demonstrated by means of the General
Educational Development Tests. Veterans seeking advanced
standing on the basis of informal study and travel may take
these tests either through the Armed Forces Institute while
still in service or at Augsburg after their discharge. No credit
on this basis can be granted on the Senior College level nor
counted in the total credits required for the major and minor
fields.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and
regulations established by the school.
Students are required to complete their registration on the days
designated in the Calendar for this purpose.
Students who in either semester register later than three days
after classes begin shall pay a late registration fee of $3.00.
The Veterans Administration does not pay late registration fees.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours per week. A credit
hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
All students register under the direction of the Registrar. Special problems of registration are referred to the Admissions and
Scholarship Committee.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he
has not registered.
Students working part-time are required to arrange the amount
of their registration accordingly.
No student may register for or enter a course later than two
weeks after the beginning of classes without special action by the
Admissions and Scholarship Committee.
In registering, care should be taken to include the Junior College
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registradon is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be
required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of
credit hours per semester in order to make it up.
r
AUGSBURG
COLWE
AMOUNTOF CLASSWORK
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours
may
only honor
to students
have gained
an previous
average
recordbeofgranted
By or two
points who
per credit,
in their
college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain
conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than
20 credits per semester.
CHANGE
OF REGISTRATION
AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires t o make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's of6ce on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser
and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. This procedure is necessary in order to avoid a record of failure
in any course dropped.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration unless
the change is necessary because of errors in registration.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses
cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes
except by special permission of the Admissions and Scholarship
Committee. No student may cancel a course after the middle of
the semester.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's of6ce
in order to keep the record clear and to receive an honorable dismissal.
A P ~ ~ ~O T NTHE
H
LUTHERAN
DEACONESS
HOSPITAL
Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College.
UNIVERSITY
COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will
not be-allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or
I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the
combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17.
ACADEMIC
REQUIFLEMENTS
CLASS~ICATION
College credit is given.
Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points:
Saphomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92.
Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for
all other purposes is determined by this regulation.
PROBATION
AND ELIMINATION
,
There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cummittee at the end of each semester t o consider students who are
doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those
students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable.
Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .S or below, Sophomores
.6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as
students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are
placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for
one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on
probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by
special permission.
In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing
grade in at least 12 hours of coilege work, 6 of which must be C
per credit at least.
CLASS
ATTENDANCE
Regular attendance in class is required. No "cuts" are allowed.
However, students may be excused from class if there is a valid
reason for absence. Valid reasons for absence include illness and
trips by extra-curricuIar organizations sponsored by the school.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not c o d i c t with classes. Any exception
to this r u l e must be agreed to by the teacher of the class agected
and must be approved by the Dean of the College.
I
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Students are required to present to the instructor a written explanation of absences upon their return to class. The validity of
the excuse is determined by the instructor. Classwork lost because
of necessary absences must .be made up. Each unexcused absence
reduces the grade to be awarded on the completion of a course.
When a student has four unexcused absences, he shall be reported
to the Registrar, who will drop the student from the course with
a grade of F. Students who absent themselves from Christianity
classes will not be allowed to continue in school.
Absences before and after vacation will be counted double.
Teachers will deal with tardiness as they see fit, but may count
three tardinesses as equal to one absence. Students arriving in class
late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the
teacher.
At the end of each week every teacher will report to the Regstrar's Oilice the names of all students who have been absent from
class the whole week, as well as the names of those whose recent
absences from class have unduly interfered with their progress.
Those in charge of tours and trips by musical organizations,
athletic teams, debate teams, and other groups will apply for permission to the Faculty Council a t least two weeks in advance and
will leave a list of participants in the Registrar's O&ce before the
group goes.
Blnm must be reported immediately to the school nurse so that
she may have a record of all illness in the student body and be
able to give assistance where needed.
All students are expected to attend the daily chapel service
regularly.
GENERAL
RULES
Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning, since tests are given regularly throughout the semester
in all courses. During the first part of each semester reports of
the grades attained are made to the Registrar and the counselors.
In addition to this, final reports are made at the cloie of each
semester.
Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester in all classes. No student or class may arrange t o take a final
examination in any course before the examination week.
ABSENCE
FROM EXAMINAXIONS
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during
some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
DELAYED
FINALS
If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities
to take a final at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be
paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes
an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's
oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give
no examination before he has this statement.
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. Extension of this time may be
made by the Registrar's Office in cases of illness. If incompletes
and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may
be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sficiently high. The final grade after the condition
examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00
is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester.
STUDENTSBELOWGRADE
Within a week after they have received the reports of their
grades, students below grade must see their instructors in order
to arrange. for making up their deficiencies.
Failures must be made up in class when the subject is offered
again.
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in
which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student
has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to
take a comprehensive examination mast apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured a t the ofice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00
is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oflice.
GRADEVALUES
A-Superior,
3 honor points per credit
M e r y good, 2 honor points per credit
C--Satisfactory, I honor point per credit
D-Passable, no honor points per credit
F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit
E-Condition
I -Incomplete
JUNIOR COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS
For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental
fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Junior College, laying the basis for study in professional fields or for a general college education.
2 credits each semester
Group A Christianity
Group B English: Course 1-2 or 3-4
6 credits
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature
Group C Foreign Language (Norse, French, Spanish,
8 credits
German, Latin, Greek, Hebrew)
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school are
exempted from this requirement.
Group D
Social Sciences: Hist. 1-2, or Soc. I an$
3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. 25-26
6 credits
(Humanities)
Group E Natural Sciences
Group F Physical Education: Courses,
and qb
Psychology required in certain fields
8 credits
2,
3a, 3b, 4a,
Orientation required of all Freshmen
Speech required of all students for graduation
4 credits
4 credits
I
credit
3 credits
SENIOR COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS
A student is required to complete a major and one or more
minors for graduation.
In planning his choice of a major as well as in planning the
minor or minors, a student is required to consult with the Head
of the Department offering the major.
l e is well for rhe student to know in his Freshman yezr what
major line of study he will pursue.
T h e major subject & determined by the student's aims as weil
as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality
of work he does in the Junior College, where basic courses prerequisite to the major are &red in sequences which lay the foundation for rhe major work.
When a student enters the Junior year he shall have determined
in what field of study he will specialize, so that the work in the
majors and minors may be well planned.
Smdencs who are still undecided as to their major choice when
they appear for registration in the Junior pear, should, before
they register, consult with members of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee and the heads of the various departments in order
to derermine their held of major work.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
ELECTIVES
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
3 student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and
culture, as well as among the correladves of the major. Senior
ColIege stfidencs should, as a rule, choose their electives from
courses designated as Senior College Courses.
The amount of work required for g r a h h n comprises n
minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit. A credit equals one reduuon period a week
throughout one semester.
Honor p0i.t~
are cmnpured a t the rare of one born pidt for
each credit with a grade of C, two hwor pints for each crgdit
w i t h a grade of B, and t h e e h o w points for each credit wirh a
grade of A. An average of 328 homr points m a be attained for
the 128 credits required for the A.B. degree.
RESIDENCE
REQUIREMENT
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least
the conchding year for such a degree in residence.
DEGREE
WITH DISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Average honor points
per credit
2.8-3.0
2.5-2.79-k
2.1-2.49+
Distinction
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
Only students who have spent at least two years in residence
are eligible for honors.
GRADUATE
STUDY
In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a
student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points
per credit.
CURRICULUMS
..
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare
him for the vocation of his choice.
The Christkz Ministry
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies .Ae student
for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors
DE m b i o d a %e
fdImdrq pmgrm &a Ehe rpprozhte
PWWw*-haveh~~w~
by wbichast&ntmay r m j o r i n ~ ~ o t ~ h a o p p p h y y , m E n g r i $ h , a r M l q y * T % e s t n b s h o u l d ~ * d o f tbe
SeminvJr ad* as early as posible, as v&tbm a c c d h g to
the major &sen
F*ge;rr.
14ag a8em the r~biceof- course wen in tbe
Seminary adviser, Mr.
ella and.
F r k
Christianity ................... 4
Orientation .................... I
Hygiene ...................... z
Physical Education ............. I
English Composition ........... 6
Foreign Language .............. 8
European Civilization ........... 6
or Natural Science, 8 Cr.
Sociology ..................... 6
-
'
Sophomore
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science ................
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek.. .........
Psychology ....................
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
physical Education .............
New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . . . 8
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Humanities or Philosophy . . . . . . . 6
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hymns of the Church.. . . . . . . . z
-
8
8
4
6
1
35
34
Junior
6
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Philosophy or Logic.. . . . . . . . . . .
Economics or Education.. . . . . . . .
English (for major or minor). . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
4
8
3
6
6
-3
30
The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits
in Greek, and 16 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
Parish and Missionary Workers
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers
in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and
AUG~BURG
COLLEGE
48
as parish -workers. The ~0.w
is so arranged that the student will,
upon its s a d a c b r p ~ndr&n, receive the A.B. degree and also
a certificae indicating &t he is a qualified parish worker.
Parish work a,dviser, Mr. Stensvaag.
The -sugg&d sebedule p r o d m .for a minor in Cbcistiaaity,
.andmakes it p d l e to plan for smajor in History or En&&
It
'would also be &Me
to pian ,fora ~ j q i
rn i n t y with a
.~GUQT
in some otber -ad
T.
h e coww eaenria for &e &of
theJ?arishWorker's G r t & c a t e are iIkFlic9wd in &e.ou.tIine bbw.
Freshman
Sophomore
Chzistianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
,
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey of European Civilization .
General Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Human Anatomy and Physiology..
6
6
4
4
Elementary Tyfiezun'ting . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Fundamentals of Speech . . . . . . - 6
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Sociology . . . . . . . . . -3
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Electives
A
32
Junior
The Missionary Enterprise. . . . . . .
Principles of Christian Education.
The Chistian Churches.. . . . . . . .
The Lutheran Church.. . . . . . . . . .
Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child Welfare or The Family. .
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . .
Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
32
Senior
Youth Work in the C h r c b . . . . . . z
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Educational Psyclmlogy . . . . . . . . . 3
Hymns and Music of the Church. . z
Fundamentals of Journalism.. . . . . 3
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Crime and Society or Introduction
to Social Work.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Office Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2
-
High School Teaching
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for
a certificate for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states.
The student should apply to the head of the Department of Education for admission'to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the
basis of scholarship and other qual&cations. In addition to. departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in
natural science, social science, and commercial education.
Sophomore
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English Composition . . . . . . . . .
European Civilization . . . . . . . .
Foreim Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Educztion . . . . . . . . .
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2
-
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . 3
Teachiig in High School. . . . . . . . 3
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electives in Major or Minor. . . . . . 1 6
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 3
History and Philosophy of
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Observation and P,ractice
Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5
Specid Teaching Methods.. . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4
32
32
Junior
-
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry.
The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation
'
and results in a Bachelor of Arts degree.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . .
English Composition . . . .
European Civilization or
Social Problems . . . .
Principles of Accounting
Foreign Language . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . .
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . .
Junior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
United States History. . . . . . . . . . . 6
Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . 3
Finance and Investment.. . . . . . . . 3
Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economics. . . . . . . .
Introduction to Statistics. . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . .
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3
8
4
6
_t
I
3
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations . 3
Senior Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
. Preparation for teaching commercial subjects in high school
requires work in the departments of Business Administration and
Secretarial Studies. A description of the course in commercial education appears under the Department of Secretarial Studies.
Training for secretarial work can be secured by taking the work
in the Department of Secretarial Studies together with the proram of general education offered by the college.
t
Vocations in Home Economics
From the vocational point of view, the work .inthe Department
of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for home-
CURRICULUMS
51
making, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in
high school, and to give them the first two years of the training
required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management,
home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and
home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the
program when she begins her college work. The teaching major
is described in the catalog under the departmental heading.
Medicine
Most medical schools require a ,minimurnof three years of college
education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to
complete their college work before entering the medical school.
The following program will meet the requirements of most medical
schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . - .
4
English Composition . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . 8
College Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T r i g w e t r y . . . . . . . . . - - . . . - - 4Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . .
I
-
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Zoology
8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . 5
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I
36
Senior
Junior
Christianity ...................
4
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Medical German . . . . . , ......... 4
Organic Chemistry . . . ,
, ... 8
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Christianity ................... 4
Speech . . . . . . . . . . ,............ 3
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physical Chemistry ............. 5
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
36
32
.....
-
-
Dentistry and Dental Hygiene
Preparation for the study of dentistry or of dental hygiene can
generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will
meet the ordinary requirements for admission:
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
English Composition ........... 6
European Civilization ........... 6
Inorganic Chemistry ............ 8
College Algebra
4
Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . r
Christianity ................... 4
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physical Education ............. I
36
33
...............
-
Sophomore
-
Nursing
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training
schools have at least one year of college. In many instances, two
or more years of college work would be desirable. A two-year
schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning
to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . .
English Composition . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elements of Nutrition. . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . .
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Child Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . I
Electives
...................
F
32
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by
the hospital.
First Year
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Anztcmy and Physiology.. ...... 4
Bacteriology .................. 4
Chemistry .................... 3
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
-
Second Year
Sociology
......................3
-3
15
Engineering is a field requiring a great deal of technical preparation. One year of the engineering course will meet the needs of
students interested in further study in any field of engineering.
A two-year program may be arranged with the Registrar for those
preparing for certain engineering fields.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English Composition ............
Engineering Drawing and
Descriptive Geometry ........
Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . .
College Algebra ...............
Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hygiene ......................
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
4
6
6
8
4
4
I
t
I
36
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry ................ . 8 or
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3
9
8
I
7
32
'
S o d
Work
For students who plan to enter the field of social work the foly
lowing program is suggested. The same program is app'ropriate
for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field.
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3
General Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Human Anatomy and Physiology. . 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., ....
American Government . . . . . . : . .
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
8
6
I
3
-
32
32
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , .
Principles of Economics , , ..... ,
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .
History of Philosophy.. . , .......
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
.
.......
4
6
9
6
7
-
Christianity ...................
Sociology
Statistics
Electives ......................
I
I
I1
I
4
..................... g
......................3
I
x6
-
Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to
recommended courses, minors, and electives.
Diaconate
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, and secretarial work may be:arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran
Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. .
I1
I
rn
i
= ~ v F i L K ? . * W ' ~ ' S C N Y . ? M ~
Divisional Organization
College courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for
each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Stensvaag, Chairman
Christianity
Philosophy
DNISIONOF
THE
HUMANITIES
Mr. Helland, Chairmart;
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Speech, Journalism
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music
-
SOCIALSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman
History, Sociology, Political Science
Education, Psychology
Economics, Geography
Library Science
Business Administration, Secretarid Studies
Home Economics
DIVISIONOF
THE
DNISIONOF
THE
I
NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
I
rn
Mr. Nash, Chairman
COURSES OF STUDY
Starred Courses are not offered in 1gfo-19g I
I
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of
the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
relate himself to Christ
student is challenged to accept chis point of view-to
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make a consistent use of a11 hi talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian .personality dedicated to the realization of W s kingdom on earth.
Department of Cluistianity
The courses in Christianity are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare hi for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies.
Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement.
Major, 28 credits; Minor, 22 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Christianity major
or minor.
BOOK STUDIESw THE BIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the snidy of one of the Gospels
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted
to the study of two or three books in the New Testament and of brief portions
from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament.
I, 2.
CHURCHHISTORY.
I.
r Cr.
A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for .the purpose of developing a mare intelligent and appreciative church membership.
3.
CHRISTIANETHICS. 11.
2 Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God.
The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
4.
THE MISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.I.
2 Cr.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen hnds.
5.
PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.11.
z Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its
history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and
parochial school teaching.
6.
HYMNS
AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH. 11.
See Coarse ro under the Department of Music.
z Cr.
ORATORY EXPERIENCEIN GROUPACTIVITY. I.
See Course 23 under Education.
I
10.
23.
Cr.
Senior Cdlege Courses
COMPARATIVE
RELIGION.I, 11.
4 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten o r
twelve of the great non-Christian religicm of the world.
5 I, 52.
THECHRISTIANCHURCHES. I.
2 Cr.
This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development,
53.
doctrinal position, and practices of the various 'branches of the Christian Church.
THE LUTHERANCHURCH. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is
given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran
Free Church.
54.
55. GIIEATMEN AND WOMEN OF THE CHRISTIANCHURCH. I.
2 Cr.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ
until rhe present are studied. Special reports, class discussion.
~ O B L E M SM CHRISTIANLIVING. 11.
2 Cr.
A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living
the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life, standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the
local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied.
56.
PARISHWORK. I.
2 Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. I t ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures
will be supplemented by actual field work.
57.
58. YOUTH WORK IN TIIE CHURCH. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
59, 60. ADVANCED
BIBLE. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A careful study, especially from the point of view of religious content, of a
number of Biblical books and passages representative of the various types of
literature contained in the Old and New Testaments.
n.
z Cr.
62. CHRISTIANSTEWARDSH~.*
The evangelical view that all of life is sacred and is to be used to the glory
of God is presented on the basis of Biblical passages and specific examples in
literature and contemporary life. Special attention is given to the consecration
of material possessions to che Kingdom of God.
Department of Philowphy
The philosophy courses seek to familiarize the student with the systems of
thought developed by the great thinkers, t o create an understanding of the
principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 41, 42, 5 3 , 60 .are required
for the major. Courses 41, 42 are required for the minor.
Jzcnim College Coarses
CHRISTIAN
ETHICS. IT.
2 cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The
main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. Same as Christianity 4.
4.
THE HUMANITIES IN WESTERNCIVILIZATION. I, II.
6 Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of Western thought as reflected
in outstanding works in the fields of phibsophy, literature, political and social
thought, religion, and the arts. The course is accepted in fulfillment of the
Junior College requirement in the Social Sciences.
I 5 , I 6.
41, 42. HISTORY
OF PHILOSOPHY. I, 11.
6 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks to the modem period.
* Not
offered in 1950-1951.
RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Senior College Courses
11, 52. C O M P A R ARELIGION.
~
I, 11.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or
twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. Same as Christianity
11, 12.
53. LOGIC. I.
3 cr.
A study of the conditions, forms, and principles of logical thought. Problems
of inductive and deductive reasoning. The nature of trurh and its relation to
human experience and conduct.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.
Prereq. 41 or 42. 11.
3 c~
A survey of recent philosophical emphases and ,their expressions in the various
56.
areas of life in modem culture.
PLATO.Prereq. 41. II.
3 Cr.
careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato; including
selected portions of the Replblic.
5 8.
A
60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART.* Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. H. 3 Cr.
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience i n their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art.
61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. I.
3 Cr.
An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience
from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology.
I
@
* Not offered
in 1950-1951.
Division of the Humanities
The Division of the Humanities seeks to pass on to the coming generation
a knowledge and interest in the field of rhe human cultural inheritance of the
ages, and to give to each student the development that comes from finding hi
place within this culture. The Division seeks t o promote the knowledge of these
treasures of mankind, in language, literature, and ,the fine arts, and to connect
their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life.
Department of Ancient Languages
The courses in the classical languages aim to train the student to master forms
and syntax, to acquire some facility in translation, and to get some insight into
clasical culture and its bearing ,upon the present.
Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the
understanding of historical documents and scientific terms. A knowledge of
New Testament Greek is a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 oredits.
A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the Christianity requirement for
the semester in which it is taken. Except for Course I in the first semester, credits
in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Christianity major or minor.
1-2.
ELEMENTSOF NEWTESTAMENT
GREEK. I, 11.
8 Ct.
Text: Essentials of New Testament Greek, Huddilston. I John and the Gospel
according to John I-X. Open to Junior College students.
Senior College Cowrses
MARK,AND ACTS I-=.*
I, 11.
8 Cr,
Careful readiig and analysis. Grammar reviewed, and special attention given
to forms.
5 I, 5 2 .
LUKEI-XX AND ROMANS.I, 11.
8 Cr.
Special emphasis on syntax and parsing. Collateral readiig and acquaintance
with the hitory and paleography of some ancient Greek manuscripts required.
5 3, 54.
'Not
offered in 1950-1951.
8 Cr.
The elements of the language are studied. Daily exercises in forms and dementary syntax.
Senior College Courses
JZ. XENOPHON'SANABASIS.*I, 11.
Books 1-111 and the grammar are carefully studied.
J I,
Minor, 24 csredits.
BEGINNING
LATIN. Fr. I, 11.
Grammar, easy prose, composition. A year's course.
3, 4. CZSARAND CICERO.
SO. I, 11.
Reading of Cmar's Gallic War and Cicero's Orations. Composition.
1-2.
8 Cr.
8 Cr.
8 Cr.
Senior College Courses
CICEROAND VERGL* Jr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
52.
Reading of Cicero's Orations and Vergil's Aeneid. Composition. Pmrivate life
of the Romans. Survey of Latin literature.
70. TEACHING
OF LATIN. Sr. I.
I
Cr.
J I,
HEBREW
BEGINNER'SCOURSE. 1, TI.
See Theological Seminary.
53, ~ 4 . ADVANCED
COURSE." I, II.
See Theological Seminary.
J I,
J 2.
6 Cr.
4 Cr.
Department of English
The English Department a h to ~r&i thc student in the proper usz of English
in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and notctaking and in handling thought materials; to develop r deeper understanding
of the fundvnentzl rru~hsand realitia of life revealed in great literature; and
ro iatcgrate all these purposes rh.rough the principles of Cbrirtianity.
The deparment prepares specifically for graduate study and for the teaching
of English in secondary schools.
Freshman English, Course 1-2 or 3-4, required of all.
* Not
offered in 1950-1951.
Major: 26 credits above Freshman Englisb, courses 7, 8, and 5 1 to 60. Minor:
17 credits above Freshman English, courses 7, 8, 55, 56, 57, and r credits
elective.
It is recommended that students who plan to teach English in high school
include Courses 5 and 76 and also close correlatives in language, history, and
social science.
A minor in Speech is recommended for those who plan to teach English in
high school.
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in Literature.
I+A. A course designed for students who fall below in their entrance
English tests. Drill in elementuy matters of Engliih usage. Five hours a week.
Three credits, provided the student improves his work sui3iciently.
FRESHMAN
ENGLISH. I, U.
6 Cr.
For students attaining the required entrance standard. The ~rinciplesof writing and their application. Weekly themes and semester papers. Reading of
literary selections.
1-2.
FRESHMANENGLISH. 1, 11.
6 Cr.
For students who are somewhat above the average in the entrance English
tests. Study of p ~ c i p l e sof writing. Written work equal in amount to weekly
themes and semester papers. Selected readhgs emphasized.
3-4.
COMPO~ITION. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. I, 11.
4 Cr.
5, 6. ADVANCED
Semester I: Fundamentals of grammar and principles of writing. Stress on
expository writing. Semester XI: Elements of style; emphasis on narration.
Both semesters provide individual projects in chosen fields and also study of
selected masterpieces.
ENGLISHLITERATURE.SO. I.
3 Cr.
A course in English literature emphasizing literary backgrounds and movements together with the study of representative authors and some of their best
works.
7.
-
AMERICANLITERATURE.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in American literature, with an emphasis upon its origin and development, together with particular study of selected writings from a number
of authors of influence and distinction.
8.
CORRECTIVEWRITING. SO., Jr., Sr. 11. Three hours a week.
Noncredit Caurse.
This course offers additional training to upper class students who are found
to be belaw in their writing of English in various courses. The purpose is to
help them reach the standard required for the college degree.
11.
51.
Lhgnarty
GUITXQSM.~
Jr. I.
52. MODERNENGLISHr n AMEBIC4N W T D
Jt B
11. ~ ~
A study of the more impwtpnt 1;in England and America
from abuut I 890, concentcnfing upcm lo&
h and notable productions.
-
AMERICAN
POETRY.~
Jr. I.
t Cr.
The major American poets of the nineteenth century, with a thorough study
of selected poems.
53.
$4
Stndy of tht
C
I
u
d
v&
i
E
-
I m a u m L Jr-
~WTU~&Y
&EW
. .e .
n.
of eighteeprh c e n m
n
H
~
Wtickivnl,and&&of
poeD d assnJr;am"
c
h
~
-tare
in FuqIand, int
k
P 'Rctam
i ~ m~ Ha-5 rbe
d~modemmrval.Empb%npon&e&ef
3
The chief poet8 md wasppias of &
a-
and Victorian p e r i d , O W B ~ ~ n p ~ n , t ~ ~ t ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ n m d i n & t e n e e s & o c t
Iive~arid~of&pprifex&
56.
THE BRITISHAND AMERICANNOVEL.
Prereq. 5 1 or equivalent. Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
57.
Sr. L
d Sh&spuda plays according to ideas and practices of drama
in
day d in relation to later critical study and appreciation.
~ 8 ,bo. CEIAUCRR
awn MILTQX.Pretcp. 56. Sr. IS.
3 Cr.
W
y r st+
of T h e 6 n d a c y Tah d Milton's poetry as part of the
c d d d d o p m n t of I&&thcs, their peratanent value and influence, and
ths m a l i h of tht
72. TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
76. ENGLISHGRAMMAR.
Jr., Sr.
1%
IT.
z Cr.
Designed for those who plan w teach English in high school.
1 Open to sophomores in certain situations. See
Cr.
Head of English Department.
Department of Speech
MR. R. E. ANDERSON,
MR. LBFEVERE,MR. V.
JENSEN
The speech department aims to refate &e devehpnmt of tptcch to personality with the purpose of improving the adjustmmz of & indipidud to his environment. I t seeks to develop skill in platform dtpmtment d speech com,position, and to foster the habit of critical listening. Thro~&i m c o w L h e r pretative reading and dramatics an appreciation of puetry imd drama k SO*
The department also sponsors an intercollegiate forensic p*ognm d i r h is
open to all students.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in Speech for graduation. Course I I
is designed especially for this requirement.
Minor, 16 credits.
FUNDAMENTALS
OF SPEECH. So. I.
3 Cr.
A study of basic problems of egective speaking: selecting the subject and determining the purpose, gathering speech materials, organization and delivery
of speeches, with emphasis on informative speech.
I I.
3 Cr.
TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. So. 11.
A study of narration, description, exposition, and argumentation as they apply
I 2.
to ~ u b l i cspeech; an introduction t o discussion and debate forms; preparation
and delivery of common types of speeches.
No credit.
CORRECTIVESPEECH.SO., Jr., Sr. 11. Three hours a week.
A course for students who need ad&d
t r d p g in order to reach the
~ r o f i c i e n cnecessary
~
for the s u c c e d d p d t ab rbeir college studies as well
as for proper adjustment in social aitrutbm w&de of school.
14.
INTERCOLLEGIATE
DEBATE.
I, II. Open to all students.
1-2 Cr.
The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate question for
the year. The amount of credit to be given rests with rhe discretion of the
debate coach.
21.
ORATORY.I. Open to dl strldentk
I Cr.
ul odghal oration for collegiate oratorical conPreparation and dtlivvy
tests. Arrangements to be made witb rbe instructor.
23.
Senior Colkge Cowses
z Cr.
I I, or consent of the department. Jr. I.
A study of the principles of argumentation and [the psychology of persuasion;
preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches.
61. ARGUMENTATION.
Prereq.
z Cr.
62. DISCUSSION.
Prereq. I I , or consent of the department. Jr. 11.
A study of the principles and types of discussion; participation in organized
class discussions.
DRAMATICS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
The theory of aoting and intqretation is combined with a practical training
in play production. Designed for those who may teach dramatics o r coach high
school plays.
63, 64.
INTERPRETATIVE
READING.
Jr. II.
z Cr.
Training in the techniques and mental operations of effective oral reading.
68. STORYTELLING.
Jr. TI.
I Cr.
66.
A study of narration as a form of discourse; app1ica.tion of the principles of
description and characterization to preaching and teaching.
z Cr.
71, 72. GREATOIUTIONS. Jr., Sr. I, H.
z Cr.
A study of speech composition through analysis of great orations. Ancient
orations are studied durinuring
the ,&st semester, modem orations during the second.
75. PHONETICS.Jr., ST. I.
z Cr.
A study of speech sounds with .reference to their nature and structure; application of the principles of articulation in effective speech practice.
95. TEACHING
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
I % Cr.
JOURNALISM
MR. N. C. ANDERSON
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to che theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in
connection with The Augsburg Echo or The Augsburgian an additional credit
may be earned. See Courses 4 to 7.
I.
EDITINGTHE SMALI.PAPER.' 11.
2 Cr.
A continuation of Course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production
are dealt with in detail. Problems of style and policy relative to school and
church publications are studied. Participation in work of The Augsburg Echo is
required. Alternates with Course 3.
3. FEATUREWRITING
FOR PUBLICATION. II.
z Cr.
The planning and writing of feature articles and their placement in various
publications. Ability w write good English is a requirement. Alternates with
Course 2 .
4, 5. Echo STAFFMEETINGS.I, n.
I Cr.
Students who are regular members of The Augshrg Echo Staff and who
may receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings.
These meetings are also open t o members of G u r s e I. Hour arranged.
6, 7 . Angshrgian S T A MEETIMGS.
~
I, 11.
I Cr.
Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly staff meet2.
ings.
Department of German
MR. LANDA,MR. ERMISCH
The general aim of the courses in German is to help the student develop an
understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical and
esthetic values contained in German literature. In particular, the aim is w provide technical training for the student who plans to study theology and for the
Not offered in 1950-1951.
candidate for higher academic degrees.
Minor, 24 credits. Course 5-6 does not count toward a minor.
BEGINNINGGERMAN. I, EL
8 Cr.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
1-2.
3-4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY. I, 11.
8 cr.
?This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy prose and offers a brief survey of German literature.
5-6. MEDICALGERMAN.Prereq. 8 Cr. in German. I, 11.
Training in the reading of professional articles written in German.
4 Cr.
5 I , 52. GERMANLITERATURE.I, TI.
An introduction t o the study of classical German literature.
74. TEACHING
OF GERMANICLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
8 Cr.
I
% Cr.
Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature
This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign
language as a factor in stimulating a symparhetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the student a
working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Norwegian race, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples.
M i r , 24 credits.
1-2.
BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3-4. INTERMEDIAE
NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11.
6 Cr.
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition.
11.
H~STORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.*I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples.
16. SOCIALDEVELOPMENT
OF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.'
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 t o the present
day, studied against the background of ,$he general conditions in Europe.
Senior College Courses
LITERATURE:
EARLIERPERIOD.*Jr., Sr. I.
51. MODERNNORWEGIAN
A study of Wergeland, Welhaven, Jonas Lie, and others.
LIERATURE:LATERPERIOD.*Jr., Sr. 11.
54. MODERNNORWEGIAN
Bjernson and Ibsen are studied especially, through selected works.
* Not
offered in 195C-1951.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
THE HUMANITES
THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.
Prereq. 3 -4, or six credits in lizera2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. I.
67
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required.
DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4,or six credits in litera56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
z Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. 11.
The course includes dramas by Bj@rnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language not required.
74. TEACHINGOF GERMANIC
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
I % Cr.
5 5.
Department of Romance Languages
The Romance Language D e p t m e n t aims first, t o train students for graduate
study, high school teaching, missionary work, and business positions involving
the use of French or Spanish; next, to assist in developing an appreciation of
the best in literature and encourage the reading of great i h k s as a use of leisure
time; and finally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in
students an understanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, culture,
and ideals.
FRENCH
Minor, 24 credits.
BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, U.
8 Cr.
The course includes che study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections
from French literature.
1-2.
3-4. INTERMEDIA= FRENCH. I, n.
8 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, compsition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of
French literature.
Smiur College Courses
FRENCH LITERATURE.I, n.
4 Cr.
The course comprises lectures by the instructor on authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries, and readings and
reports by rhe students.
5 3-54. FRENCH PHONETICS,
CONVERSATION,
LVD CUMPOSITION.
I, 11. 4 Cr.
During the h r semester rhere is a thorough study of French sounds, phonetic
symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work,
memorization, and dictation. During the second semester phonetic drill is replaced by composition.
Courses 11-52and 53-54 may be taken together four hours per week, or
during .two successive years.
78. TEACHING
OF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
1-52. SURVEY OF
I
Minor, 24 credits.
BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
8 Cr.
The course includes the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and
the reading of stories in the Spanish language.
3-4. INTERMEDIATE
SPANISH.I, TI.
8 Cr.
The c m e includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and
the reading of short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
1-2.
Senior College Cmses
5 1-5 2. SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE.
4 Cr.
I, 11.
The course consists of readings and reports, and provides a general survey of
well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works.
13-54. SPANISH CONYERSATION
AND COMPOSITION.
I, 11.
4 Cr.
Some further study of Spanish grammar is included with special emphasis on
developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing.
Courses 5 1 - 5 2 and 53-54 may be taken together four hours per week, or
during two successive pears.
Sr. I.
78. TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
1%
Cr.
Department of Music
This department ogers general instruction to students who are interested primarily in the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters, in
addition to giving special training to those who wish to become teachers of
music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles. Emphasis
is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. The department
also affords preparation for those who expect to continue specialized study in
the field of music.
A graduation major (36 credits) requires completion of the following:
Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . . .4 Cr.
2. History and Literature of
5 1-5 2. Instrumental Technique
or
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr.
3-4. Harmony .............. 4 Cr.
53-54. Choral Technique . . . . .4 Cr.
5-6. Advanced Harmony . .
4 Cr.
55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
I.
Electives, 4 credits from the following:
Hymns and Music of
58. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . s Cr.
the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 59. Orchestration . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr.
57. Musical Analpsis . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 60. Composition . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr.
10.
Applied Music (including at least
-
. .. - .
'
.I
'
2
-
credits in piano) . . . . . . . . . - 8 Cr.
.
.
-. .. . . .. - -
L
-
-
THE HUMANITIES
A teaching major (36 credits) requires completion of the following:
Far Tnining . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr.
I.
History and Literature of
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr.
3-4. Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
5-6. Advanced Harmony. . . . . .4 Cr.
2.
7-8. Appreciation of Music. . - 4 Cr.
5 1-5 2. Instrumental Technique
or*
53-54. Choral Technique . . . . - 4Cr.
55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . -4Cr.
Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Grade and High School Music.. . . . . . . . . . . . . , 4 Cr.
Electives,
t
credits from the following:
57. Musical Analysis . . . . . . . .z Cr.
5 8. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr.
$9. Orchestration . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Cr.
Applied Music (including a t least z credits i n Piano) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 CI.
One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of all
mwic majors.
A graduation minor (26 credits) requires completion of the following:
I.
Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
2.
History and Literature of
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
3-4. Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cr.
7-8. Appreciation of Music. . . . 4 Cr.
57. Musical Analysis . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
Electives, 4 credits from the following:
5-6. Advanced Harmony. . . . .4 Cr.
Hymns and Music of
the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
10.
55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
5 8. Counterpoint . . . . . . . t Cr.
Applied Music (in which a t least 2 credits must be earned in private lessons in
either vocal or instrumental music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Cr.
A teaehiig minor (26 credits) requires completion of the following:
Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
3-4- Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr5 1-5 z. Instrumental Technique
or
5 3 -54. Choral Technique. . . . 4 Cr.
57. Musical Analysis. . . . . . . . . z Cr.
I.
Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Grade
and High School Music. . . . . .4 Cr.
Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Cr.
* A student securing a major for teaching should be prepared for both vocal and instrumental work. Unless he takes both techniques courses, his work in applied Music,
except for the required credits in Piano, must be in instrumental music if he registers
for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technique.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
70
(If the student has registered for h t m e n t a l Tedmiqw, a t least 2 credits
i n Applied Music must be earned in private lessons in instrumental music. If
he has registered for Choral Technique, at least 2 credits in Applied Music must
be earned in private lessons in vocal music.)
Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the
Choral Club, or the Band. Credits are not offered for less than two complete
semesters.
One credit per semester is granted to students taking sixteen thirty-minute
lessons per semester in either voice, p'iano, or organ.
Fees per semester:
Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00.
Piano rental is $y.oo per semester.
Organ rental (entitling the student to use the organ
per semester.
I
hour per day) is $20.00
EAR TRAINING. I.
r Cr.
A course including the basic fundamentals of music: notation, terminology,
scales, intervals, triads, rhythm, and melody. Special attention is given to sight
singing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and harmonic dictation.
I.
HISTORY
AND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC. II.
2 Cr.
The evolution of ,music from its earliest forms up to the present t e e . The
lives of rhe composers, their works and their impact on music. The literature
of music, iboth instrumental and choral, is stressed.
2.
I, TI.
4 Cr.
3-4. HARMONY.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord $ormation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing.
HARMONY.
Prereq. 3-4. I, 11.
4 Cr.
5-6. ADVANCED
Continuation of the work begun in Course 3-4, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments
of music. Students should have some knowledge of piano.
APPRECUTIONOF MUSIC. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A course designed to develop in the student an appreciation of the world's
greatest music. Supplemented by musical illustrations. For students with or
wifhout a musical background.
7-8.
HYMNS
AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH.
z Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian
10.
Church, with special attention to Protestant Hymnody. Designed for the general
student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors, and preseminarians. The course is accepted as fuldling rhe requirement of a course in
Christianity.
Senior Colkge Colcrses
51-52. INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. I. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Class intruction in string, reed, and brass instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra.
53-54. CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. I. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Class in~tructionin the fundamentals of voice -as related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school 'music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
55-56. C ~ N D U CPrereq.
~ G . I, 3-4. I, II.
4 Cr.
A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or 'both, and for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction.
57. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. I, 3-4. I.
2 Cr.
A detailed study of rhe s t r u c m e and form of ,music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
58. COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 3-4, 5. 11.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
59. ORCHESTRATION.
Prereq. 3-4, 5, 57. I.
A course in arranging for band, orchestra, and chamber groups.
2
Cr.
60. COMPOSITION.Prereq. 3-4, 5, 57, 5 8. 11.
r Cr.
Composing choral and instrumental music in the various musical forms. Students admitted only upon recommendation of the department.
87.
TEACHWG
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I.
88. TEACHING OF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC. Sr.
OfIered as Education 87, 88.
JI.
=
2
Cr.
2
Cr.
CHOIR,CHORALCLUBOR BAND. I, 11.
2 Cr.
These organizations exist not only #or the benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes t o participate in groups affording
the opportunity for musical expression.
PIANO. I, 11.
2 Cr.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced.
The methods are modern, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One shirty-minute lesson per week.
ORGAN.I, 11.
2 Cr.
Instruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
VOICE.I, 11.
I or 2 Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
Division of the Social Sciences
MR. QUANBECK,Cbairmun
It is the general purpose of rhe work in this division to improve the studends
understanding of human relationships and ,his appreciation of their importance
and value, especially in .their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and t o improve the individual's adaptation to
Department of History
MR. KJLDAHL, MR. KLEVEN, MR. J. E. HANSON
The Department of History aims to awaken in the student an intelligent interest in social phenomena, a clear conception of the basic factors in historical
development, a critical evaluation of social and political movements, and a
sympathetic attitude toward the human elements involved. Furthermore, this
department trains the student in the application of social and historical principles to practical life situations. Finally, it affords preparation for graduate
study and for teaching in secondary schools.
Major, 30 credits; 'minor, 21 credits. For teaching, the major and minor must
include History 21 and 22.
SURVEYOF EUROPEANCNILIZATION. Fr. I, 11.
course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and
up t o the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History.
1-2.
This
economic as well as the political factors in the development of American ideas
and institutions. Prerequisite, six credits in social science.
22.
HISTORY
OF
THE
UNITED STATES(since 1 8 6 5 ) . So. 11.
the American people, on their ~oliticalinterests and party organizations, on their
cultural development, and on the relations with rhe rest of ,the world.
Senior College Colcrses
AND THE REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
51. THERENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, ~olitical,cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval .to modern civilization and culture.
52.
HISTORY
OF ENGLAND
UP
TO
1776.Prereq.
1-2. Jr.
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History.
11.
THE SOCIJU
SCIENCES
HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
53. HISPANIC-AMERICAN
A survey course with emphasis upon colonial administration, the age of revolution, and the twentieth century.
EUROPE.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.'
54. EASTERN
The history of eastern Europe with emphasis on the development of Russia.
HSTORY
OF THE UN-ITEDSTATES.Prereq. History 2 I and
55. CON~WPORARY
2 2 . Jr., Sr. 1
.
A history of the United States from the Spanish-American War to the present, including considerztior of domestic and international policies, and cultural
and economic development.
DIPLOMATIC
HISTORY.
Prereq. U. S. Hist. or Am. Gov. 3 Cr.
56. AMERICAN
A consideration of foreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present.
61, 62. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Political and military history is subordinated to the study of the cultural
aspects of ancient civilization. The student is introduced to the pmblems and
methods of the several fields of archmlogical investigation.
71-72. NINETEENTHCENTURY
EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist.
A study of international relations as dected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War II.
I
War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation.
I
Department of Political Science
MR. KLEVEN
Minor, 15 credits.
I, II.
41-42. PRINCIPLESOF AMERICANGOVERNMENT.
Foundations of American government, making and development of the Constitution, federal, state, and local governments, citizenship, civil rights, popular
control of government, political parties, governmental functions.
Senior Colkge Cmrses
PARTIES
OF THE UNITEDSTATES.
Prereq. Political Science 41-42;
53. POLITICAL
or, United States History. Jr., Sr. I.
A review af American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups.
OF POLI~CAL
THEORY.
Prereq. Political Science 41-42; or, United
54. HISTORY
56. AMERICAN
DIPLOMATICHISTORY.
'I.
See course 56 under History.
86.
TEACHING
OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
3 Cr.
I
% Cr.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political
Science 41 -42.
Minor in Social Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science
41-42.
The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our country in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through
which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have
rhe further goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made
to have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation in the field of social services.
Sociology major, 24 semester credits including Sociology I. (Supporting hours
in other social studies subjects t o be approved by rhe Sociology Deparment).
Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed in History Department.
Sociology minor, 15 semester credits including Sociology I.
Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of sociology, economics, and political science.
History 1-2, or 21 and 22, required for a sociology major or minor.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology
or Social Science.
Physical Education 6 and 85 may be approved for Sociology credit by the
Sociology Department.
I.
IN. SOCIOLOGY.
A course in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
PRINCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY.
Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
A study of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social factors, structure, controls, and process of change.
3 Cr.
SOCIALPROBLEMS.
Prereq. Soc. I. Fr., So. 11.
2.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems together with
an analysis of the personal, family, community, and politico-economic adjustments to these processes. Social policies in the making are analyzed in terms of
these processes and adjustment problems.
I.
HUMAN
GEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
A smdy of geographical factors influencing social institutions.
16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.*n.
3 Cr.
See Course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2 I. INTERCULTURAL
RELATIONSAND MINORITYPROBLEMS.Prereq. Soc. I.
So. I.
3 Cr.
Characteristics and contributions of ethnic groups in the United States, causes
and consequences cif race and group prejudice, mechanism and pmblems of
group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts.
22.
SOCIOL~GY
OF RURAI.LIFE Prereq. Soc. I. SO. TI.
3 Cr.
Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community,
and the analysis of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis
is placed on the dynamics of change.
14.
Senior CoLLege Cotwses
Prereq. Psy. I, 2 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
5 I . SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
A study of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, ,the development
of ,personality in social situations, the principles of character formation, the development of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social conflicts,
and social control.
3 Cr.
53. THE FAMILY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr. Sr. I.
A study of the ,history and function of the family as a basic institution, the
influence of modem and economic changes on family interactions, organization,
and disorganization.
OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
54. SOCIOLOGY
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
WELFARE.Prereq. Soc. I, Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
55. CHILD
A study of rhe factors in our civilization which affect the physical, mental,
and spiritual development of children. Topics stressed are changing concepts of
prablems, laws pertaining to children, private and public agencies dealing with
children.
56. ,LABORAND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.TI.
3 Cr.
See Course 56 in Department of Business Administratio~.
.
Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
$ 8 . CRIME AND S o c ~ n Prereq.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world.
An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and
prevention of delinquency and crime.
TO SOCIALWorn. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
59. INTRODUCTION
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the
field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and
other community agencies.
86. TEACHWGOF SOCIALS ~ D E S Sr.
. I.
I % Cr.
*Not offered in 1950-1951.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Department of Psychology and Education
MR. QUANBECK,
MR. URDM-IL,
MISS MORTENSEN,
MR. TORSTENSON,
MR. BERTNESS
The work in general psychology is planned for all students and intended to
improve their understanding of human nature. The courses i n education are
intended primarily f o t those preparing to do high school teaching. Attention
is given to problems of the learner, to philosophy of education, uld to methods
and materials of instruction. The work in this department will qualify the
teaching graduate f o r further study in the field of education. In addition to
the regular junior college requirements, students in teacher education are required t o have four semester hours in general psychology.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by a committee on teacher education. Application must be made
during rhe sophomore year or, at rhe latest, early in the first semester of the
junior year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality ratings, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point
ratio in the major and 1.0 ratio for the overall average.
ORIENTATION
ORIENTATION.
Required. Fr. I.
I Cr.
Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work
as students in college, including methods of study, vocational choice and preparation, and development of personality.
I.
PSYCHOLOGY
_
IN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
z Cr.
An introductory course in psychology intended for nurses. Two lectures
GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
SO. I.
z Cr.
An introductory study of human behavior and its basic physiological mechanisms in the nervous system, followed by a psychological interpretation of emotion, motivation, habit, attention, perception, memory, imagination, thought,
and intelligence.
I.
GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
SO. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of the roots and formative factors in developing personality, the
more common conflicts and maladjustments, and principles of mental hygiene.
Special attention to individual interests in applied and personal psychology.
2.
I
w
I
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Senior College Cowrses
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY.
See Course 5 I in Sociology.
5 I.
their name, caases, prevention, and present treatment.
EDUCATION
23.
LABORATORY
EXPERIENCEIN GROUPACTIVITY.m e r e d both semesters.
tianiry 6, 57, and 5 8 ; Physical Education 6 . I I, r 3, 14,and 5 2 ; %&hgy Z, 5 I ,
and 59; and Home Economics 36. The n a m e of the experience will vary
with the course with which it is m c i a t e d , md may include such activities as
reaching, sapervising recreation, and advising clubs. Tbe cooperation of the
agmcia involved is necessary, wish reporcs from cbe supervisor and the studenc
to the reacher of the course with which rhe work is connected.
g5 ,
Senior Colkge Cmses
pects of the psychology of adolescence with its application to education.
TEACHING
m- HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. g ~ Jr.
.
11.
Teaching procedures and class man2gement. Includes a study of the secondary
school in relation to r h e nsds of pouth.
73.
I
55.
PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher. The home room and extracurricular activities as instruments for guidance.
AND PHILOSOPHY
OF EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
58. HISTORY
The course traces the development of modem education with special reference
to the underlying philosophy.
Special Teacbing Metbods
The special methods courses include the srudy of the materials, organization,
and teading pmedtues of the field for which they are given; applications of
the principles of =aching u e made in h e specific field. Usually, each student
is required to t&e two of c b a coum:s to prepare for student teaching. Thii
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are
a major or a minor in the field and Education 53. In special situations, a student
may be permitted to register for more than
these courses.
I
54
hours of credit in certain of
TEACHINGOF LAT~N.Sr. I.
1 % Cr.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
I % Cr.
TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
I
Cr.
TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
154 Cr.
TEACHINGOF NATUAL SCIENCES.Sr. I.
I 54-3 Cr.
TEACHINGOF COMMERCE.Sr. I.
1 % Cr.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
1 % Cr.
TEACHING
OF SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
1 % Cr.
TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
2 Cr.
TEACHING
OF HIGH
SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. 11.
z Cr.
TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
TEACHINGOF HEALTHAND PHYSICALEDUCATION.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
95. TEACHINGOF SPEECH.Sr. I.
I % Cr.
96. OBSERVATION
AND STUDENTTEACHING.
Prereq. Educ. 51, 5 3 . Sr. I.
4 to 5 Cr.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual
control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachers.
70.
72.
74.
The following courses prepare the student to meet zhe state requirements for
endorsement for the position of part-time librarian. They train him in making
a wise choice of books for the school library, in preparing books and other
library materials for circulation, in administering a small school library, and in
making intelligent and effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher.
C N I L D ~ -LITERATVRE.
'S
Jr., Sr. I.
r Cr.
A coarse in evaluating historic and modern types of literature for children in
relation w their developing castes and needs and with regard to the educational
responsibilities of parents, teachers, librarians, and guidance workers. Open to
sophomores by arrangement.
5 I.
ADOLESCENT
LITERATURE.
Jr., Sr. 11.
2 Cr.
A continuation of Course $1. It includes a study of the construction and
content of representative junior and senior high school reading programs.
Course 5 I recommended but not required as a prerequisite.
52.
6 Cr.
L~RAKYCOURSE FOR T~CHFX-LIBRARL+.UP
Jr., Sr. 1, 11.
The basic subjects of I i b r ~ r yscience: ~Iassjfrcation.caralo3ing, reference books,
g j , 14.
library adrninisrrarion. and h l r selection for school libraries. Lectures, class
Iabcntor). work, rssigned duties in the library, and occasional visits ro school
libraries. Each student does 30 hours of practice work in rhe college library
during the second semester.
* Not
offered in 195G1951.
Department of Business Admidstration and Economics
and Secretarial Studies
The objeclive of this depxment is ro help students g& a broad knowledge
and sound perspective of busin- m d o w ecanomic society. Such knowledge
and pspcccive is nefessaq for success in speczc positioab in oar complex
business vorld arrd &odd provide the background to facilitate adpnncement,
with experience, to p i c i o n s of responsibility. A degree with a W i n m s major
is a common reqajsemmt of b i n c s s firms and government agencies. Thc
department gives a general background in economics; rogether with secretarid
studies, ir provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepam for graduate
work in business and economics.
Major, 36 credits; courses required are
1-2, 4,
15-16, 51, 53, 54, 55, 56,
59, 62. Also required are Speech I I and History 2 1 and 22.
Minor, 21 credits; courses required are 1-2,4, 15-16and six credits in Senior
College courses.
PR~~CIPLES
OF A C C O ~ Fr.
G I,
. TI.
6 Cr.
An inzmduction to the ptinciph of accounting and their application to the
1-2.
single proprietorship, parmenhip, and corporate f o m of business; preparation
and analysis of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording tmsiness transactions;
and nn introduction to rnanufacmring and cast acwunchg.
h o n u c n o u TO S~~mncs.
Fr., So. II.
A smdy of rlrc colledoa, presenration, anal&,
3 Gand interpreration of smtistical data. It inclndes a s d y of the measares of central tendency, time. series,
tabaIation, graphic representation, and rbe application of these statistical techniques to various types of data.
4.
6 Cr.
honvcno~
TO ECONOMICS.
SO., Jr,, Sr. I, TI.
A t d y of the social arganization of our ewmmy, the pIace of money, value,
and prices, the diseriha'on of wenlth, dternative economic systems, and cansumer problems. The objective is to help the student appreciare the eomplaities
of our economy, the ecunoraic problems o f our times, and h place in the
sygtem. T h i s course is for non-businm maiors taking no other manes in
economics and business ur o d p a limited number. G u m 7 may be t a k a alone,
or 7. 8 together. T h i s unuse d m not satisfy the prerequisite requirements for
advanced busines md economic^ courses. A snrdent may not receive credit
in both 7, 8 and rj-16.
7, 8 .
~ P U OF
% S
FXONDWCP.SO. 1, II*
6 Ct
A smdy of &E social orgmization af our economy, fiscal and mmetnry
policies, uahe, prices, the distribahn of wealth, md alternative m d c syst e m s . T h e objecri~eis ro Help rhe student to d d o p the abitity ta d y z e
e w n m " c h e s ns &ey arise in bis p c r d and vocationa1 a c t i V i t i ~ smd in
pubIic life. This course ie far Bmines majors and is designed to be a background
for pmfessbnal buskm study and practice, A student may not receivt credit
in both 7, 8 and rr-16.
IS - T ~ . ~
Senior College Courses
..
m m u m a h p r & d d p in regard m con-,
sakk, and aagaisb£e hmcaln. ~ n i m i s m p w ~ w d l e I ~ i a s r w
d pro'-
cedures important in business.
j Cr.
G
.
P-,
1-2, 4, XI-16. Jrr Sr. L
A ~ a f t b s ~ m l * h a a d ~ o f inaUrournwtlP*,
r ~ f
inchding mnrk&ng ftmcdm nnd wmeio* pn inv#cig5tiom af *-d-
ST.
i n g ~ ~ u e s i n t h e ~ e t i n g ~ o f ~ a n d p n a n m ; n a t ; o n o f ~
is fo
of &&tg
qtipim aw -p.
The:
d imp*
g i P e t h t s t r a d m t a u a a P l ~ ~ f w ~ ~ i I ~ t i ~ d P I s
government legislation.
5 6.
L ~ O AND
R
~ A G E M E N TRELATIONS.Prereq.
7 or
I 5-16.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 cr.
Aatnd70f mpengemept,of U , a f ddrrtktkmLpndaf d d r d b y :
~
i d v k h l l p d Thcobjectiveiarnpictmetbt
k ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ d t h e g e g p o u ~ i n o u r e c u n m y P n d t 9 i n ~ t
of a&iedng h
p pad &etEirenes of the whole tho&
educatbm otrd
government control.
Atwmuzu A c ~ ~ ~Prereq.
w G r-2, 4, rg-r3. &. L
3 cr.
p u q e of tbis c
o
w is tn prapide s a a l y a ewmtitig PPebniqtlw
wh;cb d
lmnble the d m t ar inrcrprer -id
.dam, and to %mint rhe
d
t with wt accmmtbg principleb aud paaotmtter. P-tb
a d +Pntysia
of h d d sazcmmts, comparative s t a m - aad statements s b w b g the
-tian
aP workbag upid: a
d prweedhgs in $b-oder d &d
cast59.
The
ing are stressed.
P&a m bmnax~.
Fsereq. r-a, 4, IS-xb, r9. Jr-, St II. 3 Ct.
~stud~afthehcvnrious~4f~Pies~~ia~Coasidera
.dam~~iponindhfnMmandcxternnl~ktth~~chptT~ee
&tingtktcpdcesd=cutiriek T n & d e d b r ~ 3 t f i t ~ ~ e s d g m & gopen tbe d* of &andint S C a ~ O
nnd -tin&
data of
w w h & have b ⬠o m & d as jnvesrment *&aa
62.
~ T O P B ForSdot.binBukmodF.Sr.T,II.
~ S .
6 Cr.
Aze6mobbnainesspacdoed~inour~,ph&gattt
tae a p p b t i e s fm idvidtd d i a v a r , f
a b y an &gkd m*&b y
d - m d e n z in wbieh he
pn h + & m
af of om. Tbc gro+ m y
fs 7%
+
be in-anyk
i m s
Md; for a m p k acmmrin&
market research, economic analysis.
mvwumanr,
felfing,
These courses aim to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of commercial education in high schools and for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
A major may be obtained in commercial education by completing a minimum
of 36 hours, including: I,2, 3-4,6, 5 I, 52. 53-54,Business Administration 1-2,
7, 8, 53, and one other Senior College Course, and Education 82. A minor may
be obtained by completing a minimum of 24 hours, including: I,2, 3-4,6, 51,
52, 53-54,Business Administration 1-2 or 7, 8, and Education 82.
I,2. ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRITZNG.
I, 11.
4 Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Five
hours per week.
3-4. ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.I, IL.
4 Cr.
Training in the fundamentals of Gregg shorthand. Practice in simple dictation. Four hours per week.
6. OFFICE TRAINING.
Brereq. I, 2, 3-4. 11.
2 Cr.
Study and practice in the operation of such machines as the mimeograph and
other types of duplicators. Instruction in fling and the keeping of simple office records. Two hours per week.
Senior Colkge Cmrses
ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.
I, 11.
5 I, 5 2.
4 Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique with practical training in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the ,typing of legal documents. Prerequisite I, 2, or high school credit in typing. Open to students having
attained a speed of 35 words per minute. Four hours per week.
5 3-54. ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.
I,
11.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of ,the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid
dictation. Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to studenu
who can take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and transcribe a t a high degree of accuracy. Four hours per week.
82. TEACHING
OF COMMERCE.Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that
will help students solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits plus one course from the Senior College
Courses. Required courses are I,2, 3, 7, 41,42, 44, 52, 57, 66, 68, 71,72.
Graduation minor, I 8 credits including courses I,3, 7, 41,and 42 or 44 or 7 I.
Teaching major, 39 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and
76. Also required are Chemistry I or 5-6, Physics z, Economics 7, Sociology I,
and Biology z and 54. Teaching minors possible in Biology, Chemistry, Speech,
Social Science or Physical Education. Consult a member of the home economics
faculty for course plans.
CLOTHING SELECTION,CARE, AND REPAIR. I.
I.
A study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty i n design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics
suitable f o r difleren.t uses are topics considered.
11.
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION.
z.
z Cr.
Thii course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in
cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and
suitable techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per
week.
3cr
3.
ART IN DAILYLIVING. I.
3 Cr.
A study of art as i t is met in the activities of everyday living. Open t o all
students.
ELEMENTSOF NUTRITION.
I.
3 Cr.
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
7.
EXPERIENCEM GROUPA c m n .
23. LABORATORY
See course 23 under Education.
I
Cr.
COLORAND DESIGN.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging,
33.
and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Three double laboratory periods per week.
36. CRAFTS.I.
2 Cr.
Lzboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at
camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week.
Prereq. 7 or per41. PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATIONAND MANAGEMENT.
3 Cr.
mission of instructor. I.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week.
42. THEHOME.TI.
3 Cr.
A course applying principles of cultural living t o everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
I
C
THE SOCIALSCIENCES
83
Senior Colkge Courses
~ N
~
- n
A E MANAGEMENT.
~
Prereq. 41. 11. 3 Cr.
52. h ~ m FOOD
C&~timuatiDn of 4 began in
Economics 41 with emphasis on time
and
w
t
. T h e aoabk laboratory periods a week.
57. TEXTILES.
I.
2 Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and G i h e s with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
hours a week.
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. II.
2 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field
trips arranged.
ffw W C
AXD FI
~ B X I S R ~ GII.
.
3 crinch& a comithtiun d housing, pn a d +
of f b r +,
a study of the d e b of meriors'and hte&rs, and pmblw m sefEGtina
amu&n$. and om bane ~
~
g Hame
s
.
3 preteqate
for harm! E b c s E d u e a h mrrpra. 9 h c doubIe Wwawrp periods per
66.
Th mme
~~
w ~ k
68. HOMENURSING. 11.
z Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems
relating t o environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as
well as to individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOME
MANAGEMENT
LECTURES.I.
2 Cr.
C o n b i k t h n of proMmm relating to planning, directing, guiding, and com&natbg Ebe regotrrces of the home for happy, satisfying family living. Two
lectote prim3 per we&
72. HOME
MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
2 Cr.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home
management house with one conference hour per week. Given in summer. Cost
to be determined by the group.
73. CONSUMEREDUCATION
AND INCOME
MANAGEMENT.I.
3 Cr.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will 'be w n sidered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from
the use of money income.
76. ADVANCED
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
This course provides lzboratory experience in making garments in wool.
More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the
class in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing
garments for children is also given. Two 3-hour laboratory hours per week.
OF HOME
ECONOMICS.Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics
91. TEACHMG
and Education 53. Sr. I.
z Cr.
.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
It is the purpose of tbe division of hratural Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniques; ro interprer N z m r d Science in the light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the student w i d f h e significance of Natural
Science in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong
body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the student with a scientific 'background which will enrich his life and the lives
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
MR. NASH,MR. URDAHL,
MR. MJLLER,MISS
HOLMAN
'
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, t o further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits.
Courses I and 2 satisfy the one-year requirement in Natural Science, but do
not count toward a major in Biology or in Natural Science.
GENERALBIOLOGY.Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A smdy of biological principles. A survq- is made of the animal and plant
kingdom with emphasis on morp~oIogp,physiology, adapration, and heredity
2s applied to type organisms. Three lectures and one double laboratory period
per week.
I.
HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. II.
4 Cr.
A short course dealing with the anatomy, physiology, causes of disease, and
maladjustment, hygiene, and heredity of man. Three lectures and one double
laboratory period per week.
2.
z N. ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and p;hysiology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
~ i I,
. a.
8 Cr.
survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and production of type animals. Biological principles
re emphasized. Two lectures and rwo double laboratory periods per week.
3-4. GENERALZOOLOGY.
5-6. GEXERAL
BOTANY.SO. Jr. 1, E.
8 Cr.
This is a study of the morphoIogy and physiology of higher plants, followed
by a survey of rhe p l a t kingdom. Emphsis is also placed on ,botanical principles. Flowering planu are identified in rbc spring. Three lectures and one
double laboratory period per week.
Senior College Courses
4 Cr.
GENETICS.'Prereq. I and 2 , 3-4, or 5-6. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
5 I.
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
4 Cr.
ECOLOGY.*Prereq. 3-4 or 5-6. So., Jr. 11.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general prin-
5 2.
ciples of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one laboratory
period or field trip per week.
GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
Prereq. 3-4. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week.
53.
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II.
4 Cr.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modem laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
Prereq. Chem. I . I.
4 Cr.
54 N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
TAXONOMY
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.'Prereq. 5-6. Sr. I.
Taxonomy of flowering ~ l a n t s .Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of class%cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
5 5.
59. BIOLOGIC~~L
LITERATURE.
Jr., Sr. I.
I Cr.
A review of recent biological literature. One class conference per week. Open
to students who major in Biology.
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. 11.
1-2 Cr.
60. BIOLOGICAL
Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers.
OF NATURALSCLENCES.
Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
80. TEACHING
The course consists of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary
schools.
Department of Physical Sciences
MR. REMENESKI,
MR. BOARDMAN,
MR. ALDRE,
MR LINDQUIST,
MR. ROTH
The courses o6ered provide fundamental background in the basic principles
of chemical and physical phenomena.
The primary objective is promotion of scientific thinking and scientific approach.
Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
natural sciences in secondary schools. Tbe courses in Chemistry will prepare
* Not
offered in 1950-1951.
him for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Research, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields.
The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Engineering and Applied
Mathematics.
CHEMISTRY
Major in Chemistry, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits.
I. PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course involving the study of the laws of Chemistry, metals, non-metals, and organic compounds.
N.
CHEMISTRYFOR NURSES. I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
I
CHEMISTRY.
Fr. I, II.
8 Cr.
5-6. GENERALINORGANIC
A study of laws and theories of Chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Senior College Courses
4 Cr.
51. QUALITATWEANALYSIS.Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
Laboratory work in macro and semi-micro qualitative analysis. Lectures;
theories of solution and ionization, ionic equilibria, precipitation, dissolution of
precipitates. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
5 Cr.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5 I. So., Jr. 11.
methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric
Introductory course in
and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours of laboratory per week.
52.
8-10 Cr.
53-54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week.
PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.* Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 51 and 52, and Physics
5 Cr.
5 and 6. Sr. 11.
An introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectures and one double laboratory period
per week.
55.
PHYSICS
PRINCIPLES
OF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light
and electricity.
5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. 2. So. I.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-,hour laboratory period per week.
2.
* Not
offered in 1950-1951.
THE NATURALSCIENCES
87
.
GENERALP H Y ~ P
-,.
P k y d 5. So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continnstion of Gn. Plxp. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Tlrrw Iectnxep. one qnia, a d one two-hour laboratory period
per week.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. Gen. Phys. 6 and Math. 51 or con4 Cr.
current registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
5 I.
52. LIGHT. Prereq. Gen. Phys. 5 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in
Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. II.
4 Cr.
A n advanced course in the study of geometrical and physical optics. Three
lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
80.
TEACHING
OF NATURALSCIENCES. Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Tcaching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either I I and 5z or 53-54;Biology 3-4 and 5-6;Physics 5 and 6.
D-ent
of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them eficient workers in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 27 credits; minor, zo credits.
Courses A, B, 5, and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
4 Cr.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I.
Fundamentals of Algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics.
A.
B.
S a m GEOMBTBY.Pareg. Plane &&way.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
Axes and volume formulas developed.
Gatmm &ie.d to dids and
Spherical trbgIes a d &pm introduced.
I. COLLEGEA
L G Bfmq,
~
A. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
omof Algebra. Study in radicals, quadraReview of the -f
-ts,
theory of equations, permutations,
tics, the binomial &acombinations, ~ r o b a b i l i t ~complex
,
members, series, and partial fractions.
TRIGONOMETRY.
Prereq. A. Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
The right and oblique triangle. Formulas containing the trigonometric functions developed and applications made. Logarithms and De Moivre's Theorem.
2.
4 Cr.
ANALYTICGEOMETRY.
Prereq. I and 2. Soph. I.
'I'he straight line, conics, and higher plane curves are studied analytically.
Their equations are developed using rectangular and p l a r coordinate axes.
3.
4 Cr.
DIPFERENTIAL
CALCULUS.
Prereq. B and 3. So. IJ.
Concepts of constants, variables, limits, and inhitesimals are introduced.
The derivative is d e h e d and its application made.
4.
ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. Math. B. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. Courses 5 and 6 ,do not count toward a major or
minor in mathematics.
5.
6.
ENGINEERINGDRAWINGAND DESCRIPTIVEGEOMETRY.
Prereq. 5 and Math.
3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours
a week.
B. 11.
Senior Colkge Cwrses
51. INTEGRAL
CALCULUS.
,Prereq. 4. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Integration by inspection and by use of formulas developed in class. Applications to insure mastery and to give full view of the field.
DIPFERENTIAZ.
EQUATIONS.
Prereq. 5 I. Jr. 11.
4 Cr.
DSerential equations defined and formed. Solutions found for various )vpes,
such as: first order, &st and higher degree, linear equation with constant or
variable coeficients. Singular solutions and Clairant's equations.
5 2.
53. SOLIDANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 3. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
84.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
I
Cr.
Dqartment of Health and Physical Education
MR. ERNESTANDERSON,MR. NELSON,MRS. KIEFER, MR. FOSLIEN
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship through the intramural and intercollegiate sports program, ,to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase
of the physical education program.
A course in personal hygiene is required of all freshmen and new upper class
students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
Two years of physical activities, courses 3a, gb and 4a, qb, are required of
all students. Those who take a major or minor in Physical Education are required to take 4a, qb only. This one credit will count toward the major or
minor.
ad Mino* Requirements:
Major for men, 33 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, 4b. 5, 6, 11, 12, 27, 50,
51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 58, 62, 84.
Major for women, 30 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16,
17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 58, 62, 84.
Minor, 21 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 11, 12, 51, 53, 62, and 94
for men; 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, 62, and 94 for women.
Biology I, 2; Psychology I, 2; and Education 5 I, 53, 55, 58, and 96 should
be included for a teaching major in physical education.
Major
2.
HYGIENE.
Required of all freshmen. Fr. I or 11.
Personal and community hygiene.
3a, 3b. PHYSICALACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr. I, 11.
2
Cr.
I
Cr.
I G.
qa, 4b. PHYSIC~L
A C T I V I ~ S(Men).
.
Fr. I, 11.
Touch football, soccer, speedball, volley ball, table tennis, handball, basketball,
tumbling, apparatus, badminton, softball, and horseshoe.
3a, ~ b . PHYSICALACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, II.
I
Cr.
I Cr.
qa, 4b. PHYSIC= A C T I V I ~ S(Women).
.
Fr. I, 11.
Posture and correction, basketball, field hockey, softball, volleyball, stunts
and tumbling, and selected recreational sports.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTH
EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
R E ~ R E A ~ OFr.
N .I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school
system.
5.
RECREATIOXAL
ACTIVITIES.Fr. 11.
I Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
game, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modzed gama.
6.
I I.
TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. I.
2
Cr.
A study of rechnique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speed-
ball, and volleyball.
Team Games: Touch football, sof~ball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf.
12.
SO. I, 11.
4 Cr.
13, 14. T m SPORTSFC)R WOMEN.
Theory and practice in the m & g
and officiating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
17. SELF-TESTINGACTIVITIES. (Women). So. I.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling.
27. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology I, 2. So. I.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements.
29. OFFICIATING.(Men). So. I.
basketball, baseball, and track.
Senior ColZege Courses
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTEDPHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Prereq.
Biol. I, 2 , and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases.
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. I.
5 I. SELF-TESTING
Theory and practice in teaching, individual and dual stunts, apparatus,
tumbling, boxing, and wrestling.
52. FUNDAMENTAL
MOVEMENTS.Jr. II.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women.
5 0.
ims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education.
COACHINGOF SPORTS:BASEBALL
AND TRACK.Sr. 11.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
Sr. I.
55. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
58. FIRSTAm. Jr. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
62. ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
OF HEALTH AND QHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
54.
TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education.
85. COMMUNITY
RECREATION.
Jr. I.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
84.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and
missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It ogers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both rhmretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated t o the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
GENE=
REQUIREMENTS
Aclmkion
The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal a r s college. The college course must have included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
Philosophy
2
years
t
years
year
I
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
In order that students mag derive the greamt pssible advancage from their
theological studies, it Is recornmendud that h e i r college course of study, besides
fulfilling rrquiremenw as to a major and z minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated aborc, include as many as possible of the foIIowine:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics
Typewriting
2
I
I
2
I
I
I
years
year
year
years
year
year
year
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a goo
academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
Applications for Admission
Applications for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following:
I. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary,
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
spiritual experience, and doctrinal convictions. '
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents must be i n the hands of the Secretary of the Seminaq
Faculty before July &st.
The Committee on Admissions consists of t h e Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first. year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Transfer of Gedits and Advanced Standing
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their
srudies are to be pursued under doe dircztion of the Theological Faculty. Any
arrangemenr ro rake 2 p2rr of rhe the&gical course a t another serninzry must
have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty a t Augsburg.
Advanced standing is giantPd in certain instances, as when a student applying
for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Seminary srudears pap no tuition. They do, however, pay t h e regular student
activity fee and a genergl Seminuy fee of tm dollnrs per semester. Seminary
students living in the dormitory rece;vc a special grant to cover the cost of room
rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students. See page 20.
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of Icct-ures m d study plus
six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all
the requirements of the regular course are gaduated with the degree of Bachelor
of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I. A minimum of 102 semester credits; including a seminar course in each
of rhe following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2.
Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of a t least 1.1 (C+ average)
throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of ~racticalChristian service under the direction of the
Faculty Committee on Service. See below.
5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,ooo wvrds in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject mast be submitted for
faculry approval before November I and the thesis must be completed by May
I of t h e Senior year.
6. A comprphensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New
Tesmment, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the thud
week of Much. Written and oral examination sermons.
Students w b complete &e required number of credits for graduation witb
an Honor pint ratio of 1.0 (C average) uld the six m o n t h of practical ~ r vice, bur who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admibn,
or who have not attained ul honor point ratio of 1.5 in their strrdies, are gtadmted with the degree of Graduate in Theologp.
Practical Christian Service
of Aeol~gicdstady kt t h e Seminuq a c h stuIn addition w the three
dent i requimd to spend six m n t h in prrctieal Chrigtian s f i c e , as appoinred
urd supervised by ,the Commitre on Service. This work i doae dduriag the
summer vacarions between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary come.
T h e Seminary studenrs are also encau~gedto engage in a Iimited amount of
practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in
nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Practical Service.
COURSES O F STUDY
Theological Orientation Cmses
Jumior Year
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE
OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
I.
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of ,the hiitarical
origin of the Biblical writings.
2 Cr.
3. THESPIRITUALLIFE. A practical study of basic principles of spiritual living, with emphasis upon the cultivation of the devotional life. Selections from
the great classics of Christian devotion are studied.
I Cr.
4. THEOLOGICAL
P R O P A ~ ~A Csurvey
.
of the main divisions of Christian
Theology; their subdivbiom; heir relation to the entire field of Theology and
to the whole realm of h w m ~howledge.
I Cr.
5 . INTRODUCTTONTO DOGMATICS.A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
Luther.
THE THREE-YEAR CYCLE OF COURSES
Old Testament
10. SURVEY,OF
OLD TESTAMENTLITERATURE.A general survey of the individual writings of the Old Testament; the history of the Old Testament
2 Cr.
Canon and text.
AND ~ ~ E T H O D S . A study of selected problems of history and
11. PROBLEMS
interpretation in connection with certain Old Testament books, together with
2 Cr.
an introduction to the principles of Biblical criticism.
12. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
3 Cr.
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages.
13. THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the his3 Cr.
torical books are studied.
14. THEPROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book.
3 Cr.
I 7. THEPROPELETJEREMIAH.
Alternates with 16. A study of the political,
mord, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given
to Jeremiah's persnnal character, his Messianic hope, and to h
i portrayal of the
2 Cr.
struggle for spiritual freedom.
16. THEPROPHETEZEKIEL. Alternates with 15. A study of the Babylonian
2 Cr.
Captivity and its spiritual significance for the people of God.
17. PSALMS. The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of
3 Cr.
Psalms.
18. THEB ~ OFK JOB. Alternates with 19. A course which aims to make
clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard
to fundamental problems in l i e .
2 Cr.
19. PO~T-EXIIJC LITERATURE. Alternates with 18. A m r s e in the literature, history, and religion of Judaism in the Exile and post-Exile periods from
Ezekiel to the New Testament times.
2 Cr.
New Testament
MR.HELLAND
20. SURVEY OP NEW T E S T ~ E N LITERATURE.
T
A n historicd in~rsigation
of the origin, authorship, and interpretation of the books of the hrcw Testament.
History of the New Testament Canon and text. Special, artention to chose baoks
not treated in other courses.
3 Cc.
21. T ~ T U ACRITICISM
L
or THE NET TESTAMENT.An introduction t o *he
principles of texrnal cririckm. Survey of the history of criticism illustrated by
studies in specific seiecrions from the New Testament books.
I Cr.
22. EXEGESIS
OF GALATIANS.
The Epistle to the Galatians is studied as the
fundamental document of the Gospel of Christian freedom. Special attention to
3 Cr.
the basic problems of the authenticity of the New Testament records.
23. X N ~ R E T A T I O K
OF hriARfi AND LUKE. A study of the life and ministry
of Jesus based on Mark as our oldssr murce, with suppicmentary passages horn
Lvke. The origin and grow& of rhe Synopdc tradition; the literary relation of
&e h t three Gaspels, an anernpt to hnd a satisfactorg solurion of the Synoptic
Problem,
3 Cr.
24. INTERPRETATION
OF MATTHEW. Special emphasis is placed on the teachings of Jesus, their preservation and uansmission. The rela~onof Matthew's
!&pel w ,the Old Testament, aad irs presentation of Jesus' person, ministry,
hand wching to the Jewish mind.
3 Cs.
2 5 . INTERPKETATION
OF JOHN. A stlppIementary srudy af the life of Christ,
with special reference to the dcvelopmenr of faith and unbelief, the Person of
3 Cr.
&st,
and the advanced spiritual teachkgs of rhe Fourth Gospel.
26. T H E JEWISH SECTION OF THE EARL\- C I * P . I S ~CIIURC~~.
A study
of Acts, Chapters r-12, showing the development of the Early Church on
Pdestiniul soil. This will be followed by a m d y of the Epifcle to he Hebrews
and tbe Epistle of James as literature wrirtcn especiaUy for Jewish Chxisrians.
Several paprs are required.
j Cr.
27. THE L n d AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A study of Acrs, Chspters 13-28,
as a basis for the life of Paul, together with an introduction to his epistles, in
their historical sequence, as a part of his minisrry. Several papers are required.
3 Cr.
2 8 . I~~ERPETATIQN
OF ROMANS.T h e purpose of the course is to gain a
compteh&ve view of tbe Gospel of Christ as preached by Paul, and of the
fundamental Christian doct-trinal system set forth in this Epistle.
2 Cr.
OF ~ H E I ~ L A X S . In the smdy o f Ephesians special em29. 'I~RPRETATIOX
phasis is laid upon the place o f the universal Christian Church as rhe Body of
Christ and t b e spiritual goal of history. Alrernates wicb 30.
2 Cr.
30. T m Fmsr EPISTLEOF PETER.The Epish of the Chr;stim hope. It
contains the chief doctrines of Christianity (the vicarious suffering and death of
Cluiir, the nevr b i d , redempion by the brood of Christ, faith, hope, and holiness of life) in a non-Pauline setting, thus giving a difEerent approach to &we
cardinal truths. Altcrnat- wirh 29.
2 Cr,
31. INTERPRETATION
OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims at
a mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of the
Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literas Cr.
ture.
Church ,History
40-41. THEEARLYCHURCH. Tlte H i s ~ t of
y the G k c i a n t%u& &om tbF
Apostolic Age to the time of G ~ s r tghe h a t {jao). 7 % ofgad%&
~
btrine, government, and worship of zhe E d y C h d ; tbe M d S of h m b ism in the Roman Empire, and tbe dea d rha hpq- 7 h wms~
% t g h dtb
a brief survey of the Book of Acts.
4 Cr.
42. TEIB
mmr of Chri#id&y
OF TI-IB MIDDLEA.GES. A general survey of the develop-
ia Wetern Europe from ggo to the period of the Protes-
tant & d o u n a t h ~The w m includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform.
3 Cr.
43. THEREFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
Catholic Counter-Reformation.
3 Cr.
This course covers the period
44. THECHURCHAFTER THE REFO~MATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, wirh special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the history of the Lutheran Church.
41. AMERICAN
CHURCH
HISTORY.
Early c&&+tioo;
d *;
church government, religious life and worship; -tion
of c h d md 8tnk;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of fhe Lwbe~pnC b d im -ka
is studied with special care.
t C=r.
OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development
46. THE HISTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods.
2 Cr.
Systematic Theology
A course intended to introduce the student to the field
10. INTRODUCTTON.
of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of
2 Cr.
the entire field.
AND ANTHROPOLOGY.
A study in the systematic exposition
11. THEOLOGY
of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers o n special
topics.
3 Cr.
12-53. ~ O L O G Y . The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of ,the true communion ,between God and man. The Person of Christ
and His work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relation to the individual and to society; the nature and function of the Church.
4 Cr.
A study of the religious and ethical implications
54-15. C W ~ NEMU.
of the Christian experience. Special attention k give& to the development and
iadividd pr&d
inapplication of Christian ethics with reference
stiturions, and miety as a whole.
4 cr.
I ,
m>:teee
F-'
56. S ~ B O L I C SA
. careful study of r h e B w k of Concord, containing the
creeds subscribed .to by the Lutheran Church. The gene& of each creed, its
doctrinal signikance, and its place in thc present life of the Church.
I Cr.
AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
57. COMPARATIVE.
SYMBOLICS
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teachings of various modem religious sects and cults.
2 G.
58. THE PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION. Alternates with 57. A course in the
principles of the Christian religion. The Christian world view, interpretations
of .&story, and doctrines of the Person of Christ and Redemption are studied
with reference t o antagonistic theories.
2 Cr.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.
ThiS course, which is based on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundaz Cr.
tions of the pastoral oace and the New Testament ministry.
61. PASTORAL PSYCHOLOGYAND SOUL-CARE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions. The principles of soul-care are studied in
the light of the teachings of the great spiritual leaders of the Church. The
2 Cr.
relation of psychiatry to soul-care.
62. EVANGELISTICS.
A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions,
including the work of Deaconess institutes, also the practical work in rescue
missions, street meetings, special missions, etc.
2 Cr.
B. Hmiletics
65. PRINCIPLESr n ~
PRACTICEOF PREACHING. Technical and psychological
2 Cr.
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
66. H o ~ m n c s .The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and prrsracazion of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preplration
2 Cr.
and constant praccice in delivery. Middlers.
98
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGIC~Z.
SEMINARY
67. SERMONS. A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both
the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
are studied. Seniors.
2 Cr.
C. Polity, Worshp, amd Parish Work
70. Cnua- P o L ~ ~ YA. course dealing with tbe Biblical theory of the congregation; ofiicers, organization, and governmenr in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a frec church. I asd ll Corinthians
are studied os the best wurce.
2 Cr.
71. CHURCHADMINIS~ATION.A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing eficiency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
I Cr.
Christian stewardship.
72. PASTORAL
PROBLEMS.A series of Iecrure~and discussions dealing with
pracrical problems in rhe p r o f s work in the parish and the locd comnuniry.
The approach co the unchurched. Cungregational evangelism. Making the gccasionaI services effective. Problems of p ~ t o r derhics.
r Cr.
73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of
liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on
I Cr.
its relation to varying conceptions of the Church.
74. H n t ~ o r o ~ uAn
. hkisrorical survey of the best selccuoas of hymns from
the early Chrisrian Church and the Church in Germany, Scmdinavia, England,
r Cr.
and Arncricz. Special artention is given to Lutheran hymacdy.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
75. PRINCIPLESOF PARISHEDUCATION.
r Cr.
76. MEKHODS OF PARISH E ~ n u r o h . . Smdia in the application of basic
principles and methods of educarLon to the subject matter used in catechetical
instnrction, Sunday schmls, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the wbole parish.
2 Cr.
77. C R E n m RECREATIOK.
A study of recreational activities, their place
a.nd possibilities, especially among the young. Opportunity for participation in
activities which the student may use for his own recreation in later life. I Cr.
SOCIETY. A study of the relation between
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMAN
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task
2 Cr.
of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
79. CHRIS'IUNITY AND SOCIALWORK. This course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, reports, and institutional visits.
2 Cr.
Student Register
THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS 1949-1950
Third Year
..............................................
.Minneapolis
................................................
.Minneapolis
Haakenstad, Marius
Quanbeck, Russell
Second Year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Everett, Wash.
.Valga, S. Dak.
Bergh, Oliver G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knutson, Alton T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Mayer, Henry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul
Velvo, N. Dak.
Ovewold, Carl M. ..............................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.Thief
River Falls
Parbst, John N.
Quanbeck, Philip A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sortland, Howard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,Fargo, N. Dak.
Swenson, Jasper S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hendricks
Torgerson, Richard P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Bakken, Norman K.
First Year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marinette,
..
Wis.
Bewig, Arthur L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
Feig, Gilbert H. .................................................
.Minneapolis
Kordahl, Axel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nerge, Lowell ......................................................
.Madison
Anderson, Robert W.
.................................................
Northfield
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veblen, S. Dak.
Nystuen, Theodore
Torgerson, Sheldon
Viland, Melvin
Special
................................................. Minneapolis
Ozolins, Karlis 2 ................................................
.Minneapolis
pearson, Vincent 1 .................................................
.Wyoming
Soberg, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Edward
1 Registered for first semester only.
2 Registered for second semester only.
STUDENTREGISTER
COLLEGE STUDENTS 1949-1950
SENIORS
......
Alberg, Edward
Tigerton, Wisconsin
Amberson, Roger .......... .Minneapolis
Amlund, Curtis .............Minneapolis
Amschler, Adelle ........... .Cambridge
Anderson, Ethel
.Hanley Falls
Anderson, Marion ......... .Minneapolis
Anderson, Walter Ray ..... .Minneapolis
Andress, James ................Walker
Andrew, Vincent ......... .Minneapolis
Anhalt, Elmer ............ .Minneapolis
Ario, Frank .............. .Minneapolis
A ~ H~~~~~
~ ~ ............
,
.underwood
..........
Balerud, Andrew .......... .Minneapolis
Bard, Charles ............. .Minneapolis
Berntson, Gordon ...... .â¬dinburg, N. D.
Blom, M. Donald .... .Calumet, Michigan
Bodin, Raymond . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Braun, Richard ........... .Minneapolis
Bueide, Ann .................. Willmar
Campbell, Eugene ............ .Luverne
Carlsen, Erling . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Carlson, Robert .............Minneapolis
Dahlen, Shirley ............... .Luverne
Dale, Phebe .................. .St. Paul
Dillon, Dovid ............. .Minneapolis
Hedberg, Fred ............ .Minneapolis
Holden, Raymond. ........Pittsfield, Mas.
Holte, William ............ .Minneapolis
Hone, Ernest .............. .Minneapolis
Hoplin, Miriam .................. Lowry
Hoversten, Garfield ...............Lynd
Hoversten, Vincent ................Lynd
Howells, Robert ........... .Minneapolis
Hruska, John ............. .Minneapolis
Huglen, Raynard ............Newfolden
Jacobsen, Marion ......Racine, Wisconsin
.Minneapolis
Jacobson, Milton 1
Johnson, Esther ..............Minneota
Johnson, Everette N. ....Rockford, Illinois
Johnson, Harvey ............Minneapolis
Johnson, Hilbert ........... .Minneapolis
Johnson, Lillian ........ Racine, Wisconsin
Johnson, Mae .............Carpion N. D.
Johnson, Oliver ........... .Minneapolis
Johnson, Wilbur ..... .Osnabrock, N. D.
Jones, Richard ............ .Minneapolis
~ , , ~ t ~ dT~~~~~~
,
........... ,wanamingo
........
Kallevig, Lloyd ................ .Willmar
Kleven, Sylvia ....... Blanchardville, Wia.
Knutson, william .......... .Minneapolis
~ ~ paul
~ ............
~ ~ ~ ~
i
l~ i ~~
Elmberg., Donald .......... .Minneapolis
~ ~ l hi^
i ~ ............
,
. ~ iN. ~D. ~ ~ ,
Elstad, Vernon ....... .Coos &Y, Oregon
bndahl, Robert 1 ........ .Minneapolis
Emberson. Curtis ..... .Argyle, Wisconsin
Landvik, Elden ............ .Minneapolis
Engelmm*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Clarissa Lanes, Georgette .......... .Minneapolis
Englundr
.Pasadena, California
............... .St. PaulLarson, Bernice
Ennen, Louis ............. .Minneapolis
L
~ ~~~~l~~
~
1~ .........
~
~.sauk, kapids
Erickson, Charlotte ......... Fergus Falls
............... Minneapolis
Leak, Roger
Erickson, Donald R. 1 ...... .Minneapolis
Lideen, Cyrus ............. .Minneapolis
Erickson, Harold .......... .Minneapolis
~
~
~ ...............
k
~
~~
~,
t
~
h
Erickson, Orville .......... .Minneapolis
Lucas, Richard ............ .Minneapolis
.............
.Minneapolis
Fagerlie,
Kenneth ......... .
~ Lundin, Lynn
~
~
~
~
....
Farm, Delores ................ Guckeen
Felix, Mavis 1 ......-......Minneapolis
Felland, Elizabeth .... .Colfax, Wisconsin
Forsell, Alfred ............Lake Bronson
Foss, Arden .............. .Minneapolis
Fredman, Merlyn ............... .Carlos
raml ling, ~ o r o t h y ............. .Climax
......... .Thief River
.......... ,
Harvey ........ .Lancaster,
Green, Helen
Falls
Hagen, Robert
1 Registered for first semester only.
2 Registered for second semester only.
Mateyko, Albert .......... .Minneapolis
~ i ~ h somuel
~ ~ . .l . . .~. . .~. ~ ~ ,i
~
~ i ~ h~ ~ ~l F.~b1 ~. .~.~. . .,*. ~
i
~
~ i ~ k ~ ~~ l bT.~~............
~r t~ ,
. ~ i l
Nelson,
Nelson,
Nelson,
Nelson,
~
~
~ ~
Daniel ................. .Spier
Euna ............... .Evansville
Richard R. 1 ........... .Austin
Robert P. ............ .Zumbrota
............
~
.Minneapolis
~
............... .Mclntah
Gordon ....... .Manistique, Mich.
~ Nolan, Dolores
~
Nornes, ldelle
Oberg,
Olson, Donald B. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Paul .................... .Tower
~
Parker, Mrs. Marilyn I . . . . . .Minneapolis
Paulson, Robert ....... .Twin Falls, Idaho
Pederson, Grant 1 . . . . ..... .Minneapolis
Pegors, Karl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, James . . . . . . ..... .Minneapolis
Peterson, Juliet ....... . . . . . . .Constance
Peterson, LaVonne . . . ...... .Minneapolis
Peterson, Wayne ..... ..... .Minneapolis
Pohren, Robert E. . . . . ..... .Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Dagny
Quanbeck, Quentin
. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
.............
.Bertha
Radmacher, Roy . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Reitz, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Richards, Walter . . . .Oakland, California
Robbins, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Robbins, William . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Roe, Marion .............. .Minneapolis
Rvan.
,
. Robert . . . . . . . .Lacrosse, Wisconsin
Sandberg, Bertil 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Schroeder, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Schumack, Lavern . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Shaw, Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sivertson, Donald . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Skonnord, Harriet . . . Valley City, N. D.
Ahlness, Miriam ................. Milroy
Anderson, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Augustine, Douglas . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Aune, R. Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood
Baxter, Joan ............. .Minneapolis
Becken, Betty ............. .Minneapolis
Berg, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
Bergeland, James .............. Dawson
Berkland, Theodore . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Binder, Freda ....... Devils Lake, N. D.
Blager, Herbert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Botko, Willard 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Botten, T. Joyce . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
Brennan, William .......... .Minneapolis
Bretheim, Doris ............ .Minneapolis
Bringle, Marion ........ Estherville, Iowa
Bruns, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Bue, Tilfred .............. .Minneapolis
Bungum, Theodore ......... .Minneapolis
Calderwood, Dave ......... .Minneapolis
Capetz, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Carlson, Donald V. ....... New Brighton
Carlyon, Thomas R. 2 ...... .Minneapolis
Christopherson, James . .Valley City, N. D.
Collin, Merida .................. .Morn
Cote, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Smith, Russel ................Hendricks
Snodgrass, Wesley . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Sorenson, Angeline. ........ .Minneapolis
Strand, Herbert ................Bayport
Stuempges, Neil
Hinckley
Thorson, L. Dwayne ... .Omaha, Nebraska
Tollefson, Harold . . . . . .Osnabrock, N. D.
Twiton, Dorothy ... .Sun Prairie, Wisconsin
Vaagenes, Carl ........... .Minneapolis
Vettel, Jean .............. .Minneapolis
Vorland, Gehard .......... .Minneapolis
Wagner, Raymond
Wasgatt, David . .
Wessman, LaVonne
Wilberg, Marjorie
Willeti, Jay .....
Wroge, Vernon 2 .
. .Minneapolis
... .Waylato
...... Dossel
.Taylors Falls
. .Minnaapolis
. . . . . . .Plat0
Yattaw, Edwin 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Yoshikawa, Edward . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Men ............................ ,104
Women .......................... 35
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,139
Daniels, Earl ............. .Minneapolis
Davis, Gerald .............. .Monticello
DeBoer, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dick, Frederick ........... .Minneapolis
Ditmanson. Esther . . . . . . . . . . .Minnea~olis
Dyck, Doris . . . . . . . . . ..Paramount, Calif.
Ekblad, Leola . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Emerson, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Engelstad, Stephen ....... .Astoria, S. D.
Erickson, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, Raymond . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, Stanley .......... .Minneapolis
Everson, Oliver .......... .Corsica, S. D.
Ewert, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Felland, Orion ............ .Colfax, Wis.
Flaa, Dolores ............. .Minneapolis
Fladland, Donald .......... .Minneapolis
Fraasch, Forrest 1 ......... .Montevideo
Framstad, Clarence ......Williston, N. D.
Garland, John . . . . . . . . . .Morinette, Wis.
Greseth, Lyle ............ .West Concord
Hall, Enoch .............. .Minneapolis
Hallberg, Grant 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Wyoming
Halling, Lloyd . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Halverson, William . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Halvorson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gully
Hanson, Elmer
..... .Elk Mound, Wis.
Hanson, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Hegge, Hjalmer 2 . . . . . . . .Williston, N. D.
Hendrickson, Glen ...... .Seattle, Wash.
Hengler, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hjelm, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Hofflander, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hoifjeld, Clairold . . . . . . . . .Eureka, Calif.
Hoium, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmquist, lvar . . . . . .Hyde Park, Mass.
...
.
Jergenson, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly
Johnson, Everet R. . . . . . . . . . Rockford, III.
Johnson, Merlin . . . . . . .Grantsburg, Wis.
Johnson, Quentin . . . . . . . . . . . .Hendricks
Kleven, Luther . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Knutson, Merle . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Krenz, John .................. Faribault
Kulterman, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth
Laffin, Glen . . . . . . . . . .... .Minneapolis
Landvik, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Shirley ..... . . . . . . . . . .Braham
Law, Albert . . . . . . . . .....
.
.Minneapolis
Lee, Harold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lee, Mavis . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . Mora
Lindberg, Alfred . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lowen, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundh, Lorraine . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundin, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Maher, Merle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson
Manlove, LeRoy . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Martinson, Richard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Meier, Thorlough . . . . .Cumberland, Wis.
Miller, Perry . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Moe, Marvel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boyd
Mohn, Donald .... . . . . Enumclaw, Wash.
Morseth, LaWayne . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Mosby, Carola . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blue Earth
Nelson, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nielsen, Jeannette . . . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville
Norby, Allen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
Norrbohm, Robert . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Norton, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nystuen, Beverly. .Erickson, Manitoba, Can.
Odencrans, Shirley ......... .Minneapolis
Olfert, Richard 1 ......... .Frazer, Mont.
Olson, Donold H. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Everett D. .......... .Cottonwood
Olson, Muriel ............ .Buxton, N. D.
Olson, Walter ............ .Cadott, Wis.
Olson, Williom ............ .Minneapolis
Omdahl, lngierd .... .Stavanger, Norway
Ott, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Oudal, Robert ...... .Orchard Park, N. Y.
Parker, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Petersen, A. Richard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Herbert ........ Pomeroy, Iowa
Pratt, Wallace ............ .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Rasmussen, James .......... .Minneapolis
Romfo, Melvin ............ .Minneapolis
Rosten, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood
Quanbeck, Robert
Sannerud, Alfred ........... .Hazel Run
Schafer, Harold. .Wessington Springs, S. D.
Schramek, Richard ......... .Minneapolis
Schultz, Floyd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watertown
Severson, Leland .......... .Minneapolis
Sevig, Palmer . . . . . . .Minot, North Dakota
Sevold, Raymond .......... .Minneapolis
Sheldon, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Twin Valley
Slarks, J. Don ............ .Minneapolis
Sletta, Robert ............. Fergus Falls
Smith, Robert G. .......... .Minneapolis
Solberg, Arthur ........... .Minneapolis
Solberg, Viola ............ .Minneapolis
Sotnak, Otto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Luverne
Staub, Erika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stenvig, Charles ........... .Minneapolis
Storley, Calvin . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roslyn, S. D.
Svendsen, Herbert . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Swenson, Carol. .Dawson Creek, B. C., Can.
Thom, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Thompson, Jennings. . .Blanchordville, Wis.
Thorsgard, Kathryn .....Northwood, N. D.
Thorson, Donald .......... .Minneapolis
Thorson, Marvin. . . . . . . . Menomonie, Wis.
Toussaint, Stanley .............. .Milaca
Triplett, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Tweed, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . .Tolna, N. D.
Unruh, Pete ............ .Mountain Lake
Unseth, Einar . . . . . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis.
Vaagenes, Morris
..........
.Minneapolis
Waller, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Walther, Stephen .......... .Minneapolis
Weinreis, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brookston
Williams, Warren .......... .Minneapolis
Winquist, Mawin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth
Woolson, Loren . . . . .St. Croix Falls, Wis.
York, Beverly
...........
.Brockton, Mass
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
-
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Alfsen, Thomas ............... Rochester
Allar, Donald 1 ......... .St. Louis Park
Anderson, Evgene .............Willmar
Anderson, Fritz ............ .Minneapolis
Anderson, John C. 2 ...... .Minneapolis
Anderson, Kenneth ............Ellendale
Anderson, Norman C. ........Ellendale
Anderson, Victor . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Andros, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anenson, LeRoy ..... .Wallace, So. Dak.
Aune, Wilfred ............. .Underwood
Gilbertson, Glen .......... .Minneapolis
Glans, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolir
Green, Paul ................. .St. Paul
Gryth, Beverly ................ Pembina
Guderian, Ronald ......... .Minneapolis
Gudim, Milo . . . . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Haas, Marvis .............. .Minneapolis
Hage, Robert ............. .Minneapolis
Hagen, E. James .......... .Minneapolis
Hagert, David ............... .Starbuck
Holler, Harriet . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Bockie, Walter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. paul
HaIverson, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anoka
kckstrom, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H~~~ Hans". Harold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ha"s0"n Allen D. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nisswa
Bagley, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gatzke
Boker, Phyllis ............... .Lakesville Han~on, Celia ................. .Aitkin
H""son. Herbert . . . . . . . .Elk Mound,
Bekken, Oliver ............ .Minneapolis
A. ......... .Minneapolis
h t James
~
Bennethum, ~
~ . . .colUmbia
~
~ ~ l ~ i d ~Hanson,
Hanso", John A- . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Benson, Carl ................ .Clarkfield
bnson,
K~~~~~ . . . . . . . . . . . . ,clarkfield
Hanson, Sheldon . . . . . Blanchardville, Wis.
Benson, Stanley ............ .Minneapolis
HadleY, Dale ............. .Minneapolis
Benzel, Jerold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hedlund, Jack . . . . . . . . .Grantsburg, Wis.
Bergstrom, Dean . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hird, Murray 2 ........... .Minneapolis
Bergum, James . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnwpolis
Hjelle, Orlette .............. Newfolden
. . . . .~. . . .l. .Minneapolis
Bodin, earl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i ~ Howells,
~ ~Richard
~ ~
i ~
men,
E. ~ ~ .......
l ~ ,se0ttle,
i ~ , wash.
Hume, Paul ............... .Minneapolis
Bozony, Martha ........... .Minneapolis
Hustoft, Theodore 1 . . . . .Astoria, Oregon
Brodahl, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
B
~ william
~
~ ..........
~
, pequot ~~k~~ Jacobson, Arvild .......... .Minneapolis
. . . . . .Minneapolis
. , ti
~
~ ~ ~ ~ . .d. b. . .~. .~. . .~.~
~
~ Jacobson,
~
Donovan
~
~ ...~
~
l
i
B
~ william
~
~ . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . ~
i
~ Jacobson.
~
Luther
~
~
........
~ .New
~ Richland
l
i
Johnson, Anton . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson' Dennis . . . 'Newman Grove' Neb'
Carlson, VerDella . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown
Johnson. Gordon . . . . . .Blooming Prairie
Caviness, David . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Harold ....... .Kloten, N. D.
Christensen, David.. . . . .Kenmare, N. D.
Johnson, Richard A. ....... .Minneapolis
Cornelius,
Arthur .......... .Minneapolis
Crowell, Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul JOhnSOnn Roger . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Ronald. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Cummings, Frank . . . -Atlantic City, N.
Johnstone, Donald ........ .Minneapolis
~
~
J.
Dahlager, Arlo ............ .Minneapolis
Dahlberg, Thomas . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kidder, M. Worden . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dalberg, Leonard . . .Stratton, Ont., can. Kleven, Charlotte . . . .Blanchordville, Wis.
~
i~
~~. . . .~. . .~
. . .~~ ~
li
d~ ~
Knutson,
~ ~
Millard
~
~
2, . . . ~
. . . . . .Minneapolis
~
l
i
it^^^^^^, ~
~ . . . .~. . . . . ~
. . . ,willmar
l
d Kohls, Allan ................. Lindstrom
Dixen, Arvid .............. .Minneapolis
Kottke, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Eagle Bend
Kottom, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Renville
Kristianson. Burton . . . .Rugby, N. Dakota
Elofson, Robert ............ .Minneapolis
Eng, Leona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kgley Krueger, Wallace . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
~ ~ i ~~l~~~~
~ k .~. . . ~. . . ~
. . . ., . .. ~ r t h ~ dKU~OSS,
~
William . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Landsverk, Eleanor . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Erickson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Larson, Alyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena
Larson, Benjamin . . . . - - . . . . . . ..Wadeno
Faul, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Elwood . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fenske, Delmour 1 . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Larson, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples
Flonn, Morrielgien . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Larson, Luther . . . . . . . . . .Brockton, Mont.
George, John 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Mabel . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
~
Larson, Robert D. 1. .Newman Grove, Neb.
Larson, Violet ............. .Minneapolis
Lindquist, Robert .......... .Minneapolis
Linxheid, Vera ..............Buttefield
Lodahl, Helen ... .Medicine Lake, Mont.
Loe, Julian .............. .Sauk Centre
Lund, Ronald ............. .Wanamingo
Lyngdal, Lloyd ................. Duluth
Madryga, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Madsen, John . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Madsen, Roger ........... .Minneapolis
Malm, Ellen Jane . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Markland, Finn 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Massoll, Cornelia . . . . . . - ..Aurelia, Iowa
Mattson, Harold . . . . - - . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
McGinnis, Msrle 1 . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
.
Mitrnoen, Winnifred . . - - - . . . . . . .Dulvth
Mortensen, Richard . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Mosby, Arthur 1 . . . . . . . . . ..Blue Earth
Myhre, Richard . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Nagel, Audrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Arlington
Nelson, Harland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth
Nelson, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brooten
Nelson, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pennock
Nestvold, Elwood . . . . . . . .Peerless, Mont.
Northfelt, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Nyhus, Leroy . . . . . . .Tacoma, Washington
Odegard, Robert . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ohno, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Orville L. . . . . .Oakes, N. Dakota
Olson, Oscar E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mound
Onischuck, William . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Oscarson, Donald 1 ... .Chicago, Illinois
Ott, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pangburn, Danny . . . . . . . . ..Sauk Centre
Paulson, LeVon . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Perry, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Petersen, Marlo . . . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Peterson, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renville
Peterson, Harvey . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Lloyd 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Peterson, Vera . . . . . . . . . . .Superior, Wis.
Powers, Dayton - . . . . . . . .Jefferson, Wis.
Pressnalle, Irving . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Puterbaugh, Karl . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ramlo, Arden 2 .............. Hendricks
Riley, William . . . . . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ringdahl, Irving . . . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Roberts, Donovan . . . . . . . . . .Lake Crystal
Robertson, Elwood 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson
Robinson, David 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rodvik, Erling 2 . . . . . . . . Bluffs, Illinois
Rokke, David .............. Strandquist
Romano, Pasquale . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Romansky, Ruth ............. .St. Paul
Ronholm, Palmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Erskine
Roos, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ryden, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rykken, Franklyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Roseau
Scheuerman, Gerald . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Schmidt, Ruth ......... .Elkton, So. Dak.
Schuenemon, Eldred ....... .Minneapolis
Schwartz, Laton ........... .Minneapolis
Siegel, Donald 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sigler, Fred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sjoquist, Thure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lsanti
Skjei, Lola ............. Williston, N. D.
Skolas, Franklin ...... .Chaseburg, Wis.
Smith, Lynn .............. .Minneapolis
Snodgrass, Melvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
Solberg, Melvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca
Solem, Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Soli, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Solum, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Argyle
Soulis, William 1 ......... .Minneapolis
Swanson, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Swanson, Sylvia . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Swenson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
Tallman, Mary Joyce . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Thompson, Rod 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Thorpe, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Thorsen, Floyd ............Minneapolis
Underbakke,
Leland
...........
.Argyle
Varner, Joanne . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Vartdal, Roger . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Vlohos, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Walters, Orville . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wong, Donna Jean . . . . . . . . . . .Whedton
Weeden, Robert ... . . . . Waupaca,
.
Wis.
Wegner, LaGrande . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm
Weidenbach, Paul . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Weisberg, Morton 1 ....... .Minneapolis
West, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westlund, Esther . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westphal, David 1 . . . . . - . . . . . . .Madelia
Wiger, Donald .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cyrus
Wilson, Dora 1 . . . . .. . . . . ..Round Lake
Young, Lyle
........
Zaudtke, Ronald
.Valley City, N. D.
.............
.St. Paul
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
-
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
FRESHMEN
Aaskov, Ruth. .Cumberland Center, Maine
Adamson, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerkhoven
Alfsen, Evelyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester
Alfsen, James 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Allar, Dale ............. .St. Louis Park
Amundsen, Gerhard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anbuhl, Ted ........... .St. Louis Park
Andersen, Grace 2. . .Staten Island, N. Y.
Anderson, Colene 1 . . . . .Rackford, Illinois
Anderson, Curtis . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson, Donald C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Carver
Andenon, Donald E. 1 . . . . . .Lamberton
Anderson, George 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lindstrom
Anderson, Richard J. 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Sherman . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anensen, Willard . . . .Wallace, So. Dakota
Anklam, Arnold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ceylon
Appel, C. Thomos 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
A~idson, David 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Arvidson, Gayle . . . . . . . .Porkers Prairie
Bailey, ~ e r a l d. . . . . . . . . .Mobridge, S. D.
Baker, Eleanor . . . .Spokane. Washington
Baker, Erling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Balzer, Laurie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Batltelt, Clifford 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
B a ~ i l l e , George 2 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Beamant Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Beaver, William . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Becklin, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Bengtson, ~ o l a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ n o k a
Berg, Donald 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berg, Junald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berg, Robert M. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berge, Ronald . . . . . .Cooperstown, N. D.
Berge, Torrey . . . . . . Cooperstown, N. D.
Berkas, Theodore . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Berkland, Bonnar 2 . . . . . Harnpden, N. D.
Berntson, Rudolph . . . . . .Edinbu rg, N. D.
Beyers, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bezanson, Joyce . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Birkeland, Frances . . . . . . . . . . .Climax
.
Bjornton, Jeanne . .. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Blake, Shirlee . . . . . . . . . .Ottawa, Illinois
Blom, Allen . . . . . . . . . .Calumet, Michigan
Blomquist, Elroy . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bown, Marjorie . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Boe, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Borgen, Alfred 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bowman, Myrlen 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Kennedy
Boyum, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Peterson
Brarn, William 1 ........ . . . .Minneapolis
Brecto, Betty . . . . . .New Rockford, N. D.
Bretheim, M. Luther.. . . . . . . Bisbee, N. D.
Brown, Willis . . . . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis
Bruder, Harriet 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burger, Robert 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burton, Richard . . . . . . . . .
Minneapolis
Bymark, Dayle 1
. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Bystrom, Wayne 1 . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Cariberg, J w n . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rush City
Curlsen, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
carlson, Erland 2 . . . . . . . . . .
St. PuuI
cOrlson, John H. 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar
Carlstedt, Faith . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Corr, Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Charland, Donald . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
chivers, Kathryn . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
christensen, ~~~n~ . . . . Kenmare, N. D.
Christenson, Audrey . . . . . . . . . .Butterfield
Chri~to~herson,
Myrna . .Valley City, N. D.
Cleary, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Cottrell, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arthyde
cyriacks, Marvin . . . . . . . . . .Lake Benton
Dahlberg, Gladys ... .Brockton, Montana
Daily, William 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dolland, John . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Donielson, Horace . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown
Davis, Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
~
~
john ~. . . .i. . . .~
. . . . . ,. ~
i
~
D
~ Darlyne
~
~ . .,. .Medicine Lake, Mont.
~ i ~ k h a r tDaniel
,
. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Dillon, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Darn, Roy 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lnger
Dreyer, Earl . . . . . .Spokane, Washington
Dreyer, Marlys . . Spokane Washington
Dupslaff, Harriet . . . . . . . . . ..Arlington
Ebert, Harlan . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .Gaylord
Eckhoff, Donald . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .Delano
Ehlen, Donald 1 . . . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis
Elden, Duane 2 . . . . . ...... .Minneapolis
Ellingson, Anetta 2 . . . .Rugby, No. Dak.
Ellisen, Arthur . . . . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis
Elness, Marilyn . . . . . . Fargo, No. Dak.
Emerson, Evonne . . . . . . . . .West Concord
Engseth, Jerry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayzata
Erdahl, Manford 2 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, LaVonne . . . . . . .Goldfield, Iowa
Farness, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . .Windom
Fjaer, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Flockoi, Carol . . . . . . . Bellingham, Wash.
Foslid, Raymond . . . . ...... .Minneapolis
Foste~old, Astrid 1 . . Nordm0re. Norway
Froiland, David . . . . ......... Bellingham
Frosig, Kristian 2 . - - . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fure, Clorice 1 . . . . . . . . . .Sca~ille, Iowa
~
~
Gallop, Douglas . . . . . . . .Shell Lake, Wis.
Jorgensen, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Delano
Giese, Lyle .............Ashland, Wis.
Justensen, Charles 1 . . - . . . . .Minneapolis
Giesdahl, Alice ........... .Minneapolis
Glockner, Robert .............. Bemidji
Kalberg, Freddy 1 . . . . . . . .Circle, Mont.
Goodrich, Quentin ........ .Minneapolis
Kaliszewski, Edward 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis
Grunow, Glenn ........... .Minneapolis
Kalvig, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Oudim. Fern 2 . . . . . . . . . .McVille. N. D.
Kandt, Myron . . . . . . . . . . . . .Buffalo Lake
Gustafson, Charles . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kirchoff Ralph . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gustofson, Donna . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kleppe, Donna ...... . . . .Williston, N. D.
Gustafsan, Herbert 2 . . . . . . . .~inneobolis Kletscher, Murl 1 .... . . . . . . . . . . . Belview
Kloos, Margret . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .Herman
Hagen, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck
Kloster, Morlyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kandiyohi
Hagen, James H. . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Klungtvedt, Gerald . . . . .Newark, Illinois
Halvonon, Arvin .......Galesburg, N. D.
Kobin, Jerry 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Halvorson, Joseph 1 . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Koerner, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield
Hamre, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Kroll, James . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Hansen, Clarence . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kube, Lou Ann . . . . . . . .Wahpeton, N. D.
Hanske, Cynthia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lucan
Kvam, Marilyn . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hanson, James H.. . . .
.Callender, Iowa
. . . .Minneapolis
Ladd, Lorenz . . .
Hansvick, Alvin . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . .Minneapolis
LaFerte, Suzette
Hibbard, Gerald 2 . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . .Ellendale
Lageson, Andrew
Hill, Lorne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veblen, S. D.
. . . . . . .St.' Paul
Lanz, William ...
H,illeren, John . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
. . . . . . . . LeSueur
Lapham, Dean . . Haaglund, Donold C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . .Tyler
Larsen, Ann 1 . .
Hokanson, Betiy . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield
. Everest, Kansas
Larson, Esther . . .
Hokanson, James . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . .Excelsior
Lorson, Marvin .
Holmquist, Mari Ann 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . Annandale
Lorson, Philip 1 .
Holt, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. .Wallace, S. D.
Louen, LeRoy 1 . .
Holte, H. James 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
... .Minneapolis
Leach, Richard 2
Holte, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
. . . .Minneapolis
Leak, John . . . . .
Hoversten, Esther . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lynd
Williston, N. D.
Lewis, Mona . . . .
Howard, Charles . . . . . . . . ..Lake Crystal
. . . .Minneapolis
Lindell, Juliana . .
Hult, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . .Minneapolis
Linaen.
John . . .
"
.
Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . ..Nanking, China
Jackson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Lorensen, Stanley . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jacobsen, Richard . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Luhn, Charles . . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Jacobson, Margaret 2 . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundberg, Jack . . . . . . . . . .Rush City
Jakobitz, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . Buffalo Lake
Lunde, David . . . ..Cooperstown, N. D.
Jensen, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jesko, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Jespersen, Gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
McKay, Robert 1 . . . . . . . . . . . Farmington
Johnson, Arlan . . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D.
Maas, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown
Johnson, Beverly . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mackey, Lois . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Johnson, Bruce R. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Magnuson, William 2 . . . . . Minneapolis
Main, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Johnson, Delores ...... .New York Mills
Manger, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Douglas 1 ....... .St. Louis Park
Markson, Stanley . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, James L. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Marquardt, William . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Johnson, Joan L. 1 . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Marsh, A. Warner . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Joan M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Martinsen, Kenneth. . . Menominee, Mich
Martinson, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . .Tioga, N. D.
Johnson, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .Platte, S. D.
Mattison, Robert . . . . . . ..Thompson, Iowa
Johnson, Mary Lou . . . . . . . .Ashland, Wis.
Mickelsen, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Milroy
Johnson, Merlyn R. 2 ...... .Minot, N. D.
Miller, Marlys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plato
Johnson, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Farmington
Johnson, Robert J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Moderow, LeVon . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lockhart
Mueller, Donald 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Ruby A. . . . . . . . . . .Fergus Falls
Munson, Betty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater
Johnson, Wilgard ............ .Herman
Myrin, Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnston, Richard . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
Nelson, Arnold ............Minneapolis
Nelson, Caryl Jean. Newman Grove, Neb.
.Underwood
Nelson. Eunice
Nelson, Helen ........Roseburg, Oregon
Nelson, Robert C. 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Niemann, Mary .......... .Meadowlands
Northfelt, Richard 2 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
............
Oberg, Theodore ......Rockford, Illinois
Olsen, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Olsen, Mery Ann .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Damoris 1 ......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Donald E. 1 . . . . . . . . ..Bear River
Olson, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . ..Cottonwood
Olson, Harry E. 2 ......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Howard ................ .Climax
Olson, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Olson, Roger ................ Ellendale
Olund, Jim 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ondov, Raymond . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Oren, Donald ................ .St. Paul
Oslund, Robert ............ .Forest Lake
Parizek, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Patterson, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lucan
Paulson. Arnold ......... .Wallace, S. D.
Paulson, Philip 2 ... .Blanchardville, Wis.
Peorson, Howard .......... .Minneapolis
Pearson. Paul .............Minneapolis
Petersen, Alan ............ .Minneapolis
Petersen, Arnold ............... .Milroy
Peterson, Charles A. 1 ...... .Park Rapids
Peterson, John C. . . . . . . . .Rice Lake, Wis.
Peterson, John P. 2 ....... .Minneapolis
Peterson. Magnus 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson. Rhodes 2 . . . . . . . . ,Minneapolis
Peterson, Richard ........ Cambria, Wis.
Peterson, Roland 1 . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Petterson, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . .Colfax, Wis.
.Minneapolis
Philbrwk, Kathleen
Pioske. Donald ................ LeSueur
.......
Raabe, Mark ............... .St. James
Radde, Leon ............. .Minneapolis
Ray, Clifford ............. .Minneapolis
Ray, Ollie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Razook, Patricia ......... .Rugby, N. D.
Reierson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston
Reimer, Donald . . . . . . . . .Mountain Lake
Rethwill, Corinne ..............LeSueur
Rimme~eid,Arthur . .New Rockford, N. D.
Ringstad, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . ..Bronx, N. Y.
Rishovd, Larry 1 ...... .Douglas, N. D.
Ritmire, Charles 1 ..........Minneapolis
Rocene, Luella ............ .Minneapolis
Rocene, Muriel ........... .Minneapolis
Rodvik, Marvin ........... .Bluffs. Illinois
Ronningen, Marlene ....... .Carpion N. D.
Rosenbloom, David 1 . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rowland, Steve ........... .Minneapolis
Rundquist, Bertil .......... .Minneapolis
Ruud, George ............ .Minneapolis
Rust, Gary 1 .......... Harwood, N. D.
Ryan, Merwin ............ Landa, N. D.
Rydell, Julin .............. .Minneapolis
Rykken, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau
Sanderson, Leah .......... .Minneapolis
Schaupp, Roger 1 ......... .Minneapolis
Schumack, Kenneth ........ .Minneapolis
Seoholm, John ............ .Minneapolis
Seck, Charles ............... Watertown
Sewall, Duane ......... .St. Louis Park
Shepherd, Lawrence. . . .Springdale, Wash.
Shiell, Wendell .............. .Hoffman
Shultl. Arthur ......... .Spokane, Wash.
Siege!, David 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sirotiak, Arlene ........,.. .Minneapolis
Sirotiak, Arnold ...........Minneapolis
Skene, Shirley ............ .Minneapolis
Skimland, Don .............. .Belgrade
Skogen, Clyde 2 .............. Wahkon
Skogsbergh, Samuel ....... .Minneapolis
Skonnord, Dorothy ... .Valley City, N. D.
Smith, Patricia ............ .Minneapolis
Smith, Robert E.. . . . . . . . .Superior, Wis.
Solheim, Derle . . . . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Stanley, William 1 ........ .Minneapolis
Staum, John ............. .Minneapolis
Steineke, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Moose Lake
Stenoien, Vernon . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stensland, Donald . . . . . .Portland, N. D.
Stevens, Sene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Farmington
Stock, Marlys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kensington
Straiton, Thomas .......... .Minneapolis
Strandlie, Wenona ............. Richfield
Stratton, Cora 2 . . . . . . .Westhope, N. D.
Stromberg, Theodore . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Strommen, Dorothy .. Blanchardville, Wis.
Strot, Raymond 2 ......... .Minneapolis
Stump, JoAnn .................. Duluth
Sufficool, William 1 ........ .Minneapolis
Sullivan, Earl B. 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sundt, Donald ............ .Minneapolis
Swanell, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Swanson, Alvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lindstrom
Sylvester, Carmen 2 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Tamm, William . . . . . . . . . . - .-Minneapolis
Teigum, Kristen 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modelin
Tenold, Marjorie ............ Reva, S. D.
Thomford, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . ..Zumbrota
Thompson, Carol 2 . . . . . . . Binford, N. D.
Thompson, Lorraine . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
P
Thompso?, Myron 2
Thone, Marjorie
Thorson, Arthur
Thorvig, Mary
Thorwick, Wendell
Tibke, Joan
Treanor, Arthur
Twedt, Isabel 1
............Marshall
........... .Minneapolis
........... .Minneapolis
.............Minneapolis
......... .Minneapolis
............. .Dupree, S. D.
........... .Minneapolis
.........McHenry, N. D.
......... Rice Lake, Wis.
Uehlin, Clarice
Vall, Marilyn .................. .Aitkin
Vane, Duane 2 ................ Dowson
Van Otterloo, Johanna ......... Hancock
Varland, Martha ....... .Ottawa, Illinois
Vick, Oliver 2. ............ .Minneapolis
Vigesaa, George .... .Cooperstown, N. D.
Vik, Phyllis ............ .Waubay, S. D.
Vornholt, Carl 2 ............... .Anoka
Watson,
Vern
............ .Minneapolis
SPECIAL
Wcmq Jw4l~son
w-mm, w
.......... , MnnWpaL
..............
. h l
W W , &ntMq ..-........
MtmmpOL$
w&&btrg k y Anq ..... . b i b
-
.......... .#.
-WIkt
...-..........mlmwp&
............... .St. &I
w-,
shs*
....Chrppmm bit&Wtr
Wllsons W d m .......... W n d W
WoM, J a m - ..............-path
Wr@ht&, O Ksih ....... ~~
Zimmermon, Donna ........ .Minneapolis
W*M
&tITiCB
WhIfa, a*
Whb, Wiliibm
.................
Zinn, Wilton
Zustiak, Mildred
Zwick, Willi.am
.St. Paul
...........Minneapolis
............ .Sauk
Rapids
Men ............................
Women ..........................
Total
261
105
-
........- .................... .366
AND UNCLASSIFIED
Addison, Duane ............. .Marshall
Anderson, Charles F. .......Rockford, Ill.
Moyer, Henry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. paul
Michaelson, Carrol 1 ........... Kiester
~- -
Biorklund, Paul ............... .St. Paul Mikkelson, David 2 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bredeson, B~+,,, 2. . . . . . . . . .
~ Mondloh, ~Vernon 1 ........
~
.Minneapolis
~
Brvstad,
1 ............. .
~ Morgan, ~
Luther ...........
~
.Minneapolis
~
........... ~
.........
~
~ .
~
l.
...........
i
christino, ~~~~h
collins, ~
~1
l~
Dahle, ~
~~ i
Englund, Pearl
d
................St.
id
Paul
...... .Warnick, R. 1.
Halvorson, Jeanive ... .Grand Forks, N. D.
Haukeness, Stanley ............ .Sebeka
Herleikson, Aileen ... .Grand Forks, N. D.
Granquist. Ardis 2
Hetager, Mildred ..........Forgo, N. D.
Hinsverk, Donald 2 ........ .Minneapolis
Hitzeman, Wallace 1 ....... .Minneapolis
Hoium, Leslie 1 ........... .Minneapolis
Joel, Mildred 1 ........... .Minneapolis
Johnson, LeRoy ........... .Minneapolis
Johnson, Robert E. 2 . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Ruby L. 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Knutson, Alton . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lambert. Andreas 1 ........ .Minneapolis
Larson, Iris ........... .Thief River Falls
Lindohl, Burton 1 .......... .Minneapolis
Mantzke, Robert ........... .Minneapolis
Markland, Arne ........... .Minneapolis
Mattson, Milford 2 ......... .Minneapolis
Martson, Walter .............. .Erie, Po.
Charles
. . . . . .~
.Ironwood.
~ Nelmark,
~
~
~
~ Mich.
l
i
~ Nelson,
~ ~
Elaine
~ . . .~. . . .~. . . .l. . .i.Woodlake
~
~
~
..........
~~ ~
~ Eleanor
~ ~.Thief
l River
i ~Falls
Ozolins, Karlis ............ .Minneapolis
Pearson, Vincent 1 .......... .Wyoming
Peterson, Del Ray 2 . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Philip 1
........
.Minneapolis
.............. .Minneapolis
Sanders, Paul 2 ........... .Minneapolis
Sivertson, Loryce ........ Marinefie, Wis.
Smith, Gilbert ............ .Minneapolis
Stenseng, Lillian 2 ......... .Minneapolis
Thompson, Duane 1 ........... .St. Paul
Roth, Poul 2
Torgerson, Richord 2
....... .Minneapolis
Wetzler, John . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wicklund, J w n n 1 ........... .Hopkins
N. D.
Wickoren, Wayne . . . . . . . . .W,
Ystebo, Lillian
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Fargo,
N. D.
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women ..........................
Total
35
17
-
............................
52
~
~
~
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
STUDENT NURSES
. . . . . . . . . .Tigerton,
Wis.
Lindfors, Mary Ann
. . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
............Westby, Wis.
. . . . .Mt. Sterling, Wis.
M. ........ .Two Harbors
Lomness, Mary Lou
. . . . . . . . . . . . Fosstcn
Alberg, Vera C.
Aus, Phyllis B.
Bruland, Audrey 1
Lunde, Margaret L.
Cavallin, Joyce
Molmin, Thelma D.
. . . . . .Calmar, Iowa
. . . . . . Shell
Lake, Wis.
Nelson, Ellen L.
. . . . . . . .Longford,
Dahlman, Eileen M.
Nordeen, Myrtle
Donielson, Marjorie K.
Olson, Carolyn L.
D. 1 . . . . . . . . . . Kasota
.............. .Climax
Dilmar, Morilyn L.
Olson, Signora L.
Cook, Kothleen R. ... .Wis. Rapids, Wis.
. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
......... .Malung
. . . . . . . . . . . .Red Wing
Erickson, Harriet C. . . . . . .Arlington, S. D.
Erickson, June M.
.............
Fostervold, W. Ruth
Grudt, Mary E.
.St. Paul
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . .Baldwin, Wis.
S. D.
. . . . . . . . .Clarion, Iowa
. . . . . . . . . . . .Milroy
Petersen, Juanita M.
Peterson, Alice S.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Peterson, Mary L.
. . . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Raun, Ruth G..
. . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
..........
Hofstad, Beatrice
. . . . . . . . . . . .Owatonna
Hafstad, Bernice
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna
Swiggum,
Hanson, Vera L.
........
Weis, Marilyn F.
. . . . . . . . . . .Combridge
Westby, Joyce M.
. . . . . . ..Fairdale,
Holmgren, Marianne 1.
Iverson, Juliet C.
.Porkers Prairie
......... .Braham
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Johnson, Jean L.
....... .Grafton,
Larsen, Helen M.
........ .Lacrosse,
N. D.
Wis.
Sorem, Edith A.
Doris B.
Wilson, Shirley M.
Women
Total
.Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Utica
N. D.
. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
..........................
36
--
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
GRADUATES 1949
SEMINARY
Dyrud, Amos
......-.......
Erickson, Merle K.
.Newfolden
....... Binford,
Framstod, Waldemar
. . .Williston,
Martinson, Emil C.
.............
.Dalton
....-.. .Superior,
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Superior,
N. Dok.
Rusdahl, Kenneth
Wis.
N. Dak.
Steen, John
Wis.
COLLEGE
Almquist,
Andersen,
Andersen,
Anderson,
Anderson,
Anderson,
Anderson,
John G. .... .Sand Creek, Wis.
Jerome B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Robert W. . . . .Morineite, Wis.
Bertil C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jeanell M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norman E. W. . . . . .Hendricks
Raymond C. ......... .Mound
Bagley, Emil J. ..... . . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake
Bartsch, Robert L. . . ....... .Minneapolis
Berg, Korl . . . . . . . . . . . Los Angeles, Calif.
Bergeland, Helen C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson
Bergeland, Luther C. . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Berry, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bervig, Arthur L. ... . . . . .Fargo, N. Dak.
Brekken, Carol M. . ....... .Minneapolis
Bueide, James L. . . . . . . .Menominee, Mich.
Carlson, Arthur S. .. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Fabian C. . ....... .Minneapolis
Corlson, James I . . ....... .Minneapolis
Carlson, John M.. ... . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Carlson, Robert J. .. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carstenbrock, Walter J. .... .Minneapolis
Christenson, David R. ...... .Minneapolis
Clyne, Alfred P. . . . . . . . . . . L'Anse, Mich.
.
Dahl, George H. . . . . - - . . ..Minneapolis
Dohle, Norman A. ............. .Aitkin
Dalland, Harold A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dovidson. Esther . . . . . .Highland, Kansas
Detchons, Richard P. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Drange, Arnold N. . . . . . - . ..Minneapolis
Dyrud, Amos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newfolden
Embretson, Donald A. . . - . . . .Minneapolis
Evenson, Leslie J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hector
.
Falconer, Elizabeth ... . . . . .New Brighton
Feero, Lee S,. Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jacobson
Feig, Gilbert . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Felland, David E. . . . . . . . . .Colfax, Wis.
Fischer, William W. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Foss, Merideth F. . . . . . . . .Minot. N. Dak.
Froien, Dora . . . . . . . . . .Oakes, N. Dok.
Furney, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
George, Shirley . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Morgan
Gissel, John H. . . . . . . .Kenmare, N. Dak.
Gisselquist, Grace E. . . . . . . . . Minneopolis
Glade, Willard W. . . . . . . . . . Dows, Iowa
Gmitro, Edward F.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Goertzen, Delna E. . . . . . .Mountain Loke
Goertzen, Louis C. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake
Goode. Dolores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Modelia
Granum, Hilma . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Green, Evelyn R. . . . . . . . . . ..Bathe Lake
Greene, Carolyn M.. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hogen, John L. . . . . . . . . . . .Zimmerman
Hamilton, Marguerite M. . . . .Maple Plain
Haukeness, Helen E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Sebeka
Haukeness, Stanley J. . . . . . . . . . Sebeka
Hegg, Donald H. . . . . . . . . . .Hanley Falls
Heistad, Rachel M. . . . . Milwaukee, Wis.
Helland, Erling M. . . . . . . . . .Sacred Heart
Hendrickson, Gordon . . . ..... .Minneapolis
Henium, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Hitzeman, Wallace C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hoff, Avery B. . . . . . . . . . . . .Pequot Lakes
Holden, William E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmquist, Gordon E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Isoacson, Ruth M.
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
............
Buffalo
Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Bagley
George A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kenneth L. . . . . . Minot, N. Dak.
Louise H. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneota
Marvin B. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Knudson, Elrie E. . . . . . . Lacrosse, Wis.
Konsterlie, Mildred M. . . . . . . .Willmor
Kragthorpe, Maynard H. . . . . . . . .Mound
Kvamme, Leiv . . . . . . . . . . .Voss, Norway
Larsen, Mentor R. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lorson, Calvin E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Lyla J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Leafblad, Charlotte Watt.. . . . . . .St. Paul
Lehman, Robert M. . . .Chambersburg, Pa.
Lindblod, Richord G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
McGinnis, J. Lorene . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Manthie, Russel L. ......... .Minneapolis
Markland, Arne K. ........ .Minneapolis
Martinson, Jeanette S. ..... .Minneapolis
Midiling, John E. .......... .Minneapolis
Morgan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mortensen, Hildegarde ..... .Minneapolis
Nelson, Clifford L. ........... .Blomkest
Nordstrom, Truit F. ........ .Minneapolis
Nystuen, Ruth B. ............Northfield
Nystuen, Theodore C. .........Northfield
Olesky, Robert H. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Olsen, Robert 0. ........Brooklyn, N. Y.
Olson, Elaine D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake City
Olson, John W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Orville A. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Opland, Laverne M. . . .Thief River Falls
Oscarson, Elder W. . . . . . . . ..Fergus Falls
Paulson, Pout S. ...... .Spokane, Wash.
Pearson, Ralph E. ......... .Minneapolis
Pearson, Wayne L. ........... .Champlin
Pearson, Woodrow ........ .Minneapolis
Pedersen, Leonard J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pedersen, Ragnvold A
Kristiansand. Norwav
Peterson, Charles E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Clifford A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
P&erson, Donald Wm. . . . . . .Minnecpolis
Peterson, Olga A . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . WiIImclr
Phillipps, John P.. . . . . . . . . . Minnsupolis
Quam, John L. ............ .Minneapolis
Quanbeck, John T. . . - . . . . ..Minneapolis
Quanbeck. Phyllis . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Raymond, R. Scott . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rodmyre, Doris E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hector
Ronholm, Elsie I. . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Roth, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Samuelson, Mary ... . . . . . . . . . Grasston
Schwah, Harold ... ...... .Minneapolis
Roufs, Henry W.
Ryden, Joan S.
Serstock, Margaret L ...... .Minneapolis
Severtson, Milford D. ...... .Minneapolis
Shaleen, D. Marian . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Snider, Victor L. .... ...... .Minneapolis
Solberg, Oliver S. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Solheim, Dorothy L. .. ....... Racine, Wis.
Solheim, Russell G. .. . . . . . . . Racine, Wis.
Sorenson, Kenneth S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sorenson, Norman ... . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stock, Elroy M. .... . . . . . . . . Kensington
Stohlberg, Paul E. . . . ...... .Minneapolis
Sween, Donald L. ... . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Telander, Lorraine H. ........... .Mora
Thorberg, Dorothy E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thorsen, Arline J. .. ... Waterville, Iowa
Thorvig, Richard J. .. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thurston, Stuart J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Torgerson, Sheldon L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Torvend, Alice . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Tungseth, Esther D. .. . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
Tweed, George H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vane, Rueben L.
. . . . . . . . . . ..Dawson
Wanous, Mary J. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Weagant, Robert A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Welter, Eugene ................ .Milroy
Weltzin, Lorraine . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Werket, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wetzler, John H. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wilcox, Peder J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,106
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
-
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
STUDENTREGISTER
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1949-1950
FIRST SEMESTER
SEMINARY
Men Students .................................................
Women Students .................................................
Total
..........................................................
COLLEGE
Men Students ...................................................
Women Students ................................................
Total
23
0
-+.
,638
249
-
...........................................................
Total Enrollment .................................................
Deducting those counted more than once ...........................
!.
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMINARY
.......-..............-...............................a
............................... !....................-0
.............................................................
Men Students
Women Students
Total
,
.
COLLEGE
......................................................
Men Students
Women Students
612
..................................-.-.............-238
Total ............................................................
Total Enrollment ..................................................
Deducting those counted more than once ..., ,,...... ..............
TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1949- 1950
SEMINARY
...................................................
................. ;................,,,,..,.,...,,
Men Students
Women Students
Total
..
24
0
.........................................-.................
COLLEGE
..............................+..............!.......
690
Men Students
Women Students
.................... !........,.,.................258
-
Total ..........................................
Total Enrollment
Deducting those counted more than once
i
................
.................................................
............................
IN1
I
I
I
Page
Absence Rules .................... 41
Academic Administration ........... 36
Admission Procedure .............. 36
Administrative Staff ................ 4
Administration. ORicers of .......... 3
Aims. Fundamental ............... 13
Alumni Association. The ............. 35
Ancient Languages. Department of . . . . 60
Annuities .........................118
Archives. The ..................... 19
Athletics ......................... 31
Attendance. Chapel ................ 42
Attendance. Class ................. 41
Audi~VisualEducation ............. 20
Band
I
......................33.
70. 7T
84
20
17
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Book Shoppe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration. Curriculum . . .
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . .
50
79
Calendar ........................ 2
Cancellation ...................... 40
Chemistry ........................ 86
Choir .....................32. 70. 71
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 70. 71
Christian Education and Sociology .... 98
Christian Environment ............. 22
Christianity. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 56
Church History (Seminary) .......... 96
Classification ..................... 41
Classwork. Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
College. Augsburg ................ 36
College Faculty ................... 6
College Students (1949.1950) ........ 101
Committees of the Faculty ............ 12
Conditions ....................... 43
Convocation ...................... 23
Counseling. Academic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Counseling. Personal ............... 25
Courses of Study. College ........... 56
Cultural Opportunities ............. 23
Curriculums ...................... 46
Debate and Oratory ...............
Degree. College ..................
Dentistry and Dental Hygiene. PreDental Courses .................
Departmental and Student Interest
Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diaconate ........................
Dining-Hall .......................
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
46
52
30
54
28
25
Page
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Drama .......................... 31
Economics ........................ 79
Education ........................ 77
Electives ......................... 45
Elimination of Students ............. 41
Employment Service ................ 28
Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses .. 53
English. Department of .............. 61
Enrollment Summary ............... 113
Entrance Requirements. College ...... 36
Examinations. Absence from ......... 43
Examinations. Comprehensive. . . . . . . . . 44
Examinations. Rules ................ 43
Expenses .......................... 20
Faculty. The ......................
Fees. General ....................
Fees. Music .......................
Fees. Special .....................
Financial Support and Control .......
Finals. Delayed ...................
Food Service .....................
Foundation Fellowship . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French ...........................
Freshman Guidance ................
5
21
22
22
16
43
28
35
67
24
..............
General Information
13
German. Department of ............. 65
Gifts and Bequests ................ 117
Grade. Students Below ............. 43
Grade Values .................... 44
Graduate Study
46
Graduates (18701949). Summary of . .114
Graduates 1949 .................. 1 l l
Graduation from College
46
Greek ........................... 60
..................
...........
Health and Physical Education.
Department of ................. 88
Health Service .................... 28
Hebrew .......................... 61
High School Teaching. Curriculum.... 49
History and Aims ............... ..13
History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 81
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . . 50
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Honors
33
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Housing for Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Incompletes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Page
Journalism ................... 31. 65
Junior College Requirements. . . . . . . . . 44
Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . - - . - .19
Library Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Majors ........................... 45
Mathmetics. Deportment of .......... 87
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . . 51
Membership in Educational Associations 17
Ministry. Preparation for the ........ 46
Minors ........................... 45
Missionary Work. Preparation for .... 47
Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- 18
Music. Deportment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Music. Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22. 70
Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32. 70
Natural Sciences. Division of the . . . . .
New Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Norwegian .......................
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . .
Nursing. Affiliation with Deaconess
Hospital .................... .40.
84
95
66
52
Old Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
31
71
76
Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . .
Pastoral Theology .................
Payment of Accounts ...............
Personnel Services, Student . . . . . . . . . .
Philosophy, Department of . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education, Department of
Health and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Sciences, Department of . . . . .
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68, 69,
Placement Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Political Science, Department of ......
Polity, Worship, and Parish Work ...
Practical Theology ................
Pre-Seminary Curriculum ........ .46,
Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology and Education, Depart.. ment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
97
21
23
58
53
88
85
86
71
28
73
98
97
91
34
41
76
76
Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . . 25
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Registration, Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
page
56
Religion and Philosophy. Division of
Religious Activities ................ 29
Residence Requirement ............. 46
Romance Languages. Department of . . 67
Rooms. Applications for . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
..
Scandinavian Language and Literature.
Deportment of .................. 66
Scholarships ...................... 34
Secretarial Studies ................ 81
Seminary. Admission ............... 91
Seminary. Faculty ................ 5
Seminary. Courses of Study .......... 93
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .20. 92
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees .... 92
Seminary. General Requirements. . . . . 91
Seminary. Transfer of Credits and
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Senior College Requirements. . . . . . . . 45
Sociology. Deportment of . . . . . . . . . . 74
Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 72
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Speech .......................... 64
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Student Council .................. 29
Student Nurses ................... 110
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Student Register .................. 100
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
SverdrupOftedal Memorial Hall . . . . . 27
Systematic Theology ............... 96
Teacher's Certificate ............... 49
Teaching Curriculum .............. 49
Theology. College Preparation for . .46. 91
Theology. Courses of Study .......... 93
Theology. Expenses ............ .20. 92
Theological Orientation Courses ...... 93
Theological Seminary. Augsburg ..... 91
Theological Students (1949-1950) ....100
Theology. Language Courses ......... 99
Theology. The Three-Year Cycle of
Courses ....................... 94
Tours. Absences for ................. 42
Transfer and Advanced Standing ..... 37
Trustees. Board of ..................
3
Tuition and Fees .................. 21
Unclassified Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Veterans. Applications of . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Voice .................... .69. 70. 71
Show less
Augsburg College Interim
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d
t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r... Show more
Augsburg College Interim
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d
t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t
p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term.
Calendar
I
I
November 10-13
December
8
January
5
...
.. .
...
Interim Registration
Late I n t e r i m Registration
F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m
r Class
January
6 .
January
8 .
I 9:Ooa.m.
Class I 1
..
..
1:00 p.m.
I
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d
L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g
g r a d i n g system
.
January
19 . .
January
23
...
January
30
. . .
Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f
c r e d i t courses *
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g
courses
I n t e r i m ends
I
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e :
0
>
..
0
I - 8:00
I1
-
1 :00
-
IF00
-
5:00
d L.
;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e
The number a
w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
*
Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine
t h e g r a d i n g system.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l
The N i t t y G r i t t y
One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d .
There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an
i n t e r i m course.
Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0.
S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s .
A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n .
Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g .
Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e
a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d .
A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e
n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d
d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements.
To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f
w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n
t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m
f o r graduation).
This C a t a l o g
T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n
a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1
t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t
~ ~ f f e r cby
d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t ,
a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n
about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e .
Options
June Interim
A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f
summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h
no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June
i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l .
S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n .
2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
International Interims
Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas
These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981
ims a r e under these departments:
.
Education
EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY:
LONDON, page 10.
-
LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND
Foreign Languaqes
T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13.
THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY
MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14.
THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND
GUATEMALA, page 1 6 .
-
HAWAII:
H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science
A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC
INTERACTION, page 20.
Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College.
F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l
.
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October.
Internships
I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l
t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term.
Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no
l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18.
Independent or D l r e c t e d Study
Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r
d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e
s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
A.
Meet departmental requirements,
B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed
s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal
must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r
forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e
t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal
.
Interim Office.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13
Interims a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s
a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be
c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r
i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e
i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t
may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r
t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e
January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e
January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s ,
h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e
i n t e r i m course.
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e
t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d
by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome
t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m
h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e .
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c
o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y
accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n
i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s ,
admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and
o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs.
N e e d M o r e Help?
Check w i t h :
The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) ,
o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y ,
Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r
e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092.
4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Calligraphy
ART 1010611 0306
Instructor:
P h i l i p Thompson
Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c
s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n
p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t
a major p r o j e c t i s required.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o )
-
Film-Making I Film-Making ii
ART 1024211 0342
Instructor:
Paul Rusten
T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e .
There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m .
Fees:
$70.00 l a b f e e
None f o r Film-making I
You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r
f o r Film-making 11.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o )
L i f e Drawing
ART 10247
Instructor:
Norman Hol en
A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The
f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r
v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an
hour and a h a l f .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l
p e n c i l and p a s t e l s .
A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o )
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS
rn
N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t
BIOLOGY 20104
Instructor:
Erwin Mickel berg
Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion.
A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e
basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals,
vitamins and water.
9
An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured
i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l
concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s .
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Science 212
T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng
BIOLOGY 20185
Instructor:
Robert H e r f o r t h
A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y
experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related
changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects
o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes?
What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from
t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n
c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o
t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be
addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions
o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation
w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Science 205
M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h
BIOLOGY 20301
Instructor:
Neal Thorpe
The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y
has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d
research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e
t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l
methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry,
s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an
in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e
6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e
t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y .
Prerequisites:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106)
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e 202
Wetland Ecology
BIOLOGY 2031 1
Instructor:
Roberta Lammers
In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs,
marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these
w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as
we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota
d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e
p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be
l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the
p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g .
Prerequisite:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112
I
Room:
S c i e n c e 213
-
D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation
BUSINESS 21495
Instructor:
K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The
method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com-
m e n t a t i o n and s
There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y .
Prerequisfte:
Time:
I
A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
Room:
L2O1
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7
CHEMISTRY 341 13
Instructor:
E a r l A1 t o n
Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a
cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course
dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry.
The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There
wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three
hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day.
knowns and a few q u i z z e s .
Lectures
-
Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory
11 :00 a .m.
Prerequisite:
H i g h School C h e m i s t r y
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
18111
Room:
-
1 :00-4:00
p.m.
Science 318
Introduction t o Chemirtry
CHEMISTRY 341 04
Instructor:
John Holum
T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s
o f chemistry:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common
u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o
use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s .
Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how
p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s .
Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r .
Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n
t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e
h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental
p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made.
A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y
and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and
t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a
chemistry major.
Distribution:
Time:
I
,
Yes
Room:
S c i e n c e 318
81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
.
,
,
4
.
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y
CHEMISTRY 34205
Instructor:
A r l i n Gyberg
A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally
1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc
medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f
chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical
teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent
.
q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam.
Prerequisites:
Time:
Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223
Room:
I
Science 320
E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s
ECONOMICS 221 20
Instructor:
Ed S a b e l l a
A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban
environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g
Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s
i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards
an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r .
Distribution:
Time:
Economics o r Urban
I1
Room:
01 d Main 11
Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains
ECONOMICS 22493
Instructor:
Satya Gupta
Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n
Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o
wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap*
tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be
sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models,
Z
.
.
Prerequisite:
Time:
I1
-
H i g h School A1 gebra
Room:
L-1
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9
EUROPE January 3-28
E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n
EDS 44260
EDE 45260
Instructor:
Cost:
B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n
$1395
An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e
4
#
u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example.
The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns
as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and
t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and
l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John
i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a
l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l
a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community
a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t
i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a
l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences.
Counts t o w a r d m a j o r :
F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n
t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255)
Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t
Grading:
PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l
E n r o l l m e n t : 15
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r .
Student Teaching
EDUCATION:
Instructor:
44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484,
45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484
B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n
Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e
provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s
a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l
( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h
c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l
t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e
c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n .
.
Prerequisites:
Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f
instructor.
1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Heritage Reporter
ENGLISH 54212
Instructor:
Dave Wood
"Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng
about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures
o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques
of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a
comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o
submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr
choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only.
Prerequisites:
Time:
English 111
I
Room:
Old Main 10
Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study
of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s
ENGLISH 54233
SOCIOLOGY 94233
Instructors:
Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell
The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the
Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their
societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized
duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways
t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular,
they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological
comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations
(approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take
a final written examination.
Laboratory Fee:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
$35
Yes
Room:
Science Audi t o r i urn
A S e v e n t i e s Sampler
ENGLISH 54249
Instructor:
Ron Palosaari
We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in
the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of
Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective
s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and
films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s .
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11
I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e
o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t .
Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do
t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage
o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Room:
I1
Old Main 18
Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop
ENGLISH 54362
Instructor:
Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas
Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of
prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four
s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period.
The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n
w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being
produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these
afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l .
The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s
(normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience
w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken
a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class.
I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r
work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n .
Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion
ENGLISH 54445.
Instructor:
Barbara Anderson
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l
reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n
small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r
themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l
term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e
i n t e r i m session.
Prerequisite:
J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 12
12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
'EUROPE January 3-28
L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s
French 70215/70315
Instructor:
Cost:
Mary Johnson
$1595
Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced
students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press,
+
and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d
w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres
and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e
chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three.
French 70315 counts toward major (French)
French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign
Language)
Prerequisites:
Grading:
70215:
70315:
French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t
French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t
P/N o n l y
Enrollment:
15
I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October.
F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n
FRENCH 70243
Instructor:
Ruth Aaskov
Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r
t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f
s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n
mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and
c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t
French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e
r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y
w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13
d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n
form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s
e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen
l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading,
c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Yes
Room:
I
O l d Main 27
.EUROPE January 3-28
The Rhine Frontier: Germany
M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e
GER 72333
Instructor:
Cost:
Donald Steinmetz
$1595
+
Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been
4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe.
Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here
modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne.
Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes.
Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s
which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and
t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area
on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels
Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German.
Counts toward German m a j o r
-
Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language)
Prerequisites:
Grading:
German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t
P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t
i n German
Enrol l m e n t : 20
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary
Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distri butlon:
Time:
Yes
I
Room: Old Main 29
N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311
Instructor: Leif Hanson
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations
in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work
and field experience required. No special fees.
Prerequisite: 75211
-
Intermediate level
Distribution: Yes
Time:
I1
Room: Old Main 29
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5
MEXICO January 5-30
The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala
SPA 76381
GST 58181
Gunta Rosental s
Instructor:
Cost:
$1395
+
T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian,
c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala
4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l
Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan
r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y .
Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r
i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) .
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a
d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s
w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . )
O p t i o n A:
Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r
F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t
Prerequisite:
Option B:
General S t u d i e s
Prerequisite:
Grading:
Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r
-
f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t
None (Spanish 11 1 recommended)
PIN o n l y
E n r o l l m e n t : '30
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229
o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as
p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Safety Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114
Instructor:
Doug Nelson
P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community
l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t .
Time:
I(Jan. 5-16)
Room:
Melby 12
Chemical Dependency Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115
Instructor:
Joyce P f a f f
This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f
abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as
w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a
drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems
a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g .
Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s
and t e x t book.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (Jan. 19-31)
Room:
Melby 12
Recreational Activities & Rhythms
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232
Instructor:
Pam Paulson
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l
r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s ,
camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square
dancing
.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (Jan. 19-31)
Room:
Melby
AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17
Modern D a n c e
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373
Instructor:
Pam Paulson
An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e
composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and
design. No previou.s experience necessary.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y
Time:
I (Jan. 5-16)
i course
Room:
credit.
Melby
Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477
Instructor:
Rees Johnson
Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It
wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade
e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a
w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work.
T h i s course
--
equals o n l y
Prerequisite:
Time:
i
course c r e d i t .
I n s t r u c t o r approval
I1
Room:
Melby 13
Coaching of H o c k e y
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478
Instructor:
Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey.
It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on
d r y land and on i c e .
Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching
notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must
be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k .
This course
--
equals o n l y % course c r e d i t .
Prerequisite:
Time:
1
I n s t r u c t o r approval
Room:
Me1by 13
18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes
HISTORY 56111/56311
Instructor:
Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e
"navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e
i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which
i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western
C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s .
I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since
t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l
l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some
s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double
(maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation
w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper
d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be
a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r
way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper.
Distribution:
Time:
I1
Yes
-
h i s t o r y o r urban
Room:
Old Main 12
D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y
HISTORY 56299
Instructor:
Carl Chrislock
During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e
t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S.
H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e
20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o
supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o
consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by
students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l .
Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e
inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be
t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m .
Prerequisite:
One h i s t o r y course
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119
H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n
' HAWAII
January 4-28
H i s t o r y 56240/56340
P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355
Instructors:
Cost:
I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan
$1495
*+
Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s
i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus
on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s .
Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and
H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on
Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each
s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper.
Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science).
Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science).
Prerequisites:
Grading:
lower d i v i s i o n , none.
upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f
instructor.
PIN o n l y
Enrollment:
30
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e
INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285
Instructor:
Grier Nicholl
the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l
War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n
Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and
WaF and World
novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period.
Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n
the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the
Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the
c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters,
the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William
O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels
such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s
muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic
forces in the c i t y .
Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y
background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof
s readings, and several visits
t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual
o r group oral presentation.
Distribution:
Time:
Urban
I1
Room:
Music 23
B r u s h Up
MATHEMATICS 61103
Instructor:
Beverly Durkee
This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an
introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful
f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s
a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students
who wish t o work with t h i s medium.
There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o
gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades.
Time:
I
Room:
Science 108
Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music
MATHEMATICS 61 130
Instructor:
Ben Cooper
In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the
often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow
related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the
sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121
mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as
acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics
no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but
where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and
mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features
of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical
constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic
ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on
these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that
everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will
try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings
or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly
mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The
necessary the ma tics will be developed in class.
Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Music 5
Room:
I
An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s
MATHEMATICS 61136161336
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which
calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas"
on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller
cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data,
buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies
and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and
its links to geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the
historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will
note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported
scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research
paper is required.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing
ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper.
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
Old Main 23
ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians
MUSIC 82151/82351
Instructor:
James D. Johnson
M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These
systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal
a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study.
For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l
be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do
more memory work away from t h e i r instruments.
Time:
I
Room:
Music 9
M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c
MUSIC 82212/82312
Instructor:
Robert ~ a r l i n
An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l
and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f
music.
Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by
the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions.
Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h
l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course.
Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t
one.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Majors:
Theory 4; others:
No: Majors: e l e c t i v e
Yes: Others: Fine A r t s
Room:
I1
Music 26
Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e
M U S I C 82233182433
Instructor:
Roberta Metzl e r
none
&:
Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research
i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o
treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas
and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123
. Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the.
Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl ,
Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8
f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham
btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB,
T. Eitglq,
wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh
RMT. Graduate sJudents from
r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@
Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion
w"ll1 be b
S
rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11
intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on
c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal
.
d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0.
Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn.
and Tekaa
-r
e
I
Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas).
would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board.
Time:
I
Room:
T h i s fee
Music 26
The Opera of Puccini
MUSIC 82253
Instructor:
Stephen Gabriel sen
A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and
reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as
w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r
t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
I
Music 4
History of Jazz
MUSIC 82377
Instructor:
L a r r y Tallman
This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we
know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement
exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e
music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t
t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s
and a f i n a l .
Time:
I
Room:
Music 2
24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
a
T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g
NURSING 81 320
I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust
T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f
n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t
p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e .
Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations.
Prerequisites:
instructor.
Time:
Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f
Room:
I
O l d Main 13
T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s
PHILOSOPHY 83132
Instructor:
Bruce Reichenbach
Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says
develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l
be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
June 1981
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
a t Some Contemporary Issues
PHILOSOPHY 83250
Instructor:
Kenneth B a i l e y
A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is
i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun
i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s
t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l
discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face
whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1
be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes
Time:
I1
Room!
01 d Main 1 0
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125
The Starship Accords
PHYSICS 84180
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180
Instructors:
Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel
You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the
f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As
one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to:
A.
FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on
any of the several planetary systems thought to be
suitable for colonization. .
B.
Help design a system of governance for the entire
comuni ty
C.
Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the
colony sent to each location.
.
Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory
will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group
projects.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Music 22
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics
PHYSICS 84341
Instructor:
Kenneth Erickson
Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry,
materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of
the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of
s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the
leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of
lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions
i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working
knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid
s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed
will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures;
interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic
properties of sol ids.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125
Room:
Science 24
26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
+,,
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355
Instructors:
I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan
(See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.)
*
N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t
Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345
Instructor:
M i l d a Hedblom
The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a
powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In
thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of
t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political
coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll
cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980
general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course
we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their
unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f
the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the
second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three
teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing
election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working
where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the
Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes
11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn
work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis.
Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading
Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee,
twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges.
R
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l
j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 25
T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e
PSYCHOLOGY 86210
Instructor:
Norman Ferguson
This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas:
1)
How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n
everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad
h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h
anger).
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27
2)
Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV
violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s
c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?)
Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f
these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l
students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c
t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions
can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l
be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n .
The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on
psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o
develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11
group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s
presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short
paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen.
Prerequisite:
Time:
Psychology 105
I1
Room:
Psychology 2
' P o p Psych': What's i t all About?
PSYCHOLOGY 86235
Instructor:
L y l a Anderegg
Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups ,
happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed
reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior.
Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today?
Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology
has disappeared?
What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional
psycho1 o g i s t s ?
I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ?
These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course
t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format.
Each student w i l l be responsible
f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h
respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e .
Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen
references.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I1
Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Psychology 3
28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y
PSYCHOLOGY 86241
Instructor:
Richard Marken
See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I )
can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple
programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure
response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses,
See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV
scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s .
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Room:
I
Psychology 3
Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s
PSYCHOLOGY 86372
Instructor:
Duane Johnson
Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on
childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular
persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers,
Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports
t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r
strengths.
This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of
Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop.
Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t
approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the
reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of
the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than
December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r
reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading,
regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and
a short summary paper.
Prerequisites:
Registration:
Time:
I
86105 General Psychology
P/N only
Room:
Music 24
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129
Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools
3f.Q
RELIGION 87355
Instructor:
Eugene Skibbe
We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n
and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l
be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s
associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be
analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e
phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern.
Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g
o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned
reading.
Prerequisite:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
Music 23
T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y
RELIGION 87369
Instructor:
David Fagerberg
This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t
fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees
of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t
three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of
worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The
aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies,
but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp.
R
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e
s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n
t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper.
Prerequisite:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 11
I I-
C
d
\I
3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981
INTERIM
T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e
SOCIAL WORK 95312
Contact:
Eddie Hertzberg
An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e
i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency
treatment agency.
Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes,
e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency.
Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d .
Fees:
$100
Prerequisites:
Time:
Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission
o f c o n t a c t person
I& I 1
Room:
Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson
Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN.
Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention
SOCIAL WORK 95410
Instructor:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rosa1i e C l a r k
To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n
t h e present.
To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y .
To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y .
To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e
broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e .
To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address
domestic violence.
Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g
c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader
s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e
issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l
provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r
students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d .
Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n :
4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam
1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 24
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31
F i e l d Work i l l
SOCIAL WORK 95466
Instructor:
Doug Perry
T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement
i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15
hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y
f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations
w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed
c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms.
This course
carries
Prerequisites:
Time:
4:OO-5:00
o n l y % course c r e d i t .
F i e l d Work I 1
Room:
Old Main 22
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of
Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films
SOCIOLOGY 94233
I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l
(See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .)
T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g
SOCIOLOGY 94313
Instructor:
Gordon Nelson
Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e
nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a
s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions
asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on
these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s
m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o
observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l
i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l
and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Old Main 22
32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Discussion and D e b a t e
SPEECH 98112/98312
Instructor:
Ray Anderson
Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative
problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y
phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and
c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o
achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f
problem-sol ving.
Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions
i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions
using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various
formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y
every day.
Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on
readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance
i n discussions and debates.
Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have
a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable.
Yes
I1
Room:
Old Main 13
Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r )
SPEECH 98285
Instructor:
Ailene Cole
This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play.
Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music,
dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e
scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week.
Time:
9:30
1:00
-
12:OO
3:OO
Room:
Stage 11, Old Music
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133
I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication
SPEECH 98331
Instructor:
Joel Mugge
This course will explore both the problems and the potential of
communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will
examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers
between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role
expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the
course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small
group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as
readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there
will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t
the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication
between cultures.
The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study
o r travel abroad.
-
Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project.
Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor.
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 18
34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Other Courses
These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h
Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y
a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e
s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e
i n t h e Interim Office.
10163
B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g
O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a .
-
Tuition
$159.
551 06
S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h )
Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m
n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s
e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t
Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n .
58120
W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r )
Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary
Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s .
85399
Washington Interim
A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n
w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e
f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113.
95312
T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e
-
I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i
t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency
t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i
p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical
dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d .
-
S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t
person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100.
98251
PeacemakingIPIaymaking:
A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t
a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm
A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and
t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by
Y
workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g .
Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e
n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e
i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r
Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and
discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e
i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s
and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n
J o e l Mugge).
Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285.
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135
Lifetime Sports
The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m .
They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e
s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any
one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be
expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received.
F o l k Dancing
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Time:
E r n i e Anderson
12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday
Running
Room:
Melby
- A Positive Addiction
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Joyce P f a f f
Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program
designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t .
There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y
attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside.
Time:
12:OO-1:00
(meets :an.
12-30)
Room:
Me1by
Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Mike Teitelbaum
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and
p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r .
Fees:
$20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n
Time:
12:OO-1:00
Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y
36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Room:
Me1by
Show less
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calenda... Show more
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calendar . .
Faculty
. General Education
Requirements
Majors
. . Pre-Professional Training
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
. International
Study
Honors Program
. Degrees
. ..
. ..
.
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E
.
.
.
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
. . Recreation .
I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life
Student Services .
Housing .
Food S e r v i c e
MUS I P
..
.. .
. .
. . .
PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
.
.
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
. . Transfer . . Early
Decision
. Early Admission . . Advanced Placement
. . Advanced Standing
.
.
.
.
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D
.
.
. . . Deposits . . .
. . F i n a n c i a l Aid
Expenses
. 19 73- 74 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts .
Refunds ,
..
PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
.. .
.
..
. ..
. .
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
. P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal .
Grading
C r e d i t by Examination
. Classification .
Courses . . . Numbering .
Symbol
..
.. .
.
. .
PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 87, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the
q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
w i t h o u t notice
.
Glossary
of Terms
This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e
information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t .
I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have
about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r
phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e .
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC.
......The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and
customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
COURSE
.........A
MAJOR..
. . . . . . . .A
MINOR
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m
such as "Community Development and Organization."
Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg
and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
..........A
concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than
t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n
t h e maj o r .
ELECTIVE.
FEE..
c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg
o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete
t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e
g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o
e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree.
. . . . . .A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor
b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e
department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e .
. . . . . . . . . .Charges
made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s
such a s l a b o r a t o r y .
Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses
and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e
a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and
governmental sources
LOA N . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t
based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of
t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t
o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT.
S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e
f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no
o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e
used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r .
Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e
i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972
AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In
January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly
In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly
e
Octobor nnd November
bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731
. 2f & ~ v e . S..
' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101.
sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota.
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y
.
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s
t h e "4- 1-4. I t
I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t
concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
ldentif i c a t i o n
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with
Founded more than 100 years
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC)
ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music
o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature
and
Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s :
1
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r .
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d .
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
a c a d e m i c excellence
.
I
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city.
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical S o c i e t y
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major
b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus.
Visiting
t h e Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s ,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n
making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and
a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l
discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n
t h e modern world.
The
4 - 1 - 4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t
.
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would
be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
7
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry,
mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics ,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses
c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s
w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and P h y s i c a l
Education
History
Mathemati cs
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Phi 1os ophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Pbysi c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Traini n g
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e
reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned
a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t
a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e
i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f
12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e
community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown
Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r
program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p
p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n
campuses .
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of
Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses
o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f
s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e
p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates
m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s
c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete
courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s .
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) .
Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of
courses
.
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r
i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n
t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may
a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be
approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and
t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t
e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s
g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
u
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently
Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each
y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For
i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman
s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r
s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
o f f e r e d each term.
S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through
which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y
t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e c o l l e g e .
For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s
Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s
n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l
i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t
from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree,
and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f
M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s )
11
Student
Life
Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r
commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n .
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name
e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e C e n t e r .
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n
s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n
p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious
Life
A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by
a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l ,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s
.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative o f f i c e s .
West Hall,
an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
13
TOWER APARTMENTS
-
now under c o n s t r u c t i o n .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each
residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students
who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded
upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing
education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and
f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s
Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l
f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob
experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r
personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y
o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s .
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high
school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
15
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
E a r l y Admission
An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously
completed.
Advanced S t a n d i n g
College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg
.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I
Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 )
Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A )
Future S i t e of Residence Tower
Urness Tower Residence
The College C e n t e r
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V )
The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A )
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5)
The Music B u i l d i n g (m)
S i Melby H a l l (G)
Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g
YO- ~ 9 )
East Hall C E H )
(#a
Admissions (Science 156) 433-936
Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ;
Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i
Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 135)
C a r e e r Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1s t f l o o r )
C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development
(Memorial 1st f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c
CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32;
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21
'
Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c
.
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1,845.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d
f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t
authorized.
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t
t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course o n l y .
F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For
p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e .
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00
Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00
.
(Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and
drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e
b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . )
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an
interim).
Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
-
$1,040 to $1,100
Men:
$1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00)
Women:
$1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l
b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
19
1973- 74
Cost
Summary
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
.............
$
10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e
t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .)
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00
.......
$
25.00
( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.)
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e )
Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been
accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1,
i i 1972
(payment i s due J a n u a r y 1
under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September,
and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
$25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e
p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e
a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g
t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g
schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s .
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d .
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l
Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass
s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l
Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity
Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan
( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Academic Administration
S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s
who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l
planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n
t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e
t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e
designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e
s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n .
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered
i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion o f a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s
t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e .
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s ,
psychology.
d.
A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s
requirement .
f.
A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s .
h.
Division
Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r .
Organization
The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
Department o f Psychology
Department o f Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Department
Library
Department
Department
of Education: Elementary Education, Geography,
S c i e n c e , Secondary Education
o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education
o f Music
HUMANITIES
Department of A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of R e l i g i o n
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e
credit for it.
A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r
s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y
scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r .
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F .
C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done
i n the Registrar's Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end
of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s
I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s
c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d
may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g
term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n
u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l
n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing.
A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h
f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one
f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d .
Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system,
w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed
i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e
i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N .
A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on
t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department
chairman .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an
extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f
permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r .
Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e
grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been
r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e
grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been
e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e
audited.
Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N .
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations
s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r .
C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s
32 grade p o i n t s
J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s .
S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s
.......
To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r
f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e
c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses.
Courses
A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d .
A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r
3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r
graduation.
Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r
i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n
course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e
cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o
determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e
numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n
g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen;
200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s .
The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second
i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s
t h e course.
Symbol
Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
26
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages.
See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS :
History o f t h e United S t a t e s
American S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r
American S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490
Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 114
E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463
Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453
TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s
under m a j o r .
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n
under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e
i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295.
l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Art
P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ;
2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350.
-
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
8
I
t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
27
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e
of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
118 P A I N T I N G I
Introduction t o painting media and technique.
all, S p r i n g )
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d ,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 2 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and
observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques.
(Prereq. : 350.
F a l l , Spring)
355 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f painting.
(Prereq. : 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 .
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq. : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department
Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r
351, 352)
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n
academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112
on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g )
-
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
a
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
Chemistry 103. Spring)
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e .
112, Spring.
3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n ,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s .
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
Frereq
.: 112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g )
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
o r 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 .
Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s .
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r
d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s .
Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work.
( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
( 3 hours l e c t u r e ,
p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods.
3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended:
C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring)
expected t o a t t e n d .
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r .
( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work.
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 .
Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g )
.
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra.
Fall)
1I ' '
'A
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN:
SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Catalog Record for 1953-1954
Announcements for
19561955 and 1955-1956
Vol. XVI, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1954
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in Ap... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Catalog Record for 1953-1954
Announcements for
19561955 and 1955-1956
Vol. XVI, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1954
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theologicol Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as secondtloss matter March
21, 1947 at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
Accreditation
and Membership in Educational
Associations
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education. It is a
member of the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of
Minnesota Colleges.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Academic Calendar . . . . . . . .
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . .
Administration
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
5
. . . . .
.........................
5
. . .
Committees of the Faculty
6
The Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
General Information
..
Financial Information
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Community Life .
I
5
.
24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
The College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
. .
. . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
Divisional Organization .
.
.
.
.
.
44
44
50
53
63
Student Personnel Services
.
.
CoursesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of Religion and Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics . . . .
64
64
68
81
95
The Theological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3
.
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !$.!....,+..
,,
. , . . . . . - . .105
..,
Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. I I
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
CALENDARS
For 1954-55and 1955-56
FIRST SEMESTER
I955
I954
Freshman Days
Sept. 9-13
Registration
Sept. 9, 10,
Classes begin
Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m.
Sept. 17
Late Registration Fee
Sept. 17
Oct. 22-24
Homecoming
Oct. 28-30
Nov.
Sept. 9-13
Sept. 9,
13
10, 11,
Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m.
13
12,
End of &st half of Semester
Nov.
Nov. 25, 26
Thanksgiving Recess
Nov. 24, 25
Dec. 17, 4:zo p.m.
Christmas Recess begins
Dec. 16, 4:20 p.m.
1955
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin after Christmas
1956
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 20-26
College Examinations
Jan. 24-27
Seminary Examinations
Jan. 23-26
Jan. 26
First Semester Ends
Jan. 25
Registration for Second
Semester
Jan. 16-31
10
10
Recess
Jan. 17 to Feb.
I
Jan. 19-25
SECOND SEMESTER
Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb.
Feb. 5
Late Registration Fee
Feb. 4
Feb. zz
Washington's Birthday
Feb.
End of first half of Semester
April 4
April
I
I,
8:00 a.m.
22
Easter Recess begins
Mar. 27, 4:2o p.m
April 12, 8:00 a.m.
Easter Recess ends
April 3, 8:00 a.m.
May 27
Seminary Commencement
May 25
College Examinations
May 2 5 to June
May 30
Decoration Day
May 30
May 29
June 3, 8:00 p.m.
Baccalaureate Service
June 3
College Commencement
June 4. 8:00 p.m.
April 6, 4:20 p.m.
May 26 to June
2
I
b
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
REV. ERNESTG. LARSON,President, Minneapolis, Minn.. . Term
REV. CLARENCE
J. CARLSEN, Vice-President, Minneapolis,
Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN, Secretary, Minneapolis, M i . . . Term
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . Term
REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Duluth, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . .. Term
MR. IVER H. IVERSON,
min not, N. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
k v . GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wis. . . . . . . . . Term
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
expires 1954
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
1957
195 8
1956
1958
I 9 54
1955
I 9 56
1957
Advisory Members
DR. T. 0. BURNTVKDT,
President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn.
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
MAILTINQUANBECK. . . . .Dean of the Colkge and Director of Veterans Agairs
JOHN M. STENSVAAG.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminary
BURTONP. FOSSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager
K. BERNERDAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
..fi r . . Efi CL e . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relatims
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registra~,Secretary of the General F a d t y
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Famlty
MELVINA. HELLAND.
AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement
CARL R. HAMMAREERG.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cdlege Pastor
FREDEL WINDMANN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative
S. V. HJ-ELMELAND
IRWGHOEL.. . . . . . .Purchasing Agent, Supervisor of Buildings a d Grounds
AINO SINKO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Sewice
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewm
IVER B. OLSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arcbivkt
CARL WOYKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
.W.
r..
.bd. e . e ..& . . . Admissions Counselor
k\
.IT
-
REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Building Fund
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the
College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary to Business
Manager; Bertha Lilehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Office; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's m c e ; Mrs.
Arnold Drange, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Ogce; Ruth Hanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Borghild Estness,
Secretary, Registrar's Office; David Rokke, Student Employment Manager; Mrs.
Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Donna Storley, Faculty Secretary, Mimeographing; Mrs. Mavis Hafstad, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator.
Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Lloyd Kallevig; Sivertsen Hall, Mrs. Eleanor Cotton Miller; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton
Hall, Darlene Deem; Edda House, Alice Swenson.
Supervisor of Hmekeeping: Olga Hermunslie.
MEDICAL n A F F
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R.N.,
Nurse; Bernice Olson, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
Administration: Christensen, Quanbeck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, C. Strommen,
Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel.
Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Kleven, Miss
Joel.
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Thorson, Nash, Hammarberg.
Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, M. Strommen, Savold, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg.
Library: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock.
Athletics: Soberg, E. W . Anderson, Bertness, M. Strommen, Walton.
Social: Mrs. Fylling, Miss Mortensen, Dahle, Mrs. Bergman, Mrs. Peterson.
Studies: Miss Joel, Trautwein, R. Anderson, Colacci, Mrs. Nelson.
Convocations: Thut, Miss Lund, Sonnack, E. Nelson (student members also
included in this committee).
Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Soberg, Miss Segolson (student members also included in this committee).
Teacher Education: Bertness, Urdahl, Sateren, Miss Tangjerd.
Religious Life: Strommen, Sonnack, Landahl (student members also included
in this committee).
1953-1954
Faculty Council: M. Quanbeck, Miss Lund, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Thelander, Thorson, Chrislock, Dahlen, Hammarberg, Colacci, Mrs. Peterson,
Mrs. Nelson, Savold.
Board-Faculfy Committee: Urdahl, Miss Segolson, Sonnack (Board members also
included in this committee).
The Faculty
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President und Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25;
ThM., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G ~ t t i n ~ e n .
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, Broololyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President
since 1938.
~ A R ERMISCH,
L
Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritw of C h r c h History
A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago
Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29.
At Augaburg 1928-1952.
h h ~ v mA. HELLAND,
S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testommt, Secretary
of tbe Theological Faculty
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Scxnhqy,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Founddon, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
IVER B. OLSON,AM., Th.B., Associate Professor of S y s t d i c Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological k u h r y ,
1936; A.M., University of, Minnrs~ta, 1945. A d d i b d study: Chicago,
Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological
Seminarp. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Mhuesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser oo SPAN
Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PAUL G. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c h History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augs'burg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago.
Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Testamunt
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 6 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, I 940; Ph.D., 194I. Additi& study: Johns Hopkii. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At
Augsburg since 1942.
ERLINGM. TUNGSETH,C.T., Guest Lecturer in Practical Theology, 1953-54
A.B., Concordia College, Moorhead, Minn., 1940; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Teaching: Augsburg College, 1943-44, 1946-47.
FREDERICNORSTAD,
A.B., C.T., S.T.M.* Special Lecturer, Director of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
*In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
KARL ERMISCI-I, Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritzu of G m a n
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. A d d i t b d s d y : &4hnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Asmistant in English, Univc*
of -es~m,
1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-11. At Augsburg I~IJ-1952.
MANIVALDALDRE, M.S., Assistant Professor of Cbemjstry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
T a b , Estonia, 1941; MS., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching:
Amhant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.
At Atigsbug since 1949.
C. WESLEYANDERSON,
M.Mus., Instructor in Music
A.B., Macalester College, 1930; A.A.G.O., Northwestern University, 1936;
MMus., Northwestern University, 1937. Teaching: Roosevelt High School,
Minneapolis; Michigan State College; Minneapolis College of Music. At
Augsburg since I 9 5 3.
ERNEST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and P W d
Edwrtion, BaRetbdl C w c b
A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON,AM., Assistmt Professor of Speecb
B.S., University of Ivfjnn~ita,1946; A.M., 1950. Additiond study: Minnenesota. Teuching: University of; Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsburg since 1949.
FRANKARIO, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: M h e s t a . U. S. Army,
1943-46. At Augsbwg since 1950.
PEGGY
SMITH B ~ E YB.S.,
, Instrwtor in MllSjc
B.S., University of .Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1953.
EVABAVOLAK,
AM., Instructor in Bwiness Administration
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 194s. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea~hersCollege,
A b e r d ~ S.
, Dak., 1942-47; H?mline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50;
University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
HAROLD
J. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology
A. B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-3 8 ; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44. Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director caf Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
A t Augsbug since 1954.
LUCYMAE E. BERGMAN,M.S., Instructor in Speech
B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study:
University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1935-39; University of
Minnesota, 1939-47. A t Augsburg since 1952.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Augsbug CaUege, r 947; A X , Unhcrsity of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Miunesora. Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. teach in^:
Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949.
A.M., Assistant Professor of Hisfory and Political Science
CARLCHRISLOCK,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnemta. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior
College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5 I. At Augsburg since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Languuges
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
.
LELAND9.DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed
Forces, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1952.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dean of Students mad Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193I; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Mditioa;ll 6mdy: Mbwu. Teaching: High School, 193 1-39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, I 940-41. U. S. Army Ak Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg
since 1941.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
CLARICE A. h-LLING, B.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. Teaching: High School, 1941-43. Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. A t Augsburg since 195 3.
MIKELISGEISTAUTS,
Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art
Cand.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940;Academy of Art, Latvia,
Riga. Teaching: Private Studio, 1938-49.At Augsburg since 1952.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assisktlt Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus CoIIegr, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53. tit Augsburg since 1953.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek ond Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ALMAM. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Colorado State CoI1ege of Education, 1 9 2 7 ; A.M., 1928. Additional
smdy: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eesrera State Teachers Cdege,
Madiwn, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson Stare Teachers W e g e , 192836; Colondo State College of Education, 19 3 6-37. Educational research:
University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39;
Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 1943.
MILDRED
V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar
rind Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg GIIcge, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional srud y : Szrbtdrcwan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1941-46.
At Augsburg since r947.
EBBA I. JOHNSON,A.B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1950;B.S. in L.S., 1953.At Augsburg since
'952-
MEMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistrrnt Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., Uni~ersiryof Mexiw, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnmta. Teaching : Wagner College, Staten
Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Bmklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A,t
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. &EVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsborg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 194r. Addirional study: Hamard. Teaching: High Schml, 192215: Whsaton Cauege, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46,and since 1947.
W. LAMARRKOPP, A.B., Instructor in Germun
A.B., Goshen College, Indiana, 1952.Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 19~3.
ARNOLDM. LAHTI,A.B., Instructor in Physics
.4.13., Western Washington CoIlege. Bellingham, Wash., 1947 and 1948.
Addirional m d y : Unircrsicy of Minnesota. Teaching: Western Washington
College, 1947-48: ToIedo Jr. High, 1948-49;University of Minnesota,
1951-1:.
~ 4 Augburg
t
Skcf 191 j.
BJARNEE. LANDA,PhD., A t r d t c Professor of
hgwgas
A.B., Vass Statt Cdege, N m y , 1925; 0,Unhtnity of Southern
Gdifornia, 1928: U ,1930;Ph.D., Univ-tg
of W r a , r952. Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since
CARL
W. LANDAHL,
M.Mus., Instructor in Mwic
A.B., Ud&ty
d Minnwtg rg3r; BXw., C o I d m School of Mllfit,
Chicago, 1933; XMtvi., 1934; BD., C&omia Baptist neologicd Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Pdvate Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dnkota WBleyan Unberzity, Mitchell, S. D.,1940-42;Northwestern khwls, ?&meapolis, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952.
AUDREYLANDQUIST,
MMus., I n s t m t o r in P i m o ond Organ
B.S., University bf Minnesota, 1940; B,Mus., & c P h d School of Music,
1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: Ma~Phail School of Music rime 1937.
A t Augsburg since 1946.
ROBERT
E. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching Waldorf College, 194648. A t Augsburg since 1953.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Secretarial Science
AB., Augsburg College, 1936; AM., UniPckty of Minnesom, 1911.
Teaching: High School, 1943-41; West C m d SchQol of A & d e
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High S ~ h d 1948,
49. A t Augsburg since 1950.
ELEANORCOTTON~ ~ L L E RA.M.,
,
Imtructos in English
A.B., Wheaton College, Wheaton,
1940; A.M., Wheaton College, 1945.
Additional study: South Dakota State College. Teaching: High School,
1940-43, 1945-46; South Dakota State College, 1949-53. At Augsburg
since 1953.
m.,
MUTON, A.M., Instructor in English.
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1949.
JOHN
GERDA
MORTENSEN,AM., Dean of Women and Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON,
M.Ed., Assistmt Professor of Pbysical Education m d Coach.
of Football md Baseball
AB., Augsburg College, 1938; &Ed., University of Minneso~, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since
1946.
&EN
Y. NELSON,
Ph.D., h i s k f f l Profer~orof H m e Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1941; Ph.D., rgTz. Twding:
H g h S h l , 1938-42; Warem hkhigan CoIIege, K a ~ u f i a ~ m1942-44;
,
University of California, 1944-46; Iowa Srare Teachers College, Su 1948,
1949. At Augsburg since 1951.
IVERB. OLSON,
A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologicd
Seminary Faculty listing.
ANKEPEDERSON,
A.M., A~soriate Pro~PISOI.of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I gj 2; A.M.,Universiry of Minnesota, I 9; 5 . Addir k n d study: Minnwta, ColumKia. Tnching: High Scbml, 1945-46;
Sari Matm Junior College, California, one semesttr, 1946. At Augburg,
1932-44, and since 1946.
LAVONNE
PETERSON,A.M., Instructor in Physical Education for Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: hhnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg
since 1950.
LAWRENCEA. QUANBECK,
A.B., Director of Admissions
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy..
1944-46. Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-1 I. A t Augsburg since 195 I.
TIN QL~ASBECX,
Ph.D., Dem
of Ihe Comegc and Professor a j Edlccstion
A.B., Augsbwg ColIege, ~ 9 2 9 A.M.,
;
University of Minnesota, 1933: Ph.D.,
1952. High S r b d admioistrarion, k t o n r ~ c Minn.,
,
1929-36. Teaching:
W d d ~ r fa U e g t , 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, r 939-46; Dta,
1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 19rS.
LELAND B. SATEREN,
A.M., Professor of Music
AB., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., Universirp of Minnesota, 194 j. Additional study: Campsicion with Donald F e r g w n (-Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: Ehgh School, 193 y-39. M d c Director, Radio Starion KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-4 3. Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1444-46. At Augsbwg 1941-43.and since 1946.
A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music
A a . , Luther College, 1941. Teaching: Beman County Agriculture and'
Tnining SchmI, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37; Lvnberton Pdblic Schools,
1941-42 and 1946-48. U. S. Armed Forces, 194s-45; Glenwood Public
Scboofs, 1948-52. A t Augsburg since 1952.
RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer 1936.
A.t Augsburg since 1944.
GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
JOHN
CLAIRE. STROMMEN,A.B., Director of Public Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1946. Teaching: High School, Springfield, Minn.
Insurance salesman, 1946-13. At Augsburg since 195 I.
~MERTON P. STROMMEN,
A.B., l%.B., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1944; Th.B., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota,
1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
OLIlP H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.,M., University of Minnesota,
19 50. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-5 I. Probation
Ofice, Hennepin County, 191 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
AM., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library
Science
A.B., St. O l d College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of h&mesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel,
1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library,
1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940.
DANIELB. TETZLAFF,B.S., Instructor in Brass Instrzlments
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Southern College of Fine Arts, Houston, Texas, 1948;
Hamline University, 19 5 2-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
ROY PHUIP THELANDER,M.S., Instructor in Biology
A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota.
U. S. A m y Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah,
1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950.
GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S.
A m y , 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 195 I. At Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT,
A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaohing: Bethel College, 1924-27; h e r i c a n Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State
College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and
Belgium, 1944-46. A.t Augsburg since 1947.
VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instnrctor
in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with
Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under
Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46;
Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology
JOEL S. TORSTENSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, and since
'947.
MARGARETSATERENTRAUTWEIN,A.M., instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg
since 1949.
~
~
V E.
T TRAUTWEIN,
N
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935 ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional
study: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training m c e r ,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Fdls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
S w r r D. WALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration ad
Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Y.B.A., Harvard University, 1949;
PbD., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
University of Minnesota, 1912-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
General Information
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored
by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young
people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian
environment. In addition to a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, medical technology, secretarial work, parish
work, missions, and social work. They may prepare for further
study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields.
The Skminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a
three-year rheological course leading to a Bachelor of Theology
degree. Its purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the
Lutheran Free Ohurch.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the
Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi
River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students
have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections.
They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is
recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious
life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from
other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent
visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact present day life at one of its focal points.
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, W'~sconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private
institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed
in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This
arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological
group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until
1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to
Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its
use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws
of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers
for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in
growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading
rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological
study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical
course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to
prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be
discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too
few students selected the course. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college
course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general
emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there
has ,been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was
adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses.
The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added
in 1939. Standards of admission have ,been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the
Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long
experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome
and stimulating.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its
history. The terms of o6ce of two of these cover a span of over
half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who
served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup,
1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was
followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from 191I to
1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937
until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served
since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College,
as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty:
T o lead the student to cr deeper understanding and personal
realization of the truth and pvwer of the Chistian Gospel, to
the end that he may become an eeective participant in the
evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest
advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and
for society.
To familiarize the student with the clcltare of our own and
other civilizatiolts, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge
affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic
understanding of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the student's ittterest in the attahment of the
comnum pwposes of our counhy, so that he may work for the
welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our
liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cdtivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order
that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he
expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
To teach t h e student t o discipline his own urges, interests,
amhtiuns, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character.
To train t h e student in scientific methods of study and also
develop his understanding of the relations of science to the
welfare of humanity.
To stimulate intellectual interest and develop s c h o l l y insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy
and comprehension a t the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality.
To awaken and foster in the student a n intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of t h e best in t h e fields of t h e fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation
and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance fw the student in the discovery and
clarification of his aptitudes and his life Purposes so that as
early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professicmaZ lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial
training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year
college course preparing for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language,
music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work,
and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase
his eaciency in the various relationships of life.
T o agord t h e student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant
source of social and personal satisfaction.
T o instruct t h e student in principles, attitudes, and ideas
pertaining to health, and also to train him in practices and
skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being
and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the
College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who
come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct
understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things.
They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school
towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and
extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make
possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to
see all things through the eyes of Christ."
Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways
prescribed for the attainment of these aims.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body
with two others, in 1890, resulted in the afdiation of Augsburg
with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due
to cMerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose,
and in x 897 congregations whose sympathia were deeply rooted in
Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close
association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and
the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony
of purpose and ideals for more than half a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect.
The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members
of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control
over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested
in the President and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which
has materially increased with the growth and development of the
College, rhe chief financial support of the institution comes from
the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a
growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church,
both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the sup-
port of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on
the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS.
Augsburg College is fully accredited by rhe North Central Association of Colleges and Secondmy Schools as a degree-granting
institution. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lurheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their A h a Mater.
The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year.
Regional meetings also are held from time to time.
The present ogcers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Esther
Aune, Vice-president; Marian Lowrie, Recording Secretary; Gloria
Nelson, Harvey Peterson, and Kennet,h Sorenson, Advisers.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation
Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other
friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and
systematic support, ,both spiritual and financial, to the school. The
Foundation was estgblished in 1941 by joint action of the Board
of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a
General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held
each year.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library,
the Seminary classrooms and oflices, and a number of college classrooms and oflices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration of-
fices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
and Home Economics, as well as the student organization &ces,
the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty
osces. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem,
fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men.
On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and
dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory
accommodating about 50 women.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and
remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are
smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20
students.
During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on
~ 3 r Avenue
d
across the Square from the older part of the Campus.
The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for
the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program
providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was
acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the
Music Department.
Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and
student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been
erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural
design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the
school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many
t
s
. There are several collections: a Madagascar Cdvaluable d
lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare
minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited.
In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preseme
documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house
the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main
has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of
Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals,
old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also
about I ,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions
to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist.
The collections in the Library aggregate about 27,700 volumes
exclusive of pamphlets.
About three hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with various subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the
interests of special fields are received currently.
Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to
1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:30 P. M.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located-which make
their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St.
Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the
James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the
finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University
of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the
Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research
papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all
these libraries.
NATURALSCIENCELABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall.
Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located
on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for
Chemistry, and a laboratory and the .two storerooms for Physics
are located on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent
visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the
use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16mm.
sound movie projectors, two 3 I/4x4 inch slide projectors, three
2x2 slide projectors, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system,
two film strip projectors, and a magnetic tape recording machine.
There is also a well equipped photography department.
The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual
education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are dso provided
with facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community sexvice for adults not
enrolled in the day school. Announcement of course to be offered
are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may
be obtained from the o6ce of the Dean.
OF NURSING
AFFILIATIONWITH SCHOOLS
Student nurses in the Schools of Nooursing
at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their
first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for
admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years
of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital.-
Financial Information
STUDENT EXPENSES
A considerable part of the income on whiah Augsburg operates
is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the
latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees
charged the student do not constitute h e whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who 'believe
in and support rhe work of the school. Fm theological students,
the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other
expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERALEXPENSES
FOR ONE SEMESTER'
Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200.00
This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission
to all athletic events.
h k s , &C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.00 t0 40.00
Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.00
Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.o~
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . .
Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo
Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I .oo
Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.5 o
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $245.50 to 260.50
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00
for each additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour
up to 1 1 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours
will pay the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of
class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fe.
Subject to change.
ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER'
Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 63.00
Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I 60.00
SPECIALFEES
Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Change of registration after the beginning of the second
week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement fee, depending upon the methad of
placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.oo to
Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . .
Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 .00
1.00
2.00
5.00
7.50
2.00
2.00
.
5 oo
MUSICFEESPERSEMESTER
......................................
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brass (private instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brass (class instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chord Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano
'
..
Art I and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00
Art 3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Economics 39 and 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
Biology 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00
Biology, 1,2,3N,4, 52, 5 3 , a n d f s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.00
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5.00
Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
1
.
Subject to change
Chemistry I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry5,6,~1,5~,53,
54,andss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 5 I, and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Studies I, 5 3, and 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 o
2.00
4.00
5.00
2.50
2.00
4.00
5.00
2.5 o
I. 50
15.00
Resident students
General expenses . .
, , . . .
. . . . . . .$245.50 to 260.50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00
Room and Board
Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . -2.00 to 3 5.00
Total, approximately
. . . . . . . . $ 4 7 o . ~ oto ~ 1 8 . y o
OiX-campus students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . .
Special, music, or course fees
Total, approximately . . . . . .
,
. . . . $245.50 to 260.50
. . . . . .2.00 to 35.00
. . .
$247.50 to 295.50
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Srude~~acwunzsare.&hMarthe cimaofre&~ationin
S q t d s and Felmwy. Parena may dqmit money in advan* at
the school or the d e n t may d e dx papent whenhe tegbter~s.
Rw-g
dmt paymest of fees in f d ac reg;sWarjon p e s a
h a n d p m k im v e e &e c&ge bas -toted
s '"deferred p a w - parn". Unde this-plan.%
miniftlum df 205% of the
tuition fee, room fee, and minimum board bill is paid at registration together with all special course and miscellaneous fees. T h e
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester.
To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each
payment on the student's account after registration.
Subject to change.
REFUNDS
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the time
during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel
out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition.
No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity
fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week ,by students
who cancel out before the middle of the semester.
Papments for board and room are refunded in proportion to
the time students have been in residence. Students who move out
of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full
semester room rent.
STUDENT AIDS
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or
scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing
work both on and off the campus.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in
working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a
reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The Gewral Studmt Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Charles and Nora Crmch Student Loan Fund, established
in 1954, likewise extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Jhnand Anna Jorgiw Gregory Theological Studmt Lorvn
Fuwd is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established
under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North
Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the minis~ry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with
the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on
student loans. In addition ro arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on h c i d matters w i d rhe objective in mind
of helping rhe mudent work out a sat$factorg plan for 'hisfinances.
Prize Scholarships, amounting t o tuition for the second half of
the Fr&a
year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and
the highest ranking &I in each Minnesota high school graduating
class. A number of su& schoIamhips are alsu awarded to other
outstanding high school graduates selected by the Scholarship Committee.
The Opseth Memorial Music Scho1arsh;iP was established in 1953
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of tbe Augsburg Cullege Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore w j d ~ student
r
of outstanding promise
or achievement in the field of music.
The Gewge Svmdmp Gadaate F~Elws&$ was atabhhed by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the menory
of George Sverdrup, Praident of Augsburg from r91 x to 1937.
It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding
character and abiLity who plans to prepare further for the mcatiOn
of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. H o # w n M&I
Sckohshifi was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in
memory of their son who gave his life in the conquw of Okinawa.
The d o l a d i p wnsists of the income from a fund of $ I ,075 and
is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T& Lastberan E r o f k h d SchIarshij of $300 is provided by
the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to an outstanding Lurheran college senior. The student
is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the
basis of religious leadership and &ohtic standing.
The Alcgsburg College Wotnen's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
T h Adolph Pmlson Mem&Z Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph,
Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology.
The amount of the prize is $40.00.
The Celia Fredricksm Schlursbip consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni AssocilEtim Scholarship of $250
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in
order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying
out of projects of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by
the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or
to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good
scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work
in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other
fields approprite for missionary work. The scholarship is granted
for one year at a time in amounts varying from $so.oo to $250.00
per year for academic and professional training. Higher awards are
possible for graduate work or medical study.
EMPLOYMENT
SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Ogce, has
been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students
in pairt-time positions. The types of work secured are of many
kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic
service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students ai-e employed by the college in many activities. For
these positions preference is given to upper-class students who
have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided
each spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus
may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
Student Community Life
1
3
CHRISTIAN ENVIRONMENT
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory,
and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need
to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible
but very real supplementary iQuences have much t o do with
creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg d e h i t e emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of
Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious
attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development
and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy
Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerf d y fostered in each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to
participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is
assumed that every Augsburg student will h d a church home
in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly.
I t is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and 06 campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality
of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not
seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and
environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer
of faculty, students, and administration.
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the
daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gatfier for
united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of
God. Regular attendance is expected of all students.
DISCIPLINE
The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public
dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable
card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices.
Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed
although no formal charge is made against him.
CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique
opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and
cultural advantages offered in the Upper Midwest. Excellent
art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of
Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are
large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in
St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The
Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts
afford rich opportunity for music appreciation.
In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota
and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development.
CONVOCATION
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community
with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A
wide range of interests is covered, including the scientiiic, political,
social, religious, and artistic.
RECREATION AND SOCIAL LIFE
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not
only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and
directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards
the use of leisure time in general. Wholesale social activities of of
many kinds are fostered and encouraged.
STUDENT AREAS
The Student Center, the Student Council Room, the Augsburgian and Augsburg Echo Offices in Science Hall are headquarters
for many student events and provide opportunity for students,
both campus and city, to meet informally and to promote student
activities. The recreation room at Sivertsen Hall, the gymnasium,
the Dining Hall, and the reception rooms in the various residences
provide opportunities for informal social gattherings and for study
and discussion groups.
The Tower Prayer Chapel in Science Hall is open during the day
for times of quiet and meditation. Smaller groups may request the
use of the chapel for devotional meetings.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Student activities are regarded as an integral part of the educational experience of college students. The oflice of Coordinator
of Student Activities has been created to provide centralized services, continuity, and concern for the e~ectivefunctioning of all
student activities.
The program of student activities is organized through the
Student Council. College direction is provided by the StudentFaculty Committee, the Coordinator of Student Activities, and
the faculty sponsors of the several organizations. The Student-Faculty Committee serves as a liaison lbetween the Student Council and
the Faculty Council.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The Student Society. Its purpose is to guide student affairs and
to provide students with training in practical democracy and in
developing student initiative and leadership. An organization of
the entire student body, it is the agency for student government
on the campus. It delegates the authori'ty "to promote and govern
the all-student activi,tiesmof the college to The Augsburg Student
Council. The president of the Council and the major chairmen
are elected by The Student Society. Other memibers are elected
by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as
their representatives. A local council of the National Stdent
Association has !ken formed by the Student Council.
Associated Women Students consists of all women enrolled in
Augsburg College. The purpose of this organization is to provide
an organization for self-government, to create a sense of hacrmony
and fellowship among the women of the College, to promote and
maintain a high standard of honor and integrity in matters of
personal conduct, and to encourage participation in college activities.
Memorial Hall Hmse Council is made up of the counselors and
representative students from each house in Memorial Hall. The
members aid in establishing policies for the residents, and assist in
maintaining order in che Hall.
Class Organizations. Freshmen, Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors
each have their own class organization and participate in student
government.
ACADEMIC
Aristotelians. Membership is open to students who specialize in
the natural sciences. Programs are planned to develop and further
the scientific interests of the students.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and
Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective.
T b German Society. This organization is for the purpose of
cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in &at department, is an organization promoting professional attitudes toward
all aspects of home and community life.
The Nmse Club. This club is composed of students who are
interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art.
The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity to exercise Ithe use of their knowledge in informal gatherings.
ARTS
The Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exahange ideas
about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Drama Club has been formed 'to give interested students
opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama.
Film Society. Students interested in lbringing iilms to the campus subscribe to a series each year. Discussions follow on the sociological, psychological, or literary merits of the production.
Forensics. Augsburg is annually represented by men and wornen debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various
colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local
and intercollegiate contests in oratory. Reading recitals and plays
are additional means of oral expression.
Music. A comparatively large number of students take part in
the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the
choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of
these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel &rough the
fellowship of music and song.
Membership in the choral organizations and the band is based
upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of
Music.
The Augsbzcrg Cdkge Choir consists of albout sixty memlbers.
From year to year che Choir has toured in various parts of the
United States, singing an average of twenty-five to thirty concerts
during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast,
East Coast, Canada, and the Midwestern states.
The Augsburg C h a l Club serves as a preparatory choir, and
also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities
and in ocher parts of Minnesota and neighboring states.
The Augsburg College Concert B d presents regular concerts
on tour. In addition, it gives practical experience in instrumental
music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher.
The Male C h u s affords opportunity to those interested in this
special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week.
In addition to the Choir, Choral Clulb, Male Chorus, and Band,
there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal
and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos,
trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the ,students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department.
Each year the chairman of Music and of Speech together with
faculty representatives of the Music and Speech departments
and a student chairman, sponsor a light opera. The 195 3 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, HMS P h f o r e ; the 1954 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, The M i U o .
Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra F m m , inaugurated in I 9 5 31954, invites Augsburg students and faculty to sdbscribe to a
series of six concerts of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra at
Northrop Auditorium on the University of Minnesota campus at
a special rate. The subscribers constitute a forum for discussion of
musical art. Speakers at the forums at Augsburg in 1953-1954
were Antal Dorati, conduct'or of the Symphony; John K. Sherman, Arts Critic of the Star-Tribune; and Isaac Stern, violinist.
The Writers Club. This organization is composed of students
interested in creative writing. Members submit articles for group
criticism at the regular meetings. This group annually sponsors a
"Creative Night" where all types of creative arts, music, painting,
sculpture, as well as writing, are demonstrated and exhibited.
ATHLETICS
All students and faculty are admitted t o home athletic contests
upon presentation of their athletic cards, which are distributed at
the beginning of the school year.
Physical Edzlcatim and Recreatim. Under the direction of
the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities
of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation.
Co-Rec, or recreational sports, evenings are arranged twice a
week for both men and women to provide recreation and to foster
and increase interest in recreational games and sports.
Imtrmural Athletics. Through the intramural department
competition is maintained in touchball, basketball, table rennis,
badminton, softball, handball, volleyball, horseshoe, tennis, and
shdeboard. Climaxing the intramural program is the Conference Extramural Meet, a special Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference event in which champions of all intramural sports
of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships.
The "A" Club. Membership in the "A" Club is limited to
men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future
into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics
of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary organization. Membership is gained by participation in d i v i d u d and group recreation activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports.
Imtercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
It is the purpose of Augsburg to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to 'be reflected in the conduct and outlook of lboth the players and =he spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a
fundamental part of human life, and that t'&s phase of life needs
to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to
be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and
loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: ( I ) The
student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, 'both
in and out of athletics, such ,basic qualities of character as self-
discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cmperation. ( 2 ) The
participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills
which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching
and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational
activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in
any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or
be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play,
appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality.
(4) The intercollegiate a~hleticprogram should contribute to the
development of a unified and healthy "schml spirit". Enthusiasm
for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should
not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it
take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program.
CITIZENSHIP
Brotherhood Week. The last week in February is devoted to
developing Christian concepts of brotherhood, with speakers for
the Campus Chest Fund Campaign speaking for Brotherhood.
Future Teachers of America. The Martin Quanbeck chapter on
the Augsburg campus is open to all students who are interested in
education and especially those preparing for the teaching profession. The program is designed to develop professional understanding and attitudes.
*Human
Relatiom Club is an organization of students w'ho
major in one of the social sciences or d o are particularly interested in human relations.
Organized Field Trips. Various departments arrange for field
trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State
Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions.
rr9elitical Action Conference. Students interested in history or
political science cooperate with the NSA chairman and the head of
the history department in sponsoring a three-day conference on
Political Action during March.
The Republican Club and the Young Democratic-Farm-Labor
Club are organized to faster interest in political activity and good
government, and to provide an opportunity to discuss issues of
the day.
SPAN. Augsburg participates in Student Project for Amity
Among Nations, a Minnesota organization for students who quali.fy for study abroad according to its program.
The Co-Ed Toastmasters Club. This Augsburg Club is open to
both men and women interested in improving public speaking
techniques.
Student Projects. Augsburg students participate in a large number of projects, such as Campus Chest Fund Campaign, Library
Drive, +he Minneapolis Community Chest Fund, Red Cross,
March of Dimes, Blood Bank, Lutheran World Action, and community surveys.
PUBLICATIONS
Students interested in journalism can get practical experience in
campus publications. All student publications are under the supervision of the Board of Publications, composed of students and
faculty advisers. Each year this board edits the Student Handbook
and Directory.
The Augsburg Echo, a bi-weekly newspaper, offers opportunities for a selected number of students to participate in both journalistic and creative work.
The Augsburgian yearbouk provides outlets for students whose
interests lie in writing, photography, and art.
All publications are student operated. Their primary function
is t o present ehe Augsburg story from day to day and year to
year from the perspective of the student.
RELIGIOUS LIFE
The Religious Life Committee is ,the unit through which the
students and faculty endeavor to promote a religious program
that will supplement and enhance the inherent Christian program
of the college. Co-chairmen of this council are &e student Director
of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which
this committee carries responsibility or concern are the Mid-Week
services, dormitory devotions, $iritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer
meetings, and 'similar volunteer group meetings.
This council also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are listed as follows:
Missimz Society. This organization promotes mission concern
through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A
highlight of the year is the Mssion Festival.
Lwtberan Student Assochtimz. This group seeks to serve as a
stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences.
SOCIAL
Students at Augsburg are given opportunity for social training
and social recreation. The Student Council &rough the Chairman
of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education,
sponsors a monthly all-school activity of a social nature which all
students are urged to attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomores and Juniors sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated
Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor
teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus.
AWARDS
Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocatiun in
recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities.
The C h s of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner
of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition
in the % i c e Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior
student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least
two years.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athktdcs is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
Tbe Harold A. Johnsm Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to
be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Student Personnel Services
ADMINISTRATION
College students face many new opportunities and not a few
problems. Some problems disappear soon after the student has
enrolled .but in many cases others appear during the four years
of college. In order to help students to make the most of the
opportunities and to provide help in the solution of problems,
Augsburg College has developed a number of services for students.
These include Freshman orientation, vocational and aptitude testing, counseling, housing and food service, health service, recreation
and leisure time activities, hancial aids, student employment service, and extra-curriculdr activities. Graduating seniors and alumni
benefit from the services of the Placement Oflice. The administrative phase of these services is centered in the of6ce of the Dean
of Students. Plans and policy are formulated by the Student Personnel Committee.
FRESHh4A.N ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman
Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The
students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with heir fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with
the faculty counselors are scheduled for the students, during
which they plan their program of study.
All freshmen enroll-in a class in Orientation. In this course,
the students learn about standards and requirements of various
areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related
techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal
finances and vocational aims are discussed.
TESTING
A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are administered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained far
later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs.
Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the
students select occupational goals and future careers.
COUNSELING
The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual
help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and
techniques of adjustment learned will also serve him later in life.
Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor who may serve
for two years. Counselors for juniors and seniors are their major
advisers. The deans and other administrative oi3icers are general
counselors to all students.
The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational
program in accordance with 'his life aims and interests. The student {becomesaware of his own abilities and aptitudes through the
analysis and interpretation of test data by his counselor.
Through a system of referral, students may obtain counsel from
any member of the faculty, or from qualiiied persons within the
college community.
VOCATIONAL COUNSELING
Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the
use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information
iile in the college library provides study materials for vocational
planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional
people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling
on job opportunities. By means of such informational material
and *he help of his counselor, the student is able to make a vocational choice appropriate to his ability and vocational interests.
PERSONAL COUNSELING
Students who have difticult personal problems may iind help
through discussing the prdblem with their counselor. Finances,
social adjustments, and church activities are common topics of
discussions. Students v h o have spiritual prablems may confer with
their counselors, or other faculty members, particularly the College Pastor and members of the Department of Religion.
HOUSING
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about
I yo men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen H d , with
House and Edda House
Morton Hall housing twenty, %am
each housing eighteen women.
The college maintains several small apartments for married studena. Applications may be made in the o6ce of the Dean of Students.
Students not living at home must five in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students
may under certain conditions be permitted ,tomake other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean
of Students.
Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular
schedules 'begin and are closed wi& twenty-four hours after che
term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish
to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans.
Room rent and b a r d must :bepaid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women
may also provide their own ,bedspreads and drapes. Laundry
facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible
for any beakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment,
beyond ordinary wear and tear.
ROOM APPLICATION
Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students
or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of
acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application.
Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first. '
After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted
in finding rooms in private homes. The oflice of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing.
FOOD SERVICE
The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining
room available to students and other groups upon request.
All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of
using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food at
cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
I
+
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
during school days with a registered nurse in charge. The College
Physician has daily office hours on campus for consultation and
for emergency treatment. Physical examinations arc given all entering students. Correcrive treatment is provided where needed,
and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training is
conducted. I d r r n a t y rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. T h e
Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial
Hall, the men's residence.
Students, faculty, and stafi have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit.
PLACEMENT SERVICE
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
P0s;tions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations
a t the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are
arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a
small placement fee are charged.
The employment service which assists students in obtaining
part-time employment is also located in the Placement Oflice.
Augsburg College
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
Admission Procedure
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can (be secured from the Office of Public M a tions of from t h e Oflice of the Regimar. These forms are generally available also in Mmnesota high schools. The application,
together wi& t h e high school record, p r k o u s college record, if
any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph,
should be sent to the Office of PubIic Relations. A student seeking
adrmssion in t h e fall semester should apply not later than Septernkt 1 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I .
Requirements for Admission
~ u g s b u College
r~
admits as students, men and women of g o d
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability
to succeed in college. Escimate of ability is determined by rank
in the high school graduating cIass and in the college aptitude test.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses
of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite
pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that rhe last
four years of high school include four units of English, or three
units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social
studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course
covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours
of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicanrs who are not high school graduates bur who give
evidence of sugcient maturity are considered for admission upon
recornmmdation and on rhe bash of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational
Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials,
and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad-
vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program.
The General Educational Development tests are available to service
men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however,
be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests,
indicate they may have difliculty with college work.
Deficiencies
Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course
in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard
to additional training will be determined at the beginning of
the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include
the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English lanPage.
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there.
If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted
at Augsburg only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is
granted to students d h o present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted
on &e basis of comprehensive examinations.
Admission of Veterans
Veterans, qualiiied for educational benefits under any of the
government programs, may study at Augdburg and receive these
benefits. The veteran must secure a c e d c a t e of eligibility from
the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application
for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that
veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 5 50 may
make application for entitlement when they enroll at rhe college.
In order to receive college credit for experience in the military
services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certiiied copy of
his Separation Record at the Registrar's W c e . Evaluation will
be made according to the recommendations of rhe American Council on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit
training will be granted a total of 4 semester credits, 2 in health
and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the
completion of the work in certain service schools and for some
courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
Registration
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students
who register later than three days after classes begin are charged
a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or
enter a course later than .two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care ~hould\betaken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two yms. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be
required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of
credit hours per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will )begiven a student for any subject for which he
has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any
course for which there is not sugcient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and
regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is
defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours
may be granted only to students who have gained an average
record of By or two honor points per credit, in their previous
college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain
conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than
20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
~ H A N G E OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's oflice on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser
and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through
the Registrar's Oilice will result in a grade of F.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses
cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes.
Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after
the middle of the semester.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after
the lbeginning of the second week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's o6ce
in order to remain in good standing.
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will
not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or
I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the
combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17.
The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to
Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
Classification
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which
college credit is given.
Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points:
Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92.
Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for
all other purposes is determined by this regulation.
Probation and Elimination
There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cornrnittee a t the end of each semester to consider students who are
doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those
students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable.
Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores
.6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as
students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are
placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for
one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on
probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by
special permission.
In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing
grade in at least 12 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C
or better.
Class Attendance
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who h d it
necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should
confer with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not contlict with classes. Any exception
to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected
and must be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic
reports are submitted to the Registrar. A t the end of the semester,
a record is made of the total absences of each student for the
semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods albsent, are issued
by rhe Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal wirh tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
Examinations
GENERALRULES
Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester.
During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained
are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this,
h d reports are made at the close of each semester.
Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. N o student or class may arrange to take a h a 1 examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a s d c i e n t reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a h a 1 examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during
some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities
to take a h a 1 at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be
paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes
an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's
oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give
no examination before he has this statement.
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has
not 're-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Of3ice in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are
not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing
grade only when the average of the previous work is suf3iciently
high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken
may not be higher than D A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the
end of a semester.
Comprehensive examinations may be ,permitted in courses in
which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student
has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to
take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the oilice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00
is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oilice.
Grade Values
A-Superior,
g honor points per credit
%Very good, 2 honor points per credit
I honor point per credit
&Satisfactory,
M a s s a b l e , no honor points per credit
F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit
E--Condition
I -Incomplete
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courser, and
grades. A student who ~ l a n sto graduate from Augsburg is urged
to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog
and: in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required
subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty
advisers, .&e Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division
For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental
fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Lower Division, laying rhe basis for study in profescollege education.
sional fields or for a
Religion
2
credits each semester
English: Course 1-2 or 3-4
6 credits
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn
6 credits in literature.
3 credits
Speech: Course I I
Foreign Language
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for
three years in high school and students with majors in
Home Economics are exempted from &is requirement.
Social Sciences: Hist. I -2, 2 I, 22, or SOC.
credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6
I
Natural kiences
and 3 other
6 credits
8 credits
Health and Physical Education: Courses 2, 3 and 4
3 credits
Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 68 for P. E. 2.
Psychology required in certain fields
Orientation required of all Freshmen
4 credits
I
credit
Upper Division
MAJORAND MINORS
A student is required to complete a major and one or more
minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the
student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes
as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what
major ' h e of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in
the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty
counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine
their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the
major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social
Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and
Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
ELECTIVES
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and
culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Upper
Division students should, as a rule, choose their electives from
courses designated as Upper Division Courses. At least thirty
credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Courses numbered 50 or above are designated as Upper Division Courses.
TOTALCREDITSAND HONOR
POINTS
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a
minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period
a week throughout one semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a
gade of A.
ENGLISHPROFICIENCY
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
RESIDENCEREQUIREMENT
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
DEGREEWITH
DISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Average honor pointa
per credit
2.8-3.0
-7942.1-2.49+
2.5-2
Distinction
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
Only students who have spent at least two years in residence
are eligible for honors.
RECOMMENDATION
FOR GRADUATE
STUDY
In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a
student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points
per credit.
CURRICULUMS
..
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare
him for tbe vocation of his choice.
Tbe Christiafi Ministry
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student
for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors
or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate
pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out
by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the
Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to
the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is
Mr. Stensvaag, for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
Frerhmln
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation
....................
Health .......................
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English ..............
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hropcan Civilization . . . . . . . . . . .
or Natural Science. 8 Cr.
kiobgy .....................
I
2
1
6
8
6
6
-
Sophomore
speech ....................
Natmal Science . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek.. . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History ....................
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
J
h
New Testament Greek.. ........
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . .
History or English . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hymns of the Churoh.. . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
6
6
6
2
4
-
Senior
Youth Work in the Church.. . . . .
Principles of Christian Education. ..
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . .
Philmphy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . .
Economics or Education or Political
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English (for major or minor). . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
s
2
6
3
6
6
6
-
The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits
in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
Parish and Missionary Workers
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachens
in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and
as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will,
upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also
a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult
with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and
makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible ta plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are itdctzed
in the outline below.
Freshman
Bmic Bible . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . .
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Sociology . .
So&l Problems . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . .
Phpical Activities . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . . 3
Types of Plcblic Spcecb.. . . . . . . . . 3
Foreign Language
8
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Junior
Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . .
Principles of Christian Edwatim . . .
Tbe Christian Churches . . . . . . . . .
Tbe Lutheran Cbnrch . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elemumkry Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . .
Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . .
...............
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Health ........................ z
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Senior
z
t
2
n
3
3
I
6
I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Youth W i d in the C h r c h . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Hymlrr and Mwic of tbe Chnrcb.
Fandamentalr of J w m h . . . . .
Craf tr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fields of Social Work. . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 3
Each state ,sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for
a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same p r e
gram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states.
The m d m t should apply to the Department of Education for
admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore
year. Admission will be determined by a committee on rhe
basis of scholarship and other qua~cations. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in
natural science, social science, and business education.
Freshman
Sophomore
' ~ e l i ~ i o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
\ F r e h t m ~ n ~ l i r.h. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
E m p a n Civiliz&on . . . . . . . . . . . 6
\3Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
~ o r r i g a-ge
or N.N.~
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech ....................... 3
. . . . . . . . . . .Foreign
. . . Language
. . . I or N a d
phpricd Edmcadon , . . . . . . . . . . ., I
Saence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
H4
T q
h l t h ........................ 2 \I ~sychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electmcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . .
- 13
-
C .7.,
32
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educarional Pqchology . . . . . . . . . 3
Twhinng in High School.. ....... 3
W p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1
&
in Major or Minor.- . . . .14
Principlw of Guidm-. . . . . - . . . . . 3
History and Philosophy of
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5
Special T&g
Me-.
....... 3
Electives ..................... .I4
32
32
-
-
The program in bminesc administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of bwiness and industry.
The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation
and r d t a in a Bachelor of A r t s degree.
Fruhmvl
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English ............... 6
European C i v h t i o n or Sociology. . 6
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language .............. 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Physical Education .............
I
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
United Statca History . . . . . . . . . . 6
B
h Law .................. 3
Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . . 3
Business Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ele~rireC
~
................
P
10
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech ...............
Natural Science ........
Psychology ............
Principles of Economics . .
Introduction to Statistics.
Elective credits . . . . . . . . .
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Marketing or Production . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations . . 3
Public Finance and Taxation . . . . . . 3
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 9
Secretarial Work
Preparation for teaching [businesssubjects in high school requirca
work in the departments of Business Admidstration and Secre6 1 Studies An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Seoretarial Studies
The first year of ihe following program provides preparation for
certain oflice positions Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training A student who has had similar coursed
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of
a proficiency test
.
.
.
.
.
Pint Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fmhman E n g U . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . . .
Elementary Typewriting .
Intermediate Typewriting
P.rinciplea of AccoUdn'g .
Otiell~tion............
Phyniul Education ......
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Advanced Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . z
Advanced Shorthand ............ 4
Psydlology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
O9ice Machines ................ 2
Coneumer Edocttion ............ z
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
.
32
V o c a t in
~ Home EEmwmics
From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department
of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in
high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training
required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management,
home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and
home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the
program when she lbegins her college work. A curriculm for a
home economics education major is given lklow. Courses in italics
are not required for a general home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation
Physical Education . . . .
English . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Physics. . .
Principles of Chemistry
Art in Daily Living. . . .
Clothing Selection . . . .
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . .
Clorhiig Construction .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Economics . . . . . . . . . .
Marriage and Family
Principles af Sociology
Anatomy . . . . . . . . . .
Child Development . .
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching in High School.. . . .
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color and Design . . . . . . . .
.
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3
z
3
4
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . .
History and Philosophy of Educa-
z
3
3
r
6
-
Home Management Problems. . . .
Home Management Laboratory. .
Advanced Clothing Construction
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
Dentistry
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary
requirements for admission.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
F r e h m n Englhh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative ChemLtry
.........................
8
Inuoduciiom to Mathematical Aa-
. .. ... .. . ... .. . . . . . .. .. I 0
orientadon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
H d t h . . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
sly+
-
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . .
European C i v h t i o n . . . . . . . . . . .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . - . - .
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
6
8
8
8
34
32
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training
schooIs have at least one year of college. In many instances, two
or more years of college work would be desirable. A twu-year
schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning
to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
N s d Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 8
.. . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . 4
r'qSodob8p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . 6
Elanen01 of Nutridon.. . . . . . . . . . 3
orht8tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
W M Educstiw . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
.
33
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- 4
History or Politid Science-. . . . . . 6
. .. . .. ... .. . . . . . . . . . 6
.......................3
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
HumoPitiea
speech
N a d
Physical Education . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
4
34
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by
the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing
should ;be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Anatomy and Physiology.. . . . . . . 4
B o c ~ l o g y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
a d t r y
....................
Second Year
3
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 2
-
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .
2
-
14
2
Medical T e c h l o g y
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three
years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General
Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination
for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that
students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . .
General Zoology . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
horganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S p e d ........................
Foreign Language ..............
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sacialsciexlce . . . . .
Orientatkn . . . . . . .
.Health . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education
Electives .........
k
8
4
3
8
5
-
32
J
4
-Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
h d y d c a l Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . 4
l%lecrives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0
32
Senior
Lectnres, laboratory and pmcticd
work at General 1for
twelve months.
32
Engineering
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg More transferring. The course outlined below applies to the
fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, industrial, and
mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering
programs will be slightly different.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical Andy& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lo
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics ................ 8
Orientation .................... I
Physical Education ............. I
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r
Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IOI
Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:
Electricity and Magnaism . . . . . . . 4
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:
Survey of European Civilization or
Principles of Sociology and Social
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.
3.6
36
-
-
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must (be taken in summer session.
Law
The following two-year program is planned especially to meet
the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law School!
at the University of Minnesota. It is p s i b l e to modify the program for admission to other law schools.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
P.&ciplea of Aammtiug. ......... 6
Hnmanitk .................... 6
Eozopean Ci...........6
O r i e n h ....................
He4lrh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pbpkd Activitk ..............
I
2
I
-
-re
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.
chIis&n Ethiu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2P,k&p1ea of Ecanomkr... . . . . . . . 6.
American Government ........... 6
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
History of Philomphy.. . . . . . . . . . .3;
General Psychlogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
HistoryofEngland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
speech or sociology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . f
-
Medicine
~faediwt~r~;tm;n;mtrm~tbree~of*
bat: Q I I ~ gtadsnts
~ C ~& &d btamtol
~ p ~ t h e i r ~ w o r k . M a f ' e e n ~ ~
The f ~ ~ g p r o g mwdl
mmee the requkrmts af mosr m d h l
dm&, bcft 5 is a d v i d e for &ti atudtnt to m d y tbe reg*men@of the medid dm1 to which he plans to a&.
&CWb&
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative Chernistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health ........................ z
Physical Education ............. I
Religion ......................
4
History or Phdomphy ........... 6
Zoology ..............,....... 8
Psychology ....................
4
Qualitative Analyaia ............ q
Quantitative Analysin ? .
, ...... 5
Speech .................. , ..... 3
32
34
-
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S
o
c
i
d Science ..................
German .......................
Organic Chemistry .............
Phyeica .......................
4
6
8
8
-8
34
Sophomore
..
-
Senior
Religion ....................... 4
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
German ....................... 6
Physical Chemistry ... , , ........ I
Genetics ...................... 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro
32
Social Wad
For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate
for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
/ European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . @
Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation ................... I
Health ........................ r
Physical Educaaon . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . .
History of Philosophy.. . . . . , . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
American Government . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . -6
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-c
Senior
4
6
9
6
7
32
Religion
Sociology
Statistics
Electives
................. , 4
...............
9
.................... 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16
32
Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to
recommended courses, minors, and electives.
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may (be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran
Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar.
Divisional Organization
College courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for
each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Stensvaag, Chm'rmsn
Religion
Philosophy
Mr. Olson,-C
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
""
DIVISION
OF THE SOGSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman
-.-History, Political Science, Sociology
Education, Psychology
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
DIVISIONOF THE
NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Mr. Nash, Chairman
Courses of Study
Courses marked I are offered &st semester
Courses marked I1 are offered m n d semester
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Through the rtudy of religion and philosophy, the individual ia apprised of
and encouraged to build an the certainties of the
Chrktian faith. The work proceeds on the usumptim that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which givea meaning to human existence. The
s t u d e a t ia challenged to accept chis +t
of view--to relate himself to Christ
aa the center, to evaluate a l l him studies and experiences in the light of revealed
d,
and to make a consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired ia the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
tbe central realities of Me
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the &tory, doctrines, and ethics of the
&I&, and .m prepare him for effective aervice in the congregation. The funh , d aim in inrtruction is to lead as many as possible to penond faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time d e n t s are required to register for two clam houm per week
in one of the COoffered in religion during each runeater of their rtudiea.
Raghtration in New Tutament Greek sa&es tb.ia requirement.
Major, 2 8 credits; Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major
or minor.
BASICBJBLE.Fr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed 'by the rtudy of the Goepel of M u k
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semeater i, devoted
to the study of two or three ;books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include
the entire ~ e ; Testament.
I, 2.
CHURCH
HUTORY.L
s Cr.
A brief nuvq of the main eveno in the hbtory of the Church for dw purp o b ~of developing r more intelligent and appreciative church membenhip.
3.
-ION
AND
65
hmnso~~y
2 0.
THECHRISTIAN FMTH IN THE MODERN
WORLD.n.
A s d y of the Christian faith in its relatiomhip to the secular movemenm
and rival faith of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give
to the c d e n t m undemanding, fmm the stadpoint of the Chriaisn faibh,
of the prerent co&ts and criser in Western culture.
4.
THE MISSIONARYENTEPPIIWB.I.
s Cr.
The &nary
motives, means, and r d t s are studied as thae are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
5.
1955-56.)
PRINCIPLES
OF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.
n.
r Cr.
Seelu to develop a fundamental understanding of Christina Education, io
history, abjectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and
Vacation Bible School teaching.
6.
2 Cr.
GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN
CHURCH.I.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the d a p of Christ
until the prwent are studied. Special repom, clam discussion.
7.
8. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS.
II.
t
Cr.
The problems of human duty arc studied in the light of various human philosophiu of morals. Validity ia determined by reference to the Word of God.
The maiu emphasis is on the new life in Christ, io creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various p h e s of life.
HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE Cnunc~.IL
See Course 10 under che Department of Music.
2
Cr.
GROUPACTMTY.
See Course $ 3 under Education.
I
Cr.
10.
zj.
Upper Division Colcrses
$2. COYPAMTIVE RELIGION. I, n.
4 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social rutrlw of wme ten or
twelve of the great non-Christian relighna of the world
$3. THECHRISTIAN
CHURCHES.
I.
z a.
Thb coorre lime to give the student an insight into the origin, dcrelopment,
docvinrl ponition, and practices of the various branches of the C h r h h Church.
$4. THE Lurnunw GXURCH.
H.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, ita doctrines and practicer. Attention m
given to L u t h e d in America and to the basic principles of the Lutherra
F m churck.
PROBLEMS
m CHRISTIANLIVING.I.
2 CI.
A wnnideration of some of the fundamental quertiona connected with living
the Christian life: such as, the ysurancc of salvation, the devotionrl life, sandu& of conduct, the me of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the
local wngrcgation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied.
5 5.
56. YOUTH WORK IN THE CHURCH.11.
z Cr.
A rtlrdy of principles, methods, and m a t e d in youth work for the purpae of derJoping d e e d r e Chrirtian leadenhip in thir sphere.
PI~PNwou. L
Thb e o ~ ueka
c
to f m d k h the student with &e work of
s7.
tion a d Gution. St range in mpc from
4 be mpplunmtcd by n c d fieM work.
2 Cr.
parish orgmizlroul-can to surveys. Clm lecmres
z cr.
GODAND MAN IN THE Om TESTAMENT.
I.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and
59.
made aipdicant for our day through the study of
a
number of g n a t passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
60. THEMISSAGZ OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.n.
2 ~ r .
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The courses in p & h P h y seek to assist the student in becoming familiar
with the thoughts of the B r a t men and intellectual movements in the history of
Werrtcm ~~~, to create a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 25, 26, 41, 42, 58 are required
for the major. Courses 41, 42 arc required for the minor.
15, 16. TIIEH U M A N ~IN
ES
WESTFXN no^. I, I,.
A m e y course dcPling with th dmcbpment of W~utcrnthought
6 Cr.
u rdlected
in outrrroding workr in the &I&
of p h p h y , litcprturr, political and aocial
thought, religion, md the am Thc m is a~ccptcdin fulfillment of the
Lower Division requirement in the Social Sciences. (OfFered 195 5-5 6.)
INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture and discusion, the student i s acquinttd with the terminology of philosophical dhcuion. Selected phiIoscrphifd problems are treated, including those
of ethics, rnetn~hysia,and theory of knowledge.
25.
26. LOGIC.So. 11.
valid inference. Topics considered inA study of the formal rules
clude: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic.
HISTORY
OF PHILOSOPHY.I, 11.
6 cr.
An historical mrvey of the outstanding men and movemenu in the develop
ment of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
41, 42.
Upper Division Courses
51, 52. C o x m w m RELIGION.I, IL
See course 5 I, 5 2 under Department of Religion.
5 4 ~ O L OF
Y POLITICAL
THOUGWT.
Jr., Sr.
See c o w 54 under Political Science.
II.
3
Cr.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42, I.
3 Cr.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since h t .
55.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered 1954-55.)
X I E R ~ G A A RPrereq.
D.
41 or 42. 11.
3 crA study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
contribution tci &wry of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and
theology. (Offered 1954-55.)
56.
5 8. TO. Prereq. 41.11.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY
OF ART. n.
3 Cr.
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms
60.
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience
from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( m e r e d 1955-56.)
e:
Division of the Humanities
AUGSSU~G
C~UEGE
68
The Division of the Humanitier ~ e k to
s pas^ on to the coming gcnaation
a knowledge and interest in the field of the human cultural inheritance of the
ages, and to give to each student the development that come, from finding hh
place within this culture. The Division creeks to promote the knowledge of there
t r e m of maukind, in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to connect
their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life.
Department of Classical Lampages
The courier in the c l d c a l languages aim to tnin .the rtrrdent to master f o r m
and syntax, to acquire solme facility in translation, and to get mme insight into
clmical culture and its bearing ,upon the present.
Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the
underatanding of historical documents and scientXc terms. A knowledge of
New Testament Greek ic a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries.
GREEK
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits.
A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the religion requirement for
credits
the raneater in which it ir taken. Except for C o m e I in the h a t -ester,
in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Religion major or minor.
NEWT E S T ~GREEK
T
ELEMENTS OF N F . TEST-NT
~
GREEK.
I, R.
8 0.
Text: New Testament Greek for Beginners, J. G. Machen. In addition to a
study of the theoretical and practical grammar, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the N. Testament Greek text, with the description of the
main Uncial Mss. and ancient versions.
I-2.f
Upper Division Caurses
f I,
52. fin,AND ACTS I-=.
53, 54.
LUKEI-=
AND
n.
ROMANS.I, U.
8 Cr.
8 Cr.
These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax,
and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I, 52 will be offered in 1955-56;
'xmrs= 53, 54 in 1954-55.
w n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
LATIN
I-2.t
BEGINNINGL a m . Fr. I, IL
Grammar, e q prone, c o e t i o n . A year's course.
8 0.
6 Cr.
Gsm AND ST. AUGUSTINE.SO. I, 11.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading of Caesar's Gallic War and
St. Augustine's Confessions. ( H e r e d 1955-5 6.)
3, 4.
HEBREW
83-84.? Hmmw FOR BEGINNERS.I, TI.
See Theological Seminary, No. 9-10.
6 Cr.
EXEGESIS.I, 11.
8 5, 86. HEBREW
See Theological Seminary, No. 17, 18.
4 Cr.
Department of English
The Department of English aims to train the student in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
note-taking and handling thought materials; ,to develop a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature; and
to integrate all these purposes through the principles of Christianity.
The department prepares specijically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English, courses 1-2 or 3-4, required of all and prerequisites to
other courses in the department. (Students exempted from Freshman English
must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.)
Major: 26 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 91-92;
6 credits in American literature; and 2 credits in writing (courses 25, 26,
Journ. I, or Journ. 3).
Minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 9192; and 3 credits in American literature.
Teaching major: 26 credits above Freshman English; courses l i e d for nonteaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21,
22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature.
A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to
teach English in high schools.
Students who plan to do graduate work in English should include courses
7 5 and 76.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
IMPROVEMENT
OF WRITING.I.
o Cr.
For students who do not meet the minimum requirements i n the entrance
English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct
English usage. One double period per week. Wered in connection with English I.
A.
B.
IMPROVEMENT
OF READING.
11.
o Cr.
A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. Limited enrollment.
FRESHMANENGLISH.I, TI.
6 Cr.
For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers.
I-2.f
FRESENGLISH. I, n.
6 Cr.
For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions.
3-4.t
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.I, TI.
6 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great cllssics, selected
on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama.
21, 22.
EXPOSITORYWRITING. I. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to
exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research
papers. Reading and analysis of models.
25.
CREATIVE
WRITING.TI. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and
experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice
of the short story. Individual and group projects.
26.
Upper Division Colcrses
so. CORRECTIWWRITING. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Required of 211 students who show insufficient ability in the sophomore English
examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing.
AMERICANLITERATURE.I, n.
6 Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. (Offered 1955-56.)
5 I, 5 2.
AMERICANFICTION. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, concentrating upon the major writers. ( m e r e d 1954-55.)
5 3.
AMERICANPOETRY.11.
3 Cr.
Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern
period, with s u e s placed on the Romantic period. Attention t o the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements. (Wered 1954-55.)
54.
W n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
THE MODERN
SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.I.
2 Cr.
See course 55 under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literatarc.
(Offered 1954-55.)
5 5.
56. THEMODERN
SCANDINAVIAN
D w . II.
7. Cr.
See course 56 under the Department ob Scandinavian Language and Literature.
(Offered 1954-55.)
THEB m n NOVEL.
I.
2 Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelires
and their novels. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
57.
61. ENGLISH
LITERATURE
OF
THE
ROMANTIC
MOVEMENT.
I.
The development of Romanticism in England between
3 Cr.
1798 and 1832. Stress
on the five major ,poem. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor
poets. (Offered 1914-55.)
62. VICTORIAN
~ E R A T U B B .II.
3 0Writers of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the rnovemcncs in
thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Tennyson and Browning.
(Offered 1955-56.)
CENTURY
~
ENGLISH
L~~ERATUE.
I.
67. E I G H T E E
2 Cr.
The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary moremenu and historical backgrounds.
LITERARY
CRITICISM.
II.
2 Cr.
A study of same basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and
68.
issues which have special relevance for modern thought.
3 cr.
The rtudy of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Decigned
to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
71. INTRODUC~ON
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.
I.
74.
s~naesp-
11.
3
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama
and the ,historical background.
75. MILTON.
I.
z Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose worka in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Wered 19$5 -5 6.)
11.
76. CHAUCER.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1954-55.)
MODERN
DRKMA.
I.
2 cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Representative plap
studied as literature and as theater. (Ogered 1954-55.)
8I.
MODERNBR~T~SH
~ h n ~ n n u11
i..
2 Cr.
The more important literary movements of the present century in England,
concentrating on leading anthon and notable productions.
82.
91-9z.t ENGLISHSEMINAR.I, TI.
2 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.
I.
See course 93 under Education.
93.
I
% Cr.
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM. I.
z Cr.
An introdncdon to the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in
connection with Tbc Augsburg Ecbo or Tbc Augsburgian an additional credit
may be earned. See courses 4 to 7.
I.
2.
EDITING
THE SMALLPAPER
n.
z Cr.
A amtinuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production
m d d t with in detail. PmMema of ryle and policy relative to coho01 and
church pnblicidopc are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Ecbo ir
required. (Offered 1954-15.)
FEATURE WRITINGFOR PUBLICATION.
U.
2 Cr.
articles and their placement in various
The p l d g and writing of featpublications. Ability to write good English is a requirement. (mered 1955-56.)
3.
Bcbo STAFF MEETINGS. I, IL
2 Cr.
Stlldma who m regular memben of Tbe Avgrburg Ecbo S d and nho
may receive credit for ,their work must register for the weekly r d meetings.
These meetings are also open to members of course I. Hour arranged.
4~ 5.
Aylrbmgiw, STAFF ME~~INGS.
I, IL
t C
c.
Studentr who are regdar mcmben of the Augsbnrgia r d and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meet4,7.
ing#.
Department of Speech
The speech department aims to relate the development of speech to personality with & purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to his environment. It meks to develop skill in platform deportment and speech comporition, and .tof w e r the hzbit of critical listening. Through its comes in interp m t i v e reading and dramatics an appreciation of poetry and drama in sought.
The department offem a major in general speech which prepares the student
for the teaohing of speech in the secondary schools and for graduate work in
general apeech, radio, theater, or speech pathology.
.fiContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both ouneeters.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech 1 1
ia designed mpecirlly for thir requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including comes 12, 31, 32, 11, 61, 76.
Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor.
Minor: 15 credits above Speech 11. For Education students at least one
course Qromeach of the following groups: 12, 5 I; 3 I, 32; 61,62; 74, 76.
4. REMEDIAL SPEECH.
Open to all studena.
o Cr.
For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech pioblemo
such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright.
3 Cr.
BEGINNINGSPEECH.Fr., 50. Offered \bothsemesters.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speech.
I I.
3 Cr.
TYPESOF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11.
An i a d ~ # : t i o na togamenution and peramion, &usah, debate, intapretative readiug, and parliamentary procedure. Pamiciperion in various q m h g
I 2.
aativi*.
15. STORY
TELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered 1914-5 1.)
~TERCOLLEGIAIE D E B A I,
~ .II. Open to d 8mdantl.
The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate
21, 22.
2
a.
question for
the year.
I Cr.
Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contents. Arrangements to be made with the instructor.
24. ORATORY.
Open to all students. I.
IN~RETAT
RJZADING.
I V E So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
k i d s of prose, poetry, and drama. (Wered 195 5-56.)
3 I.
3 Cr.
32. ACTING.SO. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and
skits; participation in dramatic productions.
Upper D i v i s h Cmrses
GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques.
(Offered 1954-51.)
11.
SPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11.
54. WIO
z Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools. (Wered
1914-55.)
61. ARGUMENTATION
AND DEBATE.Prereq.
I I, Philosophy 26. Jr., Sr. I
2 Cr.
Applicationr of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates.
(Offered 1955-56.)
2 Cr.
PERSUASION.
Prereq. 11, Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. 11.
Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of
various kinds of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
62.
STAGECRAFT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
s Cr.
A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high
school theatrical productions. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions.
64.
(Offered 1955-56.)
STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking and directing
play rehearsals. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. ( m e r e d
66.
1954-55.)
2 Cr.
SPEECHHYGIENE.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. LI.
Principles of mental hygiene in relation to ,personality and development of
speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher. (Offered
74.
1954-55.)
SPEECH PATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics;
laboratory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and
social workers. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
1%
cr.
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
95. TEACHING
See course 95 under Education.
76.
Department of Germatm
MR. LANDA,MR. KOPP
The general aim of the COWSCB in German is to help the student develop an
u n d d g of the Gsmm idiom and an ippreciabon of ,the ethical and
athetic d u e s contained in German literature In particular, the aim is to provide techniul training for sthe student who plans m study theology and for the
candidate for higher academic degrees.
Minor, 20 credits.
I-2.t BHEE~PNWG
GERMAN.I, IX.
8 0.
A d y af & grammar and vocsbulary of the G e m language w h a t the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3-4.t MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11.
6 Cr.
This omme w n h to build up the vocabulary of thc mclent Amugh the
study of easy prose and poetry.
-&mstion
both -eaters.
course. To receive credit for this course, a student
must complete
Upfir Division Cmrses
5 I, 5 z. GERM~N
LITERATURE.
I, TI.
6 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
C
Sr. I.
74. TEACHINGOF G ~ M A M LANGUAGES.
See course 74 under Education.
1%
Cr.
Department of Scandi~vianLanguage and Literature
MR. OLSON,Ah. LANDA
This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It zto aims to give the student a
working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthennore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Norwegian nce, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples.
Minor, 24 credia.
I, n.
8 0.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
14.t BEGINN~NG
NORWEGIAN.
Fr.
INTERMED~TE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, TI.
6 Cb.
Further rtndy of granmmu. Reading of standard authors. Brief surrey of
Norwegian literature. Composition.
3-4.t
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. (Ogered 1955-56.)
I I.
DEVELOPMENT
OF MODERN
SCANDINAVIA.
'II.
3 Cr.
A survey of social &ought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 to the present
day, studied against the background of the general cond,itions in Europe. (Offered 1955-56.)
16. SOCIAL
Upper Division Co~rses
THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in liter2 Cr.
ature. Jr., Sr. I.
The course includes selected mveh by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undret, Selma Lagerlef, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Ogered
55.
DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in litera56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. 11.
The wurse includes elnmsc by 8j@tnron, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language not required. (mered 1954-55.)
Sr. I.
7.4. TEACHINGOF GERMANICLANGUAGES.
t(=ontinua&n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complcb
Borh semesters.
Department of Romance Languages
at&
T h a ~ c e ~ ~ ~ t n i m r ~ m t r r i n & ~ f o r ~ d
work, nsd bntintrr -tiom
indhigh r h l teoehing,
tbe~~fFmOEhotS~;nrrtffo&indt&P;.g~ap&~af
rhsbtinIitetfflrrrmdea~the&of
p t b k a u r w c o b l e h
time; and &ally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in
d e n u an undemtanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, c u l ~ ,
and id&.
Minor, zo credits
I-2.t
BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, IL
8 GThe collne includes che study of French sounds and their rpelling, the erenchb of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections
from French literature. Offered 1954-5 5 . )
INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.I, 11.
6 CrOne half of the time is devoted to the further rtudy of grunmu, cornpodtion, d oral work. JE.e other half is spent in reading repre~~ltative
of
French literature. (Ogered 1955-56.)
3-4.t
Upper Division Courses
5 I.
SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr-
Th couree cornprim leotarea by the inatrucmr on authon and l i t e r q moremenu of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth e e n d u , and readingr d
reports by the students. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
CONVERSATION,
fr C ~ M W S ~ OIL
EY.
3 Cr.
12. FRENCHPHONETICS,
A thorough study of French sounds, phaoetic symbols, drill an pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral mrk, memorization. dictation and'
composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
TUCHIWG OF R o w - LANGUAG~.
ST. L
See course 78 under Education.
78.
&or,
zo credits.
I-2.t
h
BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
8 0.
The cotuse includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and
e reading af rhort rtorics, novels, and plays in the Splnish language.
tQntinuacDn course. To receive credit lor thi, coune, a student
both
~mrtcn.
QW complete
INTERMEDIATE
SPANISH.I, U.
6 Cr.
The course includes the essentiah of grammar, oral and written work, and
the r e d i g of stories in the Sp?nish language.
3-4.f
Upper Division Collrses
SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
The c o r n consirtr of reading and reports, a d provides a general survey of
well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works. (Offered
only as an honors course for selected students.)
5 2 . SPANISHCONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
Some further study of Spanish gmmmar is included with special emphasis on
developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing. (Offered
only as an honors course for selected students.)
Sr. I.
I % Cr.
78. TEACHINGO F ROMANCELANGUAGES.
See course 78 under Education.
5 I.
Department of Music
MR. SATEREN,MR.SAVOLD,MR. THUT, MRS. THUT, MISS LANDQUIST,
MR. LANDAHL,MR. C. W. ANDERSEN,MRS. BAILEY,MR. TETZLAFF
Thicdeptmmtdm~iusmw&n~rtrtdcnurbam~pbm d y i n & e a ~ t i o ~ d ~ ~ ~ ~ & m o d e d t h c p t l r t r m , m
a d d i t i o n m g i i i n g ~ ~ t o b w & ~ t o ~ & a f
l
o
w d dhctam af choral md
d pjrma.lh
tLtduponthetichmwicdbodtageof r f r c ~ C Theh ~
rho~paeprrctionfOrfb#owhocxpe~t~ooontiaPtllaaeisfhdm+in
tbeadafmwk
MU&
A Graduation Major (36#edits)
the cmnple-
7, 8, 15-16, 55-56, 6 x 4 or 63-64, 6 ~ 66;
, q &&e
77, 78; and 8 credits in Agpfd M&c (hdndiog nt
I,
2,
of the following:
credits from 10,
z credits in piano
or organ.)
A Teaching Major (36 credits) requires the completion of the following:
I, 2, 7, 8, 15-16, 61-62'' or 63-64*, 61, 66, 87, 88; z elective credits from
77, 78; and 6 credits in Applied EAusic (including at least 2 credits in piano
or organ).
One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of dl
music majors.
-
.
~ t h u t h cno w .
both semesters.
To receive cradit &or thiu course, r student mwt d
t
e
* A s & t d E r = ~ h ~ M d b t & f o r b o & d o n d
~ t d ~ ~ r k U & h e t n k e o b o d ~ ~ , h i s w m k i n A
Mm;E,craeptforthsraq~~~inPinrw,mpptKinins~~~
Xbaresip~facGharnlT~ac,diavoEnImoaicifhotogiamk~m e n d Technique.
A Graduation Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following:
7, 8, 15-16, 78; 4 elective credits from 10, 55-56, 65, 66, 77; and 6
credits in Applied Music (in which at least 2 credits must be earned in private
lessons in either vocal or instrumental music).
I, 2 ,
A Teaching Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following:
15-16, 61-62 or 63-64, 65, 66, 78, 87, 88, and 4 credits in Applied Music.
I, 2,
Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the
Chord Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one y e a in
,&e M e Cham Credits are not 'granted for less &an two successive, complete
semesters.
Ow credit per semester is granted to studem taking a minimum of sirteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, piano, organ, or brass.
Fees per semester:
Choir $5.00, Choral Clvb $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00.
Piano rental $8.00, Organ rental $20.00. Brass (private instruction) $40.00,
Brass (class instruction) $14.00.
(Ren,d entitles the student to use the instnunent for I hour per day.)
,
C,
TRAINING.
I, 11.
4 fi.
course including the basic fundamentala of music: notation, terminology.
r , > k
and melody. Special attention is given to right
tcales, intervals, triads, ih+,
ringing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and Lnnonic dictation.
4 Cr.
HISTORY
AND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC.I, 11.
An historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest music.
Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering
bor 8, or have consent of instructor.
,7, 8.
HYMNS
AND MUSIC
OF THE Cnvacn. ILL
a Cr.
A nrrrey c o u m dealing with . h e development of the myic of the Chrhti.n
Cbrud, with &s
attention to Promtant Hymnody. Designed for the general
d e n t , the coum also will prove 'helpful to orgmirts, choir directom, and prewminirirru. The anme ir accepted aa fulfilling rhe requirement of a w m in
10.
Uuiatiallity.
4
ck.
of rcales, intervals, and chord forniation in written
u e r k Writtin .work includes ~ ~ b n i z a t i oofn fi&d bur and given melodia u well aa opportunity for simple cmtive writing.
-tinuation
amme. To ieceive credit for this coruse, a student must oomplete
both semesters.
-
Upper Division Cwrses
4
fi.
monkation of +ed
bass and given melodies. Thorough study of mod&tion,
advanced chord formadom, the use of wpensionr, retardrtions, and ornunam
of m&. S h t r should have mme knowledge of piano.
61-62.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE
Prercq. I, 2. I, IL
4 QC h intruction in string, reed, and brvr instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra.
63-6.4.? CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. I,2.
I, IL
4 (3-
Clav instruction in the fundamentals of voice u related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
65, 66. C~NDUCTU~G.
Prereq.
Jr. I, ll.
I,
z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
4 Cr.
A come designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for thore who
wish training in church choir administration and direction.
COUNTERPOINT.
Prereq. 15-16, 5 5 . I.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
77.
MUSICAL
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. I, 2, I 5-16,1f, 77. 11.
2 Cr.
A detailed study of rhe structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
78.
TEACHINGOF G r a m SCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II.
See course 87 under Education.
87.
TEACHING
OF HIGHSCHOOL
MUSIC.Sr. I.
See course 88 under Education.
88.
s Cr.
2
Cr.
CLUB OR BAND. I, IL
z Cr.
&on, CHORAL
M m s CHORUS.I, 11.
I Cr.
These organizatiom exist not only for the benefit of the music rtudent but
for anyone enrolled u a student who wishes to participate in group affording
the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for 1 s than two NCcessive, complete semesters.
s Cr.
PIANO.I, n.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced.
The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-plinutc lesson per week.
?Continuation course. To receive credit b r this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
ORGAN.I, 11.
z Cr.
Inrtruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended u a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
I or 2 Cr.
n.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and aecular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
VOICE.I,
BRASSINSTRUMENTS.
I, 11.
I or z Cr.
Private or class instruction on the brass instruments of the band and orchestra
is offered as follows:
a) Private instruction-ne
lent) per semester. I credit.
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equiva-
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
b) Class instruction-ne
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/z credit.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, II.
4 Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal forms. Plaster casting. ( m e r e d 19 54-5 5.)
I , 2.
PAINTING.I, 11.
4 Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
3, 4.
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. (Offered 1955-56.)
Division of the Social Sciences
I t is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student'#
u n d e r s t d i n g of human relationships and his appreciation of ,their importance
and rrhq especially in their Christian interpretation. The work pmxedhg
u n d u the d a n c e of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a Bightr grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to
his vocation.
Department of History and Political S d e n c e
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and opemtiona of
the phenomcnn in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
Major, 30 credits; minor, zr credits. Students who h a ~ ea major or minor in
History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 2s.
For non-majors, prerequisitu may be waived on consent of the instructor.
SURVEY
OF EUROPEAN
CIVILIZATION.Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and
up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History.
1-2.1
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTIIIES.I.
3 Cr.
See Course I I under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
I I.
-./
r
\
HISTORY
OF THE UNITEDSTATES.SO., I, rZ.
6 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
21,
22.
Upper Division Cmrses
AND THE REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
5 1. THE RENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
HISTORY
OF ENGLAND
TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Mered 1954-5 5.)
52.
53.
HISPANIC-AMERICAN
HISTORY.
Prereq.
1-2.
Jr., Sr. I.
A study of Latin America and its development.
A
!Continuation wune. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
54. EASTERN
EUROPE. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.
The history of elstern Europe w i h e m p M on the development of
3
a-
Rd.
CONTEMPORARY
HISTORY
OF THE UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr.,
3 Cr.
Sr. I.
A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, including
consideration of international policies.
55-
56.
A X ~ I C A NDIPLOU~CHISTORY.
Prereq. U. S. H h or Am. Gor. Jr.,
Sr. 11.
3 cr.
A consideration of {oreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.
A c u l d and political history of ancient civilizations and their contn%utions
to modem cultures. (Offered I 9 5 5 - 5 6.)
HISTORY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
62. CANADIAN
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
special emphasis on Canadian-United .States relations. (Offered 1955-56.)
EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. I, 11. 6 Cr.
71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY
A study of international relations as affected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War 11. (Wered 195 5 - 5 6.)
81, 82. THETWENTIETH
CENTURY.
Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A surrey of recent developments in the world, stemming from the first World
War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation.
(Offered 1954-55.)
101. HISTORY
SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. approval of history faculty.
z Cr.
A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will
be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing
the study of hiitory in a graduate school.
<;
credits.
Minor,
OF
AMERICAN
~
~
R
N M E N T
I, . 11.
\,6 C .
PRINCIPLES
41-42.?
Foundations of American government. A study od the Constitution and'yivil
rights, of federal, state, and local governments and their functions, and of
citizenship, popular control of government, and political parties. Contemporary
issues are stressed. Students may enter the second semester.
,73
Upper Division Courses
PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
5 3 . POLITICAL
3 ,Cr.
A review of American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both smesters.
THE
SOCIAL
SCIENCES
i
54. HISTORYOF P o u n c u THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
-fi.
A study of political philosophy and its influence and historical sigtk6tance
from ancient Greeks to the present.
56.
AuEarc*~DI~LOMATICHISTORY.II.
!he c o m e 56 under History.
60. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 15 or
3 Cr.
American Government. Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 60 under Busines Administration and Economics.
TEACHING
OF W E SO=
STUDIES. Sr. I.
See course 86 under Education.
86.
I
% Cr.
Combined Major in Sociul Sciences for T e o c h g
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political
Science 41-42.
Minor in Socid Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science
41-42.
Department of Sociology
ivk.. TORSTENSON,MISS JENSEN, MR. SWENSON,MR. BELGUM
The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our wuntry in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through
which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have
the funher goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made
w have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation i n the field of social services.
Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or 21 and 22,
required for a sociology major or minor.
Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department
of History and Political Science.
Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or z I and 2 2
also required.
Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of rociology, economics, and political science.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology
or Social Science.
Physical Education 6 and 8 y may be approved for Sociology credit by the
Sociology Department.
IN. SOCIOLOGY.I.
A wurse in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week.
2
Cr.
PNNCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY.
Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 GA atudy of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social facton, st-me, contmlr, and process of change.
2. %Brto-s.
Prertq. kc. I . Er., So. IL
3 crT%c d h c proct=w a t the mot of contempmry problems m@cr *irh
wx & p i n
of the pemml, f d y , commanity, and po&fic~+~~wmie
djwmww to shm processw. k i d plicits in the m i n g arc nndyLtd in terms of
there proceand adjustment problems.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
See course 4 under Department of Business Administration.
14. HUMAN
GEOGWHY.Fr., So. TI.
3 0A s d y of geographical facton influencing social institutions.
16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.II.
3 Cr.
See Couree 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
22.
SOCIOLOGY
OF R u m L
F
IE. Prereq. Soc. I. So. II.
3 Cr.
Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community,
and the anal@ of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis
ia placed on the dynamics of change.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
I.
Upper Division Courses
SOCIOLOGY
OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. I. Jr. I.
3 0Study of the city as to ,historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing pioblemr, health factors,
cultural centera, and rural-urban relationships.
51.
CRIME AND SOCIETY.Prcreq. SOC. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 0A rmdy of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world.
An examination of c a w 1 facton, methoda of apprehedon, treatment, and
prevention of delinquency and crime.
52.
3 Cr.
THSPWY. Pmreq. SDE. I. Jx., St. I.
j of rhe b m r y md ftlncbon of the family as a buic insamtion, the
~
~ of modern
c
nnde emmmic rhnnm on family interactions, organization,
and disorganization. (Offered 1 9 1 1-1 6.)
.
Soc. I. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
54. PUBLICW E L F ~Prereq.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative
policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare,
including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security.
93.
k
d
INTERCULTUFLAL~ L A T I O N SAND M I N O M ~PROBLEMS.Prereq. Sot. I.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 0.
Chncteriatics a d contributions of ethnic groups in the United Stam, causes
md cunrequencu of race and group prejudice, mechrnirm and problems of
group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts. (Offered 195455.)
55.
56. . h E O R AND ~ ~ N A G E M B N T~ A T I O N S . n.
See course 56 under Department of Business Administration.
3
FIELDSOF S O CWORH.
~
Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature,
functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in
field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
other community agencies.
57.
crCr.
and
the
and
COMMUNITY
ACTIVITIES.I, n.
t Cr.
The course provides laboratory experience in community activities under the
direction of trained personnel in social agencies. General supervision of the
program is exercised by a member of the sociology staff.
59, 60.
SOCI~~L
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr.
A audy of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development
of .pnanrlity in oocial situations, the principles of character formation, the deveIo-t
of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social c o d k t s ,
and eocial control.
61.
86. TEACHING
OF SOCIIII. STUDIES.Sr. I.
See course 86 under Education.
I
% Cr.
Department of Psychology and Education
Courses i n orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
designed to m i s t in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make.
The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that ob ht
fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those
preparing to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing
to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's c e d cate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in
the field of education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved 'by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made
during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basir
of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a
minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
also taught on ,the high school level.
AS1 students admitted to the teacher education curriculum m w t secure two
credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 52.
In addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in teacher
education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these
hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology.
No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education.
All questions regarding the teaoher education curriculum should be referred
to the Committee on Teacher Education.
PSYCHOLOGY
O~NTATION.Required. Fr. m e r e d hoch semesters.
I.
I
G.
freshmen in making the proper adjustaxent to rhdr mrk
aa sndente in college, iududing metho& of study, vocational choice and prep
aration, and development of personality.
D e a i g d .to &st
PSYCHOLOGY
AND ORENTATION.
Fr. I.
This course combines the aims and course content of Psychology
3 Cr.
and Psychology 5 . Emphasis is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods and two one-hour laboratory
periods per week. Registration restricted.
3.
I
JN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.I.
2
Cr.
An introductoq course in psychology intended for n m . T l o lecturer
per week.
GENERALPSYCHOWGY.
I, TI.
4 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The
piinciplea, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following
topics a ~ estressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory pmc5, 6.
eses and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memoq.
heredity and growth. The second semeswr emphasizes the application of the
principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life.
SOCLALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
See course 61 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
61.
3 Cr.
ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 3 or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorders and a atudy of
62.
their nature, causes, prevention, and present treatment. ( M e r e d
I95
5 - 5 6.)
,
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
51. EDUCATIONAL
A d y of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the ,behavior ob adolescente in a school
context.
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I . Jr. 11.
5 1. TEAC~IWG
T d b gw
Min m b h m
w md c
00
&
3 Cr.
h management. hcludu a study of the secondary
need# of
youth.
53, 54.
GROUPA c m
r Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Religion
6, 57, and $8; Physical Education 6, I I , I 3, 14, and 5 5, 56; Education 5 I and
52; and Home Economics 36. The nature of the experience will vary with the
course with which it is associated, and may include such activities as teac,&g,
supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the
teacher of the course with which the work is connected. A student may not
receive more than z credits in Group Activity.
PPP~CIPLES
OF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. 11.
3 G.
A d y of the guidance function of the cl.uuoom teacher, toola and techniquea med in d y i n g students, and methods rpprapriate for &t
gaidaria, including counseling.
5 5.
HXSTOPY
AND PHILO~OPHY
OF EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
traw the development of modern education and roeh to aaaiat
the aohnt in developing an understanding of rhe present educational program
and the ruions modem philobophies of education. The aapecta of the atate
edmtiasrl p g r u n important for the orientation of the new teacher are
58.
Tbe casn
S
U
~
.
Specid Tescbing Metbods
The special methods courses include the study of the materide, organization,
lad tuahing procedurer of the field for which they are given; applications of
the principles of teaching are made in the ape&c field. U d y , each student
is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching. Thh
mesm one courae related to the major and one to the minor. Prcrequisitu are
a major or a minor in the field and Education 52. In special situations, a student
may be permitted to regiater for more than the a m o a t of d t W.
TEACH~NG
OF G ~ M A N I C
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHING OF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF NATUW SCIENCES.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
T u c H r n ~OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
T E A C H ~ OF
G SOCGLSTUDIES.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
TEACHINGOF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF HOME EUINOMICS.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
T ~ n c n r nOF~ HEALTH AND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
1%
0.
I
% Cr.
1%
0.
% Cr.
I % Cr.
I
Cr.
z Cr.
r Cr.
1%
Cr.
t Cr.
1 % Cr.
2
4 to 5 Cr.
Prereq. Educ. 5 I , 52. Sr. I.
96. STUDENTTEACHING.
Obeervation, participation in teaching activitier, and experience in actnal
contml of the clamnmm situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college mpervisor and selected critic t&.
The f o h w h g coumes prepare the emdent to meat the state requiremenu for a
minorial~qscien~~aain~ip~a~&loeof$ooksfor
ahe &l . . &ra,nyB
n pqming bob and other librecy a n a d for circulation,
. a iwho01
in
library, and h making iatdigat and effective use of
libmryt~alsfarhisuwnneabuader.
Minor, 16 credits.
3 Cr.
BASIC FUNCTIONS
OF THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.
Jr. I, 11.
Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school administration daculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second. (Offered each year beginning 195 5-56.)
y 5-56?.
57-58t. ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade cumculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning
1955-56.)
S9-60f. SECONDARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I. 11.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including
reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials,
their use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning 1956-57.)
I Cr.
61. PRACTICAL METHODS. Sr. I.
Giving che student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offered each year beginning 1956-57.)
2 Cr.
62. READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. II.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading
ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field, lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
(Offered each year beginning 195 6-57.)
t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters.
..
Department of Business Admm&ration and Economics
and.Seaetarial Studies
W.WALTON,MISS LUND,MISS BAVOLAK
The objective of thia deparanent is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and round perspective of b u s h a and our economic aocieq. Such knowledge
and p e n p a i v e is m e s s q for success in apecSc positions in our complex
business world a d h u l d provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of respomibiliq. A degree with a business major
is a connmon requirement of business h and government agencies. The
department giver a general background in economics; together with secretarial
studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate
work in business and economics.
Major, P d i t s ; courses required are
Speech I I and History 21 and 22.
I , 2,
Minor, 2 I credits; 'courses required are
Upper Division courses.
I, 2.
PRINCIPL~S OF
I,
4,
I 1, I 6,
z, 4,
I y,
13. Also required are
I6
and six credits in
ACCOUNTING.
FL I, n.
An introduction to the -principles
of accounting and their application
single proprietorship, pzrtnerahip, and corporate foof bu&er; prepuation
and a d + of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording bwinar tranaacdonr;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting.
a.
,,
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., SO. U.
A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, aud interpretation
t i 4 data. It includes a e t d y of the memum of central tendency, time, series,
tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of t h e statistical techniques to various types of data.
4-
15,
p-
16.
PWCIPLES
OF
ECONOMICS.
SO. I,n.
.;6-,G.
A s t d y of the social organization of oar economy, hca1 and monGai$
p o k , value, prices, the distribution af d t h , and alternative economic systern. The objective H to help the s t u d e n t to develop the ability to a n a l p
economic hu they h e in his personal and vocational activities and ia
,
public life.
Upper Division Courses
MONEY AND BANXING.Prereq. I, 2, 4, I 1, 16.Jr., Sr. I.
3 0.
A study of the commercial banlu, the Federal Reserve Syrtem,the price l e d ,
and monetnty m d h a 1 policies. The parpooe is to lead the mdent to i n d gate thomufly the place and importance of money and priceq in bushus and
5 I.
in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations.
(OfTered 1951-16.)
7
-
-
--
social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The prvpoae ir to
give the atudent an analytical baais for judging business iltemativa and zlro
governmeat legislation.
3 Cr.
LABOPAND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS. Prereq. 15, 16.Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by
-0
d h &dr
The objective ia to picture the
dtsFsmPt I#dtionr Oi h p u p io aur
and to investigate pordbiitk
cb rt%ir*ing b
y
cam^ of &e whole through edacation and
56.
'
government control.
3 Cr.
PRODUCTION. prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., sr. 1.
An operating subject dealing with the more important production procedures
and techniques commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants. The
techniques are studied with reference to their contribution to the attainment of
established manufacturing objectives to provide the student with an appreciation
of the relationships of production to other operating problems of business and
an awareness of the significance of production aspects of general administration
problems. (Offered 1954-55.)
5,.
59.
ADVANCED
ACCOUNTING.
Prereq. I,
2,
4, 15, 16.
E. I.
3 Cr.
The p-e
of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques
which will enable the atudent to interpret &ancia1 data, a d to q u a i n t the
student with c a t accounting principles and procedures. Preparation and anal*
of 6nanci.l statements, comparative statements, and statements ahowing t h e
disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order and standard uwting are scremcd.
--
3 Cr."
60. PUBLICFINANCEAND TAWTION.
Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II.
The course is designed to acquaint the student with the ecanomie
sf taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elemenm
of h a 1 policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes,
expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization.
BUSINESS
FINANCE.Prereq. I , z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of the subject of business h a n c e concentrating upon the
problems of going concerns to provide the student with a grasp of the rela62.
tion of financial decisions to over-all company objectives and policies of such
major departments as production and sales. Both working capital and long-term
capital financing are studied.
SENIORTOPICS.Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A x v k of businea practice and problem in our economy, pointing olrt
tbe opportunities for individual endeavor, followed 'byan original project by
each student i n which he makes an investigation of his own. The project mry
be in m y business field; for example, lcco~ting,invwtments, pemmrl selling,
market research, economic analysis. Offered only as an honors course for selected
seniors in business.
71, 72.
?&r coumw aim to prepare student( for stenographic and d poribarinea o&w, m k t in ,the preparation for the rerching of borincr
~ ~ i n ~ & l s d f o r ~ d ~ r k , a n d n o p r w i d e
oppmmhy for tihe development of of- s k i b for p a m d ue.
t h o in
A orsjor may be abtaiued in business education by completing a ntinimum
hous, including
I, 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Adminiatration
16, 13, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73.
,
including
A minor may b h i n d by completing a minimum of 26 h
I , 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Bushers Administration I, 2, or 15, 16.
of 37
I . 2, I J ,
ELEMENTARY
T Y P E W R ~Offered
G . both semesters.
I Cr.
A ooarse for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
burs , p r week.
I.
2.
EMTBU~EDIA~ T Y P E ~ R ~ N G11..
2
Cr.
P m b in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addreaing
envelopes, and i n letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
6 Cr.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.
Prereq. 2. I, 11.
Training in the dundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week.
,OFFICEMACHINES.Prereq. I , 2. Wered both semesters.
2 Cr.
S t d y and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addresograph, and dupli,cator. Two hours per week.
8.
fCo~itm&n
course. To receive credit for this course, a student must oompkte
both semesters.
5 I.
Upper Division Cmrses
ADVANCBD TYPEWRITING.
I.
JZ.
SEC~BTARIAL
P R a c n a . Prereq.
z CrFurther development of typewriting technique with practical training in
businer kctar arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documento. Prerequisite I, 2 , or high achool credit in typing. Open to studenra having
attained s speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours per week.
I , 2,
3-4. 11.
3 Cr.
Pra~tialapplication of secretarial dutier including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of businem and legal forma, personality development,
and guidance in writing application letten and mrking application far r job.
Mimeographing i included in this course for those who include this as s part
of the plrish workers' course. Four hours per week.
~ N C E SHORTHAND.
D
I, n.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictatioa Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students
who cam take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and trmscribe ~ t a hhigh degree of accuracy. Four ,hours per week.
82. ~ E A C H I N G OF BUSINESS.
I % Cr.
Sr. I.
See course 82 under Education.
J 3-54.$
Depertment of Home Economics
MISS SEGOLSON,
MRS.NELSON,MISSMORTENSEN
Thc abjectiwa of the department are threefold: first, to provide c o w that
d
l help atudenu solve penonal, home, and family living problems; eecond,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, .to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education.
N o n - m h g major, 33 c d u ; courses are I , z, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57.
66, 68. 71,72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics IJ.
Sociology I, Biology 4 or 13-14 and 54, and Psychology 3 or 5 , and 6.
Graduation minor, 18 credits including cotuses I, 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or
'I'cidiag msjor, 38 credits; caurser bted for non-terching major plus 33 md
76. T e d h g mipcws possible in Biology, chemhy, Speech, SocLl Sdcnce or
Physical Eduution. C o d t a member of &e home ecommh faculty for course
plonr.
I.
CLOTHING
SELECTION,
C a m , AND bus. I.
3 fi.
A study of the factom involved in the choice, care, and repair of dothing.
B a u g in dcrign, bewmingnem, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics
suitable for ditferent wea are topiu considered.
+tinuation
both semesters.
course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
II.
2 Cf.
course provides laboratory experience in making simple gmmnts in
cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and
Nitable ,techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing mochiae, a;lteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economia edocotion majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per
t.
This
,we&.
3.
Am w DAILY
LIVING.I.
3 CrA study of m ?s it is met in the activitica of everyday living. Open to all
rtudents.
E L B ~ ~ NOF
T SNUTRITION. 11.
3 Cr.
Noranal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
7.
GROUPACTMTY.
See courses 53, 54 under Education.
23.
33.
COLORAND DESIGN.I.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, rrrrnging,
and G g a i n g of household farnishings. Lettering and rimple poster d-.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Eumomica
mapn. Three double laboratory perio& per week.
36. CMETS.II.
2
Cr.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at
camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1955-56.)
PRINCIPLES
OF FOOD PREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 7 or
af h u u c t o r . I, 11.
pe&n
6 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, merl service. food purchasing, m d
food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week.
39, 40.
MAMUAGEAND FAMILYM LA TI ON SHIPS. II.
3 Cr.
A c o r n applying principlw of cultural living to everyday problem of home
life. Discussions of penond f d y relationships, prepantion for muriap, the
Christian home and its iduence in the community, and related mbjecta. Regular lecturer, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and t o m .
42.
CHILD
DEVELOPMENT.
IL
2 Cr.
A study of the core and trahing of the pug c&ild = ,to to physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
44.
Upper Division Cmrses
57. TEXTILES. I.
s Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and hishes with special emphub on selection,
me, and care d common household and clothing textiles. Two dcmble laboratory
hours a week.
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furnitcue, painting, and sculpture. Two regdar hours scheduled and field
trips arranged. (Offered 1954-55.)
n.
66. HOME
PLANNINGAND FURNISHING.
3 GThir conme included a consideration of housing, an anal* of &or pluls,
r study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in ulecting,
arrmgiug, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prereqaisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double lalbomtory periods per
week
68. F ~ I L HEALTH.
T
I.
r Cr.
Basic f a c a and practical application of home care of the sick Problems
relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as
well as to individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOME
MANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
2 Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and oo&ating
the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family W g . One
lecture period and one double laboratory period per week.
HOMEMANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
2 Cr.
~ c ' t u a lexperience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home
management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. (Offered 1955-56.)
72.
CONSUMER
EDUCATION
AND INCOME~ ~ N A G E M E N
It.T .
t CT.
The wise choice of .consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from
the use of money income.
73.
76. ADVANCEDC L O ~ I N CONSTRUCTION.
G
Prereq. 2. U
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool.
More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the
c l m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and c o n s t ~ c t i n g
garments for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics
91. TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS.
and Education 5 2. Sr. I.
z Cr.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
l e n rhc p
w of che division of Nattml Scienfc ta pmvidc trriPing in
metho& uld technique; ta interpret N a d Scienu in the light of
the Word of Gud; to acqruinr the student with the
of Narurd
Sdcnce i n a modem, changing world; w e m p k a wund mind and r r m n g
body; to vain for vocations in various fields o f N a r d Science; and to q u i p
tbe student with a scientific background which wiIl enrich his life ind the lives
of his feuow men.
&&c
Department of Biology
The aim of thir Department is to give the student z broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3N, 4, 7N no not count
toward the major or minor.
WORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, 11.
O Cr.
I-zt. THE NATURAL
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciper week consistkg or :xtures, lecture demonstrations, and
ences. Four
discussions.
gN. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anacorn, 1 - J ohyslology with special em&ash on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b l elaboratory periods per week.
Designed particularly for student nurses.
HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
4.
7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
3 - ~ 4GENERAL
.t
ZOOLOGY.Fr. I, 11. '
8 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures m d two double laboratoq periods per week.
I
$ ~ o n t ; ~ & $ &course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
b t h sem+ters.
GXNW BOTANY.So., Jr. I, II.
8 ~r.
y of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, f
W
by a -.
of the plant kingdom. Emphadia is llro placed on ;bacmieal principles. Flowering plenta arc identified in the spring. Three lectures and one
double laboratory period per week
25, 26.
Thk m a d
51.
Upper Division Courses
GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
(Offered 1955-56.)
4 Cr.
ECOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. II.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological amciation and succession. Two iectura and one laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1955-56.)
52.
5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I.
3
G.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
54. GENERAL
BACTERIOLOGY.Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II.
4 Cr.
A review of the general &ld of bacteriolom, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diiasu. Training in modern labontory techniques. Two
lectures and two double Izboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
TAXONOMY
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classi6cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
55.
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. U.
1-2 Cr.
Pnctical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projecu useful to teachers. (Oflered 1954-55.)
80. TEACH~NG
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
1% Cr.
The course consisa of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary
schools.
Department of Physical Sciences
The counes offered provide fundamental background in the basic principles
of chemical and physical phenomena.
The primary objective u promotion of acient%c
proach.
thinking and sciendfic ap-
Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
natural sciences in secondary dooh. The courses in Chemistry will prepare
h i for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Ruearch, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields.
The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Exigineering and Applied
Mathematics.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, jN, 4 do not count toward
the major or minor.
THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, II.
For course description see Department of Biology.
r-zt.
8 Cr.
3N. CHEMISTRY
FOR NURSES.I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY.Fr. II.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of
the laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for
Chem. 4.
4.
AND QUALITATIVECHEMISTRY.Fr., So. I, 11.
8 cr.
5-6.f INORGANIC
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and
four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
4 Cr.
5 I. ANALYTIC~U.CHEMISTRY.
Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short induction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gmvimetric.
Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5I. So., Jr., Sr. II.
5 Cr.
General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric
and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours labratory per week.
5 2.
ORGANICCHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
8-10 Cr.
A discussion of the important c l w u of aliphatic and aromatic compoands.
Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Ofiered 1951-56.)
53-54.t
$6ntinnation course. To receive credit for this course, a student mupt complete
both semesters.
PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Physics
5 and 6. Sr. II.
5 Cr.
An introductory course coveting the gzr laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectutes and one double laboratory period
per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
55.
PHYSICS
Minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2 and 3 do not count toward the minor.
THENATURAL WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
For corn description see Department of Biology.
1-2$.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light
and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application of physics in the home.
3.
or concurrent registration in Math. I.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math.
I
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I.
A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic
nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of
and other topics. Philosophical implications of mcdern physical science
considered.
5 I.
4 Cr.
theory,
physics
will be
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.
Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week.
52.
80. TEACHING
OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teacbiug
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either 5 1 and 52 or 53-54;Biology 13-14and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
TContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Dqxrtment of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics s d c i e n t for solving the simpler problems of life, also to d o r d
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them escient workers in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits.
Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I.
3' Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week.
A.
B.
SOLIDGEOMETRY.
Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. !J.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So.
I, II.
10 Cr.
This is an integrated course inoluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
I , 2.
ENGINEERING
DRAWING. Prereq. B. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week.
5.
ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND D E S C R I PGEOMETRY.
~
Prereq. 5. II. 3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours
a week.
6.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 5 Z.
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.
SO., Jr. I, 11.
I0
0.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for Merentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary dzerential equations are
developed and applications made.
SOLD ANALYTICALGEOMETRY.
Prereq. z. Sr. I
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and ' d o r m a t i o n are given their proper emphasb.
53.
54.
THEORYOF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course includw the study of & numben, determinants ?ad o h e r
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
84. TEACHINGOF MATHEMATICS.Sr. I.
Cr.
I
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote
a weli-rounded physic21 education program.
health and physical fitness &ugh
to develop character md good s p o r a d p throrrgh the intnmunl and inrercollegiate sports program, to further the worthy use of leisure cime, and to provide an effecrive training program for praspctivt reachers of h d t b and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phlse
of the physical education program.
A course in Personal and Community Health is required of all freshmen and
new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major and Minor Requirements:
Major for men, 33 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 27, 5 0 ,
5 1 9 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 84.
Major for women, 3 0 credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16,
17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 54, 84.
Minor,
formen:
21
2,
credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 5 I, 53, and 54
j,4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, and 54borwomen.
Biology 4; Psychology 5, 6; and Education 51, 52, 53, 54, 5 5, $8, 94, and 96
Bhould be included for a teaching major in phyuical education.
PERSONALAND COMMUNITY
~ T H Fr.. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
A study of modem concepts and practices ob health and healthful living
applied to the individual and the community.
2.
3, 4.
PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES.(Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
I
Cr.
3, 4.
PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES.
(Women). Fr. I, 11.
I
Cr.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTH
EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fieldc of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school
5.
mema
-~ONAL
ACTIVITIES.Fr. n.
I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
gamer, l o r organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
m&ed
games.
6.
FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course. (Offered 1955-56.)
8.
I
Cr.
TEAM SPORTSAND L.EAD-UP G-.
(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball.
Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball.
I I.
12.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. I
I.
2
Cr.
Theory and practice in teac,hhg badminton, shdeboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf.
4 Cr.
13, 14. TEAM SPORTSFOR WOMEN.SO. I, 11.
Theory and practice in the coaching and oiciating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
16. INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. II.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis,
shuffleboard, archery, tennis, and golf. (Offered 1954-5 5.)
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. (Offered 1954-55.)
27.
KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2
Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements.
OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I.
r Cr.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of osciating in football,
basketball, baseball, and track. (Offered 195 5-56.)
29.
Ufifier Division Courses
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTED
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
2 Cr.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analyak of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical c-.
(Offered 1954-55.)
50.
SELF-TESTINGACTIVTITES. (Men). Jr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus,
bumbling, boxing, and wrestling.
5 I.
FUNDAMENTALMOYEMLNTS.
Jr. II.
I 0.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women.
(Offered 1955-56.)
52.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH
AND PHYSICALEDUCATION.
Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education.
An analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary achool heakh
and physical education curriculum.
53.
AND ADMINISTRATION
OF HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL
54. ORGANIZATION
EDUCATION.
Sr. IL
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health and
physical education.
2 Cr.
COACHING
OF SPORTS: FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL.S t I
.
Theory a d techniques of aching. Seniors only, or approval of in4tructor.
55.
56. COACHING
OF SPORTS:BASEBALLAND TRACK.Sr. II.
2
a.
Theory and technique of coaching. Seniors only, or approral of instructor.
Sr. II.
I Cr.
84. TESTSAND ~ ~ A S U R E M E N T SIN PHYSICALEDUCATION.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1954-5 5.)
r Cr.
85. COMMUNITYCREATION. Jr., Sr. 11.
PraLlems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a awey of activities, and the organization and adminkmation of recreational
work. (Offered 1954-55.)
94.
TEACHING
OF HEALTH A N D PHYSICAL
E D U C ~ ~ OSr.
N . I.
Mcchods and materials in health and physical education.
2
Cr.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
Augrburg Theological Seminary is the taining school for the paston and
missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of p+on and spiritual leaden dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word a d
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Admiseion
The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college coune must hare included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
Philosophy
z
I
years
year
In the case of mature students of outrtanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their
dxological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides
fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated above, include as many as possible of the following:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or Education
Typewriting
2
I
I
2
I
I
I
years
year
year
years
year
year
year
All candi&tes for a W m n to the Seminary must have achieved a good
academic rewrd in their preparatory studies in college.
Applications for Admission
Applications for admission to the S e m k q should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following:
I. A fonnal letter of application for admission as a s d m t in the Seminary,
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and
church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church.
4. A catificate of good health.
These documents must be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary
Faaulty before July &st.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The &st year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their
studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any
arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another seminary must
have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg.
Adrrnced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying
for admission presenu a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Conditions and Incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be
removed within the &st five weeks af classes of the following semester of
attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time
allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may
be changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is su6ciently high.
Expenses
Seminuy studmta pay no tuition. They do, however, pay the regular student
activity fee, health fee and a general Seminary fee of ten dollars per axnester.
S a c n h q students living in the domitory receive a special grant to m r
the eort of room rent. The cost of board is the same u for the College d e n t s .
See page 2 5 .
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a h e - y n r cycle of lectans and study plw
six months of practical service in the cxmgng~tions. Students who campIete all
the requirements of the regular c o m e are graduated with the degree of Bachelor
of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each
of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly dered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average)
throughout the rhree years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the
Facultv Committee on Service. See below.
5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for
faculty approval before April 1 5 of the Middler year and the thesis must be
completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examiaation, written and oral, in Old Testament, New
Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third
week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
Students who complete the required number of credits for graduation with
an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology.
Seminary Internship
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical Christian service, as appointed
and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the
summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary coune.
A limited amount 06 assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service
per;ad.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amount of
practical church work during rhe school year either in the Twin Cities or ia
nearby commnnities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Service.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
J&
Yen
THE BACKGROUNDAND S m c - r m m OF rn BIBLE A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation i n the Book which is the chief
I.
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
*With ohe exception of the Theological Orientation Gunes, offered m u a l l y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief m e y of the historical
z Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
4. THEOL~GICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC. A survey of the main divisions of Christian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Thcology and
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
I Cr.
5. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Codeasion, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
Luther.
I Cr.
Old Testament
& STENSVMG
FOR BEGINNERS.
The &st year is devoted to a study of the
9-10. HEBREW
essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy. (Oflered 1954-15.)
6 Cr.
11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195556.)
3 Cr.
12. THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious valuea and the rise of prophetism. Selected p a g e s from the bis3 Cr.
torical books are studied. (Offered 1955-56.)
13. THE PROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 195657.)
3 Cr.
14. THE PROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
3 Cr.
freedom. (Offered 1916-57.)
I 5. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental probz Cr.
lems of life. (Offered 1954-55.)
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction
to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms.
Reading assignments give special attention to the religious developments af the
3 Cr.
post-Exilic period. (Offered 1914-55.)
17-18. HEBREW
EXEGESIS. Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
in the Old Testament. (Offered 1955-56.)
4 Cr.
A study of archaeological discov19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
eries and their signi6cance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a
number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned
I Cr.
topics and class discussion. (Oflered 1954-51.)
New Testament
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
INTRODUCTION
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manuscripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
22.
23. THE GOSPELOF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry. (Wered I 9 5 6-57.)
24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on the
r Cr.
English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1954-55.)
26.
1-12.
THEJEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Ogered
1954-55.)
3 Cr.
27. L P - ~AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The
28.
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the
,Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. ( m e r e d 195451.1
2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.)
2 Cr.
OF THE REVELATION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. (Offered 1955-56.)
Church History
MR. SONNACK
40-41. 'lh.
EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church frem the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The orgmization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathcnism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with
a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 19j5-56.)
4 Cr..
42. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the developof Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. T h e course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward re3 Cr.
form. (Offered 1956-57.)
ment
43. THE REFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr..
Catholic Counter-Reformation. (Offered I 9 j 6-57.)
44. THE CHURCHA F ~ E R TIIE REFORMATION.733 course covers the period
from the Reformation and up to the present time, aich special emphasis on
2 Cr,
the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1914-51.)
CHURCHHISTORY.
Early colonization; planting of churches;
45. &=CAN
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
2 Cris studied with special care. ( m e r e d 1954-1 5 . )
OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE. A study of the development
46. THE HISTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1 9 5 ~ - ~ 6 2. ) Cr.
47. THE LUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.A study of the constitution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world.
Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. (Ofiered
1956-57.)
I Cr-
Systematic
Theology
fi.&ON
.
intended to introduce the student to the field
50. I ~ r a o ~ u c n oA~course
of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of
2 Cr.
the entire field. (Offered 1954-55.)
11. THEOLOGY
~LNDANTHROPOLOGY.A study in the systematic exposition
of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers on special
3 Cr.
topics. (Offered 1954-55.)
52-53. SOTERIOLOGY.The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of the true oommunion between God and man. The Person of Christ
is work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relaand H
tion to the individual and to society; rhe nature and function of the Church.
4 Cr.
(Offered 1955-56.)
54-15. CHESSTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implicatiolls
.of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the development and
application of Christian ethics with reference to the individual, organized in:stitutions, and society as a whole. (Offered 1956-57.)
4 Cr.
56. SYAQWLICS. A careful study of the Book of Concord, containing the
creeds subacribcd to by the Lutheran Church. The genesis of each creed, its
.doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Ofdered 1954-55.)
z Cr.
57. COMPARATIVE
SYMBOLICS
AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teach4ngs of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.)
z Cr.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in thin field.
A. Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOP PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.This course, which is based on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundat Cr.
tions of the pastoral o6ce and the New Testament ministry.
SOUL-CARE
AND THE SPIRITUAL
LFE. A study of Christian experience
61.
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 195 5-56.) z Cr.
62.
INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.Rev. Fredric M. Norstad.
This course deals with the dynamics underlying human behavior in both
normal and deviated forms. It seeks to acquaint the student with the qpes of
emotional and mental distu~banceswith which he will be most frequently confronted in his pastoral ministry. The course attempts to help the student to
recognize the deviations and distinguish between those thiigs which are properly handled by a pastor and those which the pastor must refer ,to other competent help.
I Cr.
6 3 . EVANGELISTICS.
A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
.and various types of evangelism. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
65. PRINCIPLESAND P R A ~ COF
E PREACHING.Technical and psychological
,elements of preaching. Emphuis upon sermons. Juniors.
z Cr.
The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS.
and presentation of brief sennons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlea.
z Cr.
'lining
67. SERMONS.
A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both
the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
are studied. Senion.
2 Cr.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish work
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; oficers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and II Corinthians
are studied as the best source. (Offered 1954-55.)
z Cr.
71. CHURCH ~DMINISTRA~ON. A study of the variow aspects of -regational organization. Methods of increasing ef3iciencp in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
Ghristian stewardship. (Offered 1954-55.)
I Cr.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS. A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practiul problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)I Cr.
73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of
liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on
its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) I Cr.
An historical s w e y of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 195455.)
I Cr.
D. Christim Education and Sociology
76. METHODS OF PARISH EDUCATION.
Studies in the application of basic
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 195657.)
z Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANS o c ~ ~ nA. study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task
z Cr.
of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
79. CHRISAND SOCLU
WOE This course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, re2 Cr.
ports, and institutional visits.
Student Register
THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS-1 953-1954
Third Year
Berkland, Theodore A.
Christopherson, James E.
.
.Minneapolis
Valley City, N. D.
. . . . . ..Minneapolis
..
...
. . . . . . .
Erickson, Stanley R.
..............
Gudim, Milo D.
. . . . .McVille,
N. D.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Halverson, Philip J. . . . . . . . . .
Kallevig, Lloyd C. . . . . . . . . . . .
Soli, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .Willmar
. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Storley, Calvin . . . .
Vaagenes, Morris G.
. . . . . .Roslyn, S. D.
. . . . . . Minneapolis
............
..
Second Year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
. . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . ..Aitkin
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Anenson, LeRoy H. . .
Dahle, Norman A. . . . .
Halverson, William H.
Johnson, Morris M. . .
Oman, Lyman F.
.Racine, Wis.
.......
...
...
. . . .
Rokke, David H.
...
Swanson, Edward E. . .
Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Thorpe, Gordon D. . .
Underbakke, Leland B.
Aniwa, Wis.
. . . .
. . .
.Minneapolis
First Year
Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Rudolph E.
.
Carlsen, Glenn T. . .
Goodrich, Quentin A.
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
Peterson, Gerald J.
Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mmneapolis
, , , , , , , ,
. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth
. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Quentin G.
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rimmereid, Arthur V.
.
. . .
Stenberg, Roger W.
Unseth, Malcolm W.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . Bertha
New Rockford, N. D.
.
. . . . .Portland, Ore.
..
Specials
Estness, Borghild
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. .
Thompson, Milford A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash.
Vetvick, Leo (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, , , ,
, , , .
.
.Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Vick, Oliver K. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2) Registered for second semester only.
COLLEGE STUDENTS-1 953-1954
SENIORS
Aosen, Hildegarde E. .
Allor, Donold J. . . . . . .
Andersen, Donald W. . .
Anderson, Arthur L. . . .
Anderson, Janice A. . . .
Anderson, Robert H. (1)
. . .Winger
Minneapolis
. . . .Wayzoto
.Minneopolis
.Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Becker, Louis 0. . . . . . .
Berntsen, Ruth A. . . . .
Bloke, Shirlee A. . . . .
Botko, Willord J. . . . .
St. Louis Park
. .Minneapolis
. .Ottowo, Ill.
.Minneapolis
Corlson, Erwin L. (1) . .
Corlson, Roger E. . . . .
Chilstrom, Herbert W. .
Cote, Arthur J. Jr. . . . .
. .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.
Litchfield
. Minneopolis
Dill, Donald J.
Dorr, Ardis S.
.
.Elk River
. .Mentor
Argusville, N. D.
Longseth, Robert V. .
Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena
Lorsson, Kenton D. . . . . .Taylors Folls
Lusk, George W. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Lyngdol, Colette P. . . . ..Minneapolis
Marquordt, William G.
. . . . . .St. Paul
. . . .Worthington
Mothiason, Alan E.
Mattison, Robert T. (11 . . . .Minneapolis
Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillior.
Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Gordon A.
. . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . ..Ellendale
Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norum, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . . .Hollock
Cumberland, Wis.
Nyhus, Edward 0.
Nystuen, Winifred H. Erickson, Man., Con.
Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . . . .Rocine, Wis.
Eldol, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . .
Minneapolis Olson, julion R. . . . . . . .
~ i ~ ~ ~
Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . Gorfield
Erlandson, Wolloce E. (1) . Minneapolis Porkhurst, Milford C. . . . .Mondovi, Wis.
Evenson, Leland E. . . . . .
. ~ a n s k a Peterson, Clinton J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Jackson
Phillips, Merton C.
. . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Fisher,
W. . . . . . . . . .
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . .Alvarodo
Froilond, David C. . . . . . . Minneapolis pribble, ~~~d C. . . . . . . . . . . ~ , ~ ~ + i ~
Fullerton, Gerald L. . . . Minneapolis
Reimer, Donna E. (1) . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth
Gonte, Marshall H. . . . . . .Minneapolis
~ ~ i ~~~l~~~
~ r K.t ~
. . .~. . .~ ~
,
~
~
~
h
Geisendorfer, James V. (2). . .Minneapolis
~
~
b paulette
~
t . .~. whitefish,
~
~ M, ~ ~ ~ .
Gustafson, Violet E.. . . . ..McGregor, N. D.
P. . . . . . . . . . . .,st. pOul
kolf, ~~~i~
Ingman, Robert C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Isaocson, Edsel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Poul
Rust* Gary R. . . . . . .Harwood. N. D.
Sandness, Albert J. . . . . . LoMoure, N. D.
Sandquist, Shirley K.
. . . . .Cambridge
Shiell, James L. . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Skogen, Clyde L.
.
. . . . . . . . . . Isle
Skovholt, Ardelle E. . , .Mooreton, N. D.
Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . .Williston, N. D.
tSolberg, Marilyn Y..
. . . . . . .Ray, N. D.
Sonsteng, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Solol
Sorenson, James A. . . . . . . Eleva, Wis.
Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Rosemount
Johnson, Marcellus L.. Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . .Minneopolis
Johnson, Richard J. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Thoreson, Allon R. . . . . . . . . . .Peterson
Tjornhom, Barbara L. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Trelstad, Jerome C. .
. . . .Minneapolis
Twiton, Robert E. . . . . Sun Prairie, Wis.
Kleven, Lowell H. . . . . Blonchardville, Wis.
Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Knutson, Maryan A. . . . . . . Granite Falls
Kyllo, Valborg L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Warner, Elaine W. (1)
. . . . . . . . Duluth
Westphol, Joanne C. . . . . . . . .Madeha
Hambera, Elaine L.. . . . ..Williston, N. D.
~orkmon, Moryls A. . . . . . . . Cokoto
Horrison, Jean . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hellond, Florence L. . . . . . ..Binford, N. D.
Hielmeland, Selmer J.. . . ..Williston, N. D.
Hoeft, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Shofer
Huglen, Erling S. B. . . . . . . . .Newfolden
Hushogen, Orpha L. . . . . . . . . . .Gonvick
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
t Deceased, September 28, 1953.
Vick, Oliver K. (1) . . .
Men ............
Women . . . . . . . . .
Spring Grove
JUNIORS
Adorns, Patricia A. . . . . . . . . . . .Westbrook
Aho, Arnold D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Amundson, Robert E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson. Curtis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bruno
Anderson, Donna Lou ...... .Argyle, Wis.
Anderson, James W. ....... .Minneapolis
Anderson, Norman E. ....... .Alexandria
.St. Paul
Anderson, Theodore W.
........
Benson, John E. ....... .Milwaukee, Wis.
Berge, Mavis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lanesboro
Bodin, Wesley J.
.Minneapolis
Bosmoe, Valborg J.. ...... .Pierpont, S. D.
Bouchord, Janet A. . . . . . . . . .Minneupolis
Bremseth, Janice M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Briggs, Walter C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Britton, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
..........
Collins, Jane B.
............. .Monticello
Dahlin, Maxine M. ............. .Cokato
Danger, Mary J. ............. Stanchfield
Drake, Spencer R. . . - . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dronen, Richard A.
.Minneapolis
........
Egertson, Darrell J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Eide, Delores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fogelquist, Roger H. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fuerstenau, Eugene H.. Cedor Rapids, lowa
Gilbertson, Nora M.. .Frontier, Sask., Can.
Grinde, Lloyd C.. . . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Gronseth, Phillip N. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hagestuen, Richard M. . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
.Mlnnwpolh
Halling, Beverly J.
Halvorson, Helen A. . . . .Golwburg. N. D,
Hansen, Ronald M.
.Park Ridge, 121.
Honson, L. David .......... .long Prairis
Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hanson, Phillip J. . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Hanson, Wallace L. ............. Waseca
Helland, Rachel E.. ...... .Thief River Falls
Heng, Rolf 0.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnmpolis
Henjum, Raymond G. .......... .Hoffman
Holcombe, Thomas E. ....... .Minneapolis
Holt, Everett V. ................ .Carver
.........
.....
Jenson, John R. ........... .Minneapolis
Jerdee, Mary L. ............ .Minneapolis
Johnson, James A. .............. Kenyon
.Minneapolis
Johnson, Merlyn R. (2).
.....
Karlstad, Elmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Salol
Krueger, Wallace T. (2). .... .Minneapolis
Kvamme, Anden ......... .Voss, Norway
Larson, Audrey V. ......... .Robbindale
Lanon, Myrtle I. .......... Berwick, N. D.
Larson, Richard J. ............Kerkhoven
Larson, Robert D. (1). ........ .Moorhead
Lelvis, Patricia M.
.Chatham, Mich.
Ludviksen, Stanley B.
.Portland, Ore.
Lunow, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
.......
.....
Maeland, Arnulf ....... .Fairhaven, Mass.
Mahre, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mickelberg, Erwin D. ..... .Onalaska, Wis.
Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D m n
Mulliken, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
..........Minneapolis
..............Madelia
........ .Minneapolis
.........Golden Valley
Nelson, Lennart D.
Nelson, Philip A.
Nordstrom, Ethel C.
Olson, Damaris R.
Olson, Monroe B. .......... .Minneapolis
Omdahl, Beverly F. ............. .Faston
Pousi, Ruth M.
Quanbeck, Paul M.
..........Minneapolis
Rodvik, Erling S. (2) ........Minneapolis
Roesler, William A. (2)
.St. Paul
.........
Saari, Corwyn J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Seaver, John E. ............ .Minneapolis
Seover, Roma R. . . . . . . . . . . .Capron, Ill.
Siegel, Donald W. (1).
.Chicago, Ill.
Skaar, David W.
Rockford, Ill.
Skierseth, Donald ........ .Bracket, N. D.
Sneitzer, Robert F. ............ .St. Paul
Soderberg, LaVonne A. ........ Kandiyohi
Steinbrecher, Wayne G. ..... .Minneapolis
Stensrud, Richard H. ........ .Minneapolis
Strande, Nels A. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Brooten
Strondlie, Wenona C. ........... Benson
......
...........
Thoreson, Wayne 1..
Twedt, Agnes S.
Tweet, Agnes M.
............Peterson
........ .McHenry, N. D.
.......Tunbridge, N. D.
West, Kenneth W. ....... .Maple Park, Ill.
Wolden, Gerhard P.
Estherville, Iowa
.....
Men
............................
Women
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
..................Dam1
Total
58
.........................29
......................... 87
SOPHO
Almquist, James A. . . Sond Creek, Wis.
Anderson, Deloris A. . . . . . .Ogilvie
Anderson, Keith 0. .
. .Sacred Heart
Anderson, E. William . . . . Ashland, Wis.
Arneson, Suzanne M. . . . .Forgo, N. D.
Arvidson, Kenneth V. . . . .Rockford, 111.
Homme, Gloria (1)
. . .Minneapolis
Honebrink, Elsa M. . . . . Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Hovden, Robert A. . . . . . . . St. James
Hoversten, Thomas H. . . . . . ..Alden, Iowa
Hunt, Elaine H. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Barber, Robert E. . . . . .
Boxter, Gerald . . . . . .
Berg, Robert M. (1) . . .
Berkas, Theodore S. .
Berntson, Irving E.
..
Beyers, Jomes R. M. .
Boroos, J. Shermon .
Bullock, Richord W. ( 1 )
Jacobson, Doris M. . . . . . . . . . Racine
Jonsen, David G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Ervin T. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Johnson, Forolyn M. . . . . . . . .Malmo
Jorgensen, Beverly M. . . . . . . . . . Delano
Jorgensen, Dorothy L. (1) . . . . . . .St. Paul
.Saginow, Mich.
. . . .Robbinsdale
. . . . . . . St. Paul
. . . . . . Kenyon
. . ..Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . .Dowson
. . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Ann C. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. .Clorkfield
Christensen, Orlo J. . .
Christianson, Mary J. . . . . Knapp, Wis.
. . . . . . . Brainerd
Conyers, LeRoy H.
Currey, Donald E. (2) . . . . . . . .Appleton
Dohl, Marilyne J. .
Dohl, Sylva M. . . .
Dickens, Clora M. .
Doerr, Wayne P. (2)
. . Glenburn, N. D.
. . . . . . . . .Wasem
. Harrisburg, S. D.
. . . . . Minneapolis
Emery, Curtis V. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Enstad, Luther W. . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D.
Erickson, George H.
Tacoma, Wash.
Erickson, Leland F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Glenwood
Ericbon, Rodney 0. J. .
Evovold, Charles A. . . . . . . Battle Lake
Everhort, Joan M. . . . . . .
Bagley
Field, Marvin W. . . . . . . .
McGregor
Fitch, Gory D. . . . . . . . .
Robbinsdale
Floistod, Dorothy M.. . . . ..Milwaukee, Wis.
Fowlds, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood
Fox, Mary Ann E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gennrich, Gretchen G.
. . . .Minneapolis
Gilbert, Verner L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Barnum
Gimse, I. Shelby . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Giengdohl, Robert A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Greguson, Miriam E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hogen, Elizabeth G. . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Honggi, Glen 0. . . . . .. . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Hanson, Neol E. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Haugen, Jomes S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hoynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgaas, Margaret A. . . . . .Madison, S. D.
Hemingway, Jerome . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hendricks, Dean M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Herman, Robert M. . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Kollmon, Ralph A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kirchner, Robert J. . . . . . . .Farmington
Kunkel, Lucille M. . . . . . . . . Almena,
.
Wis.
Lorson, Richard Arthur . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lecander, Roger V. . . . . .Plum City, Wis.
Lee, Russell C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Lockwood, Robert R. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lolond, Ruth L. . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash.
Lower, Corolyn E. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James
Lundin, Harvey A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Meredith, Patricia J. . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake
Midthun, Betty A. . . . . Menomonie, Wis.
Moe, Donovan R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Moen, Ardell J. . . . . . . . . Hillsboro, N. D.
Mortensen, Elizobeth A. . . . . .Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert L. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Mulen, Shirley A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Munson, Christine C. . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater
Murins, Valdis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hopkins
Nelson, Morlys E. . . . . . . . . . . Belgrode
Nerheim, Lawrence E. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nevin, LeRoy E. . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Nichols, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norby, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Appleton
Nordling, James B. . . . . Ishpeming, Mich.
Ohlin, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Olsen, Mary H. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Bernice A. . . . . . Thief River Falls
Olson, Laurence 0. . . . . . .Maple Pork, Ill.
Olson, R. Luther ........... .Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Ose, Roger K. . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Overlund, Ervin K. . . . . . . ..Silverton, Ore.
Peorson, James K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Askov
Pedersen, Virginia M. (2). . . . .Greenbush
Pederson, James L. . . . . . . . . . . Nye, Wis.
Pederson, Richard D. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Petersen, Marilyn J. . . . .
Minneapolis
Peterson, Joyce A. . . . . . .
Pooler, Harold E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Bertha
. . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Quanbeck, Norman J.
Rowig, Bruce W.
Rudell, Violeite I. . . . .
. . . . .Minneapolis
Aniwa, Wis.
Thorpe, Mark C. . . . .
Thorson, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Thorvig, Kathryn L.
. . . . Minneapolis
Urness, John L.
.Thief River Falls
Saastad, Jerrold A. .
Sarff, Donohue R. . . . -. . . . . . . .Palisade
Northwood, N. D.
Sather, Dayne W. .
Schoess, Alden J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stanerson, Noomi . . . . . Estherville, lowa
Stensland, Arlen H.. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
. . .Buxton, N. D.
Stoa, Harold M. . . . .
Sunde, John P. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Suther, Paul R. (1). . . . . . . . . . . .Cass Lake
Sylvester, lone L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mclntosh
.
Tader, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples
Thompson, Andrew . . . . .... .Minneapolis
Thompson, John T. . . . . . . . . . .Kandiyohi
Thompson, Norman E. . . . . .Leonard, N. D.
Tharpe, Glenn C. . . . . .. . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Vaagenes, Bonnie B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Voeks, George H. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Wahlstrorn, Vernon J. S.. . . . . . .Grasston
Warnes, Wanda E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Stephen
Wellington, Richard J. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
White, Merlin J. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Williams, Beverly A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Ysteboe, Ruth 1. (2)
...
Fargo, N. D.
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
-
Total
.........................
131
FRESHMAN
Ahlness, Daniel E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm
Almlie, Vernon E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Foley
Anderson, Duane F. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Dwight L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dassel
Anderson, Ellen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hanska
Anderson, lvar C. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Laverne J. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman
Anderson, Lewis H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Richard A. . . . . . . . . .Wayzata
Anfinsen, Arthur M., Jr.. . . . . . . . .Hopkins
Anklam, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Arme, Donald A. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Arrnstrong, James W. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Aronson, Donald W. . .Los Angeres, Calif.
Asplin, Myron T. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cokato
Asplin, Russell W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Dassel
Baker, James G. (2). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Baker, Stanley B. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bartel, Henry P. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hastings
Bebensee, Fred C. (2). . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
Beckman, James L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waseca
Berg, Sidney D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergeland, Martin E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Bergren, John C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berndt, Donald R. . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Bernier, Jack L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntsen, R. Maxine. . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Bockhaus, Mary G. (2). . . . . . . . . . .Mound
Bolstad, Kermit E. (1) . .Homestead, Mont.
Borman, Dennes L. ............ .Le Sueur
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Borrevik, Kothleen M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth
Bragg, James A. (1). . . . . . . . Chicago, Ill.
Braseth, Mary Ann . .
. .Amery, Wis.
Bredeken, Ronald D. . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
.
Brodin, Arlen G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Brown, Con . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Crystal
Bueide, David H. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar
Bullock, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burke, Dorothy A.
. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
...
Carlson, Jerry D. . . .
Carlson, Roger A. . .
Carlson, Stanley C. . .
Carrelli, Robert A. . .
Christensen, Arlett P.
Christensen. Don E. .
Christensen, Larry J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Christensen, Marilyn A. (1). . . .Minneapolis
Christianson, ~ a r l o nC. . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Christianson, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . .Glenwood
Cook, James E. . . . . . . . . . . ., . Robbinsdale
Cruys, George H. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dahl, Linnea M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dahlgren, Gerald N. (1) . . . .Minneapolis
Dale, Allen B. (1) . . . . . . St. Louis Pork
Dalland, John K. (2). . . . . . .. .Minneapolis
Dieken, Doris A. . . . . . .
. .Montevideo
Dumpys, Ruth M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchinson
Egesdal, Sanford E. ( I ) . . . . . . . Elmore
Eichstadt, Harlen E. . . . . . . . . .Larnberton
Ellefson, Jon R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
West Concord
Emerson, Myron A. (2) .
Engelman, Fred B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clarissa
Erb, Ronald L . . . . . . . . . . . ..Lester Prairie
Erickson, Barbara M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, Orin N. (2). . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Fahlin, Paul V. (1) . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Faust, Daniel G.. . . . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Feig, Phillip S. (1) ... ...... .Minneapolis
Fering, Charles A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Finnesgaard, Carl 0. ........... Kenyon
Flann, Douglas E. . . . .. . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Flockoi, Rolf A. (1).
. Bellingharn, Wash.
Fans, Grace 1. ..... ...... .Minneapolis
Franklin, Gary N. .... . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Frantz, John J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Freedland, David A. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Garthwaite, Ronald G. . . . . . Rockford, Ill.
Geary, Wendell G. .......... Pemberton
Gibson, Bruce A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Glasoe, James C. (1). . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Gorder, Harold J. ............. Starbudc
G r d , Marian C. ............. .Donnelly
Grant, Gaylord 0. . . . . . . . .Spring Grove
Grant, Gloria H. . . . . . .Cumberland, Wis.
Graus, Gilbert L. ........... .MeGregor
Grimtad, S a m ................Benson
Gryth, Marian J. ........ .Pembina, N. D.
Gutrmann, Edward C. (1) ...... .St. Paul
Hagen, Louise B. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Mont.
Halvorson, Gloria J. ..... ....... .Roseau
Hamberg,Glenn E. . . . . . . .Williston, N. D.
Hamre, Paul A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Mantevideo
Hansen, Warren R. ...... .Portland, Ore.
Hanson, A. Richard ..... . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Mary Ann (2). . . ......... Aitkin
Hanson, Sandra J. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Harris, Dave 0.. . . . . . . . . .. .Granite Falls
Herald, Darroll S. (2) . . . . .La Crosse, Wis.
Hofflander, Tom M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holm, Marlys N. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmes ,Dean K. . . . . . . . . . .Cannon Falls
Holmgren, Charles G. (1). . . . . . . . St. Paul
Holstein, Rosemary A. ... . . . .Minneapolis
Homme, Donald W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hang, Raydon E. ....... . . .Roslyn, S. D.
Hushagen, Naomi R. A.. . . . . . . . . .Gonvick
.
Jensen, Donald N. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jeska Robert ................... Fosston
Johansen, Rosemarie ....... .Rockford, Ill.
Johanson, Eldri R. .. .Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Aldemar E. . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Johnson, Eunice B. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Jerome L. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Johnson, Marshall D. . . . . . . .Middle River
Johnson, Mary E. .... . . . . . . . . . .Kenyan
Johnson, Priscilla M. . . . . . . . ..Minneuclpolis
Johnson, Ralph S. .... . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth
Johnson, Ronald B. (2) . . . ..Minneapolis
Johnson, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . .St.
. Paul
Johnson, Ruby L. . . . . .. . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Wayne C. . . . . . .
St. Paul
Josephson, Earl R. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Kahl, Herman J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Keller, Lee E. . . . . . . . . . . . Neillsville, Wis.
Kelsey, Arthur R. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Kennen, Bernard G. (1) ....... .St. Francis
Kjelstrom, Verna C. . . . . . . . ..Rugby, N. D.
Knapton, Shirley A. (2) .......... St. Paul
Knox, Philip S. . . . ............ Wayzata
Kolden, Lois J. .
. . . . . . .Portland, Ore.
Konsterlie, Esther T. ............ Willmar
Koplen, Charles F. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Krider, Richard D. . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kroshus, Tilford I.. . ... Valley City, N. D.
Kutz, Donald N. . . . ............ Braham
Kvamme, Bryniulv . . ....... .Voa, Norway
Lacis, Jake (2) ..... .New Richmond, Wis.
Laidig, Anneliese ............... Willmar
Lanning, James W. ......... .Minneapolis
Larson, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Melvin W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Monroe 8. ............. .St. Paul
Larson, Patricia A. ..........Minneapolis
Larson, Richard Alvin . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . . .Roseau
LaVictoire, Lawrence A. (1). .. .Minneapolis
Lind, Delano E. (2) . . . . . . . . . .Newfolden
Locke, Michael G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Lomness, Edward E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston
Ludvicksen, Joyce H. ..... .Partland, Ore.
Lumbar, Stanley L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Orr
Lundeen, Walter G. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mackey, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Manguson, Jean M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tracy
Manos, George M. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Martin, Robert N. . . . .Valley Stream, N. Y.
Martinsen, John P.. . . . . .Menominee, Mich.
Matson, Norman R. ......... .Minneapolis
Mattison, David D. (1) ....... .Lamberton
Menken, Ruth 1E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield
Mickelson, Thoris C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Milbrandt, Janette C. C.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Miller, Kenneth E.. .... .Valley City, N. D.
Milton, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mindrum, Gerald G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Missling, Arlen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeffers
Moe, Erwin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Moren, Orval K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Morris, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Munson, Dale E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
. . . . . . . .St. James
Munson, Howard E.
Munter, Marilyn I. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Murch, Constance H.
Nascene, Sheldon L. . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
Nelson, Victor E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dalbo
Nelson, Wayne L. . . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Norling, Jerry C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norman, James A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nyhus, Paul L. . . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Ohlin, John L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Oie, Robert G. (2) . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
. . . . . .St. James
Olsen, Duane A. . . . .
Olsen, Vernon E. (2) . . . . L'Anse, Mich.
Olson, Beverly J. . . . . . . . . . . .Cottonwood
Olson, David W. . . . . . . . .. .New London
Olson, Eddie D. . . . . . . . . . Clearbrook
. . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Jeanette I. . . . .
Olson, Richard M. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis
Ose, Gaylen V. . . . . . . . Thief River Falls
Ose, Ray A. (2) . . . . . . . ..Thief River Falls
Paton, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneopoiis
Pearson, Jean C. ........... .Minneapolis
Person, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Donald D. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, W. Fred . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Mike D. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pfeifer, LaReign A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Phillips, Edythe A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Plvmedahl, James D.. . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Porter, Janis R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Prentice, Shirley M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Prevss, Gerhart L. (1). . . . . . . . Benson
. . . .Minneapolis
Rodintz, Rolland A. .
Rauner, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Reesnes, Alfred, Jr. (2). . . . . . Racine, Wis.
. . . Minneapolis
Reinke, Martin F. (2). .
Rogers, Monica J. . . . . . . . Minot, N. D.
Rokke, Robert J.
. . . . . . . ..Strandquist
Roufs, Kenneth L. (1). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rust, Curtis V. . . . . . . . - . Harwood, N. D.
Sandberg, Janet L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sother, Judith A. . . . . . . . . . .Donnelly
Schams, Ronald T. (2) . . .La Crose, Wis.
Schelen, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Schoes, Marilyn E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Schuelein, Marlys A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Seaver, Roy E. (1) . . . . Minneapolis
Serstock, Emanuel A. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Shelstad, Roger E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Doran
Sherry, Richard J. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis.
Sideen, Wesley T. (1). . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Skaar, Donald L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill.
Skovholt, Verna J. . . . . . . Mooreton, N. D.
Smedstad, Carol A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Snider, Neal E. . . . . . . . .Pembina, N. D.
Sorenson, Norma J. . . . . . . . . Ekva, Wis.
Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce . . . . Minneapolis
Sortland, Eunice E. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Staff, Clarice A. . . . . . Bismarck, N. D.
Steenbsrg, Thomas A. . . . . . ..Circle Pines
Stewart, Williom H. (1)
. . . .Minneapolis
Svalstad, Theora J. . . . . . . .Sisseton, S. D.
Swenson, Darwin W. . . . . .Lake Lillian
Swiggum, Daniel R. . . . . . . . . . . Utica
Stenberg, Robert F. (2). . . . ..Rockford, Ill.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Tatting, Jean F. .
Thompson, Theodore T. . . . . .Minneapolis
Thorbeck, Duane E. . . . . . . . . . . . .b g l e y
Tollefson, Connie L. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Tollefson, Lorraine G.. . Osnabrock, N. D.
Trelstad, Gordon A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Turner, Gary E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapoiis
Tweet, Swanhild T. . . . . . .Tunbridge, N. D.
Velde, Ellayne T. . . . . . . . .Granite Falls
Vevle, Richard H. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Vollmer, Howard R. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Wahlberg, Arden G. (2). . . . . .Minneapolis
Wareberg, S. Dawn . . . . . . . .Polson, Mont.
Warme, Tom M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Waznak, Arnold H. . . . .Jarnestown, N. Y.
Weigle, Eugene D. (2) . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Welckle, John E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wood Lake
Westby, Allan J. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westerlund, Robert C. (2). . . . . . . . Braham
Weston, David M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wiegers, Gloria C. M. . . . . . . .Sauk Centre
Willing, Darrel K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester
Windahl. Naomi J. (1) ..... .Fergus Falls
Wolhowe, Richard L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Wright, Richard T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waseca
Zakariasen, Lloyd A. (2) . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Zoebisch, Harold L. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Men . .
Women
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
...........
-. . . . 262
SPECIAL AND UNCLASSIFIED
Aiken. Frank L.. Jr.. . . . . . .Bradenton, Fla.
Ario, Frank L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergstrand, Dolores Y. (2) . . .Minneapolis
Boomgarden, Irene (2) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bratberg, Elva L. (1). . . . . . .Holmen, Wis.
Manthie, Russell ( 1 )
Martinsen, Ralph W. (2)
Meier, Thurlough F. L. (2)
ill^^, james
W. (2). . . . . .
~
~~
~l W.
Bucyrus,
~~
l ~ N.
d D. ,
~~
Carlson, Erland E. (2). . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Caviness, David C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Coltvet, Helen (2) . . . . . .Duncombe, Iowa
Cummings. Frank W. (1) Atlantic City, N. J.
paulson, philip H.
Dahlen, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
keichstadt, ~
l H. ~. . ~
Rundquist, Bertil G. (1)
. . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Fenske, Delmour W.
Gohrick, J a n e E. (1). . . . . Shelton, Wash.
Hafstad, Wallace L. . . . . . . . . . . kiawley
Hegge, Hjalmer M. (1). . . Williston, N. D.
Hibbard, Gerald C. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
Okan, ROY C. (1).
oudol, Yvonne M.
.
Minneapolis
d. .Center City
, Minneapolis
,. .
Minneapolis
Chicago, Ill.
Siegel, David
Sigle, Clara 0.
Thompson. Agnes E. . . . .
.Minneapolis
Thompson, Glenn K. . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
.
Thorson, Arthur W.
New Brighton
Thorud, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Tinseth, Leslie J. (1) . . . . . . . . . . .C~rus
Jacobsen, Gilbert N. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jacobson, Luther H. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Beryl R. . . . . . .~ i ~ n e a p o l iUndseth,
~
Marvin S. . . .
Johnson, Ina M. ( I ) . . . . . . .Osakis
Voeks, Mildred L. (2) . . .
Kallevig, Lloyd C. (1). .
Willmar
Larson, Robert C. (1)
..
Robbinsdale
Magnuson, Albert C.
....
Minneapolis
..Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
Men . .
Women
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
..................
12
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 42
JUNIOR STUDENT NURSES (1)
Andrews, Carole F. . . . . .Annandale
. .Hallock
Axelson, Evangeline L
Grand Marais
Bocklund, Elizabeth A. .
Superior, Wis.
Barbo, Betty A. . . . .
Bruss, Joan E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Echo
Carlson, Darlene L.
Duis, Elaine E.
Strandquist
..
Waseca
. . . ,Winger
Flermoen, DeLois C.
Herald, Berdine L. .
Horton, Barbara A.
Jacobson, Melba L.
Johnson, Esther M.
. . . .
..
.
..
La Crosse, Wis.
. Minneapolis
. . . . .Sebeka
Viroqual Wis.
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
. . .Minneapolis
Langford, Phyllis A.
Larsen, Jane E. . . . . . . La Crosse, Wis.
Larsen, Janet E. . . . . . La Crosse, Wis.
0krina, ~~~l~~
E. . . . . . . .
olson,~~~l~~
J. . . . . .
Schauer, Carol F. . .
Shultz, Joan C. . . . .
Stenseth, Claudine M.
Tollefson, Junice K.
veitch, b r b a r a L.
Vik, Margaret A.
. .
Cottonwood
. . . . . .Canby
. . . . . . . .Waseca
.
Spokane, Wash.
.Wallace, S. D.
...
.L'Anse, Mich.
...-..
Wagner, lone M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Badger
Wickman, Betty J. . . . , .Marineite, Wis.
St. Paul
Wolff, Joan A. . . . . .. . . . .
-
Total
. . . . . . . .
26
FRESHMAN STUDENT NURSES (1)
Adelsman, Barbara J..
. . . . . Fergus Falls
Anderson, Lenore J.. . . . .Forest City, Iowa
Arndt, Marlene D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Granada
Herman, Marilyn K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wayzata
Hoff, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood
Hurlbert, Betty J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Backstrom, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . Moorhead
Bahls, Shirley M. . . . . . . .
. . . . . Huntley
Balstad, Gelene E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Winger
Baumann, Clarice A. . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur
Bensend, Mary B. . . . .
. Dallas, Wis.
Benson, Corrine C. . . . . .. .ClarMield
Bergin, Marilyn M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergsrud, Annabelle E. . . . . . . . .Winona
Birkeland, Ruth A. . . . . . . . . New Brighton
Bjonerud, Ruth J. . . . . . . . . . Calmar, lowa
Borgen, Joan M. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .Chatfield
Bucher, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zumbrota
Buller, Lois A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Hendricks
Burandt, Donna J. . . . . . .. . . . ..Mound
Burmeister, Lorraine A. . . . . . .Brook Park
Burzlaff, Mary J. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault
Butler, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Iverson, Ellenetta
Carlstrom, Nancy A.. .New Richmond,
Carson, Florence E. . . . . . . . .Leland,
Christiansen, Alta J.. . . . . . . . .Fergus
Cutsforth, Carol S. . . . . . . . . .Chetek,
Denison, Rosella J.
Driessen, LaVon M.
Wis.
Iowa
Falls
Wis.
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Faribault
.
Ebens, Shirley L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill.
Ekstrom, Florence E. . . . . . . . . . . . Chaska
Emch, June R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin
Erickson, Elaine G. . . . . Fairdale, N. D.
Erickson, Elaine L. ,
. .Monmouth, Ill.
Evenson, M. Elaine
. . Wallace, S. D.
Fagerstrom, Arleen R. . . . . . . .Radium
Fancher, Beverly L. . . . . Minneapolis
Fehrs, Joanne E. . . . . . . . . . .Willow River
Fennie, Delores J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Frauendienst, Virgene C.
. . .Brownton
Fuller, Laurel J. . . . . . . . . . .Monkato
Gangestand, Thelma 1. .Eagle Grove, lowa
Geschwind, Marlene A.
. . . .Sleepy Eye
Gilbertson, Dorothy E. . . Thief River Falls
Hanson, Carol D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Peter
Hanson, Janet E. . . . . . . . . . . .Chisago City
Hanson, Lois J.. ........ .Thief River Falls
Hark, Barbara A. . . . . .Menominee, Mich.
Hendricksen, Ruth M. . . . . .Minneapolis
Hendrickson, Geraldine H. Eau Claire, Wis.
Henke, Naomi D.. . . . . . . . . . ..Wood Lake
Herberg, Jane E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monkat0
(1) Registered for first semester only.
. . . . . . . . Decorah,
Iowa
Jacobsen, Carol M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Gladys M. . . . . . . . . . . .Sandstone
Johnson, Lucille C.. . . . . . .Stockholm, Wis.
Johnson, Phyllis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Russell
Johnson, Thelma M. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault
Judd, Joyce L . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-n
.
Jurgens, Shirley J. . . . . . . . . . . . .James
Kirkpatrick, Helen L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Olivia
Kittleson, Olive E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Louisburg
Klukken, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis
Kriese, Shirley H. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Madison
Lamson, Katherine L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Larson, Jenean M. . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis
Lindholm, Lorraine H. . . ..... .Ortonville
Lindrothe, Carol A. . . . . .. . . .Minneapolis
Lodien, Jean L. . . . . . . . . ........ .Isanti
Lundberg, Shirley J.. . . . .Berasford, S. D.
Lundell, Janice J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wadena
Luxhen, Romona S. . . . . . ........ Benson
Luttmann, Jwnne M. . . . . ........ Frazee
McGinnis, Catherine F..Albuquerque, N. M.
Redfield, S. D.
Mager, Delvonna C. . . . .
Melvie, Lorraine E. . . . . . . . . . .Viking
Meyer, Terryl A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fairmont
Miller, Marcia R. . . .
Grantsburg, Wis.
Molzen, Cleone J. . . . . . ..Le Mars, Iowa
. . . . . . . . Benson
Mortenson, Marjorie A.
Moss, Mardella N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Isle
Nelson, Marian B. . . . . . . . . . Underwood
.
Nepsund, Marlys J. . . . . . . . Paynesville
, .Pennington
Neuman, Loris E. . .
Nibbe, Arlene M. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ormsby
Nordby, Janet C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ada
. . . . . .Bagley
Norley, Clarice R. .
Minneapolis
Norstrom, Shirley A. . .
. . . . . .Siren
Nyberg, Joan M. . .
Olson, Diane E. . . . . . . . . .
.Greenbush
Olson, Marya M. . . . . . . . . . .Farmington
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .Ada
Olson, Sonia L.
Pedersen, Hildegarde S.. . . . . . . .Wyoming
Pederson, Marian G. . . . . . . . . . ..Fertile
Peterson, Janice L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James
Plahn, Joan C. . . . . . . . . . . ..Hudson, Wis.
Pottsmith, Mary E. . . . . . . . .Sturgeon Lake
Raduenz, Janice B.
Rancore, Dorothy C.
....
.Lucan
. . . . . . . Blackduck
Raudio, Helen A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warba
Rauner, Kathryn M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
R
~ jane
~ E. ~. . .~ . . , . M~~ b k e
RUS~, Judith R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..sourn
Sandvig, Helen A.. . . . - . ..Hudson, S. D.
Satrang, Joan K.. . . . . . . . . .Britton. S. D.
Seemann, Johanna L. . . . . . . .Courtland
. . . . . .Willmar
Selseth, Ruth E. . . . . .
Skaaden, Ruth E. . . . . .S.~ r i n aGrove
Snustad, Margaret . .
. , , Winger
Stake, Carolyn N. . . . . . . .'Cambrid,ge
Steen, H. Gael ...
. . 'SuperiOrf Wis'
Stone, Glorio A. . .
Strandell, June E. .
..............Zumbrota
. .Warren
Sugg, Joan M. . . . .
. . .Ladysmith'
Sullivan, Mortha I. . . . . . . . .Springfield
Swedberg, Janet M.
. . . . . . . .La Moille
. . . . . . Fergus
.
Falls
Swenson, Marlys G..
-
.Lake Mills. Iowa
Thompson, Darlene M.
Thureen, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . Grand Forks
Tykeson, Jewel1 F. . . . . . . . . . .Kennedy
Uleberg, Janet A.
Ullestad, Mavis B.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Madelia
.
Van Diest, Frances L..
.
.
Leland, Iowa
. . . . . . St. Cloud
Walthall, Betty K.. . . . . . .Iowa Falls, Iowa
Weidert, Erma E. . . . . . . . ..Eden Valley
Wendt, Jane D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wennerblom, Shirley A. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Werp, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wold, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood
Totol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
GRADUATES 1953
SEMINARY
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Gordon N.. . .
Carlsen, Erling N. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Huglen, Raynard 0.J. . . . . . . .Newfolden
Jergenson, Arnold 0. . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly
Oscarson, Elder W.. . . . . . . . . . Fergus Falls
Sortland, Allan B.. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Tollefson, Harold 0.. Osnabrock, N. D.
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Jystad, Torgney B. . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Mayer, Henry A.. . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul
Peterson, James E. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Schafer, Harold R.
Wessington Springs, S. D.
Sevig, Palmer E.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
COLLEGE
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Carlson, Erland E. . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Aaskov, Ruth Lucille
Cumberland Center, Maine
Alfsen, Thomas Charles . . . . . . . .Rochester
Amdahl, Oliver D.. . . . . . . .Flandreau, S. D.
Anderson, Roger Vincent. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Baker, Eleanor Marie. . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Becklin, Joyce L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Combridge
Benson, Stanley G. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntson, Rudolph E.. . . . Edinburg, N. D.
Bobendrier, Jeanne M. . . . . Minneapolis
Bodin, C. Allan . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Carlsen, Beverly Nystuen . . . . . Minneapolis
Corlsen, Glenn T.. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Corlstedt, Faith E. . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Carlstedt, Rhoda Lois . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Christensen, Duane J. . . . .Kenmare, N. D.
Christina, Joseph . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Cleary, Joseph J. . . . . . . . .New Brighton
Cummings, Frank ... .Atlantic Cily, N. J.
Danielson, H. Emmett . . . . . . . . Watertown
Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
Dickhart, Daniel A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dillon, Donald V. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dixen, Arvid Daniel . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Arthur W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Roy V. .............. .Minneapolis
Drury, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Eckhoff, Joyce Jorgensen ......... .Delano
Egeberg, Herman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Elness, Marilyn E.. .......... Fargo, N. D.
Emerson, Robert Charles . . . . .Minneapolis
Engseth, Jerome Martin. ........ Wayzata
Evenson, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanska
Fairbanks, Leland L. . . . . . . . . . . .Harmony
Fenske, Delmour . . . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Fox, Curtis Andrew . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Frosig, Kristian Vester ....... .Minneapolis
Giesdahl, Alice Elaine. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gwdrich, Quentin Allan .... .Minneapolis
Grender, Carol Handahl . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Gustofson, Charles Richard. . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman
Hagen, Marvin L.
Halling, Lloyd L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hamre, James S. . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Hansen, Clarence C. ........ .Minneapolis
Hegge, Hjalmer Martin.. ..Williston, N. D.
Hill, Lorne H. ............ .Veblen, S. D.
Hodne, Richard Haldor
.Minneapolis
Hokanson, Betty M. . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield
Hushagen, Berton R. ........ .Minneapolis
....
Jacobsen, Alice Amelia. . . .Thief River Falls
Jensen, Sherman R. . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Johnson, Arlan Kenneth, Grand Forks, N. D.
Johnson, James Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Johnson, Joan M. M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Norman Francis. . . . . .Formington
Johnson, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kirchoff, Ralph Mirlen
. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lapham, Dean L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur
Lingen, John Russell
.Minneapolis
Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Formosa, China
Lundeen, Donovan T. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundgren, David Dean
.Minneapolis
........
......
.....St.
Parizek, Gloria Mae . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Patana, R. Raymond J.. .Crystal Falls, Mich.
Pearson, Howard Erwin . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Richard Leroy . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Harold Everett . . . . .Minneapolis
Petterson, Leroy M.. . . . .Drummond, Mont.
Quanbeck, Kent B. . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Radde, Leon R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Razook, Patricia R.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D.
Reimer, Donald James. . . . . .Mountain Lake
Rimmereid, Arthur V.. .New Rockford, N. D.
Ringstad, Ruth J. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Rykken, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau
Schultz, C. Arthur.. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Sigler, Fred C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silrum, Edwin 0. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silverstein, Richard Stanley.. . . . . .St. Paul
Skogsbergh, Samuel P. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Steineke, Donald Duane. . . . . .Moose Lake
Stenoien, Vernon S. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stensland, Donald E. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
Straiton, Thomas Paul. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Strommen, Dorothy M.. Blanchardville, Wis.
Tamm, William C. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thompson, Carol Joyce.. . . . .Binford, N. D.
Tuff, Harry Airth.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D.
Unruh, Peter D., Jr.. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake
Valtinson, Joseph Olai, Jr.. . . . .DeKalb, Ill.
Vetvick, Leo B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vik, Phyllis June . . . . . . . . . .Wauboy, S. D.
Werts, Harold Glenn . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wilson, Woodrow W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Youngquist, Edmund R. . . . . . . . . . . Bolaton
Manger, Elizabeth J.. . . . . . . .Wilmette, Ill.
Mattson, Harold S. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Nofer, Herman Frederick, Jr.
Olson, Harry Edwin, Jr.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winger
Oren, Donald Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Oscarson, Rhoda Knutson . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ostrem, Gloria Ruth . . . . . . . . . Joliet, Ill.
Oudal, Wilmer Jayson . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Paul
Ohno, Tom Tomeo . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ollila, Douglas J. ....... lshpeming, Mich.
Zustiak, Mildred Ruth
.......Minneapolis
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
82
26
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1953-1954
FIRST SEMESTER
SEMINARY
. . . . . . . . . . .
Men Students . . . . . .
.
.
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..
.
28
1
. . . . .
.
. . . .
-
........
COLLEGE
Men Students . .
Women Students
........
........
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMINARY
Men Students ...................................................
Women Students .......................................
..
Totol
30
.
......................................................
-1
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
367
................................................
..........................
.
.
186
-
..........................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
584
-0
584
TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1953- 1954
SEMINARY
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
1
........................................................
COLLEGE
Men Students .........................
.................
Women Students ................................................
Total
30
.....................................................
414
..
351
-
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
765
796
2
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
................................
.
Total
,
,
-
..
, ,
, . . - - -
.............
COLLEGE
, , , ,
- -
. . . . . . . . .
........................
Total
.........
Total Graduates
...
INDEX
Page
Academic. Administration ........... 44
Amunts. Payments of .............. 16
Accreditation ................... .2. 20
Admission. College ................ 44
Admission. Seminary ............... 103
Administration ....................
5
Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Aims. Fundamental ................
17
Alumni Association. The ............ 20
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80. 93
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35. 36
Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
AudieVisual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Band ........................ .34,
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration. Curriculum . .
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . .
79
95
5
20
56
89
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79
Christian Education and Sociology . . . . 110
Christian Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 108
Classical Languages, Department of . . . 68
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Classwork, Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-39
College, Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
College Students (1953-1954) . . . . . . . 112
committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Contents. Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study. College . . . . . . . . . 64
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..46. 52
Cultural Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Debate ond Oratory . . . . . . . . . . .34. 73
Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . . . 58
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Distinction, Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 73
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Education, Department of Psycholm
and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Education01 Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7
Employment Service . . . . . . . . . . . . .W,
43
Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses . . 60
English, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.
English, Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Enrollment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements, College . . . . . 44
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Examinations, Comprehensive . . . . . . . . 49.
Examinations, Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . .48, 49
Expenses, Student . . . . . ..24, 25, 26, 104
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25. 26
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Support and Control . .
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fundamental Aims . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . .
German. Department of . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates 1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870.1953). Summary
Graduation Requirements. College
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and Physical Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69. 106
High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . 55
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
History and Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 92
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . 57
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52'
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 5 2
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Housing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Page
. . . . 68
lncompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Lower Division Requirements . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the
Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . .
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
. .
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mothemotics. Department of ........ 99
Medical St& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .23. 59
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . 61
Membership in Educational Associations 20
Ministry. Preparation for the . . . .53. 103
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Missionary Work. Preparation for . . . . 54
Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . .34. 35. 79
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of ..................... 95
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 107
Norwegian. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . . 58
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of .23. 59
Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . 106
.
Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 73
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Organizations. Student . . . . . . . . . -32-39
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. 86
Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . 54
Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Personnel Services. Student . . . . . . . . 40
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66
Physical Education. Department of
Health and .................... 100
Physical Sciences. Department of . . . . . 96
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Placement Service for Graduates . . . . 43
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 110
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -109
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . .53. 103
Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Page
Psychology and Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . .
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion and Philcsophy. Division of . . .
Religious Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Romance Languages. Department of . . .
Room Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
27
46
47
64
39
52
76
42
Scandinavian Language and Literature.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . . . . 56
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7
Seminary. Faculty .................
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 105
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 104
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 105
Seminary Internship ............... 105
Social Life. Recreation and . . . . . . . . . . 39
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 83
Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 81
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 23
Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 40
. . . . . 111
Student Register . . . . . . . . .
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
_
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teachefs Certificate . . . . . . . . . .55. 85
Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . - 5 5
Testing ................ .40. 44. 48. 49
Theology. College Preparation for . 53. 103
Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 105
Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . 103
Theological Students (1953.1954) . . . . . 111
Transfer and Advanced Standing .45. 104
Trustees. b a r d of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Upper Division Requirements . . . . . . . . 52
Veterans. Admission of . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South
between Seventh and Eighth Streets South with adminisvative
o h located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t Twenty-first
Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on &e
following Jines:
I.
The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2.
?he Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first
Avenue South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh
Street and Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
-
- - -
= s ~ M - e H d
Hours: Monday through F r i d a y y : 5 5
-
- % muse ~ ~ u a- e Delm .- i H~~~~
-i
&-Hdl-
-
sv-
-
&use
-
-
~ - l & ofice Library
LI 0 5 0 1
a m to 5 :oo p.m.
m:
A+
~
-
*
a.m. to 12:30 p.m.
Saturday-8:jo
lhmimries
Mumolinl
*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ~ -
-
~-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A T 9143
- A T 905s
- AT9112
- MA 9949
-
-
-
-
-
MA 9229
-
- AT 9290
- M A 9590
- MA 9161
-
-
LI 0505
-
GE 2468
-
-
-
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure
and requirements for admission, advertising and publicity,
and general information about the institution.
OFFICE OF PUBLIC RELATIONS
ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information and requests
for admission to the Theological Seminary.
SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY
-
EVALUATION OF CREDITS Transcript of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR
-
HOUSING OF STUDENTS Questions pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life.
DEAN OF STUDENTS
For information that does not appear to be covered above
AWSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirement... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies
contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpub1ishedherein;the
student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Table of C o n t e n t s
PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 23, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 29, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE
PAGE 33, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 42, EXPENSES
PAGE 45, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 52, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 54, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 142, FACULTY
PAGE 151, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 153, INDEX
PAGE 155, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog i s designed togive you the information you need to know
as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions
you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the
Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hopethe following brief
definitions will be helpful.
ACADEMIC
COURSE
.......... The
practices, principles, regulations, and customs which
characterize school and college.
............. A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four
courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the
interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for
graduation.
MAJOR
.............
.A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in
20 departments.
MINOR.. .......... ..A concentration in a field or study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE
FEE
.......... ..A
course not required for the major or minor but taken by the
student from any college department as his or her interests
dictate.
.................. Charges
LOAN
made by the College for special services such as
laboratory equipment or locker rental.
...............Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays.
See "Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP ...... .Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or
the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships
vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally
depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no
obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
......... .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15
weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE
...... .A course which a student i s required to complete before another
one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the
same or another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the
excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of
the rural setting. Augsburg i s one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which
can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables
you to be a participant or a spectator at a
variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are
regularly available to you on campus,
as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic
programs.
Religious activities are a vital part of the
campus. The Religious Life Commission
has been established by the Student
Government to oversee, stimulate and
perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg
campus. Its primary purpose and goal is
neither self-serving nor self-sustaining,
but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning
experience. While distributional and
major requirements act as guidelines,
there is latitude to design a portion of
your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are
central. The college follows the calendar
known as the "4-1-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will
encounter ideas and experiences from
the whole range of human knowledge.
The liberal arts education, however, i s
more than an education of knowledge
from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration i s necessary in
your chosen field. You may choose from a
variety of majors for hundreds of career
possibilities.
Augsburg i s in the center of the Twin
Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this
metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope
of resources and activities is available to
enrich your education, if you choose. You
may select an evening at the Guthrie
Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at
any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon
touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in
the Twin Cities. There are numerous
opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North
Stars, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an
eager student body and a remarkable
location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege
affiliated with the American Lutheran
Church (ALC). Founded more than 100
years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s
centennial in 1969 and i s i n its second
century of Christian higher education.
The current student body of over 1600 i s
largely of Lutheran background though
many denominations are represented on
campus. About 65% are residentstudents,
while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area.
Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several
major airlines provide daily service t o
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient,
Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and
Allegheny. Bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United
States.
The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes
east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border
of the campus. (Directions are given in the
map section of this catalog.)
History
Location
You and your education will have the
option of benefiting from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art
collections are available t o you in the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker
Art Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded
by Norwegian Lutherans in America.
Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first
college students were enrolled i n 1874
and the first college graduation was held
in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area
performing organizations afford rich
opportunities for the enjoyment of music
of many types. The Twin Cities also appear
regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists.
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with
the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters
in the area such as the nationally known
Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round,
the O l d Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera,
Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen
Dinner Theater.
Nature and Objectives
Recreational activities abound. You can
play tennis at parks near the campus or
swim in one of the many area lakes. In the
winter you may join other students o n
skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
of the American Lutheran Church. It i s
committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and
humanities in the context of the Christian
faith.
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g
primary objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting
them to become proficient i n onearea
or major.
Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
t o h e l p students understand t h e
Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world.
The College and i t s faculty subscribe t o
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulagated by the American Association of American Colleges.
to develop students' love o f learning
and their faculties o f reason, criticism,
curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic
excellence.
to increase students' understanding o f
the urban environment and culture,
and to enable them to gain the skills
needed to respond creatively to the
problems and potentialities o f the
modern city.
to encourage students to ascertain
their interests and abilities, and to aid
them i n discovering the occupational
opportunities which exist for them.
to assist students i n their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes
and qualities o f character compatible
with the Christian faith.
Policies
It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed t o Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial
Hall, (332-5181), or t o the Director of the
Office for Civil Rights, Department of
The Campus
Augsburg's campus is located i n the heart
of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 16
major buildings with a number of cottage
housing units that are very popular with
the students. The University of Minnesota
and two of the city's largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's are adjacent t o the
campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation
in the following associations that set
standards by which excellence i s judged:
North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is t o
permit students t o learn, first-hand, about
t h e College program, facilities, and
admissions requirements. A personal
interview affords candidates, parents, and
the admissions counselor the opportunity
to exchange information vital i n the
process o T - T e r e a K - aTdtege and i n
making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions
officer are strongly recommended but are
not mandatory.
of the faculty and to attend classes,
Monday through Friday, when school is in
session.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour
and an interview are asked to write for an
appointment or call the office (332-5181).
Preferred times for campus visits are 9
a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements
may also be made to meet with a member
School, church, and other groups are
welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office
o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454.
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
,<
- \.-
.-'
.Z
Campus Guide
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1. Admissions House
2. West Hall
3. Library
4. Science Hall
5. O l d Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10. Memorial Hall
11. Art Studio and Art Annex
12. O l d Music Hall
13. Si Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Music Hall
18. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus o n Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St.*Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
Admissions (628 21st Ave. 5.)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 114)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
The Physical Plant
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located i n
relation t o each other.
Following i s a brief description of each
building.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a
large number of classrooms and offices.
offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat
recital hall.
The Speech and Drama Building, was
acquired in 1959 and remodeled for
dramatic and other speech activities.
Science Hall, erected i n 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories
for chemistry, physics, and biology; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several
classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa
Odland Observatory on the roof of
Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960.
The Augsburg College Center, completed
in 1967, is a center of non-academic
activity on campus. The building houses
the Commons, which i s the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and a
coffee shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this
building. The bookstore i s also located
here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided i n this three-story
building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
was erected and dedicated i n 1955.
Adjaceant t o Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it
provides excellent resources for research
and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an
eleven-story building providing living
quarters for 324 students. The building
was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given several
generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building i s that each floor i s
considered a "house unit" providing the
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium,
was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel
services, and general auditorium purposes.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected
in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The
building houses about 60 students and
provides space for several faculty and
administrative otfices.
The Music Hall, erected in 1978, is the
newest building on the campus. It contains classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, a music library, practice studios,
Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973,
named in honor of M i s s Gerda Mortensen,.dean of women at Augsburg from
1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing
for 312 upperclass students. A spacious
lounge area as well as conference rooms
are located i n this building.
-
-
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in
1964, houses the Department of Art on its
two floors.
West Hall, i s an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for
married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus
area p r o v i d e accommodations f o r
students, faculty, and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628-21st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for
hockey, recreational skating, and figure
skating.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide its students
with a broad liberal arts education as well
as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences
and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and t h e
Christian ministry i s offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation f o r
careers i n business, communications,
medical technology, music, nursing,
occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks t o assist its students
through their academic experience t o
better understand themselves and the
world and to equip them t o serve accordi n g t o their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student as Learner
A great deal has been written during the
last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to i t s students. Augsburg
recognizes its task to provide consistently
high quality opportunities for learning
along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity
which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o
simply buying so many courses and being
exposed to the activities of professors.
Learning involves t h e solitary i n n e r
struggle of the student who investigates,
analyzes and synthesizes the materials
and insights offered. When these have
become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities i n this process. Neither
party can elude its basic task.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try t o
take a personal interest i n their students.
The student-faculty ratio i s approximately
15.5 t o 1, with class size averaging 25 or
less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as
academic advisers and are available for
help on individual problems. They often
join students in discussing the political
climate, comparing notes on a visiting
speaker, or talking over the latest sports
victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The
main library, centrally located next to the
Science Hall, houses over 150,000volumes
including books, periodicals, records and
various other media. The Music and
Chemistry libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service
among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library.
Through Minitex, the statewide network,
the additional resources of Minnesota
and Wisconsin libraries are accessible t o
the Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff p r o v i d e s
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction
in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance i n pursuing term
paper topics, and directions t o other local
sources of information,
The AV Center of the Library provides
facilities for classes in broadcasting and
audio-visual materials. Assistance with the
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings
are available f o r b o t h f a c u l t y and
students. Equipment such as movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may
be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice o n
materials selection are also available.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two
15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each
semester the student generally enrolls i n
four courses; during the interim concentration i s on one subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an
arena of learning. Creative energies and
individual interests determine the course
of study. Innovation and experimentation
are encouraged in this change from the
general academic schedule. Interest i n
music may take form in the study and
presentation of a concert program. Interest i n people may find form i n the study
and participation i n activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising
agencies provide opportunities for those
interested' i n communications. Whether
your interests are sedate or spectacular
the interim will afford the opportunity t o
experience and experiment while learning.
General Education
Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation
are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f
courses. A student seeking a liberal arts
education would probably choose many
of them even if they were not required.
I n the humanities area, students may
select courses i n literature, philosophy,
art, music, foreign languages, speech,
drama, and religion. Science courses may
be chosen f r o m biology, chemistry,
mathematics, or physics. Courses in social
and behavioral sciences are offered i n
science, psychology and sociology.
Proficiency in English writing must be
demonstrated. O n e course f r o m an
approved list of courses containing an
emphasis on urban concerns i s required
as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports.
For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
wide scope of courses in the natural and
social sciences, in the humanities, and in
religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
many graduate schools consider the
grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their class schedules.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course.
Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116
(or 105,106), 351,352,353; English Ill,
and
one or more writing and literature
courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics
121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology,
behavioral sciences and humanities, 5
courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year. Requirements have been designed
to fulfill the minimum requirements of
the School of Dentistry at the Universityof
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program
of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied
Science and the Michigan Technological
University. See under Engineering for
information on the course requirements
in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical
School of the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may
vary. Programs have been designed to
fulfill the minimum requirements of the
Medical School of the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in
law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American
Law Schools. Early consultation with the
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is
strongly suggested. Students may wish to
take the political science course, Law in
the United States, to help determine
whether they possess an interest in law.
Since law schools encourage students to
maintain a high grade point average, the
pre-law student should be aware that
Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,
352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and
a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to
fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements
should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the
bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
This two-year program has been designed
to fulfill minimum requirements of the
College of Pharmacy at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary
with any of several different majors, e.g.,
history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology, religion. The student planning
t o enter seminary should include Religion
111, 221 among the courses selected. A
pre-seminary curriculum should include
at least two semesters of history (Western
Civilization) and one or more courses i n
the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior and/or senior
year. .
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C.,
the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and Minitex, the statewide
library network, the Augsburg community has access t o over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus.
No additional fee i s required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction
in music and some independent studies.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
See under "Independent Study" for
further details. Students may elect t o
English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124;
participate in the cooperative program t o
Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology Ill, gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or t o
112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1
undertake a specific course or major not
course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art,
offered on the home campus. The colliterature, music, humanities, theater, and
leges have coordinated calendars. The
upper division foreign languages); aninterim term may also be taken o n
t h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography,
another campus. A regularly scheduled
history, political science, psychology, and
bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e
sociology courses to fulfill the remainder
campuses.
of the distribution requir,ements.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed t o fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges i n planning study opportunities for the January interim. For
example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly
plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
The Higher Education Consortium. This
Computer Programming. Augsburg and
group is composed of colleges and uniControl Data Institute have an arrangeversities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South
ment whereby students may transfer the
Dakota. Planned activities include inequivalent of three courses in computer
novative curricular programsfor students,
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg
interchange and sharing of academic perCollege.
sonnel and o t h e r college resources,
cooperative research projects, foreign
Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursstudy, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban
ing students in the school of nursing at
affairs conference, and development of
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive inprograms consistent with the needs and
struction in biology, chemistry, and other
resources of the community organiza~ basic courses at Augsburg. Applications
tions of the Upper Midwest.
for admission t o the school of nursing
should be made directly t o the hospital.
Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year
program i n social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program i s designed t o train
specialists to help professional people i n
dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers.
Classes are held at such places as the
Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison,Trevillaof Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response o f students
involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Medical Technology. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers w o r k which
enables qualified students t o receive a
college degree with a major in Medical
Technology. The first three years of this
work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program i s completed at
one of the three hospitals when the
student i s accepted by the participating
hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by
the hospitals.
Engineering. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and
Michigan, enables a student t o receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the
last two at the affiliated university.
Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home,
is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
wishes t o participate i n an international
program.
Admission t o this program requires an
application t o b e approved by t h e
director of 'the program. Application
should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are
r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the major
and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All
candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult w i t h t h e Director regarding
proper sequence of courses.
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations. Augsburg participates i n the
SPAN program. This i s a joint venture of
the University of Minnesota and several
colleges i n the state. Each year three or
four countries are selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarships
to enable them t o spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries
chosen. Applications to the program are
made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and
group meetings during the school year
before departure, independent study
abroad on a topic of one's choice during
the following summer, and the writing of
a paper upon return.
Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity.
Students at A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e a n d
Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity, a
metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at
each other's campuses under certain
m u t u a l l y satisfactory arrangements.
Interested persons should contact the
Academic Dean.
While Augsburg
not
Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United
States, such programs are available i n the
area and may be pursued by
Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study
Abroad
Several types of international experience
are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on
lnternational Study at Augsburg from the
Director of International Programs. Since
there is a limit on the number of students
who may study abroad each year it i s wise
to apply in the fall prior t o the year one
Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or
junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at
San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
lnstitute for American Universities at
Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France;
The Goethe Institute in Germany; the
University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. In addition,
through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs i n
Columbia, Denmark, England, France,
Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type
o f study must be approved before
departure by the Director of International
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's
graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or t o
satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School. Again there i s a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish
t o spend a summer studying abroad. Re-
cently Augsburg students have spent
summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England.
Those interested in further information
should contact the Director of International Programs.
fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write
the Office of the Associate Dean of the
Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
Interim. Study abroad during the interim
is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and
in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following
January.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed t o provide opportunities for
qualified students to pursue an enriched
and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors
student forums and options in completing
the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain
practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or
personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies
and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of
courses, both credit and non-credit,
through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses
are offered on a semester-hour basis, the
courses vary in length from four weeks to
The New Dimensions Program i s for
adults who have not attended or who
have not graduated from college. The
program provides admissions counseling,
career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special
course to ease the transition to academic
life.
The transitional course, "The Adult
Student: Issues and Challenges," i s offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training
and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and
family problems arisingfrom the return to
school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through
sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, i s awarded t o
graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and
Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of
Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a
major aspect of your college life, but
learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan
area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can
add dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg
is religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of
faith. Chapel services are held three times
a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. The Wednesday
evening Eucharist service in the College
Center i s a valued worship experience for
many students. Students, faculty and staff
participate voluntarily. Special events are
sponsored throughout the year and a
number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus
Pastor has an office in the College Center
where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more
involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, special dinners,
name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo,
and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that
unite classroom or non-classroom related
interests meet i n the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to performing on campus and in the city,
the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the
Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several
student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given o n
campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged t o participate i n
some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as
well as individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges. Check schedules for times when
there i s open use of the gymnasium and
the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg i s affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and i s a member of the National
Association of lntercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA). The College annually competes
in ten sports, including football, soccer,
cross-country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
Augsburg i s also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association
for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete i n
volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, tennis, track & field, and
softball.
Student Services
Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context i n which learning takes
place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge growsfrom more
than intellectual endeavors. Expanding
relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and
interdependence, finding purpose and
commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills t o produce the
desired educational impact of the college
on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created t o support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at
the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide t o a
College Education. This book will help
you assess the possibilities in your education, choices t o make, directions t o
consider and different destinations for
which t o plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development
provides a variety of services t o help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as
possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate in are listed
below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your
first academic year and register for classes.
You and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory,
attend events in the metropolitan area
and seek answers t o the rnany questions
you have about college life.
you think through how you can handle
major or minor problems i n a constructive
way. Consultation i s provided on questions of policy and procedure.
Career Planning and Placement. You may
be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide
opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance t o
review their interests with a counselor.
Minority Concerns. If you have some
special needs or simply want t o expand
your cross-cultural awareness, you can
contact a staff member t o help you find
out which resources and programs will
help meet your needs.
Human Development Seminars. A series
of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year t o help you grow i n understanding of yourself and your relationship
t o others. Such topics as PEER (Positive
Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information o n
current offerings and oppoi-tunity t o
register are provided several times during
the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want t b
improve your skills in such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and
testing by attending one or more of the
workships offered. You also will have an
opportunity t o meet with a counselor t o
diagnose your needs. If a particular
course proves difficult, you can arrange
for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations
occur for all of us where we can handle
challenges more effectively discussing
things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability t o respond t o the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his
or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant i n group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or
more Resident Staff who are able t o
facilitate the process of group living as
well as discuss personal concerns with
individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students l i v e i n Urness Tower. This
eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each
floor is considered a house unit providing
36 students, two t o a room,with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence
hall, is an alternative t o traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and
t w o - b e d r o o m apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
about 60 upperclass men and women.
Memorial's special advantage is that it i s
large enough t o meet new people, but
small enough to retain a friendly, close
atmosphere.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom
apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Another alternative option is Annex
Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of
upperclass men or women share living
space, house responsibilities, and cooking.
Houses are located in the campus area.
One way to maximize the living-learning
aspects of your housing situation is to avail
yourself of the opportunity to bid for a
house as a Special Interest House. Groups
of students have created exciting projects
by writing and implementing educational
impact proposals on such topics as
Environmental Concerns, Men's and
Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Married student housing i s available in
annex housing and Kueffner Apartments.
All freshmen and sophomores not living
at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire school year.
New students receive room assignments
during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make
housing arrangements in the spring. All
resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged
to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space i s available.
All students living on campus are required
to pay a $100 advance paymentwhen they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s
credited to the students' account when
they move into the residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups
and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities
Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty
serve as academic advisers. Advisers are
assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to
establish close working relationships with
their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one
in the major and one in the area of
education.
Student Financial Services
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about
deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also
recorded. If you have financial problems,
this i s a good place to work them out.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff
of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the
campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy
at cost. Be sure t o check your family
health coverage t o determine if you are
included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
to writing or editing t o service opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President i n
their offices in the College Center.
International Students
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor
of the College Center is the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e
Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor
of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government i s t h e vehicle
through which students can secure a
closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and
faculty, and provide better input into the
decision-making process at Augsburg.
Student government also sponsors and
directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student l i f e at Augsburg.
Student government is organized intothe
executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are
held i n the spring except for freshmen
who elect their representatives i n the fall
of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning
If you are a student from a foreign country
or would like to be part of the activities of
this group, contact the faculty member
who i s appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves t o conduct hearings
and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should
contact the Vice President for Academic
Affairs if the concern i s related to academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Students have the right t o inspect all
official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained i n
the office of the registrar and the placement office and t o challenge inaccurate
or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed i n
the record before January 1, 1975, or
placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact thecenter
for Student Development.
Admission t o the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application i s reviewed by the Admissions
Office and students are accepted on the
basis of high school performance, promise
of success in college as shown by college
entrance examination scores, other motiv a t i o n a l factors, a n d personal
recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities and
e'mployment practices.
A visit t o the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions,
and arrange for you to see the campus.
The Application Process
for Freshmen
1. From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and
complete it.
2. Hand the completed application to
your high school counselor, along with
the $10.00 application fee, and ask that
these be sent with your official high
school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these
tests are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file is complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by
April 15 after acceptance has been made
and/or financial aid (if applied for) has
been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the
student during the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from
other colleges and universities on the
basis of their academic record. College
credit i s granted for liberal arts courses
satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the
right not t o grant credit for courses where
it considers the work unsatisfactory, and
to grant provisional credit for work taken
at unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based
on work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except
for two courses i n religious studies.
Registered Nurse Students, seeking a
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must also complete the Department of
Second Step Nursing entrance tests.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure
and complete, an official application for
admission. This should be sent t o the
Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended to be
sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file i s complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s requested
within one month after acceptance has
been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the
student will be requested to complete a
medical data form, which will be sent by
the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during
the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special
(Non-degree) Students
1. Obtain an application form from the
Office of the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcriptsfrom all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent
only the transcripts of colleges attended
since the last enrollment at Augsburg.)
4.. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made
in the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed
at Augsburg College. A foreign student
adviser i s available to help them in the
transition to college and to the United
States. Admission is based upon performance in secondary school and previous
college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship i s required. A very limited
number of scholarships is available.
Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending
Augsburg. If they have an internationally
valid health insurance policy, a copy of
the policy is required.
For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an
offer of admission if it i s extended. An
Early Decision candidate must apply by
November 15 of the senior year and will
receive the admission decision about
December 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student i s encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The
admissions decision is based upon the
academic record through the junior year,
test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by April 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program i s offered for
a few high school juniors. To apply for
Early Admission, a student must have a
high academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school
and the maturity to cope with a college
course after the junior year in high school.
Also,it is recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or
during the first year of college. A student
applying for Early Admission can take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army
makes provision for an individualized
plan of education. A prospective student
who qualifies for the program may choose
Augsburg as a home school and carry on a
pre-planned course of study at other
colleges while in the Army. An adviser at
Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 i s charged. This fee will
apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time
student at Augsburg College within five
years from initial registration with the
college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the
tuition for courses under Project Ahead.
After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36
months of financial assistance under the
G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work
taken in high school or elsewhere, t o
enroll in courses beyond the beginning
level. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the
study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit i s granted to high school
students who have successfuIly completed
a college level course and who have
scored high on the Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award
credit on the basis of scores received on
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the
Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college
through some form of scholarships,
grants, loans, campus employment, or a
combination of these. Assistance i s
awarded on the basis of financial need
and academic record. Application for aid
i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which i s required
for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial
Aid Form (FAF) of the CollegeScholarship
Service. Upperclass students must also
complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1977-78, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, or loans
totaling $3,789,000 from Augsburg and all
other sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program to
which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal
programs: Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity
Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study, Federally insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student
Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by
April 1will be considered first. For further
information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg.
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all
expenses and of all potential financial
resources i s the best way to do your
financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are
considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for
books and supplies. Tuition and fees for
1979-80 are $3365 per year. Books and
supplies may be estimated at $225 per
year. Room and board is $1620 per year.
Other college-related expenses are those
for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine
months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but
amounts should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics,
incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses,
etc.)
After you have written down estimates of
your expenses, make a list of all possible
sources of income, such as: contributions
from parents' earnings; personal and
family savings; personal earnings during
vacation periods; earnings from part-time
jobs during academic year; benefits from
Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other
than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.,
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any
union to which a family member belongs
for possible scholarship programs. High
school guidance counselors may have
information about student aid offered by
church, civic, professional, or fraternal
organizations in a given locality. Following
you will find a summary of financial aid
programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan
i s available from the Augsburg College
Office of Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
(BEOG)
For students with proven financial
need. Available to full-time and parttime students. Up to $1600 per year
depending on the institutional costs
and the student's eligibility. Obtain
application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Administration Benefits/
G.1. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans
may qualify for special benefits.
Amount i s dependent upon eligibility
as determined by t h e Veteran's
Administration. To apply, contact the
Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
National Scholarship and Grant Program
for Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and
ethnic minorities and other eligible
groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church
(ALC) college or are members of an
ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per
year. Renewable.
Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half
the n ~ r m afull-time
l
academic load. If
the adjusted family inconk of the student i s less than $25,000 per year or if
financial need i s established for those
not i n this category, the Federal
Government pays the full interest on
the loan while the student is in college.
When repayment begins, the student
pays the full 7% interest on the loan.
Maximum loan i s $2500 per year or the
cost of education whichever i s less and
the aggregate maximum i s $7500.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one
parent (covered by Social Security) i s
retired, deceased or disabled. Amount
is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal
Social Security Administration Office
in your area.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for
special assistance. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation
Office. To apply, contact your local
Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of scholastic achievement and
need. High School seniors who are
Minnesota residents are expected to
apply. Range: $100 to $1100; but shall
not exceed one half of the applicant's
demonstrated financial need.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from
Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of evident need. High school
seniors and community/junior college
transfer students who are Minnesota
residents are expected t o apply.
In addition, persons who have not
attended a post-secondary institution
for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
Scholarship/Grant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you
do not receive an application by
December 1, contact your high school
guidance counselor or the college
financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS
to The American College Testing Pro-
gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O.
Box 1000, Iowa City, Iowa 52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code
2080) and the Minnesota Statescholar-
ship'Grant
(Code 6500'
receive the FFS analysis.
NOTE: Unsucce5sful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE
COLLEGE
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their: high school
class with above average aptitude test
scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available
for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who
have shown academic potential and
have financial need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for
a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise
attend college, and who carry at least
one-half the normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched
by other financial assistance such as
loans, scholarships, employment.
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
For students with Droven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
Averages approximately $1000 per
year. Can be reapplied for each year
although renewal i s not guaranteed.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further
full-time study and with proven financial need.
Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable
for a second year.
How to Apply
1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the
financial aid application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement
(FFS) from high school counselor or
Augsburg College Financial Aid
Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code
number is 2080. Financial statements
received by April 1 will be considered
first.
5. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female
students transferring from Waldorf
College. Preference given t o those in
music and/or elementary education.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS,
the College will accept the Financial
Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code
number i s 6014.
6. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the
scholarship committee.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
7. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 t o
be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students.
-
Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descriptions of awards are
copied verbatim from statements of the
donors' wishes.
8. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o a
deserving student.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards
Memorial Scholarship - established
i n 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or
health.
2. The Alma JensenDickerson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
two deserving junior/senior students
as recommended by the committee.
3. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen
Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
-awarded annually t o twodeserving
junior/ senior students.
-
4. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student
of the College selected by the scholarship committee.
9. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and
deserving upperclassmen.
10. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship -distributed annually t o
needy and deserving students.
-
11. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships
up t o $1000 each - awarded on the
basis of scholarship, personality, and
need. Winners must be junior or
senior students who are residents of
the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec orwashington
Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must
be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code
6577)
12. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee
1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders
with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
able and deserving students, who have
physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need.
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. Aid Association for Lutherans Minority
Scholarship Program - awarded
annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need.
2. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 t o be awarded to a Black
student.
3. The M a r l y s Johnson Simengaard
Memorial Scholarship - Awarded
periodically t o a Black American
student.
4. National Scholarship & Grant Program
for Minority Students - sponsored by
the American Lutheran Church (ALC).
Awarded annually t o members of racial
and ethnic minorities.
5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass
Oriental students.
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE
SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to
a student(s) i n the senior class who i s
preparing for the ministry.
2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship
- awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial
Scholarship - awarded on the basis of
need, scholarship and interest i n
Christian service.
4. The Morris G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student
preparing for service as a missionary
through the World Missions Department of t h e American Lutheran
Church.
5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded
periodically t o students preparing for
the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o an able and deserving
junior/senior student recommended
by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected
by donor.
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected o n the
basis of scholarship, characteristics of
service and devotion t o the Christian
faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by
Physical Education faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on basis of
Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually to a male student or students
on basis of personality, character,
athletic and academic achievement.
3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male
student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of
physical education.
4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male
student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic
achievement.
The award is "made to students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character".
The athletic scholarship i s for a male
candidate only, with a preference for
basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the
Biology Department faculty.
Biology Scholarships - established in
1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who
intend to major in Biology, Natural Science
or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by
the Business Administration faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation
Scholarship -awarded to oneor more
upperclass students interested in the
field of business.
2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded to
.one or more upperclass students who
are interested i n business and/or
education.
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player
on basis of financial need.
CHEMISTRY
Winners selected by the
Chemistry faculty.
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of
financial need.
Awarded to students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of Chemistry.
7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
- awarded to a student because of his
academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
7. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music.
-
5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by
Education faculty.
The David Mathre Scholarship - awarded
to qualified full-time students in need of
financial assistance during the term in
which they are student teaching.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. Minneapolis Gas Company Scholarship
- generally awarded to able and
deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or thesciences
on basis of need and academic ability.
2. David and Michelle Christianson
~
~
t scholarship
h
~ - awarded
~
~
to an able and deservingstudent inthe
field of mathematics.
- Winners selected by English
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners
selected by Modern Language faculty.
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with
preference given to those who plan to
teach English as a career.
The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship - awarded annually to
juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
ENGLISH
faculty.
2. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial
Scholarship -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History
faculty.
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students
majoring in history with preference
given to those who plan a career in the
field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE -Winners selected by
Library staff.
MUSIC
faculty.
-
Winners selected by Music
1. O.T. Hertsgaard
Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental
music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise
of overall academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship - awarded to asophomore/junior
student of outstanding promise in the
field of music.
3. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship
1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or
more outstanding student(s) choosing
librarianship as a career.
-
awarded to an Augsburg student
who has music as a major/minor and
who shows outstanding promise for
achievement in the art of singing.
4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on thk
basis of skilled performanceor aptitude
in stringed instruments.
7, Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually to a
student studying choral music.
5' The leonard
and Sylvia KuschelPHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics
Scholarship - awarded to upperclass
students seeking to acquire musical
and performance skills in instrumental
music with preference given to
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award is "made to students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
faculty.
The Theodore
,.
-
icho~rs~ip
awardedannually
to an upperclass
student majoring in
SOCIOLOGY
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the
general field of Christian Sociology.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are for the
1979-80 academic year, and are subject t o
change without notice.
TUITION
Fee for change in registration after the
first three days of classes is $2.00 for each
course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin i s $5.00 per day.
- $3,365
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not
on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
the academic year beginning September,
1978. Students are considered full-time
when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms for a total of
seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student
must register for the semester periods. If
the student elects t o omit an interim or t o
graduate in December, a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $470 per course is
charged the student taking less than three
courses i n a semester or registering for an
interim course only.
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. For part-time students,
the charge for auditing i s one half the
part-time rate per course. Part-time
students who take Lifetime Sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $10.00 is required
from all new students.
A registration fee for students studying
abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $125.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals
must register at Augsburg. The charge i s
$280.00.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T
REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $35
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
Film Making, $90
Life Drawing, $20
Stagecraft, $30
Nursing Admission Test, $15
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad
Adviser.
Music lessons i n addition t o tuition are
$130 a semester (14 lessons), or $9.30 per
lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester
for one hour a day: organ, $35.00 ($15.00
an interim); piano or voice, $20.00 ($6.00
an interim).
Band - Orchestra instrument rental
$30.00 a semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional
copy, $1.00.
Locker rental for commuter students:
$5.00
Arrangements for special examinations
are made i n the Registrar's Office with
charges according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account
basis.
BOARD A N D R O O M
Full Board and Room - $1,620.
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the
Office of Auxiliary Services.
BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another
institution, or discontinuing education
program at Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
In the event of excessive increases in the
cost of operation, these board rates may
be increased at any time before or during
the contract year.
Linen service i s available in residence halls
on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
A statement of estimated charges for the
year will be prepared and forwarded to
the student early in August. Payment of
the first half-year billing period i s due
August 20, and the second half-year i s due
January 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August
20.
1979-80 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition
- $3,365
No student i s permitted to register if his or
her account for a preceding term has not
been paid in full.
Board and Room - $1,620
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT - New students,
$50.00 (not refundable). Required of
students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by April 15,
1979. (Payment is due February 1 under
Early Decision Program). The deposit is
applied to the tuition charge.
R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - AII
resident students: $100.00 advance
deposit. Required at time of signing a
contract, to reserve a housing assignment
for the term beginning September.
Applied to the room charge.
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of his/her
registration and/or being released from
his/her housing contract will be refunded
charges for tuition and room except for
the minimum deduction of $100 of fees to
cover administrative costs according to
the following schedule:
100% through the first five days of classes.
90% .from the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through
the twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through
the twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day through
the middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle
of the term.
Should a student be forced to cancel his/
her registration during the first one-half
of the term due to illness or accident,
upon submission of a report from the
attending physician stating the inability or
inadvisability of continued matriculation,
the charges will be reduced by one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will beapplied back
to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and
deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the
student's account before eligibility for a
cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College
are encouraged to plan their own course
of study with the help of faculty advisers
who are readily available for consultation
and guidance. A well-planned program of
liberal arts studies will include courses in
the humanities, the natural sciences, and
the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be
able to write effectively; they are also
expected to be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United
States.
The general recreational activities courses
at Augsburg are designed to acquaint
students with and to equip students for
lifetime sports.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into
four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily
achieved. A chairperson for each division
i s elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in
the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE A N D
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairperson: Duane lohnson
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the
study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its
mission.
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of
Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s
awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing
and Social Work. Majors in Music may
select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and
Health Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College.
Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages:
Chinese, French, .German, Greek,
Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian,
Russian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
5. Three interim courses. For transfer
students, the number of interim
courses is one less than the number of
years at Augsburg.
6. The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers,
department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Minimum Graduation
Requirements Include the
Following:
7. Each student must apply for graduation
at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the
Registrar's Office.
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must
be upper division (numbered in the
300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in
one department, except 17 f o r
Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy
and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18
for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4
cours,es of internship and 8 courses
with a grade of P (two in the major
except Elementary Education and one
in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward
the 35 total courses required.
8. All degree and course requirements
must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there
may be no incompletes or open courses
on the academic record).
2. Completion of a major. Requirements
for each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all
courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major. (Except for
elementary education and Second
Step Nursing, where 2.5 averages are
required.)
9. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (EnglishIll)
or
certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of
English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. An approved course from each of
the following eight areas (One
course may fulfill the requirement
in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies
of which not more than one may
be an interim course. For transfer
students, the number required i s
one for each year of study (or
equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published
each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course
in order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and one course i n the interim.
Students registered for three or more
courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and
receive permission to register for more
than 4.5 courses.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee i s also charged for
changing registration, i.e., cancelling or
adding courses after the first five days of
the semester.
Students are urged not t o abandon
courses for which they are registered.
Abandoned courses result in a failing
grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the
Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in
accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel From College form i s
returned to the Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least
7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified
as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or
her achievement i s unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
below 1.6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7-15
courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken
16-24 courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken
25 or more courses
If a student has been on probation two or
more semesters consecutively, he/she i s
subject to dismissal at the end of the
following spring term. A student who has
a poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of the
spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by
the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for
two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation are also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0
to 0 with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course
standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the
course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a Pass/
No Credit system, with P meaning a grade
of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit
and a grade of less than 2.0. On the P/N
grading system the grade is recorded but
not computed in the grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of Ptoward graduation. For transfer students the maximum i s an average of
two courses per year. Two courses in the
major (except Elementary Education) and
one in the minor may be on P/N grading
system if approved by the department
chairperson.
Sociology 383, and several interim courses
are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded
only on the P/N system; some others
are graded only only P, 1.0, N. Eng. Ill i s
graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Students may
select the traditional grading system in
most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care
since some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish
to take on the P/N grading system. Any
changes in choice of grading system must
be made according to dates published
each term. A fee i s charged after the first
five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance
studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
An incomplete grade (I)may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an I grade, a student must file a
petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the
reasons for requesting it, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an 1 grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
If the incomplete is not removed during
the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along
with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course
that is to be spread over more than one
semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the
grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N,
1, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade
point average. Courses i n which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however,
be audited.
Students who wish t o !ake courses without credit or grade may do so by register-
ing for Audit (V). Such students should
confer with the professor within two
weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the
student's transcript as having been
audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed witti a grade
of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. The charge for part-time
students i s listed under Expenses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s composed of students
whose grade point average for a semester
is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of
three full courses (or equivalent) graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes in courses offered for credit.
The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a
letter of commendation from the Dean of
the College.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined
as follows:
Summacumlaude
3 . 8 - 4.0 grade
Magnacumlaude
3.6
- 3.79
Cum laude
3.3
-
average
grade
average
3.59 grade
average
In order to qualify for graduation with
distinction transfer students must have
completed two years (fourteen graded
courses) of work at Augsburg College.
l ndependent Study
Independent study programs are offered
by many departments in the College.
These programs are often available to
conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on
an independent basis. Students interested
in registering for independent study must
first secure permission from the faculty
member who will direct the study as well
as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent
study should normally expect to complete
it in one semester but may extend it into
the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is
given at the end of the first term, and the
student will register again for the course
in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may
count toward the 35 courses required for
the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in
which the independent study is proposed
i s not available on their home campus.
Requests for exceptions to this policy
should be made directly to their own
academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Veterans
Augsburg College i s approved by the
State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training.
Veterans should consultwith the Officeof
the Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more
courses are classifiedas full-time students.
It i s the responsibility of each veteran to
report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the
Registrar.
Veterans will be referred to the State
Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not
earn a minimum of three courses per
term. An incomplete grade (I) may be
given only i n the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
Grade reports are issued to students following each term.
A non-punitive grade which brings a
veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to
the Veterans Administration. Veterans
will need to meet the requirements of the
Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning
credit by examinations should consult
with department chairpersoris or with the
Registrar. Credit may be earned through
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Courses
A full course i s offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses (one-half
course credit) are offered in the Division
of Professional Studies.
Classification
.
Sophomore.. . 7courses . I 4 grade pts.
Junior . . . . . .16courses . . 3 2 grade pts.
Senior.. . . . , .25courses . .50 grade pts.
..
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three
courses each of the two semesters and
one course during the interim (for a total
of seven courses). To be considered full
time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses.
A full course has the approximate value of
4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a
week in addition to laboratories. Each
semester is approximately 15 weeks in
length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings.
Courses with inadequate registration may
be cancelled. Students should consult the
schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300and
above are classified as upper division. I n
general, courses numbered in the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for
seniors. In some departments course
numbers also designate areas within the
department
Symbol
#Consent of instructor
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1977-78 .................................................
1,838
Summer Session, 1978 ..................................................... 478
Summary of Graduates
.................................................... 6,991
.............................. 299
Graduates, 1870-1977
Graduates, 1978 (August 31, 1977-May 21, 1978)
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics t o
be considered. For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and
requirements f o r individual courses,
please consult the respective instructors
of the courses.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
Courses and terms listed are subject t o
change.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
American Studies
Director: Crier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495
and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S.
History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the
U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5
courses in one of these areas and 3 in each
of the others).*
History of the United States
American Studies, 237, 260
History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
Humanities in the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 247 (also Speech 247), 250,351,
490 and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences i n the United States
Economics 720, 722, 123, 251
Education 478#
Political Science 727, 722, 770,325,326,
370, 377, 427
Sociology 777, 373, 387,383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken
during the Interim, Summer Schoolandat
other colleges should-be approved by the
director for inclusion i n the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization t o be approved by director.
M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495
plus 2 courses in each of the above
groupings under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN
HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related
to the black experience, e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery,
evangelicalism. Course content subject t o
change from year to year. Meets one
religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the
black experience i n urban America, e.g.
Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II,
with emphasis upon the contributions of
literature, art and music of the period.
Course content subject t o change from
year t o year. (Spring)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN
INDIANS
The situation of Indians in the United
States since the Indian Reorganization Act
(1934) with an emphasis upon current
issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions
among selected Indian tribes today.
(Spring)
phenomenon in American life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines t o the topic and practice i n the
integration of primary source materials.
Occasional use of Twin Cities resource
persons and the co-learning model when
appropriate to topic. Open t o freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
265 W O M E N I N AMERICAN CULTURE
495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the
position of black and white women in
American culture from the founding of
the colonies t o the present. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
For description, see course 295. Open t o
juniors and seniors who will do a different
level of work (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature i n area of student's choice. Consult
with director t o determine conditions of
contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only.
Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
Art
Chairperson: Philip Thompson
ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history
courses including 386, 387, 388.
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art
major but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses
including 107; two from 118,221,223,225,
and 250.
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience
i n t h e environment leading t o w a r d
appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980)
STUDIO ART
242 FILM M A K I N G
107 DRA'WING
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation
of the expressive and structural elements
of film. (Summer, Interim)
Drawing i n pencil, charcoal, ink, and
pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures,
building interiors and exteriors, and
experimental work. (Fall, Spring)
250 CERAMICS I
118 PAINTING I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p a i n t i n g media and
technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
An introduction t o the making
- of .pottery
with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1
The camera used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression with attention
given t o black and white,
and
photographic processes.
A study of visual communications in
magazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Practice
in areas of photography, typography, and
illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
150 JEWELRY
An introduction t o the making of jewelry
in copper, brass, pewter, and silver.
(Spring)
221 SCULPTURE l
An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring)
351 CERAMICS I1
Advanced work in ceramics with an
emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:
250. Fall, Spring)
355 PAINTING I1
223 PRINT M A K I N G I
Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 718.
Fall, Spring)
Principles and methods of print making i n
a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING
225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements
such as color, line, shape, texture, and
pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks
of water-color painting with emphasis o n
the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing
and transparent water-color. (Prereq.:
707. Offered alternate years. Fall, 7978)
368 PRINT M A K I N G I1
478 SCULPTURE II
Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring)
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 227. Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult chairman or internship director
to determine project.
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice, intended for senior art majors.
(Fall, Spring)
proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Offered
7979-80)
ART HISTORY
290 ART HISTORY SURVEY
A survey of art from prehistoricto modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums. (Offered
Summer, 7977, 7979-7980)
387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART
European painting, sculpture, and archit e c t u r e t h r o u g h t h e 18th century.
(Offered 7 935-75)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia
f r o m pre-history t o modern times.
(Spring, 7979, Alternate years)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicisp through the
present. (Offered 7978-79)
385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART
389 AMERICAN ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period to the 4th Century A.D. (Offered
7 980-87)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
Early Christian through late Gothic and
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and
its relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements. (Offered Fall
7977 and alternate years)
Biology
Chairperson: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one
course from each of the following three
groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473,
474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill);
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352;
Mathematics 124,125 (or 121,122); Physics
121,122 also required. Students intending
to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses,
cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least
course from each of the following
groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355,
inone
five
474
(Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473
(Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352)
also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this
major. Licensure for teaching after July,
1979, also requires three courses i n earth
and life sciences. Students are advised to
consult with the Education Department
early in their planning.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 111,112and
three upper division courses. Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The
same as Option I major. In addition,
medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology
and 3.0 overall; active participation i n
seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application f o r t h e
honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
deal?What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of
food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of
genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of
health care? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours
laboratory. Does not apply to the major or
minor. Fall)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt t o
answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic
fold? Does man have a niche in the
ecosystem? What influence does man
have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man? (3
hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. A
student may not receive credit for both
Biology 707 and 703. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structureand
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain
other paramedical students, or #; Spring
for Physical Education, Music Therapy
and other interested students. A student
may not receive credit for both Biology
107 and 703. Does not apply to the major
or minor).
105 BIOLOGY AND SOCIEN
What are some of the biologically-based
problems with which our society must
Basic microbial features are considered as
well asapplications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours
lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.:
Chemistry 703. Spring. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS I N BIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people ta-king the
course together with college students i n a
co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needsand interest. Applies
towards the Natural Science requirement.
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science
majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular
biology, genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l
biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours
laboratory. 717, Fall; 172, Spring)
323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N
PHYSIOLOGY
A laboratory-based course in which the
principles of human function are learned
by experimentation and class discussion
of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended
for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health,
physical education and related programs
as well as b i o l o g y majors (primarily
Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall,
7980. Offered alternate years.)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the
plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the
chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture.
Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #.
Fall; this course is prereq. to 477 and 476.
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
351 INVERTEBRATE Z O O L O G Y
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior,
life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7978. Offered alternate
years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772.
Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and
physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7979. Offered alternate
years).
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes
microtechnique, cytological studies, cell
physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367
or #; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Spring)
473 A N I M A L PHYSIOLOGY
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis
on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila
genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis
on the vertebrates. Wherever possible,
functions are explained on the basis of
physical and chemical principles. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772;
Chemistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722 or
#. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes w h i c h occur
during the development of organisms
with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental as well asdescriptive studies
are included i n the laboratory work. In
addition to embryonic development, the
topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4
hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers
relating t o recent biological literature and
research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n
biology)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and
viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology,genetics,and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain
methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors
who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772,
and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Business Administration and Economics
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
MAJOR I N ACCOUNTING: Business
Administration 101,102,131,261,263,379,
381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122,
123, 251 and o n e additional course
selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also
required. At least three upper division
courses are required. For those planning
on careers i n accounting, completion of
the two remaining courses in the sequence
381, 382, 483, 484 i s recommended. I n
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
MAJOR I N FINANCE: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379,
478, and one other course from the
sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122,
123, 251, and one additional course
selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also
required. At least five upper division
courses are required. (392 i s strongly
recommended) In addition, courses i n
data processing and c o m p u t e r p r o gramming are strongly recommended.
NOTE: The department i s currently
planning to introduce a new major in
marketing and a new major in management information systems.
In addition to the courses listed below,
the following courses are offered under
the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Computer-
aided Research Methods, lntroduction
to Marketing, Managerial Economics,
Managerial decisionmaking, Intermediate Quantitative Methods, Operations
Research and Research Methods for
Economics and Business.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101, 102, and one of 261,
373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the
major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in
the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who
wish to take the Certified PublicAccountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must
have completed the major i n Business
Administration-Accounting, taken all
accounting and business-law courses
offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics
general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5
courses but not more than 12 courses of
related business subjects (Economics,
Finance and Mathematics). Students who
have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the
Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
Students who plan to major in thedepartmerit are strongly encouraged to select a
department advisor as soon as possible,in
order t o carefully plan their program of
study.
101 PRlNClPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 707, Fall,
Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor i n
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm;
sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
A, analysis
of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, capital stock and surplus
accounts, current and long-term assets.
(Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserved, actuarial topics. Additional
emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
dent the opportunity to spend one full
term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will
write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer.
Cannot be taken in Interim only).
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Advanced financial theory: a systems
approach to financial structure and policy.
Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures
and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships
of various types of securities from the
viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of
capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s
strongly recommended. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
483 AUDITING
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics.
(Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.)
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq.: 701, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring.
Offered alternate years.)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
readings in the areas of Accounting,
Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation, but not to the
major. This program will afford the stu-
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity to analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
ECONOMICS
MAJORI N ECONOMICS: Economics 122,
123,251,258,454 and three other courses
of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required.
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics.
Mathematics 373 may be substituted for
Business Administration 379. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics
122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other
course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379
and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly
encouraged to take other courses offered
in the department in addition to those
listed above.
NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in applied
economics and a new area of public
policies studies.
In addition to the courses listed below.
the following courses are offered under
the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Consumer
Economics, Managerial Economics, Managerial Decision-Making, Mathematical
Economics, History of EconomicThought,
Intermediate Quantitative ~ e t h d d s ,
Research Methods for Economics and
Business and Advanced Economic
Theory.
MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258and
one other course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the
major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination
in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as
possible, in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit
Systems, etc. Fundamental m i c r o economic tools introduced t6 facilitate
discussion of the above-mentioned
topics.
NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not
plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the
above three areas should enroll in 122and
123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also
open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
(MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics;
national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade, eco-
nomic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic
problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or
may be taken in the same term in order for
the student to progress more rapidly to
the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
(MICRO)
macro-models. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the
business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
An introduction to micro-economics.,the
theory of the household, firm, market
structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
-
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction to COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry;
the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 723, Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
122, 723. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks,
the Federal Reserve System and its role in
relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and
policy. (Prereq.: 722. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation but not to the
major. This program w i l l afford the
student the opportunity to spend some
time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on
his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be
taken i n Interim only)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND
POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination
of wages, collective bargaining. Particular
attention paid to the economic problems
of minority groups and poverty areas.
(Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring).
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare
functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring,
alternate years)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity to analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
Chairperson: Earl Alton
GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY:
115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar.
Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125
also required. Since upper division courses
have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take
Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman
year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
A M E R I C A N CHEMICAL SOCIETY
APPROVED MAJOR: I 1courses including
115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry
courses above 350. Chemistry seminar
participation; Mathematics 224; and
Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading
ability in German equivalent to one
semester also required.
M I N O R : 5 courses which must include
115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses
in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361
are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it i s suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken
as the advanced course. Licensure after
July, 1979, also requires three courses in
earth and life' sciences. Students are
advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry
department for assistance in planning a
course program early in their college
career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS
major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one
summer or course of approved research;
participation i n seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 105
and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
Concerning prerequisites: Most courses
in this department have prerequisites,
courses that must be completed before
enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of
2.0 or higher in order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s
necessary. These requirements must also
be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second
term.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of
general, organic, and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of
life. Does not apply toward the major.
(Credit cannot be earned for both Chem.
103 and any one of Chem. 105, 106, 115,
116, 223, 357, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 7 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3
years o f #. Fall)
105,106 PRINCIPLES O F CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116;
designed especially for students who will
not major in chemistry, although students
may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by a variety of examples including organic
and environmental systems. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 705, Fall;
706, Spring)
reactor mechanism; many applications of
organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour
lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq. :
706 o r 176, 357 Fall; 352, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL A N D QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester
includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory
with examples from inorganic chemistry.
The second emphasizes equilibrium and
solution chemistry.
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c
analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The
laboratory involves quantitative analysis
of a variety of samples, and includes trace
.analysis. (Prereq.: 706 or 776. Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC A N D
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r non-chemistry majors,
medical technologists, and others i n
allied health science programs whose
professional goals do not require either of
two-term organic course or the one-term
biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant t o a survey of biochemistry i s studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes and certain hormones. (3 onehour lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory.
Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol.
367. Credit cannot be earned for both
Chem. 223 and any one o f Chem. 703,357,
352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 705 or 775.
Spring)
351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds
with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material
is correlated by means of modern theories
of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum
theory, and states of matter are studied i n
the first semester. Applications of these
concepts t o areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry i n the
second semester. (3 one-hour lectures,
one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353;
Physics 727, 722; Mathematics 724, 725.
367, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f
identifying organic compounds i n the
l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e
structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the
literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
352,353,357 or #; some readingknowledge
o f German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium
theory and principles of atomicand molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical
methods as well as chromatographic and
electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3
hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using
the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination
chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand
field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a
variety o f techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r
lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation t o solve the problems of the
harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen
atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular
orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular
momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 367 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit,
is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors
under the direction of the Augsburg
Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniorsare
expected t o participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited t o participate.
497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research
careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n the department (not counted as
a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). (Junior standing).
East Asian S t u d i e s
Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen
The major i n East Asian Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This
program enables students t o obtain a
broad exposure to Japan and China as
important world cultures. Components of
the program include language, history,
cultural specialization, comparative
studies, and seminar work or independent studies.
Requirements for the major consist of a
minimum of ten courses, distributed as
follows:
4 courses i n Japanese
2 introductory history courses
2 courses in cultural specialization or
comparative studies
2 seminars or independent studies
Each student's major program must be
submitted to the coordinator for approval.
-
Education
Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these
levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary
Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas:
American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Mathematics,
Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
?he courses, Orientatio" to Education,
both elementary and secondary, are open
to all students of sophomore standing or
above. To enroll in other education
courses, a student must first apply and be
admitted to the teacher-education program. Students are advised to apply for
admission in the spring semester of the
sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program
at another college must be re-admissable
to that program.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2),
373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and
electives.
2. Health Education 114 and 115.
3. Library Science 358.
4. An academic minor. An academic
major i s recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5
average in the major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations.
Requirements for Kindergarten License
are the same as those for elementary
education plus Education 375 and 483.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Steve Reuter, Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for
Elementary Education plus the following
courses:
Soc 231
Sociology of the Family
Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
Ed. 325
Contemporary Influences in
Early Childhood Education
Ed. 425
Early Childhood Curriculum
Ed. 484
Student Teaching (160 hours)
Coordinator: Marie McNeff
Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education:
For an Early Childhood License with other
than an education major, consult with the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY)
371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art,
Music (1/2 course)
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students.
(Prereq.: sophomore standing or above.
Fall, Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for art and music taught at
the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N
EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION
372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Science, Mathematics (M course)
Focus i s upon the young child as a person
and the importance of the early years of
h i d h e r life in relation t o the effects of
present-day society and culture upon the
child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of
planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center
and/or nursery school. (Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265, concurrent registration i n 367, 362.
Spring)
341
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
(W course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources i n the teaching
of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys.
Ed., Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for physical education and
health taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265. Fall)
374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Social Studies, Language Arts
(% course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for social studies and
language arts taught at the elementary
level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361,
362. Spring)
361,362 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY
375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD O F
KINDERGARTEN
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265 or #. Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of
teaching approaches. The course requires
laboratory experience. Required f o r
Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the
Dept. of Ed.)
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
Electives
483,484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
(See Secondary Education)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select
a
situations for professional work experiA learning'Ontract
must be developed and must have education faculty
approval.
425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating
knowledge and skills of teaching the
young child. The course concentrates on
details essential to the organization of a
good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with
children who have uniquely different
needs. Class sessions, and two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care
center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Observing and directing learning at the
following levels: N, K, and/or elementary
levels under the supervision of college
and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmentalcurriculum.
A projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
(TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM)
It i s the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult
with Education faculty regarding state
requirements for teacher licensure. This
consultation i s recommended in addition
to conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor
meeting requirements in a teaching major
and licensure are available through the
Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access to computer.)
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation
2.
3.
4.
5.
course. Application forms are available
in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department or division of their declared
major. A student may take education
courses after the Orientation course
only if he or she has been admitted into
the program of t.he Department of
Education.
GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5
average in the major.
Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching.
Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation in
Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program
meets this requirement.)
Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265,
359,478; a minimum of one-half course
in special methods in the area of the
student's major, and a minimum of two
courses in Student Teaching.
Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special
methods and three courses in Student
Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching i n Secondary
Schools (Through the Augsburg College
Education Department Program)
Education Department Licensure Program courses.
GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors
in Art, Music and Physical Education
receive a special license which allows
them to teach in their area in all grades
from Kindergarten through twelve
(K-12). A person preparing far licensure in one of these areas follows the
secondary education program even
though he or she plans to teach at the
elementary school level. A person with
a major in one of these special areas
will take three courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching
at both the secondary and elementary
levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361;
the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the
major in Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School
and Society in a one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are
held during the term as part of the
professional work. A student taking
two courses in student teaching may
elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfull State Department of Education
265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
A N URBAN SElTING (Secondary)
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsb u r g E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m meets
requirement)
4. Health Educ. 114 and 115
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.:
sophomore standing. Fall, Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY
(% course)
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255,256
or #. Fall, Spring)
With the general methodology course,
one or more of the following education
courses in special methods must be taken
from the department of the major field.
(Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 or #)
Special Methods Courses (% to 1 course)
Methods and materials in teaching special
areas
360 American Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior
high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
% course (Fall)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
% course
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
?hcourse (Spring)
376. Speech and Theater Arts Methods
% course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristicsof
different kinds of learning problems
found in regular classroom environment.
The primary focus of the course will be on
teaching strategies, but attention also will
be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning
problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select from a variety of
situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be
developed and must have education
faculty approval.
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course i s on the
school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American
education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
481, 482,483, 484
STUDENT TEACHING
Observing and directing learning at the
secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel.
(Prereq.: Admission to student teaching
and program approval. Fall, Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
A N D GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of
evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use of print and non-print
materials (Fall, Spring)
--
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized
359 REFERENCE SERV~CES
IN THE
research projects not otherwise provided
LIBRARY
for in the departmental curriculum. A
projected program must be outlined Study of basic information sources most
which meets the
of
frequently used by studentsand librarians.
faculty.
Includes preparation of bibliographies
and library instruction. (Spring)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
399 INTERNSHIP
M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475.
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o do field work i n a variety of
library situations i n the metropolitan area.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION A N D
ADMINISTRATION
475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION A N D
GUIDANCE
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation.
Services of the media center and methods
of evaluation. (Fall)
Survey and evaluation of library materials
on the secondaryschool level, with attention to their use inrelation
to curricula
as well as for personal interest and needs
of adolescents. (Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Psychological and philosophical d i mensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation
of effective audio visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
Independent study and research o n some
topic of interest in the field of school
library service, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniorsand
seniors, with department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson: Adviser
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis,
Missouri) and Michigan Technological
University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a
Three-Two Plan of studies which will
enable a student t o earn the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and
an engineering baccalaureate degree
from Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year
period. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted
into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided
they have met course requirements, have
a B average, and are recommended by a
designated representative of Augsburg
College. Students receiving financial aid
who are participants in the Three-Two
Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications
will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum
course requirements for admission to the
Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224,
226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116;
Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at
Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and
Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman
year. Students are encouraged t o apply
for admission t o the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with
the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged.
English
Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard
Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in American literature, one
course in the Western literary tradition
(271 or 272) and three courses in British
literature. Of the British literature courses,
one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and
one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must
take 225, Advanced Expository Writing.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in
their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly
urged t o consult their departmental
adviser regularly.,A student with a double
major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department:
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 10 courses, including those listed
for the major and a course i n the English
language. Courses in early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course i n public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction.
Library Science: 475, The High School
L i b r a r y : M a t e r i a l s Selection and
Guidance.
In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education
majors will be required to gain practical
experience in the teaching of writing, to
be arranged through the department
chairperson.
Students interested in a teaching major
are encouraged to take courses toward
their major during the freshman and
sophomore years, enroll in Orientation
to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses
of study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an advisor in the
Department of Education.
H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall; submit program to
department chairperson early in senior
year; defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis
may be an independent study program.
M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in British literature, and one
writing course. Teaching minors must
include both 225 and a course in the
English language.
The English Department recommends
but does not require that English majors
consider developing an area of emphasis
broader than the major as listed above.
The most likely areas would be a British
concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration,and
a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec-
tion of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course
that applies to the concentration, and by
the selection of some related courses
outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416;
English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423,
438 and sometimes 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222;
American Studies 232; English 241, 250,
351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A
student with an American literature concentration should take some of the
courses listed under the American Studies
major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360,361;
Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German
244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490,
491.
WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition to Advanced Expository Writing,
Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect
Interim courses in writing.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser.
lnterim courses, special courses, and other
courses given at the other cooperating
colleges will often fit well into a concentration.
English 111 i s strongly recommended but
not a prerequisite for a lower division
literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature
course or consent of the instructor.
111 EFFECTIVE WRlTlNC
The study of composition with emphasis
on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the
research paper. The grading system for
this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In
order to hold a place in their course the
student must either attend class the first
day or personally notify the instructor that
s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring)
225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING
The development of essays in a variety of
rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and
analysis. Particular attention will be given
to stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, in
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 711, Fall, Spring)
226 CREATIVE WRITING
The purpose of the course i s to encourage
and guide, by means of appropriate
models, theories, and criticism, writing in
narrative and poetic modes of expression.
Short stories, personal narratives, and
poems may be selected by students for
experimentation and development, according to the student's preference.
227 JOURNALISM
An introduction to newswriting, with
secondary emphasis on the feature and
the news feature. The student is first
introduced to the principles of writing the
news story, what constitutes news, copy
preparation, and editing practices, then
goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and
community news stories. A unit on the
feature and the news feature concludes
the course. Throughout the semester,
attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons
and contrasts with the electronic media,
and stylistic trends inside and outside
the journalism establishment.
241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities
and the historical development of the film
media. The course includes the viewing
and discussing of both feature length and
short films. See also description under
Speech, Communications and Theater
Arts.
245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction,
drama, and poetry. Particular attention
will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing
about literature. Strongly recommended
for English majors. (Fall, Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant
works of selected American writers from
colonial times t o the emergence of
literary naturalism. Attention i s also given
to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 M O D E R N FICTION
Significant works of selected prose
writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth
century. (Fall, Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER
T O DANTE
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M
D O N N E T O BLAKE
A study of major works of Greek and
Roman literature,for example the epics of
Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the
comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's
Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring
relevance. (Fall)
Reading, analysis and discussion of works
of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets t o Blake, with attention t o the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M
THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N
PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval t o the
modern period, including such authors as
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe,
Dostoyevsky.
331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE
While the primary study of the course will
be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer,
attention will be given to the medieval
literary milieu out of which Chaucer
wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and
drama may be examined. (Alternate years,
7 980-87)
332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and
selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which
Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 7979-80).
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE
ROMANTICS A N D THE
VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two
or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their
own age and their lasting contribution t o
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention
is given to the dynamics of American
society and i t s intricate relationship to the
literature. Special emphasis is given t o the
city as setting and symbol in modern
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
367 M O D E R N POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism.
Discussion may include the poetry and
aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance,
M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n
Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and
other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 7 979-80)
368 M O D E R N D R A M A
Significant works of American, British,
and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements
such as Naturalism, Existentialism,Theater
of the Absurd, and Transformationalism.
Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 7980-87)
399 INTERNSHIP
The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students
should consult the Department
Chairpersons.
Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing t o the rise of the
novel and i t s emergence by the twentieth
century as the dominant literary form
(Alternate years. 7980-87)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with
attention t o the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work.
Enrollment open to juniors and seniors.
423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A survey of the development of the novel
i n England from its eighteenth century
beginnings up t o the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens,
Open t o junior or senior English majors
with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the
student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Chairperson: Gunta Rozentals
below their level may only do so for a
grade of P/N.
Students with previous
language
study should register in courses suited t o
their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college
foreign language. However, final placement i s made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with
the department. Students who register
Course 112 completes basic elements of
the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useableskill levels.
Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper
division courses.
See d e p a r t m e n t f a c u l t y f o r career
information.
Language majors and minors must consult
with the department for limits o n nonAugsburg courses, and majors for midpoint evaluation after the third postintermediate course.
Teaching majors and minors must consult
with the Department of Education for
program. Methods courses by language
are joint five-college offerings and should
be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0
average in Advanced Conversation and
Composition i s a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
de.partmental honors must apply no later
than early i n the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 GPA
overall, and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
two in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and three i n literature, of
which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 courses above 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one i n literature. Interim
or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature.
Study Abroad. Also see lnterim catalog.
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed t o introduce the student with
no previous background in French t o the
language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence
structures are taught t o enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See
above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and
forms i s completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills,
and acquaintance with French culture
and way of life. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century
French literary readings and a grammar
review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading.
For those who have studied most of the
basic structures: Two hours of laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating
ideas and building sufficient reading skills
t o pursue general reading in French.
Completes the review of basic structures
and more complex forms. Laboratory
work. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Major representative works of French
literature read i n English translation.
Through individualized background
reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities
and cultural-historical significance of
these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or
minor.
Explores topics of current interest i n both
oral and written form to build fluency,
accuracy, and facility o f expression.
Emphasis o n vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical r e f i n e m e n t s , e f f e c t i v e
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.
(Fall 7 979)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and
correct expression. Attention t o grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics. French
phonology and speech groups practiced
to overcome inadequacies and incorrect
speech habits. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION:
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of
the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual,
political, social and artistic self-awareness.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 377
or #. Spring 7980)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems,
ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and
their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of
audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n
French. (Prereq.: 371 or#. Alternate years.
Spring 7980)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works of French literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
377 or #. Offered o n demand)
352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT
A survey of the major literary creators of
the Renaissance and Classical periods,
and the French intellectual, social and
ethical currents reflected in their works.
Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel,
letters and other proseforms. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory work
i n French. Required o f all majors.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER A N D
OUTER WORLDS
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry,
and the literature of ideas that led to new
forms and emphases with the turn of the
century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts i n French.
(Prereq.: 377 or#. Offered alternate years)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including
the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay,
and criticism. Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts i n French.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing
on topics of intellectual,social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive
training i n the four skills at an advanced
level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression,
refinements i n style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for
self-improvement and self-evaluation.
Laboratory assignments. Required for all
majors (Prereq.: 377 or#. Alternate years)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette,
Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola,
Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.)
that shows the evolution of this genre i n
theme and form. Analyses, discussion,
and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Recommended 337. O n demand)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic or
genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French.
For advanced students. (See also lnterim
offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. Offered
on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement,
or genre at an advanced level. Designed
t o complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense
are included. (Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall,
Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be
clarified early with study adviser.)
German
M A J O R : 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer
in Germany strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r
teachers; European History, a second
language, linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who
have had 111 or equivalent or less than
two years of high school German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice i n speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives
in simple German, insights into German
culture and participation i n short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
(177, Fall; 772, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g
knowledge of German. Review of basic
structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary
German life and literature. (277, Fall; 272,
Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English.
The readings are considered not only i n
the particular context of German cultural
history, but also discussed in termsof their
relevance t o perennial human problems.
Credit for this course does not apply to
the major or minor in German.
311 GERMAN CONVERSAT'ON AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility i n the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n
colloquial German. Intensive practice i n
speaking i s supplemented with exercises
i n written composition. (Fall)
331 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE l
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000
B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with
emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle
Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the- elements of' theory
through reading, analyzing and discuss.
Ing selected works of German literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
377 or #. Offered on demand)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH
18TH CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und
Drang literature. Extensive readings and
discussions i n Classic and Romantic
periods. Readings i n German, supplemented by lectures on the history of
German literature i n i t s cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o
improve students' ability t o express ideas
in German. (Prereq.: 377 or#. O n demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 19TH CENTURY
332 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland since
the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of i t s
roots in the intellectual, geopolitical,
artistic and scientific history o f t h e
German-speaking peoples. I n German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980)
I n c l u d e s l a t e r Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction
to the decline of idealistic philosophy and
the importance of the individual and the
rise of materialism, technology and mass
man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o
deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n
demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 20TH CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse,
Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with
class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German.
(Prereq.: 371 or #.)
411 ADVANCED GERMAN
COMPOSITION A N D
CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing his own ideas and opinions.
Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through
use of German as classroom language,
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Coethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the
epic genre as a mirror of cultural and
geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 377 or #.)
452 GERMAN D R A M A
Representative dramatic works from late
18th century t o the present are discussed
and read as symptomatic of perennial
human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #)
literature, linquistics, which can apply
toward classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n
morphology. Translation exercises from
and into Greek. (777, Fall; 712, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development
of reading skills through selections from
the New Testament and other Hellenistic
writings (early fathers, historians, etc.)
Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of
the Greek text. (Prereq.: 172 or #. Fall)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
A first course i n the theory and practiceof
literary studies. A theoretical component
(in English) treats the basic principles of
literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, the class will divide
into small groups according t o foreign
language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for
foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.:
272 or #. Offered on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses
at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
Japanese
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS
An introduction t o linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus
on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common t o all
languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry
in t o the mechanics of language learning
and the structure of the mind as revealed
i n language.) Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
wegian used as basis for class discussion
and exercises. Laboratory work and some
field experience expected. (prereq.: 772
or equivalent. Spring)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
A N D COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian
with emphasis on pronunciation and
original composition. Some attention
given to regional variations in spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between
the two official languages of Norway.
Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring)
Norwegian
312 OLD NORSE
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411;
plus one course under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
For the teaching minor: 311,331,353,411
plus required education courses, including special methods.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under
Scandinavian Area Studies.
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given to O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter i s desired but not reauired.
Norwegian language minors wili have
special assignments. ( O f f e r e d Spring
7 980)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language
skills: speaking, listening, reading and
writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (777, Fall; 772, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition
t o improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Nor-
This study o f Norwegian cultural history
will include significant aspects of the
c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society.
Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work i n the
comparatively homogeneous population
of Norway will be examined. Written and
oral reports i n the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field
work. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and
alternate years.)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open t o all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 o r #. Offered o n demand)
353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN
LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the
study of original works from earlier
periods extending back to O l d Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and
considerable attention i s given t o writings
i n the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and
written reports are i n Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring
7987. Alternate years)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN
CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and
written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and t o the
historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354.
(Study i n Spain or Latin America i s
strongly recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American
Area Studies. Consult department for
other supporting courses i n humanities.
111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld.
Laboratory work i s an integral part of the
course (777, Fall; 772, Spring)
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with
emphasis on active use of the language,
supplemented by readings in culture and
literature. (Prereq.: 772 or 2 years o f high
school Spanish. 277, Fall; 272, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various
periods and movements are read i n
English translation. Through background
reading and class discussion i n English the
student i s acquainted with the salient
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this
course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred.
311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice i n
correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course i s a
p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speakingskills i n
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis o n conversational facility, stressing idiomatic
usage and the finer points of grammar.
Readings t o stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted i n Spanish. (On demand)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
A N D CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the
Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations t o the present. I n
Spanish. (Prereq.: 317 or 272, with #.
Spring 7980)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n
Spanish. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open t o all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
352,353 SURVEY O F SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors i n
Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. 352,
Fall, 7980; 353, Fall, 7979)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of
Spanish contribution to world civilization
through historical, intellectual, literary,
and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate
years)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC
AMERICAN AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377
or #. Offered on demand)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311
or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH D R A M A
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written re-
ports in the language. Emphasis on the
Golden Age and the Modern Period.
(Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in
Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
History
Chairperson: Richard Nelson
M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four. areas. Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course.
Lower level courses need not be taken i n
sequence.
M A J O R FOR TEACHING: I n addition t o
the regular history major a social science
maior with historv, em~hasisis also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog.
Students wishing t o become licensed
teachers see "Education Department" in
this catalog and consult with Education
Department faculty for requirements.
.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the
major and 3.0 overall; except in special
instances, application before the end of
the first term of the junior year; two years
of a foreign language at the college level
(or its equivalent); an honors thesis
(equal t o one course credit) t o be
defended before a faculty committee.
101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE
WESTERN CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations i n
the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of
Europe into the13th century.(Fall,Spring)
102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN
CIVILIZATION
A consideration of European institutions
and values from the waning of the middle
ages through the remodeling of Europe
by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE M O D E R N WORLD
A study of the main currents i n western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to
the present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN
WORLD
An introduction to various centers of
cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation
torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study
must be approved by the directingfaculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of
one course i n directed study may be
applied to the major.
332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN
FOREIGN POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy t o
general American development is stressed
as i s the period of the Cold War. (Fall
7980-87)
353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating t o the mergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic
adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities;
economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and
early 20th centuries. (Fall)
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D
GREECE T O 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the
Near East from earliest times through i t s
extension and elaboration by the Greeks.
Emphasis i s placed on the development of
writing, achievement in the arts and
sciences and political institutions.
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E
T O 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
(Fall, 1979-80)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES T O 1560
331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY
Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n
U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be
offered will be-announced prior t o registration. (Fall)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the
role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions
during the Italian Renaissance and the
early years of the Reformation. (Spring,
7 980-87)
399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division
..
students majoring i n history. See department chairperson.
412
PERIODS
AND STUART
A study of English history from a 15th
century background through 1714. The
emergence of modern constitutionalism
is the major theme of the course. Emphasis
i s also placed on 16th and 17th century
aspects of England's subsequent role i n
the world economy and on the English
literary renaissance of Elizabethan and
early Stuart periods. (Fall)
416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most
critical period in the rise of the modern
state. Emphasis i s also placed on the
emergence of modern science and its
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. (Fall 7980-87)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth,
the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire
t o the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course i s
designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. (Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial
empires and the rise of the third world.
The emphasis will be o n Western Asia.
Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years.
(Spring 7980-87)
463 MODERNSOUTHEAST
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments
in this area. A comparative analysis of the
nationalist movements and the process of
decolonization will especially focus on
Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and
Vietnam. (Spring 7979-80)
464 MODERN
A selective treatment of Chinese history
since the Opium Warof 1839. The erosion
of China's i;olationism and collapse of the
imperial system. The Nationalist and
Communist revolutions of t h e 20th
century. (Fall)
465 M O D E R N JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of
Japan as a major world power i n the 20th
century. Components of the course will
include a study of the distinctive features
o f t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization
factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring
7980-87)
474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the
building of European empires in Asia and
the Americas, and concludes with the
breakdown of these imperial systems at
the end of the 18th Century. (Spring797980)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission
of the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply
for directed independent study. A maxi-
mum of one course in independent study
may be applied toward the major.
114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the basicconceptsand
tools of geography followed by a survey of
the distribution patterns to be found in
our physical and. human environment.
(Temporarily cancelled. See History Department Chairman)
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Beverly Durkee
M A J O R : 9 courses including 124,125,215,
224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure,
courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224.
,
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be submitted
to department during first term of junior
year, and must include advanced study in
areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and
Mathematics-Education.
ties in two variables. Does not apply
toward a major or minor in mathematics.
Does not satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics.
114 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O COLLEGE
ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, functions and graphs, linear
equations, exponents and radicals,
quadratic equations, ratio and variation,
progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms
and trigonometric functions. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
104 BASIC MATHEMATICS
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and
a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities
in one variable, including linear and
quadratic; and graphs of linear and
quadratic equations and linear inequali-
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a
single variable with applications to the
social and behavioral sciences. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may not register for credit. (Spring)
techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.:
224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F
MATHEMATICS
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including
calculus of several variables and series
with applications primarily f r o m the
physical sciences. Primarily for students i n
the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725,
Spring; 224, Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure o f
mathematical systems and mathematical
models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts.
Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g
further study of mathematics. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational
to abstract mathematics. A study of the
integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is
placed on the inductive techniques of
discovery. Includes the ideas of modern
elementary school mathematics curricula.
Does not apply toward a major or minor i n
mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 INTRODUCTION T O M O D E R N
ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings,
integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275.
Fa11)
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean
spaces, transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and
vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring;
325, Fall)
215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
A study of Euclidean and other geometries
by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. (Prereq.: 722 or
725. Spring, 7980. Offeredalternate years.)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of
differential equations with matrix algebra
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions
and densities, expectation, sampling dis-
tributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses.
(Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems.
(Prereq.: 374, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 7987. Offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from
real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 374, 324, or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation
between student and department.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL
COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G
An introduction to computer methods
includingflowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming
in a non-scientific higher level language,
such as COBOL. Primarily for students in
non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor
in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G
An introduction t o computer languages
and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register
operations, and computer organization.
Programming i n machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from
science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Math 725 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems
on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms
for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language
i n numerical analysis. Topics include the
general concept of iterative formulas,
solution of equations, Newton's method,
linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit
may be granted toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and
Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of
three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship
at Hennepin County Medical Center,
Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending
on the hospital with which the students
plan t o affiliate. It i s important to work
closely with the Medical Technology
adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by
the hospitals for the 12-month internship.
Students must negotiate directly with the
hospitals involved.
Although it i s not recommended, Chemistry 223 may be taken instead of Chemistry
351-352. However, credit for both Biology
367 and Chemistry 223 is not given. If
Chemistry 223 is taken, then the two
required upper division biology courses
may not include Biology 367.
Required science courses: 1) Biology 111,
112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,
106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics:
103 (or 121,122); one math course.
Students transferring t o Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to spend two
years at Augsburg before participating in
the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons
w h o already have t h e baccalaureate
degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl
Director: Carry W. Hesser
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics
123; Political Science 122; History 431;
Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379
or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or
Sociology 363; a minimum of one course
of internship or independent study; plus
two urban-related non-social science
courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be i n the humanities
(current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics
103, Biology 101, 105).
To complete the major, the student has a
choice among three emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or
CeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a widevariety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below).
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate
majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following
core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science
122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an
a p p r o v e d Social Science Research
course; an approved internship and/or
independent study.
Other Urban Studies options available
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA):
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN
ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution
publications, journal articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom,
students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues i n the Twin Cities area. Topics
include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
Students are placed in a variety of public
and private agencies for work experience.
A learning contract is developed with
MUST faculty approval. Students may
choose an internship of one or two
courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n
consultation with MUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or
field research related t o subjects of
seminars and/or major academic interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)
This program is located at the University
of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Students are placed i n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on
proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student
course work and daily living i n Oslo. An
orientation t o current issues i n Norwegian life and society i s coordinated
with the language instruction.
373GROWTHANDDEVELOPMENTOF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a
combination of lectures, guest speakers,
and field work. Emphasis is placed on
Norwegian u r b a n development w i t h
comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING I N
SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are
viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers.
Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of
other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related t o subjects of seminar
and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program i s
located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t
focuses upon urbanization and development i n the Third World.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or
advanced levels.
various types of barrios and t o public and
private agencies dealing w i t h urban
problems.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N
LATIN AMERICA
Readings, discussions, and lectures i n
both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n
urbanists.
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH,
POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y
DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN
AMERICAN CITY
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty,
student selects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related t o subjects
o f seminar and/or major academic
interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a
field seminar, an internship, and independent study.
382 FIELD EXPERIENCE
Structured field course focusing o n plight
and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips t o other Colombian and
foreign cities for comparison. Visits to
383 FIELD SEMINAR: SAN FRANCISCO
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Music
Chairperson: Robert Karlen
Students wishing t o major i n Music at
Augsburg College must make application
t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into
the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of thesophomore
year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors
must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261;
pass a
piano proficiency test, perform i n music
organizations for 3 years, participate i n
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
repertoire tests.
MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or
355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of
Performance.Studies; recital performance.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two
of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department
o f Education for requirements i n
education.
BACHELOR O F M U S I C DECREE: 13
courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, two or
354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or
other elective; 4 years of Performance
Studies with double periods in the last two
years, and junior and senior recitals.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus
350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3
years of Performance Studies including at
least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382,
383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362,
and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc.
241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective
in physical education (232 recommended);
elective in speech (116 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and
Music Therapy may be applied toward the
35 courses required for graduation.
Students need to apply for internship sites
nine months in advance of starting date.
Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s
limited, students may need t o seek outof-state internship placements.
This major normally requires four and
one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the
student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
MINOR: 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organizations; piano proficiency; and 2 music
r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all
Performance Workshops during the year
of Performance Studies and 8 campus
recitals also required.
Those wishing t o minor in music should
declare their intent by the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify
for graduation honors i n music if they (1)
provide leadership in: the promotion of
higher music performance standards
within the Department of Music; breadth
of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/
or promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at
least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for
the Honors Program at the beginning of
the second term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of
the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble of not less than 15 minutes
duration and either a senior thesis and i t s
defense before a faculty committee of a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a
senior thesis and its defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of
graduate quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 14 campus faculty and
student recitals i s required of sophomore,
junior and senior music majors. Music
minors must attend 8 faculty and student
recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration
i s required of majors during either the
junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both
their junior and senior years.
Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required t o pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a
student who has been certified by the
Department of Music as a major for the
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music
degree, receives required lessons in the
area of his concentration without extra
cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A
junior or senior student transferring t o
Augsburg College as a music major must
take a placement test in music theory
before registration. Application f o r
acceptance into a music program should
be made at the end of the student's first
term at Augsburg, after passing the piano
proficiency test.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course
extending over four terms. Taught by a
team of instructors, the various aspects of
musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are
presented in parallel, rather than in
sequence. (707,223, Fall. 702,224, Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
The
Development and influence of the music
of the Christian church. Designed for the
general student as well as for organists,
directors, and pre-theological stu-
of music through the
selected
of great 'Omstudy
posers from each period. Emphasis is
placed upon
between music
and the other fine arts. For the non-music
major (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras.
(Fall)
261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D
ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related
t o choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
dents.
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Offers an opportunity t o apply information and techniques acquired in music
theory and history classes to the study of
the music of our time. Works of 20th
Century composers w i l l be chosen
according t o instrumentation and abilities
represented by the class, so that in-depth
analysis can prepare for performance. An
evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard t o its significance and relationship t o the total output
of that composer. (Prereq.: 224. Spring.
Alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation
of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental en~wnbles.(Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of
varying sizes and types. (Alternate years.)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
Advanced technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
488,489 P I A N O TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods,
and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons t o child r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e
instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
O F M U S l C II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and specialized studies
and projects not otherwise provided for
in the departmental curriculum. Open
only to advanced students upon approval
of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
M U S l C THERAPY
110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C
THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs i n
the surrounding area, with field trips t o
various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course for the freshmen and sophomores
considering music therapy as a major;
gives the students a broad background i n
the ways in which music is used as a
therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL
MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
OF MUSlC I
An objective approach t o musical stimuli
and response, with an emphasis on the
socio-psychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process
and development of an experimental research project.
395 INFLUENCE O F M U S l C O N
BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association
for Music Therapy for six months. This i s
started after completion of thesenior year
and is necessary for registration by the
NAMT. Applications for internship sites
must be made nine months i n advance.
Sites i n Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC I N THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of
music with the emotionally ill, mentally
retarded, and physically handicapped.
(Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM I N MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two
hours a week, six terms. No credit.
RECITALS, LESSONS, ORGANIZATIONS
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students
with a repertoire of musical excellence.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
Vocal and instrumental instruction i s
available to all students. For statement of
fees, see under Financial Information. No
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
The music organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes to
participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Normally,
membership i s reserved for full-time students. Membership for the full year i s
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of
songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
Choir
Membership by audition.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra.
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Brass Ensemble,
String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
N a t u r a l Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching
in Secondary Schools.
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has
approved the licensure program for
science teachers and has authorized
Augsburg to recommend candidates for
licensure in:
Life Science, grades 7-72
Life Science, (minor) grades 7-72
Physical Science, grades 7-72
Earth Science, grades 7-72
Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-72
Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72
Physics, (minor) grades 7-72
Middle School Science, grade 5-9
PROGRAM COMPONENTS
The program of courses is designed to
provide a broad, basic background i n
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in
the physical science, have at least one year
of calculus.
BROAD BASE COURSES - 7 COURSES
Seven courses comprise the set for the
broad base background.
1. Earth Science - 1 course
Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics
161 - Understanding the Weather
2. Life Science - 2 courses
Biology 111,112 - General Biology
3. Physical Science - 4 courses
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106)
General Chemistry
Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR
Biology 473 - Animal Physiology
Group V Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR
Biology 476 - Microbiology
BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE
Grades 5-9 - 7 courses
-
In order to make the program slightly
more flexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science
have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 - Physics for
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics.
LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES
1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry
2. Biology Component - 7 courses
Biology 491 - Seminar
At least one course from each of the
following groups:
Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology
OR Biology 353 - c6mparative
Vertebrate Zoology
Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology
474 - Developmental Biology
Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant Biology OR
Biology 474 - Ecology
1. Earth Science - 2 courses
Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR
Physics 161 - Understanding the
Weather (the alternative course not
taken in the BROAD BASE section)
2. Life Sciences - 2 courses
Any two biology courses above 112.
3. Physical Science - 3 courses
Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic
Chemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
CERTIFICATION WITH MINOR
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation in life science
shall complete 7 courses in Biology in
addition to the BROAD BASE.
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation in chemistry or
physics shall complete the broad basic
competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry
351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For
Physics, these are any four courses above
122.
-
Nursing
Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson
Augsburg offers a second-step, upper
division major in nursing leading t o a
Bachelor of Science degree.
Requirements for admission t o the major
are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. in
the state of Minnesota; and completion of
inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition; and i n t r o d u c t o r y courses i n
psychology and sociology at accredited
institutions of higher education. These
courses must be taken prior t o admission
into the nursing major. CLEP examinations may be taken to validate credits.
I n addition, each applicant to the nursing
major must successfully complete theoretical and clinical testing prior t o acceptance into the major.
Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing within the
past five years, must take a refresher
course prior to acceptance into the major.
A course in organic chemistry is also required for the major. Students must take
this course at Augsburg by the end of the
first year.
MAJOR:11 courses (10 course credits) i n
nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325,
350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354
(Interpersonal Communications) i s
highly recommended. The r e q u i r e d
courses in sociology, psychology, English,
chemistry, and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as
well as toward the major. A 2.5 overall
GPA in the nursing courses i s required.
303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I
This course is designed t o explore the
contemporary role of the nurse as a client
educator. Content on learning theories,
assessment, planning, communicating via
negotiated objectives, matching
methodology and evaluation techniques
within an experiential setting as presented. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major. 1/2 course credit.)
304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II
Through lecture-discussions, the class will
explore factors affecting one's influence
with individuals. Students will explore
their own leadership style as it relates t o
the professional nurse's role and the
theory of planned change. (Spring-junior
year. Prereq.. 303. 1/2 course credit.)
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Through a lecture-discussion format, the
class develops a holistic health framework
within a family and community context.
Factors such as cultural values, environment, change, epidemiology, and social
trends are considered, as they relate t o
the individual's perception and state of
health. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.)
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Clinical application of health concepts.
Students participate i n negotiated health
intervention and facilitation within a
selected community setting. (Springjunior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325)
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
The professional nurse's role as advocate
and facilitator i s strengthened via the use
of a systematic process of assessment and
planning, intervention, and evaluation.
This negotiated process isexplored within
a developmental frame of reference with
application t o the adult individual. (Falljunior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the
major.)
350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING
RESEARCH
The research process and methodologies
appropriate t o nursing are the focus of
this course. Issues of ethics and nursing
research i n nursing studies are explored.
Students will critique nursing research
and design individual research projects.
(Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance
into the nursing major.)
403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill
This course will explore the process of
negotiating with individuals and groups
to identify learning needs and goals. We
will experience a variety of teaching
methods as we integrate therapeutic
communication techniques w i t h t h e
teaching process. (Fall-Senior year.
Prereq.: 303,304,310,317,325,350. To be
taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing
423.)
404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I V
This is a nursing synthesis seminar course
dealing with the integration of a professional role and the utilization of professional nursing tools, such as effective
communication techniques, in facilitating
complex group or family interaction.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,370,
317, 325, 350, 403, 423, 430. To be taken
prior to or concurrent with Nursing 427.)
423 PRECEPTORSHIP I
The preceptorship practicum is a flexible
approach t o learning and allows the student an opportunity t o explore a chosen
area of study i n a selected practice setting.
This approach allows opportunity to practice self-objectives, select learning
expe.
riences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor(s), faculty,
agencies, and clients i n initiating complex
nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.:
303, 304, 310, 322, 325, 350. To be taken
after or concurrent with Nursing 403.)
427 PRECEPTORSHIP II
This course builds upon the knowledge
and skills obtained i n Contemporary
Nursing IV. Applies leadership skills to
groups. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423,
430. To be taken after or concurrent with
Nursing 404.)
430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES I N NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored
in light of their implications for nursing
practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.)
Philosophy
Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241,
242, 343, and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it i s right? Because you like it? Are
there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a
long, hard look at possible grounds for
making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses
from 241, 242, 343, and 344.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission to the
Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such
recommendationswill be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving
research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement.
130 L O G I C
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and
then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid
arguments and work to develop your
ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring).
110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS A N D M E T H O D
Though each person has his own set of
ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the
needed skills. Another i s that they may
have had little opportunity to examine
critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some
experience i n examining ideas, and
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall,
Spring)
241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
A N D ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
and the Stoics; what did they believe?
Why did Plato think that the physical
world was not overly important, and what
did he value? How did Aristotle, the
scientist, respond to this? The answers to
these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11:
MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE
PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and
enlightenment. How dark were the
Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the
grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was
carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the
individual in the Renaissance and the new
methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
What i s the relation between faith and
reason?Does God exist, and what can be
said about him if he does?Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and
animal suffering? I s man really immortal?
Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious
beliefs.
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism.
360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE
343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 1 9 f H
CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate
ideas or with experience? What can we
really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major
empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis-ofphilosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Neitzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV:
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth
that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?These and
other issues are dealt with in a study of the
major representatives of linguistic
analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring)
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with
friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How
does language relate to the world - can
we really learn about the nature of things
from words? Do the mathematician and
the scientist have a language?I s it possible
to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to
these and other important questions
about language.
365
PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s
purported to be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. I s this
true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions
which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist
to recover knowledge? In addition to
dealing with these questions,students will
work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special
sciences.
-
370 EXISTENTIALISM
440 THEORY O F BEING
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine
what it means to be a being-in-the-world,
and explore such themes as absurdity,
freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course i n philosophy)
Being i s the most important concept
which philosophy investigates. This
course studies some of the perennial
theories of metaphysics along with some
modern applications of these theories.
Students will have the opportunity to read
and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq.: one prior course i n
philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical
care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care f o r t h e dying and
euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of
art, philosophy of literature, philosophy
of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested
prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard,
Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty adviser.
Physical Education and Health Education
Chairperson: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R : H.Ed.
114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350,
351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G
MAJOR: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,472; Biol.
103. Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R W I T H
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 495,
491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355,
362. Approval for admission to Corrective
Therapy Major must be secured from the
Coordinator of Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R WITI..
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
485, 491; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed.
114,115; P.E. 223,231,232, or 472, and 243.
C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480,
and practicum in coaching (Practicum
requires registration for Independent
Study 499).
Physical education major meets t h e
coaching requirement.
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment in Minnesota high
schools are required t o have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching,
and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating individual and dual sports.
(Fall)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHYMS
355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT
(See Health Education)
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon-hour
activities, camp nights, modified games,
simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. (1/2 course. Interim)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for
teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
234 OUTDOOR EDUCATION
373 MODERN DANCE
This course will look at a wide variety of
outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will
be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling,. outdoor cooking, camping and
water safety. Students must be prepared
to spend some weekends participating in
these activities. (I/.
course. Spring)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, principles, and philosophy of
physical education. (Spring)
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form,
and design. No previous dance experience
necessary. (1/2 course. Interim)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairperson
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
Mechanics of movement with special
emphasis upon the action of the muscular
system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (1/2 course. Fall)
The major effects of exercise upon the
systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs
and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103.
Spring)
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL
CHILD
(See Health Education)
474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open
only to junior and senior P.E. majors and
minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming.
1/2 course. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHL n I C INJURIES1/2 course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring,
1st half of term)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games,
and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354. Summer school
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL %course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall,
1st half of term)
A study of the treatment of disease and
injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular reeducation. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354
Summer school only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd
half of term)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half
of term)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring,
2nd half of term)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball.
(Spring, 2nd half of term)
Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation
required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,492, andapproval of department.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in an area of
physical education. Open only to junior
or senior majors.
HEALTH EDUCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114,
115, 320, 354, 410; Biol. 103, 108, 111;
Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231,
241.
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 110,114,115,320,354,355,310; Biol.
103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych.
105; Soc. 231, 241; Educ. sequence for
teaching license.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114,
115, 320; Biol. 103; SOC. 231
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATlON 1/2 course
1 1 0 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y
HEALTH
An analysis of chemical abuse and what
can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring)
Modern concepts and practices of health
and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall)
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
114 SAFETY EDUCATION 1/2 course
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid
course. (Fall, Spring)
Techniques for developing a course of
study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
i n nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l
courses i n the major sequence numbered
i n the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L
CHILD % course
evaluation of tests i n health and physical
education. (Spring)
Education of the exceptional child with
special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
410 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVIS I O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH
PROGRAM
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/z course
Survey of basic statistical procedures and
Historical background, legal bases,school
health services, and relationships to community he:<lth program and resources.
Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physics
Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122,
245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of
study, students are encouraged t o work
closely with members of the physics
faculty. Normally, students should have
Mathematics 124,125, and Physics 121,122
the freshman year, and Mathematics 224
and 226 the sophomore year.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122,
and three courses above 122.
H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent
investigation of a physics topic with an
oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major
should be made no later than the first
term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
major. Students are advised to refer t o the
Education Department section of the
catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
SOCIETY O F PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the
physics community o n a professional
basis. Membership in SPS i s open t o all
students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership i n the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open t o those students
who have completed the equivalent of a
minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in
physics and 3.0 overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and
galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a3-inch Questar.
Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour
lectures. Fall; Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments
are selected not only t o illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life
sciences. The course i s designed t o serve
students i n biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable
elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem.
algebra. Fall)
transistors and integrated circuits, with
applications to both digital and analog
circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 722 o r 703 plus
Mathematics 722 or 125 and consent o f
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical optics, using
t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. Interference, diffraction,
polarization, and an introduction to the
electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722.
Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, 11
A rigorous study of the concepts of
mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics,
electricity and magnetism, and some
aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other specified majors. Must
be taken i n sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 724 or concurrent registration. 727,
Fall; 722, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from
a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state
physics. This course indicates the need
for, and develops the experimental basis
of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis i s on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of
D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing
solid state devices. The study of diodes,
351,352 MECHANICS I, I1
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles,
single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion,
dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation,
kinematics of two-particle systems and
noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 722; Mathematics 226.
357, Fall; 352, Spring)
362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory
is developed using the vector calculus
t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's
equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of
electromagnetic radiation based o n
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation i n
physics seminars. Experiments i n the area
of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum
physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per
week. Prereq.: Junior standing o r consent
o f instructor. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject i s developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS
A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 245, 357, 352. Fall)
488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o
specific topics chosen from the areas of
solid state physics, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear physics, and particle
physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students t o explore
systematically a problem in experimental
or theoretical physics, worked out in
consultation with a faculty adviser. Open
to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
Political Science
Chairperson: Norma Noonan
M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical
Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or
122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5
other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5
areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122
or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 areas.*
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major i n
Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following:
The student's grade-point average must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The
student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis t o be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Honors Ad-
viser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply
for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year.
*The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public
Law, and Political Theory and Analysis.
(Any course listed i n more than one area
may be counted i n only one area toward
major or minor requirements.)
Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major
in combination with specified social
science courses, i n compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chairperson or the Social
Studies Education adviser.
For precise listing of terms in which
courses are o f f e r e d , see t h e Class
Schedule.
1. AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
121 AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the
dynamics of congressional, executive,
and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and
current issues i n American society.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental
regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 course i n Political
Science or #)
326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D
BEHAVIOR
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political
parties in the electoral process. Field work
with political parties and interest groups
and media i n presidential election3
(optional in non-presidential election
years). (Prereq.: 727 or #. Fall term o f
election years.)
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N
SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of
mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship,
newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including
important issues, actors, and structures
influencing public policy i n the modern
urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts
and activists.
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national,
urban or state focus; topic t o be included
in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n
Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D
ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
160 ISSUES IN W O R L D POLITICS
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics i n the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy.
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation,
and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon
the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL
POLITICS
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and
processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet
Union and other communist states i n
terms of political behavior, institutions,
processes and politics. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
(See Section V for description)
Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of
international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries;
t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic
and contemporary legal issues.
459 TOPICS IN ELITE A N D MASS
BEHAVIOR
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass
participation i n the political system.
( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e
course i n Political Science or #.)
The legal-political-philosophical role of
the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant
Supreme Court cases involving the United
States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of
Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment
as applied by the Supreme Court to the
protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 770 or #.
Offered alternate years.)
V. POLITICAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
deration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories,
with some focus on the preferred futures
envisaged in the doctrine.(Prereq.: 758or
#. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches
t o political study, and a survey of the
methods common to empirical social
science. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 758 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL T H O U G H T
A study of influential political philosophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls,
emphasizing t h e values, goals, and
assumptions which continue to inform
and t o rationalize human governance.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science
or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public
policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism
and the welfare state i n comparative
perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY
A N D INTERNSHIPS.
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department t o
determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject
matter. (Offered o n demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST,
PRESENT, A N D FUTURE
399 INTERNSHIP
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory
and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consi-
Consult Chairperson or Internship
Director t o determine project. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Selected topics. Consult department
chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.)
Topics defined through consultation
between instructor and student.(Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Chairperson: Norman Ferguson
MAJOR: 10 courses including 105, 264,
265,381, or 399, and 493. Physics 103 i s also
required. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and
265 in the freshman or sophomore year,
381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 in the
senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the
psychology department and it i s approved
by the department chairperson. The overall plan i s directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the
individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior
year.
Not more than two courses from 299,399,
and 499 may be counted toward the
minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that
this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The student may
actually take more such courses.
I t i s recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from
other areas that will complement and
strengthen their particular interests i n
psychology. For example, developing a
minor in business administration, biology,
or communication i s recommended for
many students.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 105. Not
more than one course from among 299,
399, and 499 may be counted toward the
minor.
H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify
for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade
point average in the major, a 3.0 grade
point average overall, and completion of
a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for
honors consideration must be made
during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairperson for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the methods and
approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. (Fall, Spring)
264, 265 RESEARCH METHOD: DESIGN,
PROCEDURE, & ANALYSIS I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation i s human and animal learning,
problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without
continuing i n Research Methods 11.
Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must
precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.:
105. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must
be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development
and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and
applications of data and theory in respect
to the development of children. (Prereq.:
7 05)
-
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building
understanding of and appreciation for the
developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory
have for the development of people in
the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq. : 357)
355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR
A survey of the functions of the nervous
system which are responsible for behavior
in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory,
and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and
one course i n biology. Fall)
356 A N I M A L BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior. Emphasis i s placed on studying
animals and human beings in their natural
habitats and upon understanding behavior patterns which have been produced through interaction with the environment. Major topics include: behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals
and human beings. (Prereq. 705. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Learning concepts, behavior change
principles and psychology of instruction.
Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 705)
361 PERSONALITY
An introduction to the field of personality
study with special attention directed
toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
A review of maladaptive human behaviors
from the social, organic and psychological
points of view. Experience in a variety of
community service units will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE
INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society
upon values and goals, differential legal
status and feminist movement views, and
physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices
such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness,
and social influences. An organizational
field experience. (Prereq.: 705)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
381 PSYCHOLOGY I N HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
Historical development of psychological
viewpoints and theoretical positions.
(Prereq.: two psychology courses)
399 INTERNSHIP
490 CURRENT TOPICS I N PSYCHOLOGY
Study of selected areas and topics in
psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings.
Specific topics will be published prior to
registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #).
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator
regarding requirements and permission
to register.
Discussion of contemporary societal
issues from a psychological viewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and
methods used by psychologists i n
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses.
Fall, Spring)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical
guidelines for a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing.
Spring)
Limited registration by special permission
for advanced students in psychology.
Students must present a written plan prior
to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the
proposed study.
Religion
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all
other courses.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the
major and 3.0 over-all; research project
approved by the department and colloquim with the department.
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 111, 221,
356, 481 and also including a seminar
especially for majors to be taken in the
junior or senior year. Only one interim
course may be applied to the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek
course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered
361-363 and one from those numbered
471-475.
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one
interim course may be counted to the
minor. In order to prepare for teaching
about religion in public schools the
student should work closely with the
Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an
academic field which is certifiable for
elementary or secondary school teaching,
and (b) a Religion major with courses 356,
Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe
360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota
State Department of Education does not
at this time grant licensure for a Religion
major or minor.
teacher and the actual teaching itself will
be examined. The theological, as well as
the legal and educational implicationswill
be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087)
111 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O THEOLOGY
356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The
task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the
church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy
353 D E N O M I N A T I O N S A N D SECTS IN
AMERICA
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
354 LIFE A N D W O R K O F THE C H U R C H
Congregational life in its varied character
with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and
parish work. (Offered 7979-80)
An introductory survey of some of the
major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary
documents from these religious cornrnunities.
360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
361 C H U R C H FATHERS
A study of the early Christian Church in
the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and
martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity i n conflict with
Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of
several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of
Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS
355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with
such efforts, the resources available to the
An introduction to the theological
thought of the Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special attention to the
writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION I N AMERICA
475 JUDAISM
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o
the challenges of its environing culture.
A survey of the history of Judaism from
the end of the O l d Testament period t o
modern times, with emphasis placed upon
the religious development. A special
interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as
Buber and Heschel. TheJewishChatauqua
Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall)
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, .literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the
variety of interpretations given the person
of Jesus, including the "quest for the
historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship t o
the early church, and some of the themes
to be found in his writings. (Offered
7 979-80)
473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D
TESTAMENT
An introduction to some representative
trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
(Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N
CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology
as expressed i n the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic
definitions of the church. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility,
in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
495 SEMINAR
The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of
the prophets. (Offered 7980-87)
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall)
-.
Russian Area Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It
seeks t o give the student the broadest
possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet
life, history, politics, literature, tradition,
and philosophy. I n addition t o providinga
good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate
study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching.
The Major consists of 11 courses:
4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian
(or equivalent competencies)
2 courses i n Russian history
1 course in Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course in Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
A minor is presently under consideration.
F o r i n f o r m a t i o n , p l e a s e see t h e
coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Director: Mildred )oel
255,355 O I L A N D NORWAY: M U T U A L
IMPACT
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses
listed i n the Augsburg College catalog or
transferred t o Augsburg as upper division
Scandinavian Language courses, i.e.,
courses t a u g h t by a Scandinavian
Language Department or subdepartment
regardless of their content which may be
linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian
language. See, Norwegian courses listed
under Department of Foreign Languages.
An inquiry into the early impact of the
emerging Norwegian petroleum industry
upon the politics and economy of Norway
and, conversely,- of Norwegian political
perspectives and institutions, upon the
development and use of this recently
discovered resource. (Interim, 7980)
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
The O l d World background and use of
"America Fever," adaptation t o the New
Land; aspects of Norwegian-American
culture.
331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT I N
AMERICAN HISTORY
How did the O l d Stock American host
society receive the waves of newcomers
to the U.S. i n the 19th and 20th centuries?
How did the immigrants respond t o the
reception? Through case studies, selected
readings, class lecture, and discussions,
this course examines the encounter of the
new American culture with the older
European cultures.
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST
SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience
i n the Midwest with emphasis on M i n nesota, especially among Norwegians,
Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also
given t o the Danish and Icelandic communities i n Minnesota. ( O f f e r e d o n
demand)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on
assigned reading of selected novels by
Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof,
Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor
Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required to do
assigned readings and written work i n a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 7981)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk
and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian
drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge o f a Scandinavian
language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and
written work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Offered alternate years. Fall, 1980)
360 EDDA AND SAGA
A study of the major poetic and prose
eddas of early Scandinavia, including
Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland
sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de
Roland. Guest lectures in O l d Norse,
Norse mythology and other topics. Taught
in English. Counts toward Scandinavian
Area Studies major when readings and
papers are d o n e i n a Scandinavian
language. (Offered on demand)
364 NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN
CHURCH LIFE
Offered under Department of Religion.
(1980-81)
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
See description under Department of Art.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
See description under Department of
Music.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Department of History.
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with a faculty member,
student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed
for those preparing for secondary school
teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of
being changed. For those graduating after
July 1, 1979 a new "competency based"
program will be in effect. See Department
of Education for further details. The Social
Science major i s also recommended for
others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This
major may be earned in any one of four
distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of
the several component disciplines unless
the distribution selected in the Social
Science major i s significantly different
from the other major.
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics
and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I
Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis
Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation.
4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology,
economics, sociology, psychology.
B. Behavioral Science Emphasis
14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political
science, psychology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5
courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the
following:
(1) at lea~t2coursesfrom
each of the 5
disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history.
(2) 1course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362,
365.
(3) 1 course in American history.
\
A. History Emphasis
7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in
Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2
in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at
least 4 of these courses must be upper
division. 2 courses in political science,
1 course in the methodology of the
,
C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis
Hist. 103 - The Modern World
1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362,
365
12 courses in non-western studies;
selected from the following, with at
least four disciplines represented.
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 465, 474; history
seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic.
Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political
science seminar, independent study,
or interim course on a relevant topic.
Econ. 122, 258
Sociology 241
Religion 356
Philosophy 355
D. International Relations Emphasis
(1) Required: lower division
Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104;
Econ. 122
4th term of college work in a modern foreign language.
(2) Required: upper division
Pol. Sci. 363, 461; Hist. 332.
(3) Electives: 7 courses selected from
this list. No more than five from any
one discipline.
Pol. Sci. 351,351,380,381,382; political
science seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic.
Hist. 416,440,463,564,465,474;
history
seminar, independent study, or interim
course on a relevant topic.
Sociology 241
4th term of college work i n a second
modern foreign language.
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
each of five disciplines, selected from the
f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology. The selection
of courses must be approved by one of
the faculty supervising the social science
major.
Social Work
Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins
i n the junior year, but all students are
advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by
the faculty, and should seek advisement
from faculty as t o sequence of requisite
courses from other departments.
MAJOR LEADING TO A BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DECREE: The approved program for students preparing for social
work practice is the Bachelor of Science
program. The Bachelor of Arts degree
should be chosen only if the student does
not plan t o pursue a professional social
work career. Core program consists of
Psych. 105*, Psych. 351* and 352*, Soc.
121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social
Work 257, 361, 363, 461, 462, 463, 464,
466, and 467. Recommended courses are:
one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 723, Pol.Sci.727,
325,326, Biology 707 or 105, Psych.367 and
362, Speech 354 and/or 355.
*These courses are t o be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
M A J O R LEADING T O A BACHELOR O F
ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised
to choose the B.A. program unless the
student does not plan to enter social work
practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same program as
specified for the B.S. except that Social
Work 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 467, are not
required.
S P E C I A L I Z A T I O N S : Specializations i n
Aging, C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y ( b y
arrangement with Metropolitan Community College), Crime and Corrections
and Youth are possible. Specialization
consists of courses descriptive of functional, disfunctional and programmatic
aspects of the special area, plus field work
assignments in the senior year. A Human
Services Management specialization is
also available. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript.
257 P R A C T I C U M IN THE H U M A N
SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems,
and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open t o all students. (Interim)
340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D
SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G
This course will include the study of the
impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social
policy, services planned t o address needs
of olde,r population and skills needed t o
work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior. Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.)
361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects
of the various systems of social welfare i n
the U.S. and the role of social work i n
them. Special emphasis on analysis of the
major assumptions and movements contributory t o the rise of the welfare state;
description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social
work, i t s ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per
week; guest lectures, research paper.
(Prereq.: lunior, o r #. Fall)
363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F
SOCIAL WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods, and practical experience necessary for social Work practice with indi-
viduals and small groups; development of
the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory
exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, lunior.
Spring)
364 FIELD WORK I
Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one
small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS
IN SOCIAL WORK
Enlargement and refinement of practice
skills through lecture, classroom exercise
and regular class work. Enlargement of
social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of generalist practice skills
and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour
class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises
per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and364, or#.
Fa11)
463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1)surveyance of historical forms of social
change, 2 ) understanding the basic issues
and strategies relevant t o social protest
and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various
community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4)
knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior
or #. Fall)
462, 464, FIELD W O R K II A N D IV:
Ten hours per week in a Social Service
agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or communities. Ten hours
per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq: completion
and 2.0 i n 367, 362; concurrent with 467
and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D
DEVELOPMENT
This course will include the study of
theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs
and services and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed
first hand through work with a public
policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class
period per week, readings, analytical
paper integrating class concepts with
practical experience. (Prereq.: 367, 463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 FIELD W O R K Ill
Continuation of 462 conducted during
Interim. (1/2 course. Interim.)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS
PROFESSIONAL
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival,
professional job attainment, personnel
policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resourcedevelopmentwill be
studied i n the course. The field work
practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464;
Spring)
468 SPECIAL TOPICS
Current issues in social work theory or
practice. To be announced. (# half or full
credit. Interim)
Sociology
Chairperson: C. Nelson
M A J O R IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375 and 485. (Highly
recommended: a CHR course, internship,
independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology.) This recommendation i s made i n the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety
o f learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e., 300 and
above.)
H O N O R S M A J O R : The student must
have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major
and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n
sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal t o Department
Chairperson before April 1 of the junior
year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499)
through which work on thesis will be
completed. Honors degree i n sociology
will be granted t o a candidate if he/she
successfully defends the thesis before
March 31 of senior year and maintains
GPA through graduation.
111 H U M A N COMMUNITY AND THE
MODERN METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of
the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation,
with a focus on the possibilities of human
community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce.
The relationship of the family to i t s institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element i n the way we
see the world. An examination of the
ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and
"progress"; a comparison of alternate
realities as found in different cultures and
varying social contexts. An analysis of
selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall,
Spring)
300,301,302,303,304
SPECIAL TOPICS
I N SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult
felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens.
Residents and staff of these institutions
take the course together with college
students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and
interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms and sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n
American society.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts t o build a body of
k n o w l e d g e b y way o f a s c i e n t i f i c
approach. Tools and approaches used to
evaluate ideas and describe social life
through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment
and computers for statistical analysis.
Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors
should take Soc. 363 the following term.
(Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of
class activities and individual projects. To
be taken immediately after Soc. 362.
(Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D
PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview o f methods o f
organizing, comparing and interpreting
quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical
analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program
evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
orientation i n social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major
issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 727 and
Psych. 705. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives
in urban sociology; the metropolis as an
eco-system; metro-urban planning and
policy systems; major issues related t o
shaping the future metropolis. The Twin
Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an
important learning laboratory. (Prereq.:
711 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY CROUP
RELATIONS
373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various
theoretical components of criminology
and corrections. M a j o r attention i s
focused on the causation and prevention
of crime and delinquency, and the various
modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 127, Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self"
and "identity" and what part they play i n
understanding interpersonal relations
and human behavior. A sociological view
of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction", an important
The dimensions of racial and minority
g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring.
P/N grading only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth,
status and power i n the U.S. and other
selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality.
Detailed analysis of current issues and
policies concerning inequality i n the U.S.
(Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson or
Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the
course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.:
2 courses i n sociology including 727 or #.
Fall)
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study
according t o department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 727 and permission o f instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication and Theater A r t s
Chairperson: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25
in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality,
distinguished performance in at least one
of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early i n the,senior
year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary
education.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS
C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses,
including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 225, or 226, or 227. Supporting
courses required but not counting toward
the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130;
Psychology 105; Sociology 111 or 241,
375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows
for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for
each area are available from the Department Chairperson o r t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work
out a plan for the major and a personal
career action plan. Freshmen should take
Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology I21
or 241, and Philosophy 130.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary
schools may specialize in any of three
majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor,
preferably a major. The communications
major or minor does not qualify one for
teaching speech.
SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation i n
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course
111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,
351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation i n forensics.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
353 ADVERTISING
See under Department of Art
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: ]r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring)
227 ADVANCED WRITING:
JOURNALISM
See under Department of English
225,230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS
I, I1
See under Department of Art
241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART
354 INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build
relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring)
See under Department of English
242 FILM-MAKING
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
An introduction to commercial television
with an emphasis on the director's role;
some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting.
(Laboratory fee: $70. Fall)
355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
A study of group dynamics and leadership
with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups
and organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N
SOCIETY
Consult the Department Chairperson for
details.
See under Department of Political Science.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Physical and psychologicalfactors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of
speech correction. (Spring)
352 PERSUASION
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda,
practical work in speech and promotional
projects. (Spring)
Cooperative investigation of topics i n
speech and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N
COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use
of primary sources and methodology of
research. (Fall, Spring)
THEATER ARTS
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus
Beginning Speech. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least
by several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
to major in theater arts should begin with
courses 111, 116, and 228.
A. Acting Emphasis: 111, 116, 228, 229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, plus a course in
advanced acting and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended:
courses in voice and movement, dance,
cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting
emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of
crew work, and 1 internship.
0. Directing Emphasis: 111,116,228,229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the
children's theater interim. Strongly
recommended: courses in voice and
movement, cinema art, and dramatic
literature. Performance requirements for
the directing emphasis include 4 units of
crew work, 3 unitsof acting, 2of directing,
1 in stage management, and 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 111, 228, 229, 361,
362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in
cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design
emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2
in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in
assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
THEATER ARTS MAJORFORTEACHING:
10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229,
232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts
majors, and a minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FORTEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation
in dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 365.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360, 361,
366,476 or a voice and diction course, and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and
a minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
A study of creative improvisation using
stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self,
human relations, etc. Uses of creative
dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I
An introduction to the backstage world of
the theater: its organization, crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects, theater
tours, and production experience. Open
to all students. Should be taken in freshmen or sophomore years. Lab fee.
(Offered alternate years.)
229 STAGE DESIGN I
366 STAGE DIRECTION I
lntroduction to scenery and lighting
design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical
studio projects. (Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.)
Basic directorial process: choice of plays,
casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play
analysis, blocking, and characterizationto
a specific play chosen by the class. Term
project: direct a one-act play. Upper
division students only. Offered alternate
years.)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting.
Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose,
poetry, and drama. (Fall)
367 STAGE DIRECTION II
In-depth analysis
and practice in directingtypes of plays:
serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a
one-act or exerpt from a longer play.
(Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years.)
399
Consult faculty in area of emphasis.
361 THEATER HISTORY
428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION II
Overview of theater history; examination
of plays from various periods. Attendance
at local theater productions. Introduction
to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered alternate years.)
Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery,
and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent
of instructor. Lab fee. Offered alternate
years.)
429 STAGE DESIGN I1
362 THEATER CRITICISM
A study of forms and ideas as they are
expressed through the art of drama.
Attendance at local theater productions;
classical, experimental, and new plays.
Lectures and discussions on theory and
criticism using theater productions as
focus for discussion. (Offered alternate
years.)
Advanced design projects based on Stage
Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent
of instructor. Offered alternate years.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation
and theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students t o respond t o a
particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those
wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic
fields. Students wishing t o develop a
Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
a. The major program should include at
least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior t o the
end of his or her sophomore year
(contract forms are available i n the
Office of the Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
BOARDOFREGENTS*
Mr. Ernest A. Alne
C.P.A.
Pasadena, California
Mr. Charles W. Arnason
Senior Vice President and
Secretary
Minneapolis Star and Tribune
Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Norman R. Carpenter
Attorney
Faegre & Benson
Mr. Lawrence 0. Hauge
Chairman of the Board
Citizens State Bank of St. Louis
Park
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Mrs. Norma Knutson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Minnesota Gas Comaanv
,
,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Rev. Harris W. Lee
Pastor
Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Clayton L. LeFevere
Attorney
LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson,
O'Brien & Drawz
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman
Mr. john Lienemann
President
Estate and Business Planning
Consultants
Edina, Minnesota
Mr. James C. Lindell
Treasurer
West Publishing Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Treasurer
Chairman, Finance and Management Committee
*as of September, 1978
Dr. Harold I.Lunde
Vice President, Planning and
Research
The May Department Stores
Company
St. Louis, Missouri
Dr. Arthur Naftalin
Professor, Public Affairs
University of Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr.
Chairman of the Board
Nelson Resource Corp.
Secaucus, New Jersey
Mr. Donald C. Padilla
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
Padilla and Speer, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. George T. Pennock
Chairman of the Board
Tennant Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, Jr.
Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Secretary
Chairman, Facilities Development Committee
Dr. Carl N. Platou
President
Fairview Community
Hospitals
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman, Nominating Committee
Mr. Martin 0. Sabo
Speaker, Minnesota House of
Representatives
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. Bertil Sandberg
President
N.H. Sandberg Erection Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Rev. Paul C. Sonnack
Professor, Church History
Luther Theological Seminary
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. N. Stanley Stake
Vice President and General
Manager
Commercial Division
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Clair E. Strommen
General Agent
Strommen & Associates, Inc.
of Central Life Assurance Co.
St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice Chairman
Mrs. Mary Lou Williams
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. John R. Winsor
Executive Vice President
Piper, Jaffray & H o p w o o d
Incorporated
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College Faculty
R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson
LYLA M A E ANDEREGG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern
University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University
of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological
Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairperson
K E N N n H C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933,
University of Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D.
*MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
*ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence in Music (Percussion)
JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence i n Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948,
Northwestern University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W.
1959, University of Minnesota
RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University
of Minnesota
*MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
*MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor i n Economics, M.S. University of Minnesota
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University o f California Santa Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the
Social Science Research Center)
AlLENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Instructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965,
Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairperson
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of
Music
M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State
University, Department Chairperson
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIC, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern
University
N O R M A N B. 1. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University o f
Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
HENRY C. FOLLINCSTAD, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University
*MICHAEL H. FOOTE, lnstructor i n English, Ph.D. 1977, University of California - Santa
Barbara
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of
Minnesota
*FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMETZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota (Spanish)
BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Minnesota
STEPHEN M. CABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of
Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY CERASIMO, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE CISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
*BONNIE Z. GOLDSMITH, Lecturer i n English, Ph.D. 1978, O h i o State University
*STEPHEN 1. C O R D O N , Lecturer i n Speech and Communications
ROBERTCRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota
*BRIAN CRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone)
* J O H N GRYCELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. CUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois
University
D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D.
1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University o f
Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University o f
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
M l L D A K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor o f Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University
of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer i n Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell
College of Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Nebraska
EDWINA 1. HERTZBERC, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson'
CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Notre Dame
CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa
(Sculpture)
JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota, O n
Leave 1978-79
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL,Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of
Minnesota
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958,Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and computer Science,
Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Pyschology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950,
University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971,
Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University
of Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
*JOANNEKARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia
MARY MARIE KINCSLEY, ASsistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,Middlebury College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970
University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
* N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University
*ERIK KODNER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (French Horn)
BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University o f
Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1971, Augsburg College (Brass)
*JAY G. LINDGREN, Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology, M.S.W. 1967, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of
California - Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
*MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967,Universityof Nebraska
ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of
Kansas (Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota
JOHNR. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia
(Stained Glass)
1. ELIZABnH MOORE, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1975, University
of Minnesota
JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor i n Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of
Minnesota
WILLIAM PAUL M U L D O O N , lnstructor in Chemistry, B.S. 1972, Massachusetts School
of Pharmacy
SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota
Head Baseball Coach
G O R D O N 1. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, PI1.D. 1972, University of
Chicago, Department Chairperson
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
*CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson
*CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota, (American
Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairperson
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano)
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
*JACK OSBERG, Assistant Football Coach
*WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of
Minnesota (German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Minnesota
PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs,
Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University
of Illinois - Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963,
Concordia College
LAURElTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
University, Department Chairperson
DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor i n Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1953, Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969,
University of Minnesota
*GEORGE 1. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A.
1960, Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
(Strings)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological
Seminary
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor i n Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of
America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University
of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making)
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England), Department Co-Chairperson
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus and Director of the Augsburg Choir, L.H.D.
1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College
EDWlN J. SAUCESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of
Music
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois,
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
*R. J O H N SINGH, lnstructor i n Philosophy, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma
EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany), Department Chairperson
* D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music, B.M. 1975,Augsburg College (Piano)
* E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
* H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Organ)
*GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass)
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg
College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota
D O N A L D B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965,University of Colorado
*LORI STURDEVANT, Lecturer in English
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of ~ebraska,Department Chairperson
*MARY T. SWANSON, lnstructor in Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota
LARRY TALLMAN, lnstructor in Music, M.S. 1978,Michigan State University, Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting)
Department Chairperson
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin
J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of
Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D.1959, University of Minnesota
*PAUL WALTON, Artist in Residence i n Music (Tuba)
*MARY JOWAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University
DAVID C. WOOD, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
Administrative Personnel
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President ..............................................Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Facility Development ....................... .Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. ...... .Avalon Okerson
FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management .............Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing ............... .Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer
Director of Auxiliary Services.. ..........................Douglas P. Wasko
Manager, Book Store and Vending ......................Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services ....................Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel. ................................. .Charles Gerster
Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey
Custodial Supervisor.. ................................. .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor
.Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Dennis Easley
Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman
...............................
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
of the College ......................................Charles S. Anderson
Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker
Registrar ............................................. .Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson
Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ..................Louise McColl
Coordinator of Black Student Affairs.. ...................Ralph Crowder
Counselor/Advocate, Native American Studies ...........Bonnie Wallace
Recorder ..............................................Elizabeth DeaKyne
Assistant Registrar ......................................Pamela Louisa
Executive Secretary to the Dean ........................ .Roberta Henke
DEVELOPMENT
.Glen W. Johnson
Vice President for Development
.Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Deferred Giving..
Director of Annual Fund..
.Michael Walgren
Asst. to the Vice-president ............................. .A. B. Batalden.
Director of Alumni and Parents Program
.Jeroy Carlson
Executive Secretary .....................................Irene Steenson
........................
..........................
.............................
................
-
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of Public Relations .............................Anthony C. Boatman
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information ..... .Patricia G. Mattos
Fine Arts Coordinator ..................................Monica Maye
Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions ................................
Assistant Director
Director of Transfer Programs
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor .................................
Admissions Counselor .................................
.David Benzel
..................................... Kathryn Lange
......................... .Jennifer Edwins
................................. .William Ross
.Anthony Harris
.Susan M. Bonner
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs.. ..................... .Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni
Director of Student Life.. .............................. .Linda Schrempp
Director of Career Planning and Placement
.Patricia M. Olsson
Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater
Head Resident, Mortensen ............................. .Cindi Anderson
Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren
Head Resident, Urness.. ............................... .Cindy Ragan
.............
Index
. .
.............................................................
Academic Administration
45
Academic Life
14
Accreditation
7
Administration
151
Admission t o the College
29
Advanced Placement
32
Advanced Standing
32
American Studies
54
Anthropology ..............................
133
Art, Department of
55
Biology. Department of
58
Board of Regents
141
Business Administration
61
Calendar
155
Campus Map ........................................................................
70
Chemistry, Department of
66
Chinese
82
Classification ........................................................................52
Communications
736
Computer Science
96
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
19
Continuing Education
21
Corrective Therapy ..............................................................
19. 710
Costs ............................................................................... 42
Course Descriptions
54
Course Value
52
Credit by Examination ................................................................
52
Dean's List
50
Degrees
22
Divisional Organization
45
Costs
42
East Asian Studies
70
Economics
61
Education, Department of
73
Engineering
19, 77
English, Department of
77
Enrollment ..........................................................................
53
Expenses ..........................................................................
42
Faculty ............................................................................. 142
Financial Aid
27,33
Five College Cooperative .............................................................
18
Food Service
28
French ............................................................................... 62
Foreign Language, Department of
81
Full-Time Student Defined ............................................................
52
General Education Requirements
15.46
Geography
94
German
85
Glossary of terms .....................................................................
4
Grading
48
Graduates, Summary of
53
Graduation Requirements
46
Graduation With Distinction ..........................................................
50
Greek
87
Health Education
110
Health Service .......................................................................
27
History of Augsburg College ...........................................................
6
.......................................................................
.........................................................................
.....................................................................
.............................................................
.................................................................
..................................................................
....................................................................
........................................
..................................................................
..............................................................
...................................................................
..............................................................
..........................................................................
............................................................
.............................................................................
....................................................................
...................................................................
..............................................
................................................................
.................................................................
........................................................................
..........................................................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................
...............................................................................
....................................................................
..........................................................................
............................................................
......................................................................
...............................................................
.....................................................................
........................................................................
.....................................................
..................................................
..........................................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................
............................................................
..............................................................................
...................................................................
...............................................................
.....................................................................
............................................................................
..................................................................
...........................................................
..............................................................
..................................................................
............................................................................
....
......................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................................
.........................................................
...........................................
................................................................
....................................................
............................................................
.........................................................
..........................................................................
...............................................................
............................................................
..........................................................
..................................................................
........................................................................
..............................................................
.....................................................
..............................................................
.......................................................................
.........................................................................
.............................................................
........................................................................
................................................................
...........................................................
H.istory. Department of
91
Honors Program
22
25
Housing
50
Independent Study
18
Inter-Institutional Programs
24
Intercollegiate Athletics
22
Internship Program
87
Japanese
136
Journalism .........................................................................
76
Library Science ...................
6
Location
Majors
15
94
Mathematics, Department of
19, 96
Medical Technology ..............................................................
....
97
Metro-Urban Studies .............
99
Music, Department of
103
MusicTherapy .....................................................................
6
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
104
Natural Science .....................................................................
22
New Dimensions Program
7
Non-Discrimination Statement
88
Norwegian
53
Numbering of Courses
106
Nursing ............................................................................
151
Personnel of the College
15
Pre-Professional Training .............................................................
108
Philosophy, Department of
110
Physical Education
12
Physical Plant
115
Physics, Department of
117
Political Science, Department of
47
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology, Department of .......................................................... 121
43
Refunds
47
Registration
124
Religion, Department of
23
Religious Life
127
Russian Area Studies
127
Scandinavian Area Studies
129
Social Science Majors ...............................................................
130
Social Work, Department of .........................................................
133
Sociology, Department of
89
Spanish ......................................................................
136
Speech, .Department of
23
Student Life .........................................................................
28
Student Rights
24
Student Services
21
Summer School
20
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
53
136
Theater Arts
140
Transdisciplinary Major
30
Transferto Augsburg
42
Tuition and Fees .....................................................................
50
Veterans
7
Visting the Campus
...........................................................
............................................................
......................................................................
.....................................................................
......................................................................
.......................................................................
..........................................................................
........................................................................
..............................................................
.................................................................
............................................................................
...................................................................
Academic Calendar For 1979-80
(Tentative: Subject t o Change)
Fall Semester 1979
Sept. 4-5
Sept. 6
Sept. 19
Oct. 22
Nov. 21
Nov. 21
NOV.22-25
Nov. 26
Dec. 12
Dec. 14-18
Dec. 19-Jan. 2
Registration and Welcome days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
Interim 1980
Jan. 3
Jan. 30
Feb. 6
lnterim Begins
lnterim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1980
Feb. 7
Feb. 20
Mar. 28
Mar. 29-Apr. 6
Apr. 7
Apr. 25
May 16
May 19-22
May 25
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same
amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
.............................................
..................................................
November 8-11
Interim Registration
December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration
January 3..
First Day of Interim
Class 19:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
January 4 . .
January 17..
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses
January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends
..............................................
.................
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins
January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 10..
Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 12..
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
First group of half credit courses ends
January 14..
January 17..
Second group of half credit courses begins
January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January 26..
January 28..
Interim ends
.........
......................
................................
...........................
......................
.......................................................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the
first day of class.
4/l nterim
Essential Information
One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment
at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one
interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the
end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are
available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of
summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no
additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time
of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the
January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition.
International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the
following departments:
Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris
Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish
- Europe: The Rhine Frontier
History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris
Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after that date.
Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship
learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November
16. Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study
(upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or
directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can
be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution
which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in
the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at
other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at
Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted
as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim
without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition
to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim
Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own
school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the
rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at
the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic
origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
6/l nterim
Courses
-
16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1
ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I.
Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17
Life Drawing
ART 247 - 4001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of
time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I........ Room: O M 17
Europe January 3 - 28
Art in London and Paris
ART 378 - 4006
Instructor: Mary Swanson
This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums,
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so
that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep
a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style,
function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art.
Fees: $1995
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 103 - 4009
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others
who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works.
Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science
prerequisites.
I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study.
Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle
development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course.
The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the
lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room.
Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the
d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill
r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the
forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What
are the rights o( r h unhorn?
~
Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no
matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make
sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS
recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than
s
II soTves?Is euthanasia ever
justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground
necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices.
Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be
spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position
paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class
participation and examination results.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205
..
8/l nterim
Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind
BIO 110 - 4010
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more
fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one
level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the
intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and
heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter
which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only
accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made
to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed
mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from
primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary
purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people
influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed.
Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and
tests.
Prerequisites: A high school general biology course
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Room: 205
Time: I . .
......
Immunology
BIO 386 - 4011
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology.
immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111,112
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
CHM 113 - 4014
Instructor: Earl Alton
way of learning
Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~
some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will
be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h
day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows:
Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F
Lab
- 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F
- 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th..
Room: S 318
......
Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences
CHM 301 - 4015
Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted
Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical
chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course
will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use
only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use
their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems.
Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions,
entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and
chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand
ia
membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction
mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular
structures.
Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class
examinations.
Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus
Time: I. ....... Room: S 318
Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems
ECO 451 - 4013
Instructor: Satya P. Gupta
I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with
some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions.
Grades will be based on one report and an examination.
Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent
Room: L 1
Time: 1 1 . .
......
Discovery in the World
of Kindergarten
EDE 375 - 4018
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and
materials and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior t o the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced
l O / l nterim
Theories of Learning Disabilities
EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017
Instructor: Barry Franklin
This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80
years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining
these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by
major theorists and practitioners in the field.
The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in
which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a
number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin
Cities.
This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for
students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective
therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or
behavioral disabilities.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019
EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020
EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021
EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022
Instructor: Marie McNeff
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading: P/N only
Room: L 6
Time: I . .
......
People Under Pressure
ENG 211 - 4027
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social,
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress
often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and
even wit.
We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually
covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who
Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright,
Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea;
Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I
Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works
to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10
The American Short Story
ENG 241 - 4028
Instructor: Toni Clark
This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the
seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American
Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee
of approximately $10 for films.
Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2
Literature Performed in the Twin Cities
ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030
Instructor: Richard B. Sargent
During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the
Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose
readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such
as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep
a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take
advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances,
and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions.
There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will
be expected to do an additional research paper.
Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11
Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction)
ENG 362 - 4097
Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine
We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and
narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction
requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a
workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream.
Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be
selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by
November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced
12/l nterim
Europe: January 3 - 28
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333 - 4032
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
I
Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and
gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three
recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between
the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on
location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the
battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The
course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s
ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating
from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than
100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to
the student's entering level of competence.
Cost: $1690
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Beginning Norwegian
Nor 111 - 4033
Instructor: Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and
writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class
sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but
oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work
expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4034
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field
experience required.
Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent
Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29
.
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Basic Conversational Spanish
SPA 113 - 4031
Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley
Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to
use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations,
as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting
Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month.
Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political
Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will
be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot
of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish
Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211.
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 -4076
Instructor: Staff
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4036
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional
journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: Health 320
Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3
14/l nterim
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE475 -4035
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures.
Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12
-
.. .
Coaching of Basketball
HPE477-4078
Instructor: Dave Boots
Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course
will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based
on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3
Coaching of Hockey
HPE478-4079
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4037
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's
a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city
which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any
other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that
city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about
France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to
the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources
for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this
century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of
historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future
trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar
(discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There
will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban
Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23
..
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162 - 4038
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger
illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in
non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations.
Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a
test.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1
Hawaii January 3 - 27
Hawaii: A Laboratory
of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian
(Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on
historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to
the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop
Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian
City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds
in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will be required readings.
Cost: $1895
Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Grading: P/N only
16/l nterim
The Minnesota Political Tradition
HIS 356 - 4041
Instructor: Carl Chrislock
An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present.
Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture.
Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings,
a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual
aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations
with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with
political experience will be made.
Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor.
Room: M 22
Time: 11..
......
Being and Becoming Well in American Culture
INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044
Instructor: Ronald Palosaari
Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well
being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of
those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term.
We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American
culture and individually determine what it has to offer.
To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five
miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and
articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will
be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers.
We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect
students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips.
Room: O M 25
Time: I..
......
South Africa: Historical Mirrors,
Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum
INS 270 - 4045
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented,
yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the
following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American
experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic
satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in
molding a multi-cultural society?
The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students
will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in
groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations.
Room: M 23
Time: I . .
......
Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in
American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914
INS 275 - 4042
Instructor: Grier Nicholl
Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I
generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters,
photographers and architects.
How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical
developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can
be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to
industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead
the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities.
Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small
group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen
Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's
The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period.
There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21
.
Brush Up
MAT 103 - 4093
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students
scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful
for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of
the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study
needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine
achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely
individualized.
Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108
18/l nterim
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s
present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and
mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show
inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links
r
to
geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is
required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present
oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22
Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming
MAT 144 - 4049
Instructor: Larry Copes
I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal
language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be
examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test
conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small
group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written
reports.
Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination.
(See instructor if you have not taken this examination.)
Distribution: Math-Physics
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112
Memorization for Musicians
MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054
Instructor: lames D. Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived
from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For
instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and
do more memory work away from their instruments.
Prerequisites: Basic music study
Distribution: Music-Art
Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
REL 364 - 4086
Instructors: Larry Fleming
Philip A. Quanbeck
The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical.
theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach
emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip
(Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one
r
of the supplernenlary group sessions.
1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal
runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
This course may not be used toward a music major.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23
Europe January 3 - 28
Music in London and Paris
MUS 378 - 4045
Instructor: Robert Karlen
rt
These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck,
Berlioz, and Stravinsky.
Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip
services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the
special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of
historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers,
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities,
four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Cost: $1995
Distribution: Art-Music
Grading: P/N only
20/l nterim
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091
Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care.
Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12
Philosophy of Love
-
PHI 145 4056
Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer
This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place
in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be
analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination.
There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Room: O M 22
Time: I..
......
1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science Minimester
PHY 322 1 4057
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the
sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will
consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in
the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study
nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program
back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance,
laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327 - 4058
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will
acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre
polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a
cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will
hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21
The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being
POL 177-4060
Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel
A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional
interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to
1983 as substantive focus.
Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the
American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original
SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the
development of constitutional law.
Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions.
Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation.
Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status.
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24
.
22/l nterim
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Theories of Social Change
and Revolution
POL 383-4059
Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley
This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and
revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French
Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals,
Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors
i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered.
Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will
occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will
constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible
with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context
of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign
Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students
will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses.
A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Grading: P/N only
U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives
POL 495 - 4084
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the
Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include:
A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of
world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers
who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and
(2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers.
B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are
used i n two different regions of the world.
The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the
evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional
changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy
recommendations.
Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign
policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students
will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present
an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they
would implement their recommendations.
Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL
158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair.
Distribution: Political Science or Economics
Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24
. .
The Psychology of Personal Adjustment
PSY 101 - 4061
Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers
The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to
see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will
include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and
developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to
the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s
expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based
on class participation and one individual project or paper.
This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor
in psychology.
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Grading: P/N only
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1
24/l nterim
The Male Jail
PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of
serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was
a real man."
A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the
American Male, circa 1982.
Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of
materials, added involvement in the community.
Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information
gathering and written test.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2
Learning
PSY 357 - 4063
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction.
Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2
Theology of Play, Games and Sport
REL 328 - 4064
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one
or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human
significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and
Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have
helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At
the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their
contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has
a "play" structure.
I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books,
one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special
preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a
special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the
"intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to
have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games.
Prerequisites: One course in Religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
REL 364 - 4086
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck
Larry Fleming
The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical,
theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach
emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip
Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions.
1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366 - 4092
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be
introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian
Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches
in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and
discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be
evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18
Practicum in Human Services
SWK 257 - 4065
Instructor: Doug Perry
An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per
week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly
seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss
selection of agency and structure of this course.
~
of problems for which people seek
Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds
hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain
knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies,
ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service
agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof
i nsrlf
~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field.
Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123
.
Social Services with American lndian People
SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066
Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark
Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people.
A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of
service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation.
Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day.
This course carries only 1/2 course credit.
Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in
independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim.
prerequisites: Sociology 383
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25
Field Work 111
SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well
as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work
practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process;
to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of
strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement
in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in
faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status
. . . . Room: M 24
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th..
..
I nterim/27
The Sociology of Law
SOC 220 - 4068
Instructor: Diane Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it.
Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social
change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological
approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is
based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations.
Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the
instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16
The Human Potential Movement and Identity:
A Sociological Analysis
SOC 394 - 4089
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected
grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become
increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a
brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will
consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the
dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an
examination and a paper.
There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285 - 4072
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script,
costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class.
Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Stage 2
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m..
.......
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but
have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses
which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174.
28/l nterim
HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah)
Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski
instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those
interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of
approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars
and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food
(condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff
(Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration
materials.
GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center)
A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters
Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost:
$400.
POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects,
housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n
Memorial 117A.
SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse
Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined
with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency.
Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential
learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited.
Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person,
Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official
credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may
participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay
any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Badminton
HPE002-4081
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside
assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Melby
Time: 12:OO Noon..
......
Volleyball
HPE002 -4082
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002 - 4083
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport.
Time: 9:20..
Melby
......
International Studv
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Interims Abroad January3-28,1983
Cermany
Hawaii
The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome
and France
A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
German 333 - Donald Steinmetz
Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t
ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here
e
TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft
modern Germany and France h a ~ their
romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure
r
ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere
.
Germaris and
French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co
manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c"
rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne.
Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc
c
socier)
of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh
excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv.
Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl
~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and
historical sites o i iise counfries J r e
readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of
competence.
.
Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . .
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15
... Cost: $1690.
London and Paris
History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen
Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian
ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~
stale.
h Focus on
hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences.
~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include
vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and
Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the
Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w
F i~h
cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic
backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~
n
sessions
~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;.
Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement.
Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un,
noni.; U*
division, sophomore standing and consent of
Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795.
instructor
.
Mexico
Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO
i
WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca):
a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by
each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group
discussions.
Art in London and Paris
Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Art 378 - Mary Swanson
Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley
This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums.
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h
museum
that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt
This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and
re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French
Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch
c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists,
b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of
,\LC"
d
,""'.,"'
V"
U C - . ~ . . Y L C . .
....A,-,
.."I,.,
I..
C " < . I
_.-bYIICI,
.-..
C L , , " , , .,-..,.
style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be
provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I
Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading:
P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995.
be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource,
conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is
violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the
context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular.
Music in London and Paris
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal
Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n
These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi
Franck and Stravinsky.
Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship
services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of
l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the
special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background
information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of
historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers.
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class
activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none
. . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995.
Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political
science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195.
Basic Conversational Spanish
Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley
Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15
i sderisnecl
h
tor sludents w h o have already covered the
~
and are ready t o put their
strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3
k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill
be regular in-class sessions, small
group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and
PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~.
atrending lectures, and just making Mexico
home for a month.
Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites:
Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . .
Cost: $1195.
Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities
Program in Global Community February 3
- May 2-
B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty
is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M
, ex~co
Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon
firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons
The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n ,
r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd
l
Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15,
1982
ACTC HECUA Programs
udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC)
ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and
Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n
A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned
at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms
The SPAN Program
Semester or Year Abroad
A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen
+ ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr
~ p h ~ ~or~jso
an-h
r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among
themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller
;
CaUwin London and He~delberg,the
University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of
t y Sev~lle,
Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es
in A v i p n , France
International Business
See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog.
Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries:
Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and
a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be
made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall.
Scholarships, Deadlines
Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study
abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of
the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be
accepted until the last day of class.
Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20
-612-330-1206
Show less
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Facu... Show more
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Requirements
Majors
Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
International
Study
Honors Program
Degrees
...
...
...
PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
Recreation
Intercollegiate Athletics
Religious L i f e
Student Services
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
...
PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
...
...
The Application Process
Transfer
Early
Early Admission
Advanced Placement
Decision :
Advanced Standing
...
..
...
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D
...
Expenses
1972-73 Cost Summary
Settlement o f Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
. . . Financial Aid
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Credit
Grading
by Examination
...
...
...
PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, PERSONNEL
PAGE 79, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e
q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
without n o t i c e .
Introduction
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s
t h e "4-1-4."
In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years
ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music
of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature a n d
Objectives
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major.
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world.
t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
imagination by encouraging and maintaining
academic e x c e l l e n c e .
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban
environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o
gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern
city.
t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional,
and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible
with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
L
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major
b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n
making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and
an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
6
CAMPUS GUIDE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
t 3.
14.
15.
16.
West Hall
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Urness Tower Residence for Women
The College Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
The Quadrangle
Murphy Square
The Art Studio
Organ Studio
The Music Building
Si Melby Hall
Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
Speech and Drama Building
East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + )
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
Here you w i l l
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld.
d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng
f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n
t h e modern g o r l d .
_LX
.@
.a.
The
4-12a Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would
be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses
containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as
well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s .
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Physical Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Training
Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be
reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned
accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without
additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e
interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of
1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e
community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown
Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year
program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help
professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan
campuses
.
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of
Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses
offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of
students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable.
The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e
prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates
matriculation i n these co- learning courses
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s
coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete
courses toward t h e i r degrees.
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI )
.
Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f
courses .
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s
.
.
Augsburg
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN)
This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program.
University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year
i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition
t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities
f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may
arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be
approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and
then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit
earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's
graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each
year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For
information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman
students with outstanding high school records. For superior
students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
offered each term.
Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through
which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity
t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e college.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as
Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as
necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional
information on t h e honors program i s available upon request
from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree.
I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate
a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music.
12
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r
commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your education.
Social and C u l t u r a l
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name
entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n
s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n
post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon.
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship.
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e
f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won
The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron
second time i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by
a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative offices.
West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o
t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The
b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as
apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each
r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s
who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r .
The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of
t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d .
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high
school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Ad mission
An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advance
Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y
completed.
Advance
Standing
College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
17
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1750.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered
f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00.
Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student
t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For
part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
.. .
4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00
Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00
(Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and
drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate
b a s i s of $20 a course.)
Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15 -00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an
interim).
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
- $987.00 t o $1,050.00
Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board.
(Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00)
Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board.
( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l
board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost
Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . .$987.00
-
............$
1,050.00
25.00
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. )
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable)
Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been
accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1
under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September,
1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
.
$25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be
prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be
arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding
term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following
schedule :
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s ,
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication
f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement
(PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s
must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
loans t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity
Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers
who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well
planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n
t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences.
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside
t h e United S t a t e s .
The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are
designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e
study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered
i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses
taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t year i n residence.
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e
Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following
departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s
requirement
.
Division
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
Chairman: M r . Raymond E
. Anderson
Department o f A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department o f Music
Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck
Department
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Phys i cs
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
Plzilip A, Quanbeck
Department o f Phi 10s ophy
Department o f Religion
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary
Education, Geography, Library Science
Department o f History
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
Registration
A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive
credit f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r
semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly
scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days of t h e semester.
Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F .
Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done
i n t h e Registrar1s Office.
Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end
o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory.
I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters
consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e
following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring
term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation
u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term.
Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l
not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Credit
Examination
Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations
should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar.
Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations.
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with
f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one
f o r D and zero f o r F.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system,
with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed
i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course
i n which t h e student receives a grade of N.
A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on
t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor.
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an
extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f
permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester.
Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e
grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record.
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been
received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e
grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be
audited.
25
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages.
See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
G r i e r N ic h o l l
MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective
c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s .
courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
TEACHING MAJOR: 16
MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings
under major.
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion
under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the
integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
level of work.
all)
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One project of an interdisciplinary nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Field experience during interim
Art
P h i 1ip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from
221, 223, 225, 350.
486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221,
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e
of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
1 1 8 PAINTING I
Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r .
(Fall,
Spring)
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , Spring)
351 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring)
3 5 5 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g .
(Prereq.: 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
( P r e r e q . : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G
urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern
times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l
t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
M+70R1 &
-o
n
I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and
one t e r m
s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
1
1x3
& bob% mf -ar.
351, 3 5 2 ) .
1
A
-
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r
-
11 1 1 1 - i ; r l
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
--
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on
academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
I' cL
101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2
on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g )
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does
not apply toward the biology major. (Interim)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
For biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
112, Spring)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
laboratory.
Prereq.: 112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. :
112. Interim)
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereg.: 112.
Spring)
.
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223
or 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l )
,
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur
during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work.
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r .
Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
F a l l , Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
(Prereq
.: 262.
Spring)
3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral
topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g )
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive
coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which
i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MRTOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 .
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION:
SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
E : Five
courses i n Business Education.
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 .
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l
education requirements
.
MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
HONORS
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
(rnt e r i m )
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m )
2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h
s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g )
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or
equivalent
.
Spring)
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1972-73)
4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f
b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
Economics
MAJOR:
ECYINOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379.
ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) :
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from
b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required.
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and
comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n
a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r ,
t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d
e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education.
Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ;
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of
elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic
theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120.
(Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications.
(Prereq. : 123. F a l l )
3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m )
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization.
In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may
a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s
designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n
depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chal rman:
Chemistry
E a r l A1 t o n
GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY:
115,.116
( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and
P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y .
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d .
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading
a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e .
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3
hours o f laboratory.
105, F a l l ; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y ,
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry.
115, Fall; 116, Spring)
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or
115.
Spring)
351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms
and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of
modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism;
many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental
sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or
116.
251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g )
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g )
253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a
Prereq. : 352,
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362,
or#.
Fall)
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r
compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques.
1a b o r a t o r y
P r e r e q . : 362 o r #.
Spring)
.
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l )
4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
during t h e academic year.
Department of
Chairman:
E i n a r Johnson
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary
Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470,
and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y
S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic
m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw)
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s ,
opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary
school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y
education.
F a l l , Spring)
371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND' MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n
various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n
classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school
under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 ,
362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience
i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Secondary
Education
2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y )
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s .
Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l .
a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74)
Seminars
369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR
Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major
concentration. (1973-74)
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with
p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational
philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n
education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING
Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e
provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e
secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel.
Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching
experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS
This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t ,
t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n
understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college
and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d
o n l y 1972-73)
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a
survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human
environment.
Library
Science
2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n .
Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l )
3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study
of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l )
3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY
Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and
l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n .
(spring)
4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal
i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school
l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o
juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval.
Department of
English
A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the
major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses
250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n
American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h
219 and 320.
Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion
o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l
completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o
c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e
short story. (Fall, Spring)
2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
(Spring)
2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of
naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given
t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y
movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre,
and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the
Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o
s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language.
(Spring)
331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES
While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth
century
(Spring)
.
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e
t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ]
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
American, and Continental novels.
428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M
An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m .
S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ]
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Foreign Language
Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language
equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s ,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. ( F a l l )
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
( F a l l , Spring)
advanced placement.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g )
243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor.
( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand)
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s .
French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and
incorrect speech h a b i t s .
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression.
d e n md )
331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent
of instructor.
Offered alternate years.
F a l l 1973-74)
332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
1974-75)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance
through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1972-73.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French.
( S p r i n g 1973-74.
Offered every t h i r d year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
M
o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) ,
B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a
literature m d e a s that led
t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide,
A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n
A
*®.:
311 o r #.
F a l l 1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including
the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g
1972-73.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e
Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re;
form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.:
354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r )
S a r t r e , Camus,
i n theme and
311 or #.
332,
4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75.
Offered every t h i r d year)
4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions)
(Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level.
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual
i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s ,
i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d .
i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer
MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German.
Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s .
112 F a l l , Spring)
2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n
speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by
(Offered a l t e r n a t e years.
3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l
English when h e l p f u l .
1973-74)
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism,
humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e
h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1972-73)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1 8 t h CENTURY
Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism,
with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y
h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions.
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY
Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and
Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent
t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74)
3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse,
-Kafka,
-Brecht,
Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e
concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including
control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language.
(Spring)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t .
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e
h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73;
112, F a l l 1973-74)
21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and
syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74)
Latin
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ;
112, Spring)
Russian
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN
For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and
d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e
i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian.
(111, F a l l ) 112, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
MAJOR:
-
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring)
3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Spring 1972-73)
331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and
developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based
on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma
Lagerlof, P
ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge
of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape
.- . majors and minors w i l l be
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
-%--
- -
( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t
Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey
-$ o
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber
Knowledge of a
--+
Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n
l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d )
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course.
2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school Spanish)
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d .
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. :
112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n
Spanish.
3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e
pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE
A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y
movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical e x e r c i s e s .
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n
r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
( P r e r e q . : One survey course)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department
and
of
Physical
Chairman:
Health
Education
E. W. A n d e r s o n
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 ,
2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and
S o c i o l o g y 231.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 .
2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472.
10 c o u r s e s .
110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 ,
4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human
Physiology course are a l s o required.
~-
-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
COACHING ENDORSEMENT:
coaching.
5 courses.
5 courses.
4 courses.
1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 .
1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c
s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
(Fall, Spring)
110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid
Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body.
(Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105.
Spring)
3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program.
(Fall)
3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74)
4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures
(Fall)
4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y .
(Fall)
4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures.
(Spring)
4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS
Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by
h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h
programs. ( I n t e r i m )
4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l
4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Summer s c h o o l o n l y )
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q .: 351, 352.
4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education.
Open only t o majors.
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 courses plus 1 seminar.
A major must have at
least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas:
Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western.
A t least four o f these courses must be upper division.
Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o
apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed
independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be
applied toward the major.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before
the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language
at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course
credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR:
5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division.
Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300)
before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not
be taken i n sequence.
Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor.
1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring)
East through t h e high middle
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring)
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g )
2 2 2 U.S.
HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day.
(Fall)
.
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74)
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development.
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g )
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e
of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A
A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o
confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73)
464 MODERN CHINA
A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839.
The
erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The
N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e
opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74)
474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(1973-74)
.
495 SEMINAR
(Fall, Spring)
Department of
Mathematics
Chai rman : Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325.
MINOR:
5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l
e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f
j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education.
121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l
sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g )
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1
Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s
and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily
f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l )
.
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given
t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g )
2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring)
2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring)
2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability
distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l )
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1
A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several
variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis.
(Prereq.: 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory.
(Prereq. : 31 4 .
Spring)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l )
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 315, 324.
Spring)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t
registration.
Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Computer
Sclence
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL)
Medical Technology
This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical
Technology adviser.
.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223
( o r 351, 352), 353.
Department of Music
Chai man:
Leland Sateren
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457,
458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ;
2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double
- p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y
( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @
team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d
works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s
between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of
t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music
maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall]
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l )
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments.
all)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental
scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal
ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
(Spring)
4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY
(Fall)
.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and
minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same
teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l ,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r .
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments
Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t ,
b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Orchestra
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 .
b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
59
In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223
and 361;
-
or 351
352; or 351
361.
In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be
c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d
c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the
m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
Department of
Chairman:
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the
o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y .
j u n i o r year.
T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c
o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a
d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement
.
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates,
Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played
i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c .
all, Interim, S p r i n g )
120 ETHICS
Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
130 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and
rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated.
all, S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For description see under course 110.
( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring)
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V :
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211,
2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 19 72-73)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 1973-74)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344.
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with
professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e
i n science.
F a l l , 1973-74)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such
themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
(Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e :
340.
F a l l , 1973-74)
61
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o ,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #.
S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
course i n philosophy.
S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physics
Chairman:
T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made
of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional
n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences.
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
mechanics, thermodynamics,
modern t o p i c s .
The course i s designed as
Medical Technology program.
Spring)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n
physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
121, Fall; 122, Spring)
2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, Spring)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . :
122.
Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1
A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m ,
central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1
The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s
t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour
l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an
important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g )
Department of
Chai rman:
Political Science
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may
be counted f o r t h a t a r e a .
The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g
158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.*
MINOR:
HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following:
T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be
3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l .
T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the
department
.
* T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area toward major o r minor requirements.)
--
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n
I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c .
T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y
s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n
e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
(No p r e r e q u i s i t e ;
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n .
I n t e r i m , 1972-73)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t
t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n .
Offered Fall term o f
e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e
F a l l , 19 7 2 )
.
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s .
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
See note under 326)
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
Spring, 1972-73)
11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73)
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms
of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972)
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. :
One course i n Political Science or #.
Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice,
including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One
course i n Political Science or #)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand.
Prereq. : #)
1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S
Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy. (Spring, 1972-73)
3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972)
.-.
L
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s
of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . :
One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
I V . PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I
The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73)
V.
P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73)
380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S
An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e
development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n
t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s .
(Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
VI
.
SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project.
(Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(Prereq. : #
.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane J o h n s o n
MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology,
s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A
structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n
major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory
i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t .
Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g )
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
(Prereq. : 105.
Fall)
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h .
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall, Spring)
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . :
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The
major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363,
871-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s .
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department o f Philosophy
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario*
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o
a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l )
3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of
primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring)
3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH
The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration
of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The
function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a
consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these
roles. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an
of society and t h e relationship of these
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s
exploration of t h e changing patterns
changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church.
(Fa11 )
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973)
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other
representative figures. ( F a l l )
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. ( F a l l )
3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l )
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought
today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g )
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of
its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g )
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r .
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each
i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e
methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology
365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than
educational psychology), o r sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e
S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r
365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology,
sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined.
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t
l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l
Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104,
332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499.
Department of Sociology
Chairman:
Joel Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 ,
383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352.
1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e
p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s .
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and
l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( F a l l )
231 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s
examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play.
all)
3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS
Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y ,
and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency
service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and
methods of human service. ( F a l l )
3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK
Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student
i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d
agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective
use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s
having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned.
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor,
and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION
A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ;
and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n
and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g )
3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l
r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK
Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate
t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l
work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g )
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e
course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g )
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater
Chairman:
Arts
Raymond A n d e r s o n
CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r :
S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 ,
355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication.
Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives:
E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368
Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485
S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482
L i b r a r y 385
Computer S c i e n c e
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
SPEECH MAJOR:
5 courses
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352,
355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a
m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d .
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366,
467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be
c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an
E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f
the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening.
per week.
all, S p r i n g )
Meets f i v e times
-
I
-
1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish
workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l )
2 2 8 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
Practical work i n pantomime and
participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring)
An introduction t o the a r t of acting.
improvisation;
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of
significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements.
(Spring)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r role i n society.
(Spring)
3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION
Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
3 5 2 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech writing. (Spring)
3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring)
3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n
discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
Practice i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning
product ions and conducting rehearsals
(Spring)
.
76
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #. S p r i n g )
(Prexeq.:
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l )
487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g )
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f
primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
( F a l l , Spring)
General Information
Courses
A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e
approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l
of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation.
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods
per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks
i n length.
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings.
Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult
t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and
above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e
100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and
400's f o r seniors.
Symbol
Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of
#.
prerequisites.
Personnel
Administration
...................................Oscar A.
...................Burton
President
Vice President and Executive
A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President
Anderson
P. Fosse
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Librarian.
....................Kenneth C . Bailey
....................................Miss Mildred J o e l
.........................Miss Beverly Wegge
...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y
Business A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . .
Controller
D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . .
Director of t h e College Center
Director of Food Services
Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent
Director of Data Processing..
Manager of t h e Book S t o r e
............Warren
Cuolin
...................................... Wayne Pederson
...............,,..Eugene Ecklund
...................Douglas Wasko
.........................Carl Stromer
...........James Lancaster
...................David Pederson
..........................I r v i n g Hoe1
Development
Vice President f o r Development
Associate D i r e c t o r of Development
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development
Director of Alumni Relations
Public Relations Coordinator.
Manager, News Bureau
.................Glen
W. Johnson
...........Sigvald Hjelmeland
.................David Teslow
..................... J e r o y Carlson
................. .Michael Walgren
...............................Steven Vite
Student A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean o f Admissions
Associate Dean of Students; Director,
Career Planning and Placement
Director of Financial Aid.
Director of New Student Programs..
Director o f Residence Programs.
Associate Director of Admissions
Admissions Counselor
.....................Bruce L. Gildseth
............Miss Fern Martinson
......................Herald Johnson
...............Richard Thoni
.............Mrs. Joan Petersen
...............Donovan Lundeen
.............................David Gronner
Total Student
Enrollment
.............................. 1,968
....................................
332
................................ 1,817
.................................... 349
Academic Year, 1969-1970.
Summer Session, 1970
Academic Year, 1970-1971
Summer Session, 1971
Summary Of
Graduates
Graduates, 1870-1969
Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970)
Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971).
...
..
4,505
309
310
5,124
Show less
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit... Show more
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without
notice.
Table of contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 22, EXPENSES
PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 96, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about
Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community
Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each
semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January.
.
MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18
departments.
MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major
ELECTIVE..
. . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN..
. . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of
special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and
length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are
used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
.. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in
length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE..
. .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural
setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very
special colleges that can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at avariety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to
you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or
intramural athletic programs you may choose
participation in athletics.
Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government for the
purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of
furthering the ministry of Christ on the
Augsburg campus.
.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude
for you to design much of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the
"4-1 -4,"
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You
may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the
Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or
at any of the many galleries or coffee houses.
You might spend an afternoon touring the
newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota
Orchestra or one by the many professional
touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities.
There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports
are also available-the Twins, the Vikings,
the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the
Buckskins.
Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a
strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a
remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969
and is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern,
Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny.
Bus or train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
The current student body of over 1500 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 50% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the greater metropolitan
area.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section
of this catalog.)
Location
History
Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art
Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1872. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types.
The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in
the area such as the nationally known Guthrie
Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log
Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera
Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim in
one of the many area lakes. In the winter you
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into
the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them
to become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage
them to develop attitudes and qualities of
character compatible with the Christian
faith.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a
number of associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools.
The National Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 15 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St.
Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus.
Visiting the Campus
T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information
vital in the process of selecting a college and
in making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not
mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred
times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m.
weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to
meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when
school is in session.
School, church, and other groups are
welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements
may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
</
*
',
-
+..'
\ -
\--+-'
- r
,
. :-
I
\
.
.
,
.. , '. \ -
-
. .
.
, - I
'
.,
.*
J'
. . . , d.
4. Science Hall
5. Old Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7 . Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10 Memorial Hall
1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex
12. Music Hall
13 SI Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng
B. Student Parking
..2
-f
Offices
?-.I
Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S )
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Programs (Science 156)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Sc~ence32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
d.
-
<
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Science 156)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor)
Personnel Office (Science 135)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 135)
S.O,S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a
broad liberal arts education as well as prepare
them for a career. A strong academic program
in the arts and sciences and in theology is
available. Pre-professional preparation for
such fields as engineering, medicine, law and
the Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation for careers in
business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work,
and teaching is available.
Augsburg aims to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip
them to serve according to the interests and
abilities of each person.
opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the
interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty
who take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8
to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by
their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the
latest visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one
subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in
this break in the general academic schedule.
Interest in music may take form in the study
and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and
participation in activities of a social agency.
Newspapers and advertising agencies provide
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would choose
many of them even if they were not required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in
economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are
available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of
courses containing an emphasis on
metropolitan concerns is required as well as
physical education activities. (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors are available through the Five
College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be
consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- '
quirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in
the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several
programs.
FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM.
Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to
do this to gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools, or because
a specific course is not offered on the home
campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students free between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for
the January interim. For example, Augsburg
and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign
study opportunities for the interim. Since the
interim program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of 12 colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs
and resources of the community organizations
of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program is designed to train
specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and
the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor
credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation
center). One purpose of the classes, which are
offered by several departments, is to get a
first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals,
and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS
HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of
Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in
Minneapolis receive instruction in biology,
chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology
at Augsburg. Application for admission to the
School of Nursing should be made directly to
the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and
a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not
guarantee acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering
baccalaureate degree from Washington
University in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the last
two years at Washington University.
Each year the Conservation of Human
Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates'
matriculation in these co-learning courses.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer
school calendar is coordinated with that of
Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who
enroll may select courses on either campus.
Two sessions are offered each summer.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of
Physical Education. Application should be
made during the spring semester of the
sophomore year. Candidates are required to
have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as
soon as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students.
Some of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of
lnternational Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries
are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to
spend a summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of
one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD.
Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their
sophomore or junior year in study at a number
of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg;
Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de
Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American
Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon
in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany;
The University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University
of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and
through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England,
France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of
study must be approved before departure by
the Director of International Programs, one's
faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned
through foreign study may be applied to the
student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to
satisfy some of the general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
Some special accelerated course sections are
available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students
of all class years, interdisciplinary honors
seminars are offered each term.
Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn
honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College.
For students who apply for and receive special
status as Honors Scholars, general education
requirements are modified as necessary to
meet the student's needs and interests. Addi-
tional information on the honors program is
available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg.
available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Degrees
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program
(MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program.
It provides students in all fields of study with
the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic
program or personal interests. Internships are
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student
or commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, avariety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The
College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of
the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate
Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete in
volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton,
golf and tennis.
Religious Life.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour
regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral
Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers
also perform on and off campus. Several plays
are given on campus each year under the
direction of the theater arts department.
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of
students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life,
and the stimulation of faith through discussion
and service. Chapel services are held four
times a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. Students, faculty and
staff attend voluntarily.
Recreation
Student Sewices
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and relax-
The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and
academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, financial
problems, student activities, and residence
halls.
The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around
the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. The faculty
takes both a scholastic and personal interest
in students. Secondary Education students
may desire a second adviser: one in the major
and one in the area of education.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults
who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and
planning, a simplified time-saving registration
procedure, on-the-job experience prior to
graduation, and, for those who desire it, a
special course to ease the transition to
academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study
skills, career exploration, and discussion of
personal and family problems arising from the
return to school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
is designed to promote student growth
through relationships with other students and
being an active participant in group decision
making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate
the process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen
live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the
greater campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at
home are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. An
optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing
units.
Students engage a room at the beginning of
the fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must
sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 30 will be provided housing only if space
is available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded
upon graduation, transfer to another institu-
tion, or discontinuing the educational program
at Augsburg if the condition of the room and
furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence
halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College
is a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school
performance, promise of success in college as
shown by college entrance examination
scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations.
didates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance
has been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from
its educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background.
5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
Avisit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during the summer.
The Application Process
Transfer
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission.
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universitieson the basis of their
academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to
grant provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average
for graduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education require-
2. Hand the completed application to your
high school counselor, along with the $10.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent
with your official high school transcript
through the last complete semester to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that can-
ments at Augsburg except for two courses in
religious studies.
The Transfer Process
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions
Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to
the:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give
them to two persons to fill out and return
directly to the Admissions Office in the
postage paid envelopes which are provided.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is requested within one month after
acceptance has been made and/or financial
aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After a deposit has been made, the student
must complete a medical history form, which
will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1. After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student must
agree to withdraw applications made to other
colleges. The admissions decision is based
upon the academic record through the junior
year, test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable
is required by January 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from
the high school, and the maturity to cope with
acollege course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or during
the first year of college. A student applying for
Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior
year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis
of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
About 70% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college in the
form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus
employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial
need and academic record. Application for aid
is made by completing the Family Financial
Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers
the FFS, students may instead submit the
Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the
College Scholarship Service to be considered
for financial aid. Upperclass students must
also complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1973-74, approximately
1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg
received scholarships or grants totaling
$915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources,
and federal loans totaling $480,000.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply,
and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student
Loan (formerly National Defense Student
Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April
1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial
Services at Augsburg College.
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION - $2,349
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning in September, 1975. Students
time when they take three
are 'Onsidered
or more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. Such
registration is payable in this manner:
Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305.
Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044.
If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized.
A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $155 a course.
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new
students.
Graduation fee is $15.00.
Registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register
at Augsburg. The charge will be $190.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day,
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $15
Computer Science, $30 per course
Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a
semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim),
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or
$3.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,251
Partial Board and Room - $1,170
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited
Residences) - $819
5 Day Lunch Plan - $252
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 14 meals per
week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract."
A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year.
1975-76 Cost Summary
Board and Room - $1,251
Breakage Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted;
to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September, and applied to the room
charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or
discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second
semester is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Business
Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full.
Refunds
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition - $2,349
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition
charges.)
If a student decides to cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule:
100% through the first Friday of classes.
80% during the balance of first week of
classes.
70% during the second week of classes.
60% during the third week of classes.
No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a
student is forced to cancel his registration
because of accident or illness during the first
five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced
by 50%.
50% during the fourth week of classes.
Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges.
40% during the fifth week of classes.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are
readily available for consultation and
guidance. A well-planned program of liberal
arts studies will include courses in the
humanities, the natural sciences, and the
social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able
to write effectively; they are also expected to
be knowledgeable about urban concerns and
have some understanding of cultures outside
the United States.
The general physical activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to equip students for
lifetime sports and recreational activities.
Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the
Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, it scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
may apply toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward
the major.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one
less than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music;
literature (from the Department of
English); philosophy; speech or drama.
c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physiesrpsychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 ,
political science, s o c i o d a n d one or
two courses from the Department of
Foreign Languages to make a total of
three courses in these five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one semester of activities.
Divisional Organization
The college courses are organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Norma C. Noonan
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Japanese,
Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian
Area Studies, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester
and one course in the interim. Students
registered for.three or four courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in afailing grade. Cancellation of
courses or cancellation from College must be
done in the Registrar's Office.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2.0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors,
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is
unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-15 courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term.
A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised to withdraw before
the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Grading
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards.
.5
0
Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is not computed in the grade point
average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year.
Sociology 383, some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to
use the PIN grade option with care since some
graduate and professional schools do not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded
courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
the PIN grading system. Any changes in
choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and.date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or
X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent
study must first secure permission from the
faculty member who will direct the study as
well as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to
their own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit
may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore. . . . 7 courses..
Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses..
Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses..
. . . . 14 grade points
. . . . 32 grade points
. . . . 50 grade points
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three
courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35
courses is required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule
of classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above
are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered in the 100's are primarily
for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for
juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number
indicates the level of the course; the second is
the division within the department; and the
third identifies the course.
Symbol
#. Course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76
are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and
a,
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
History of the United States
American Studies 231
History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis)
Religion 352,363
Literature and Fine Arts in the United
States
American Studies 232
Art 102
English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490
and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
American Studies 260
Economics 120, 122, 123,251
Education 478 #
Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370,
371, 421
Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381,
383
Social Work 351, 463
credit value. The symbol # indicates that the
course may be taken with the consent of the
instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
major.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to
the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
(Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Offered
1974-75.)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
and the co-learning model when appropriate
to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores.
Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate
years. Offered 1976-77)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. lntended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes
a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Philip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from
386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223,
225, 350.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from
386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225,
350.
Department of Art
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique.
(Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3
one hour lectures. Spring)
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS II
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process.
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing
with an introduction to throwing techniques.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall,
Spring)
223 PRINTMAKING I
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure,
and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring)
368 PRINTMAKING II
Advanced work in various media, including
silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.:
223. Fall, Spring)
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on
the Mediterranean region and Europe.
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
350 CERAMICS I
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
(Fall, Spring)
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring)
a,
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111,
112, and at least one course from each of the
following three groups: 352,361 (Group I);
355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group
Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,
125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111,
112,352 and at least one course from each of
the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I);
361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471,
476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar.
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,
352) also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this major.
MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar;
one course of approved independent study
with an oral defense of the research report.
Application for the honors major should be
made no later than the first term of the senior
year.
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for
other students)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses
only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring)
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must
be taken in sequence except by permission of
instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory.
11 1, Fall; 112, Spring)
352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY
An analysis of the structure of animals and the
evolutionary relationships revealed by this
analysis. This includes an inquiry into the
structural changes which occur and new
structures which appear in the course of
evolution, the way in which these structures
enable the animal to function in the environ-
ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed
by this study, and the classification of animals
based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy, life
histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
352 or #. Fall)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during
the development of organisms with emphasis
on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as
well as descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3
hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103
or 122 or #. Spring)
Discussions of topics based on biological
literature and research.Topics may concern
research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given
for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan
to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on
the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352
or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
Department of
Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131,
261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484.
Economics 122,123,251 and one additional
course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are
also required. Forthose planning on careers
in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484
is recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101,102,131,261,
262,373,379,478, and one other course from
the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122,
123,251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392
is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379,
478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics
122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12
courses of related business subiects (Eco-
nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students
who have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota
State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG
to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property'and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Interim, Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial
topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: 262. Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation
through literature, readings, lectures, and
case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student
will write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the
areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Business Education
have had one year of high school typewriting,
(Interim)
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101,102,131; Business Education 110,364,
460,465; Economics 122,123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended.
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108.
Operation of transcription machines, filing
and records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education
108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business
Administration 101,102,131 and Economics
120. A student in the two-year program must
select six courses from the general education
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing
material dictated at minimum speed of 80
words a minute. (Not open to students who
have had one year of shorthand in high
school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or
equivalent. Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with
rapid dictation and transcription of material
dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute.
(Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and
training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 1976-77)
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and
one other course from business administration
offerings also required. In addition, courses in
data processing and computer programming
are highly recommended.
MINOR:
Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some
of the topics to be discussed are: Population
"Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army;
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing
Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to
facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned
topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic
course designed for those students who do
not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly
to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122
or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken
in either order, or may be taken in the same
term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its
economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national
and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in
seminar. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124,
125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122
the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106), and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124,125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121,122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to 2 semesters also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116
(or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced
course. certification after July, 1979 requires
course work in earth and life sciences.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
Department of Chemistry
of approved research; participation in semin ar
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and
115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major
in chemistry, although students may go from
106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a
brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.:
high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall;
76, Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 115. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
to the biological and environmental sciences.
(3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis
and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples,
and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or
116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim
schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5
hour laboratory)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states of matter. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the second
semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use
of the literature (including Beilstein); and
further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared
and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,
361 or #; some reading knowledge of German.
Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using avariety of techniques.
(3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used
to develop molecular orbital theory for
molecules. Includes commutators, electron
spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
a,
This major, offered by the five colleges in the
Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16
courses distributed as follows:
Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage
Four Courses in cultural specialization
a,
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research
participation during the academic year.
East Asian Studies
Four courses in comparative emphases
Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history
department, or Donald Steinmetz of the
foreign languages department, for information
on specific courses that may apply toward this
major.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. The student is advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN
SETTING (Elementary)
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and
481, 482 and electives
2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 358, The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq:
sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in
classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary
education. Fall, Spring)
371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent
registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Department. Secondary Education students
are advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program:
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall,
Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered
on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms
are available in the Education Department
office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the
department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses
after the Orientation course only if he or
she has been admitted into the program of
the Department of Education.
2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0 overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary
Education
c) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 105, General Psychology
f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc-
cessful completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their special area. A person
working for certification in one of these
special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361; the
major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in
Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently
with School and Society in one full-time
term in professional education. Special
afternoon and/or evening seminars are held
during the term as part of the professional
work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course
in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term.
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. Human Relations Laboratory.
(Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission
into the secondary education program).
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Spring)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (Fall, Spring)
Speech and Drama (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art
at the elementary and junior high school level.
(Spring)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Materials and methods for teaching physical
education. Includes also the American Red
Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq:
Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall)
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to
all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing.
Fall, Spring)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high
school level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by astudy of
educational philosophy and the development
of American education, current major issues
in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of
the media center and methods of evaluation.
(Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning
experiences on the secondary school level
under the supervision of college and high
school personnel. Seminars are held on a
regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359.
Fall, Spring)
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in
use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in avariety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT
RESOURCES
Production and use of audio-visual materials
in libraries and library systems. This course
offered in conjunction with the 5-College
Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75.
Spring)
a,
Augsburg College and the Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating
in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University in a five-year period,
with the first three years being spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu-
a,
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in
British literature (1 course from literature
before 1660), 1 course in American literature,
1 course in world literature (a course outside
the Anglo-American tradition), and course
219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing
(219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or
366; and Library Science 475 are required.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some
topic of interest in the field of school library
service, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors,
with department approval.
Engineering
dents accepted into the program will be
guaranteed admission to the Washington
University Engineering School, provided they
are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science for continuing support.
Their applications will be evaluated using
need and academic performance as criteria.
Department of English
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in
British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320.
The English Department recommends but
does not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by
careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study
course that applies to the concentration, and
by the selection of some related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331,
332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and
sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an
American literature concentration should take
some of the courses listed under the American
Studies major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy
242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes
282, 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser. Interim
courses, special courses, and courses given at
the other cooperating colleges will often fit
well into a concentration. A student with a
double major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department
should also work closely with an adviser in the
English department.
term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic value and the
historical significance of the film medium. See
also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works;
attention is also given to the contribution of
the writer to the historical development and
literary movements of American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
English 111 is strongly recommended but not
a prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course.
Study of the works of selected classical Greek
and Roman writers in the various genre, and
the influence of the classical tradition on later
Western literature. (Fall, Spring)
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
272 LITERARY CLASSICS
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected
European classics from the Renaissance to
the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers.
(Fall, Spring)
219 ADVANCED WRITING
282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in avariety of writing specializations. The
focus of each course will shift from term to
Individual courses designed to investigate
specific themes, movements, authors, or
works. The subjects selected for study in any
year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76)
288 LITERARY CRITICISM
A course designed to introduce students to
the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt
to apply such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of the works of significant Romantic and
Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists
and of the major literary movements of the
century. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics
and a view of the development of the English
language. (Spring)
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with
attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years,
1975-76 Fall)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
368 MODERN DRAMA
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote.
Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be
examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
367 MODERN POETRY
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
through study of selected British, American,
and continental novels. (Alternate years,
1975-76)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to
the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491,
a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
-
-
-
-
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman,
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
-
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the
formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to
the results of a placement test which may be
taken at the beginning of any term and after
consultation with the instructor. Students
placed in a particular course wishing to
register for a more elementary course may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and
literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level
Mandarin Chinese or #)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. One interim plus one semester, or
one semester plus one summer of study in
France strongly recommended.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. One interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters.
Foreign Language Methods for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
011 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings. Once
weekly. No credit. Offered on demand.
-
-
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system, basic noun groups and verb forms,
and sentence structures are taught to enable
understanding and speaking on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See above
on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice,
and readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
advanced placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have studied most of the basic
structures may here review all tenses and
some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes the review of basic structures and
more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals
of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading
and literary study in French. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand-
ing. Does not count toward a French major or
minor. (Fall)
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of
current interest in both oral and written form to
build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In
French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years. Fall 1976)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years. Fall 1977)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of the major literary works from the
twelfth century renaissance through the six-
teenth century. These include the epic, courtly
romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric
poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written
reports in French, some laboratory texts.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every
third year)
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey of the major literary contributors to
the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in
their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and
written reports, and laboratory work in French.
Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall
1976-77. Offered alternate years)
353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of the major works contributing to the
enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily
prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts
in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third
year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
A survey of the nineteenth-century novel
(Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and
his successors in poetry, and the literature of
ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide,
Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third
year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism.
Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training
in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring)
451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
#. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977.
Every third year)
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or
353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in
French literature. Student presentations in
French. For advanced students. (See Interim
suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey
(351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research,
or meet individual interests. In literature a ma-
jor paper and its defense are included.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified
early with study adviser)
more universal perspective of world literature.
Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall)
German
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic
German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11
Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature.
(211, Fall. 212, Spring)
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition.
(Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary
scene is considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking people.
Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered
alternate years. Spring, 1977)
351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
MEDIEVAL - 1780
Selected readings from the heroic and courtly
literature of the middle ages, the Reformation
era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by
lectureson the history of German literature
and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds.
(Fall 1976)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1780 1890
Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings
are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and
Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and
its relation to social, political and intellectual
questions. (Spring 1977)
-
353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY
Principle works of Impressionism and 20th
century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse,
Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war
literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the
concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975,
1977)
211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Seleclion from the New Testament with
special emphasis given to parsing and syntax
of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth
yearly)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Fall 1975, 1977)
Introduction to Japanese language and
culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern,
conversational expressions and, in the second
semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese
syllabary and Chinese characters are learned
gradually from the very first lesson.
451 GERMAN PROSE
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre
as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history.
(Spring 1977)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of general human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek.
(1 11 Fall, 112 Spring)
Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading
to improve the student's comprehension and
facility in expression of Japanese. Reading
materials will be chosen from avariety of
fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and
culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #)
Linguistics
311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar,
case grammar, generative semantics, with the
aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria
and the explanatory goals which distinguish
them. The theories will also be contrasted with
respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology,
logic and communication theory and the way
in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring)
present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Inquiry into the psychological foundations of
language and the contribution of modern
linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of
recent linguistic research are examined for
their implications for various psychological
topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of
language, cognitive processes, innate ideas
and psychological universals. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II
Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and
Einar Johnson (Director)
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable
courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each
year. These courses solicit students from the
community on a non-credit basis as well as
college students on a credit basis.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain 4 courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred
to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which
may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must also
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall.
112, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as
basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief
literature survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND
CONVERSATION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall)
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from
the community on a noncredit basis, as well
as regular college students either on an audit
or credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring)
SPANISH
MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315,
456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain
or Latin America strongly recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315,
331, and one course in literature. (Study in
Spain or Latin America strongly recommended)
111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course. (111, Fall,
Spring; 112, Spring)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring
1977)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian.
Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent.
Offered on demand.)
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213,
Fall; 214, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit
in this course does not count toward a major
or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (Fall)
315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory
work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course
is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses.
Fa11)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring)
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978)
417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
I, II
456 SPANISH DRAMA
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall
1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977)
Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand)
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in
the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age
and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Spring 1976, 1978)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish American
literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977)
a,
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from each
of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval:
Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major
with certain supporting courses, qualifies a
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Spring 1977)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
student for certification as a social studies
teacher on the secondary level. See Mr.
Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser,
for details.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 over-all; application before the end of the
first term of the junior year; two years of a
foreign language at the college level (or its
equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty
committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the
Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the
post-New Deal era. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Spring)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the
Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late
19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE
TO 338 B.C.
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
The development of civilization in the Near
East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is
placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and
the political process. (Fall, 1975-76)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77)
with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will
especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall)
412 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern
science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed
as 1560-1714. (Spring)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring,
1976-77)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the distinctive features of
the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of
Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization,
and Japan's emergence as a major world
power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Fall, 1976-77)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and
Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring)
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events and
developments in the area due to confrontation
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
a,
Chairman: Dean Gulden
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224,
314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real
Algebra,
gy, and Mathematics-Education.
Department of Mathematics
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to mathematical models and
structure. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. No course credit
will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors.
(Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years)
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio
and variation, progressions, binomial theorem,
and logarithms. (Fall)
Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential
equations; solution by special transforms;
numerical methods; and an introduction to
partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
121,122 CALCULUS I, II
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic
geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed
on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward
a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring)
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is
recommended. Fall)
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical
forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and vector
analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring
1976, offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions,
central limit theorem, estimation, regression
and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA
An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois
Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered
alternate years)
427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func-
tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues.
(Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate
years)
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
454 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product
spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms.
(Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration.
Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being
FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Spring)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may
be granted towards a mathematics major or
minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and
Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration.
Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00)
a,
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
a,
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111,
362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a
minimum of one course in internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110;
Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education
478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351
and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent
studies, by approval of the Director and the
Advisory Council.
Medical Technology
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111,
112 and two additional upper division (usually
367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,
116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION:
To be linked with appropriate majors (such as
business administration, business education,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core
courses are required for the Concentration:
Economics 120; Political Science 122;
Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in
metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social
Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
*The course in metro-urban planning is not as
yet a regular part of the course offerings. The
interim, independent study, and internship can
provide opportunities for such a course. For
planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program.
Creative alternatives to the above suggested
programs will be considered.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karle'n
MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260,
261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457,
458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in
a music organization; piano proficiency, and
music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223,
224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354,
355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies;
2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music
organization; piano proficiency; and music
repertoire tests.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0
in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors
Program at the beginning of the second term
of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260,
261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476;
Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years
of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121,
231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. The major follows the approved
curriculum of the National Association for
Music Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano
proficiency; and two music repertoire tests.
Attendance at 8 performance workshops and
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue
the Bachelor of Music degree must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory
102.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop
and all campus faculty and student recitals is
required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All
music majors and minors, must register for
Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital
in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe
junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof
Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1
year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and
with correct fingering, at moderate speed and
from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or
a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern
piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be
played from memory.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study
is with a member of the Augsburg College
music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour
lessons.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather
than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224,
Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study
of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine
arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program,
(1) pass an advanced standing test in music
theory, and (2) sing or play representative
pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done
immediately before registration or earlier
when convenient. Transfer students must pass
the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their
first term at Augsburg.
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC
An objective analysis of musical stimuli:
design and implementation of experimental
research in music.
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC
THERAPY
Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers.
Dates and times to be arranged.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. (Alternate years)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see
under Financial Information. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-.
ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
a,
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools.
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 111,112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen
from the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after con-
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to
65 singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition,
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire
Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
sultation with a member of the Physics Department.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits
a number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools
to which he or she intends to apply.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111,
112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351,
352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry;
Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and
Physics 121, 122.
a,
Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer
a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of
Nursing
Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of
Admissions for further information.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,
343. and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it is right? Because you like it? Are there
better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at
possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal
and social issues resulting from them. (Fall,
Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the
junior year. The program will consist of an
honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
130 LOGIC
Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then
said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do
you? Does the conclusion follow from the
given premises? Here we examine the rules
which govern valid arguments and work to
develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring)
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND
ARISTOTLE
Socrates said that the unexamined life is not
worth living. We want you to take a look at
your beliefs to see whether or not they are
worth holding. What do you know? What
makes things what they are? Must you be able
to define the good before you can do it? These
and other questions will be looked at through
the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to
see what they have to say to modern man.
(Fall, Spring)
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? What did
Aristotle the scientist think of this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and
explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies
the major empiricists of the 18th century
(Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering?
Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the
basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate
to the world -can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is
it possible to have a language which only one
individual can understand? We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to these
and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975)
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?
What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are
there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods
used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In
addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special
sciences. (Fall, 1976)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings- both philosophical
and literary -of prominent Existentialist
authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth
with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt,
despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 344)
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course
in philosophy.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242,
343, or #.)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Department of Physical Education'
and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses.
223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352,
365, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351,
352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361,
362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required.
required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical
education and
.
athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110,
111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111,
243,351,482 and practicum in coaching.
(Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Fall, Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple
rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Theory and practice in teaching
swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open
only to majors and minors. (Fall)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF
EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103,
Chemistry 105. Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351,
352, Summer School only)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role
of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Spring)
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
(Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross Instructors
Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid
Standard First Aid card. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at
VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and
Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual
hospital experience in the following four areas
of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department)
Consult department chairman.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall)
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Health Education
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
Curriculum, organization and administration
of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975)
a,
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362,
and 395.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv.
frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent
registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and
three courses above 122.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as
a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles,
but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement
for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This
course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of quantum mechanics.
(3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103
plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,
Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in
a,
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at
least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of
physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the
experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied
include potential wells and potential barriers,
the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351,
352. Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
Department of Political Science
5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122;
158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3
out of 5 areas*.
ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed
above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an
Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before
a faculty committee. Students should apply for
the Honors Major no later than the first term of
the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public Law,
and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course
listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.)
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or
160.
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction.
(Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The electoral process, emphasizing political
parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field
work with parties, pressure groups and other
relevant organizations. (Students may not take
BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No
prerequisite)
The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic.
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Students interested in secondary education
niay take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information.
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including
public opinion research and political public
relations.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
(Offered in non-election years. See note under
326. See Section I1 for description)
121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political
system; contemporary political issues imping-
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state
focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or
#. Offered on demand.)
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and
the determinants of voter choice, including
study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #.)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems
and discussion of contemporary issues.
Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic
values and processes; moralism, legalism, and
realism in foreign policy.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet
Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union
and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science
or # I
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process in developing
areas with particular attention to the creation,
maintenance, and administration of political
structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #. Offered on demand)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional
system, emphasizing significant Supreme
Court cases involving the United States
government and the federal system. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
temporary Communism, and the impact of
historical traditions in the Soviet Union and
other communist states. (Prereq.: One course
i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and
economic approaches to political study, and a
survey of the methods common to empirical
social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.)
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through
the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects
of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human
society. (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary
search' for political processes and structures
appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST
POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories,
the development and uses of ideology in con-
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.:
#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Duane Johnson
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting
courses from other departments may also be
required. The major program is planned in
consultaton with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include
105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to
include in preparation for graduate study are
105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at
least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will
usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264,
265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year,
and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and
toward the particular educational, vocational,
and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major
should be completed and approved by the
beginning of the junior year. The plan, which
may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of
a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended.
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
It is recommended that psychology majors
take some course work from among the
following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355,
473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261.
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design
methodology. Experimental Psychology I may
be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be
taken in the term immediately following 264.
(Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall,
Spring)
351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
MINOR: 5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point
average over-all, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major
program. Application for honors consideration
is to be made during the junior year.
352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the
meaning that data and theory have for the
development of persons in the adolescent and
adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology,
and research methods. Emphasis will be given
to interactions of the central nervous system
with environmental events including the
effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and
one course in biology; two courses i n biology
are recommended. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a
widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with
the environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment,
and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361.
Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fa11)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.)
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology.
(Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and
senior standing. Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal
issues. Consideration of the approaches and
methods of behavioral science to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research in which students select
an area of investigation, plan the appropriate
design, collect data, and write a research re-
a,
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
port according to the standards established by
the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual
research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing
and #. Fall, Spring)
\'
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational
and purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
and the emergence of the church. (Fall,
Spring)
MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper
division New Testament Greek. The major
shall include one interim course; and at least
three out of the following four areas shall be
represented by at least one course : 352-356,
360-363, 471-475, 481-484,
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major
and 3.00 over-all; research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
MINOR: 5 courses
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the
development of the various liturgical traditions
and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention
will be given to both the theology and the form
of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of
worship services. (Fall)
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC
SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed'and
discussed. (Spring)
-
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major
religious traditions and forms of faith found in
India, China, and Japan (special attention will
be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of
this survey is to introduce both the variety and
the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
(See under Department of Music)
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of
these changes to the institutional church.
(Fall)
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental
doctrines from the time of the Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction to the theological thought of
the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
-
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the
"quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 1976-77)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the
religious development. A special interest in
such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and
Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in
support of this course in Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations
and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the
church. (Spring)
a,
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is designed for those preparing for
secondary school teaching in social studies
and for others who desire a broad major in this
area. A major consists of 14 courses, which
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action. (Spring)
Social Science
ics, history, political science, psychology or
sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499;
Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365);
and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics.
.
. - . . .. - -
7 courses in history: adistribution of these
courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at
least 4 of these courses must be upper division
and one a seminar; 2 courses in political
science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography,
anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384,
Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or
495).
For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of
the State of Minnesota for a high .school
teacher of the social studies, there must be
among the courses taken at least 7 courses in
history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or
362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1
additional upper division course in econom-
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363,
381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416,
440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122,
123, 495, 499.
a,
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman: Joel Torstenson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim
course.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic
forms; sociological models for analyzing the
structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
Basic background for advanced work in
sociology. (Fall, Spring)
historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches
towards solutions. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A
comparison of "primitive" and "civilized"
world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring)
300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN
SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such
places as institutions for adult felons;
physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
The structure and function of the family unit
and its place through time in the larger social
system. Includes interaction within the family,
sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring)
232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
An analysis of the causes and nature of the
contemporary social problems in light of their
362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An integrated two-course sequence in
sociological research; analysis of attempts to
build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe
social life; use of data processing equipment
and computers in sociological research.
Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are
strongly encouraged to take this sequence
their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or # ; high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
utilized as a major learning laboratory.
(Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring)
365 SOCIAL STATISTICS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
Scientific methods of organizing, comparing
and interpreting socio-psychological data.
Constructing graphs and tables, calculating
measures of central tendency, variability and
association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for
Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or lntership
Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis
upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime.
The theories of crime causation, treatment,
and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and the individual, the socialization
process, the development of personality, the
impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational
components of phenomena commonly seen as
individual problems: phenomena such as
mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105.
Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and in various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the
emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the
future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its
central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of social stratification and
social organization; their structural and
dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale
organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2
courses in sociology, including 121. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Paul Steen
MAJOR: The core program of Social Work
begins in the junior year, but freshmen and
sophomores are advised to take Social Work
257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology
105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social
Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One
course in the Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) program should be taken
(see the index in this catalog to find where to
read about CHR courses).
The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the
following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology
351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology
375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be
taken as freshman or sophomore); and
Sociology 231 and 232.
257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social
work professionals, social service delivery
systems, and career aspects in the helping
vocations, Independent study with a term
paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and
sophomores. (Interim)
351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic features of the helping process; social
work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work;
public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo
.
class periods and six hours
field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior
standing or #. Fall)
352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
A pair of seminars consisting of social security
(required) and one additional seminar in such
topics as mental retardation, alcohol and
chemical dependency, or the ecology of
welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week
to learn by practice the basic skills of social
work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #.
Interim)
353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS
Direction and application of principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and
concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring)
357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
A summer work experience of ten weeks or
longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution.
Special opportunity to consider career
aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical
reports and participation in seminars required.
Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may
be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer)
358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER
WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent
study relating to the work experience. Study to
be reported in a major paper of high quality.
,-- ......".,
/<~rmrnerI
461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN
SPECIAL AREAS
Emphasis on the refinement of social work
practice skills and development of role models
for effective service in programs serving
special groups such as the aged, mentally
retarded, chemically dependent, and youth.
Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours
field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a
week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related
field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours
related field experience or an approved plan
for independent work in community study or
planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall)
a,
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilites assigned as a professional
social worker in some social welfare agency
with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to
20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major. Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English
219. Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
111, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases -journalism, advertising and
public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from
the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for
the major and a personal career action plan.
Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A
course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor
s h or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 116, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the
five following areas: acting, set construction
and painting, light and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354,
360,476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or
243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or
243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467,
476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in
English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111
and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355,
352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field
of concentration. Application to be made early
in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant
films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than
technical elements. (Spring)
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
Practical experience in the production of radio
and television programs of diverse kinds:
news programs, talk shows, documentaries,
and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered
1974-75. Fall)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
A study of the distinctive character of each of
the major mass media, with emphasis on their
role in society. See also description under
Department of Political Science. (Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selection of stories for various age groups.
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers as well as elementary and
secondary school teachers. (Fall)
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study
of great speeches; practical work in speech
writing. (Spring)
228 STAGECRAFT
353 ADVERTISING
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in
modern marketing and communications.
(Offered 1974-75. Spring)
352 PERSUASION
-
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
399 INTERNSHIP
Introduction to communication dynamics
embracing scientific as well as humanistic
perspectives on human communication.
(Spring)
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and
types of discussion; practice in discussion
techniques. (Fall)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication theory. (Fall)
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research. (Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
a,--
Transdisciplinary Major
A student who wishes to follow an individually
designed major may do so under the title:
Transdisciplinary major. Although this major
may not be well suited for students who plan
to pursue graduate studies, it does enable
them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must
include at least two-thirds of the number of
courses required in each of two major fields
offered at the college.
Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year.
The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1973-74 ..........................
.
,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840
..
285
Summer Session, 1974 .................................................................
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................
5,736
Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) .........................................
315
A
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French). Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach
MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary
Education)
*WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies
B
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960,
University of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia
(German and Russian)
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
(Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of
Iowa (Head Football Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater
Arts)
D
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the
Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program)
MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University
Department Chairman
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law
(Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
(Voice)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
* P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford
University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S.
1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach)
*VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota (German)
*I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar)
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University,
M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French)
MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of
the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
*JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
L
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of
Minnesota
JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
M
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn)
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
(Elementary Education)
*ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity
of Wisconsin -Madison,
M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano)
*ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at
Albany
GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and
Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of
the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
(Greek)
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971,
University of Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American
Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairman
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
*VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String
Instruments)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University, Department Chairman
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary
Education)
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
S
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965,
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
"IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science)
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany)
*ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion)
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota
DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska,
Department Chairman
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa
Barbara
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman
*EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental
Music, Director of the String Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
* Part-time
Administration
.........................................................
....................................................
President..
College Pastor,.
Oscar A. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. .
Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer
Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley
Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko
Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster
Administrative Assistant for Operations
and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson
Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel
Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad
Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey
.......
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey
Associate Dean of the Faculty
F. Mark Davis
and Director of Special Programs..
Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel
Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley
Larry Glenn
Director of Audio Visual Services
John C. Dawson
Director of MUSIP ..................................................
Louise McColl
Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program
..............................
....................................
.........................
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Foundation and Government Relations..
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs..
Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson
..................
...........................
INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement..
........................ Bruce L. Gildseth
College Relations
Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock
Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren
Steven J. Vite
Manager of Publications.,
...........................................
Admissions
Director of Admissions..
Donald E. Webber
Assistant Director of Admissions,.
Dave Benzel
Assistant Director of Admissions..
Barb J. Lundberg
Karen Nelson
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman
............................................
...................................
....................................
..............................................
Student Affairs
Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander
Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh
Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson
Joel Mugge
Director of Student Programs..
Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone
Ralph Crowder
Coordinator of Minority Affairs.
.......................................
......................................
............................25
Academic Administration
Academic Life
Accreditation
Administration
Admission to the College
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
American Studies
Anthropology
Art. Department of
Bachelor of Music Degree
Biology. Department of
Board. Cost of
Business Administration
Business Education
Calendar
Campus
Campus Map
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
Classification
Communications
Computer Science
Conservation of Human
,
.
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
Courses of Study
Course Descriptions
Credit by Examination
Degrees
Divisional Organization
Early Admission
Early Decision
East Asian Studies
Economics
Education. Department of
Education. Elementary
Education. Secondary
Engineering
English. Department of
Enrollment
Expenses
Faculty
Financial Aid
Financial Information
Five College Cooperative
Food Service
French
Foreign Languages
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
Geography
German
Grading
Graduates (1870-1974)
Graduates. Summary of
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
Greek
...................................... 11
.......................................
7
...................................... 94
.......................19. 32a
................................
20
................................. 20
...............................
30. 29a
..................................
80
...............................30. 7a
........................15. 62
...........................33. 9a
...................................... 23
........................35. 10a
.............................37. I l a
.......................................... 11
.......................................... 7
.......................................8
.......................40. 12a
.....................................49. 16a
......................................
29
...............................83. 13a
..............................60. 19a
............
................
13. 5a
..............................
13. 68
............................29. 30. 6a
.............................30. 7a
..............................
29
........................................15
.............................
26
................................
20. 32a
..................................
20. 32a
.............................
42. 29a
..................................... 38. 14a
.......................42. 15a
.........................
.42. 15a
...........................43. 15a
.....................................
13. 46
..........................46. 16a
.................................
...... 88
..........................................
22
.......................................... 11. 87
.......................................
21
...............................
22
....................
.
.
.
.. 12
.......................................
18
.................
.
.
....................49. 16a
............................. 49. 16a
...........................26
....................11
.................................... .a.
1.......................................
.52, 77e
............................................ 27
.............................88
.............................88
........................... 25
.........................28
..........................................53. 17s
...............................70. 22a
........................ 6
..........................56. 18a
....................................14
......................................... 17
.......................................6
..................................28
......................12. 3a
.........................16. 17a
..........................................
53
.........................................47
.................................
45. 15a
.....................................
53. 17a
...........................................6
.............................................
12
Health Education
History of Augsburg College
History. Department of
Honors Program
Housing
Identification
Independent Study
Inter-lnstltutional Programs
Intercollegiate Athletics
Japanese
Journalism
Library Science
Linguistics
Location
Majors
Mathematics. Department of
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of
Music Therapy
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
New Dimensions Program
Numbering of Courses
Nursing
Personnel of the College
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
Physics. Department of
Political Science. Department of
Pre-Professional Training
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology. Department of
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Religion. Department of
Religious Life
Room Costs
Russian
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science Majors
Social Work
Sociology. Department of
Spanish
Speech. Department of
Student Life
Student Services
Summer School
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
Transfer to Augsburg
Tuition and Fees
Visiting the Campus
.....................59. 18a
........................13. 61. 19a
............................61. 29a
....................15. 4a
...........................62. 21a
......................................62
.................. 6
................................65. 29a
...........................17
..............................29
..........................................
66
............................84
......................66. 22a
.............................68. 22a
.........................70. 23a
.................71. 24a
.......................12. 29a
............................ 27
......................75, 25a
.........................................16
............................................23
......................................
26
.........................77, 2Se
......................................16
......................................... 23
........................................54. 17a .
..................... ma
..........................
78.
................................60.81. 26a
.64.
29a
....................... BO. 288
........................................55. 1Ta
.......................... 89.27a
........................................7%
.
............................
....
.16
..........................
,
.....
13. 14
......................................14
.....................................29. 30
....................................
63, 280
.........................
66,28a
.......................
18.20. 12a
....................................
22
................................ Z
Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the
Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less
7
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
The Interim
The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College.
It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o em... Show more
7
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
The Interim
The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College.
It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g , t o
i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r
off-campus r e s o u r c e s i n ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term.
I'
Graduation Requirements
To g r a d u a t e , an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s of
which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m c o u r s e s ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than
t h e number o f y e a r s of f u l l time e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e . g . , a t r a n s f e r
s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o complete one
interim for graduation).
There a r e no t u i t i o n r e f u n d s f o r s t u d e n t s who choose not t o e n r o l l i n
an interim course.
One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l time l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d .
Gradin~ComeListings
Most i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e of 4 . 0 t o 0.
S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a ~ a s s / ~c roe d i t b a s i s .
A few i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n
i s indicated i n the course description.
Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g .
Such i n t e r i m c o u r s e s have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e
a d d i t i o n a l assignments a n d / o r a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d .
Options
June I n t e r i m
At l e a s t two c o u r s e s w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1977 s e s s i o n of summer
s c h o o l . An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m c o u r s e i n l i e u
of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e ; however, s t u d e n t s
p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of t h e
i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o take t h e June
i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r
summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n .
Internships
S t u d e n t s a r e n o t encouraged t o s e e k an i n t e r n s h i p c o u r s e assignment d u r i n g
the interim.
I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p
from t h e f a l l term o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o the
s p. r i n g term. O c c a s i o n a l l v a s t u d e n t who h a s had p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e
c a n d e v e l o p an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h i p which draws upon and expands t h e
p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e .
S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o
p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e
( S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than Monday, December 13.
,
1
I
I
Independent o r D i r e c t e d Study
S t u d e n t s may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n )
o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r t h e i n t e r i m .
F a c u l t y members
a r e s t r o n g l y d i s c o u r a g e d from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one
independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y per i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g independent
o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
1 ) meet d e p a r t m e n t a l requirements
2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n s t a t e m e n t from t h e f a c u l t y
member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e s t u d y
3) submit t o t h e I n t e r i m d i r e c t o r by December 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n of
t h e i n t e n d e d s t u d y ( t o p i c , p r o c e d u r e , end r e s u l t , and form of
evaluation).
S t u d e n t s n o t s u b m i t t i n g t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n by
December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a n c e l l e d .
I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s
a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s
can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m C e n t e r , Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l .
R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e Twin CiCy c o l l e g e s and a t S t . Olaf
w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . S t u d e n t s
i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m should
c o n s u l t with t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e
Hall).
Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s
Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e
January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n c h a r g e s provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home
i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e
J a n u a r y term. The waiver o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged
i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $350 f o r t h e
interim course.
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e
t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These
s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own h o u s i n g and b o a r d i n g a r r a n g e m e n t s ,
though r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus h o u s i n g can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e
interim director.
Class Times
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time.
The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s m e e t i n g s was w e l l a s t h e beginning time
w i l l be a r r a n g e d t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and l a s t c l a s s days of t h e
interim.
C l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 9 : 0 0
and c l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I1 w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 1 : O O .
Interim Calendar
November 1-4
Interim Registration
December 6
Interim Registration
January 3
F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m
Class I
9 : 0 0 a.m.
C l a s s I1
1 : U U p.m.
January 4
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d
January 7
L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system
J a n u a r y 21
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s
J a n u a r y 28
I n t e r i m ends
&eck w i t h t h e I n t e r i m Center (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) o r w i t h
I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , Dr. Mark Davis (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) .
Art
Instructor:
Paul Rusten
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and
o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m .
The making o f a 1 6 m sound f i l m .
L a h Fee o f $70.00
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None f o r Film-making I
You must have taken Film-making I i n o r d e r t o t a k e
Film-making I1
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l
S p a t i a l Design
I n s t r u c t o r : P h i l i p Thompson
The s t u d y of environmental forms and c o n t e n t i n l i v i n g , working,
t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and r e c r e a t i o n from a v a r i e t y of p e r s p e c t i v e s i n c l u d i n g
f a m i l y , y o u t h , n a t i v e American, e l d e r l y , commerce, r e l i g i o n and t h e
i n d i v i d u a l . Course r e q u i r e m e n t s w i l l i n v o l v e r e s e a r c h and s u r v e y
a c t i v i t i e s a t s e v e r a l o f f campus s i t e s such a s commercial, e t h n i c ,
e n t e r t a i n m e n t , r e l i g i o u s and group h o u s i n g c e n t e r s p l u s one p r o j e c t
t h a t m&y be u n d e r t a k e n i n d i v i d u a l l y o r i n groups o f two o r more.
Options a r e the development of e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n c e p t s i n a r t media
l i k e drawing, p a i n t i n g and assemblage a n d / o r t h e c r e a t i o n of f u l l
s c a l e e x p e r i m e n t a l environments. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l count toward an
a r t major.
Prerequisites :
None
aistribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Art S t u d i o
Biology-Physics
20322 ( B i o l o g y )
84322 ( P h y s i c s )
Nuclear Radiation Science (Physical Science Emphasis):
S p e c i a l Science Seminar
Instructors :
Oak R i d g e
Robert Herforth
Kermit P a u l s o n
*
A s t u d y of n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n w i t h e m p h a s i s o n a p p l i c a t i o n s and " h a n d s - o n "
l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t
o f ( 1 ) i n t r o d u c t o r y work o n r a d i a t i o n d e t e c t i o n and m e a s u r e m e n t ( p h y s i c a l
s c i e n c e a p p l i c a t i o n s ) a t Augsburg.
( 2 ) p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e 1977 Oak
Ridge S p e c i a l S c i e n c e Seminar where t h e s t u d e n t h a s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o
d e s i g n h i s o r h e r c o u r s e o f s t u d y from p r o j e c t s i n n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental r a d i a t i o n , nuclear
m e d i c i n e , h e a l t h p h y s i c s , and r a d i o l o g i c a l s a f e t y , and ( 3 ) summary and
e v a l u a t i o n o f t h e program back a t A u g s b u r g .
T h i s c o u r s e i s a c o o p e r a t i v e v e n t u r e w i t h Oak R i d g e A s s o c i a t e d
U n i v e r s i t e s S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n , and i s t h e o n l y o p p o r t u n i t y O F
i t s k i n d i n t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s . Two weeks o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be s p e n t
i n Oak R i d g e , T e n n e s s e e u t i l i z i n g t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l s t a f f and l a b o r a t o r y
f a c i l i t i e s o f ORAU S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n . T h e s e f a c i l i t i e s p r o v i d e
the opportunity f o r l a b o r a t o r y experience not normally a v a i l a b l e t o
undergraduate students.
Time w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o t o u r t h e a r e a i n c l u d i n g t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y
and a l s o s p e c i a l l e c t u r e s , f e a t u r i n g s c i e n t i s t s rrom t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y , w i l l be p r e s e n t e d t o t h e S p e c i a l S e m i n a r P a r t i c i p a n t s .
Prerequisites:
Consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 30
Plants i n
---
Human S o c i e t i e s
(Have you t h a n k e d a p l a n t l a t e l y ? )
*
P r o f e s s o r Kermit Pnulson i s
o n l e a v e from t h e D e p t . o f
P h y s i c s b u t w i l l be on t h e
s t a f f o f O.R.A.U. - S p e c i a l
Training Division f o r t h i s
course.
I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g
A S t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s
i'lanc a n a t o m y , m o r p h o l o g y , g e o g r a p h y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s
k b r i e f survey of the e n t i r e plant
t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d .
kingdom w i l l c o n c l u d e t h e c o u r s e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 213
Business-Economics
21495 ( B u s i n e s s )
22495 (Economics)
T o p i c s : I n t r o d u c t i o n t o D a t a Processing/COBOL
I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d f o r t h e s t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n d a t a
p r o c e s s i n g a s p e c t s o f modern e l e c t r o n i c computer s c i e n c e . No p r e v i o u s
L e c t u r e , programming
knowledge of computer programming i s r e q u i r e d .
a s s i g n m e n t and i n - c l a s s e x a m i n a t i o n s .
I
I1
I11
O p e r a t i n g system/programmer-interface
1 ) I n t r o d u c t i o n t o o p e r a t i n g system concepts
2) F i l e s t r u c t u r e
3) Job flow and e x e c u t i o n
Job c o n t r o l l a n g u a g e
1) J o b c o n t r o l c a r d s
2) Permanent f i l e s
3 ) Loader c o n t r o l c a r d s
4) Other u t i l i t i e s
COBOL P r o g r a m i n g Language (Major t o p i c )
1 ) Elements
2) A d d i t i o n a l f e a t u r e s
$18 l a b o r a t o r y f e e
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 23
Economics
Principles
of
Economics
(Micro)
Instructor:
S n y t a Gupta
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m i c r o - e c o n o m i c s , t h e t h e o r y o f t h e h o u s e h o l d , f i r m ,
m a r k e t s t r u c t u r e s , and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n s o f e l e m e n t a r y
economic t h e o r y t o m a r k e t p o l i c y .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Social Science
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 23
Chemistry
Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry
Instructors;
E a r l Alton
A r l i n Gyberg
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l cover g r a v i m e t r i c a n a l y s i s , v o l u m e t r i c a n a l y s i s ,
and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s . The c o u r s e i s t o be t a k e n
by c h e m i s t r y m a j o r s normally i n t h e i n t e r i m of t h e i r sophomore y e a r .
Medical t e c h n o l o g i s t s should take o l e m i s t r y 353 i n t h e s p r i n g . There
w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s , l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s and a s s i g n m e n t s .
Prerequisites:
Distribution :
Chemistry 106 o r 116
None
Time:
I & I1
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 315 ( I & 1 1 ) , S c i e n c e H a l l 327 (11)
Introduction
to
Chemical Research
I n s t r u c t o r s : Earl Alton
A r l i n Gyberg
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s j u n i o r and s e n i o r chemistry majors an o p p o r t u n i t y
t o become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h chemical r e s e a r c h by p u r s u i n g a t o p i c o r
problem i n d e t a i l . The f a c u l t y member w i l l work w i t h s t u d e n t s i n
a r e a s o f t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n of r e s e a r c h problems
a l r e a d y s t a r t e d o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . The
student i s required t o discuss h i s research with the i n s t r u c t o r before
t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m .
Prerequisites:
J u n i o r o r S e n i o r chemistry major
Distribution:
Time:
I & I1
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 318
E n e r g y A l t e r n a t i v e s i n Your F u t u r e
*' h w
Instructor :
John Holum
.a.a?&dLh&t. M $t@ihrXE~S- d'
11 b 'ha& .kta '
185. the &--y 5-e:w*"Ll
WL a t of
~ he
b k d k EU hzomnft k
~ d
p ~ d h s ti ; ~ ?
m e S w a . ~ i l' Q
h h n t b Xooi. $cGswiw ah-&.
W ~ r*e
L swtm f Wh*?
IE'~
yaw futura at& dmb&mr QW
\arZIRp $c, kh& h
m 4 5 @ar8 w&llsfh e r
ft ~ W ~ O U ITP
~ p
.
~ ~ i -fa. &OSP &&S~MI rff=~v&y, kdh
t l i a f m W U a p l baw~wdddrl gn * & h i
H b e x wit1 be ~h-dd!~ Thtk
WbMM BBuUSn* h*
I
bagw day4
c o u r s e w i l l d e a l h e a v i l y w i t h t h e i n f o r m a t i o n a l background and a n e t h i c a l
f i b e r w i l l be needed.
Thiq C O I I ~ ~r Pv i l l d e a l h e a v l l v with t h e i n f o m a t l o n a l b a c k g r o u n d , b u t m o r a l and e t h i c a l i s s u e s a r e i n t e r t w i n e d . w e ' l l
u s e l e c t u r e s , s l i d e s , f i l m s and r e a d i n g s .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
High s c h o o l c h e m i s t r y o r e q u i v a l e n t
Urban o r N a t u r a l S c i e n c e
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 320
Education-Sociology
S c h o o l and t h e Urban
----
Community
Instructors:
J o e l Torstenson
C a r o l Morl
T h i s course i s e s p e c i a l l y designed LO study the h i s t o r i c a l , p o l i t i c a l ,
e c o n o m i c , and s o c i o l o g i c a l a s p e c t s of t h e u r b a n s e t t i n g t h a t r e l a t e t o
s c h o o l s and t e a c h i n g .
I t w i l l i n c l u d e a n a l y s i s of c u r r e n t i s s u e s i n t h e
S t . P a u l and M i n n e a p o l i s s c l ~ o o lcommunities. The i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l
u s e t h e Glenwood-Lyndale n e i g h b o ~ h o o d s i n n o r t h M i n n e a p c ~ l i s a s a l e a r n i n g
laboratory.
T h i s c o u r s e may be t a k e n Eor c r e d i t i n e i t h e r s o c i o l o g y o r e d u c a t i o n .
I t w i l l i u l f i l l t h e Urban Concerns r e q u i r e m e n t .
I t is a l s o considered
t h e Urban Course f o r t h e Urban E d u c a t i o n program.
Maximum e n r o l l m e n t :
Prerequisites :
20
P e r m i s s i o n of one of t h e i n s t r u c t o r s
Distribution:
Time:
I
koom:
L i b r a r y 201
Education
Introduction
,
To E x c e p t i o n a l i t y
Instructor:
E i n s r Johnson
The c o u r s e w i l l g i v e a s u r v e y o f s p e c i a l e d u c a t i o n i n c l u d i n g :
1 ) I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and d e s c r i p t i o n of e x c e p t i o n a l c h i l d r e n - t h e
p h y s i c a l l y h a n d i c a p p e d , t h e d e a f and b l i n d , m e n t a l l y r e t a r d e d and
emotionally disturbed.
2 ) Recent r e s e a r c h f i n d i n g on c a u s e s , d e f i n i t i o n s
and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f e x c e p t i o n a l i t y . 3 ) D i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n o f
mainstreaming.
Speakers w i l l include a c t i v e p r a c t i t i o n e r s i n t h e a r e a .
V i s i t s w i l l be made t o s c h o o l s f o r o b s e r v a t i o n and e x p e r i e n c e i n s p e c i a l
education.
Special fees:
S p e c i a l l a b o r a t o r y f e e f o r Field t r i p s , f i l m s ,
h o n o r a r i a : $15.00
Prerequisites:
O r i e n t a t i o n t o Education, General Psychology o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Time:
I
Room: L i b r a r y 4
S LuJenL T e a c h i n g
Instructor:
E i n a r 0 . .Inhnson
S t ~ ~ ~ l cw
n ti ls l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r L u l l d a y s .
Opportunities
a r e proviiled i o r e s p e r i e n c e i n o h s e r v i n g and c l i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g
e s p e r i e n c e s tin t l ~ es e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o i c o l l e g e
and I1iql1 s c l ~ o o lp e r s o n n e 1.
Prereguisites:
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and c o m p l e t i o n 01 t e a c h e r a i d e work a n d
human r e l a t i o n s e l e m e n t s o r E d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s 2 6 5 , 359.
Time:
To he a r r a n g e d
Room:
Lihrory 8
D i s c o v e r y i n t h e World of K i n d e r g a r t e n
Instructor:
L a u r e t t a E. P e l t o n
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r t h e d i s c o v e r e d .
B e c a u s e a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y o p e n i n g d o o r s of knowledge, a
t e a c h e r n e e d s t o know a t what s t a t e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e an
e n v i r o n m e n t i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e l e a r n i n g .
The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y of k i n d e r g a r t e n c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n
o f m a t e r i a l s , r e v i e w of t e a c h i n g a p p r o a c h e s and l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e .
Prerequisites:
O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n i n a n Urban S e t t i n g #255;
a d m i t t a n c e i n t o t h e Augsburg F d ~ ~ c a t i oprogram
n
or
an elementary school teaching c e r t i f i c a t e
Distribution:
Time:
I
Room:
Library 1
English
The L i t e r a t u r e
-
of T e r r o r : T a l e s of H o r r o r , Mystery,
InsLrucLor :
Detection
L o r r a i n e L i v i n g s ton
Do you have a penchant For merder and d e c t i o n ? Do you l i k e s p i n e t i n g l i n g h o r r o r s t o r i e s ? You w i l l be a b l e t o swap e x p e r i e n c e s w i t h
[ e l l o w s t u d e n t s a s you read hot11 c l a s s i c a l and modern m y s t e r i e s . A
s e l e c t e d r e a d i n g l i s t w i l l i n c l u d e such works a s G r e a t 'Tales o f H o r r o r
J e k y l and Mr. Flyde
by Edgar A l l e n P o e ,
by Mary S h e l l e y ,
by Robert Louis S t e v e n s o n ,
Moonsl-one Ihy W i l k i e C o l l i n s , The Hound oC
t h e B a s k e r v i l l e s by S i r A r t h u r Conan Ijoyle, Murder on Lhe O r i e n t Express
by Agatha C h r i s t i e , The Crooked Hinge Iby John Dicltson (:art-, T l ~ eImng
Goodbye by Raymond C h a n d l e r , Above S u s p i c i o n Iby llelen MacInnes, and
I n Coltl Blood by Truman Capote.
B r i e f L e c t u r e s w i l l he l o l l o \ ~ e c l Ihy
class discussions.
Each s t u d e n t w i l l w r i t e one s h o r t p a p e r on ;I st117j c . ~ ,
of h i s choice.
&-.
Prerequisites :
None
D i s t r i h ~ ~ t i o. n
Humanities
Tine:
I1
Room:
Old Main 21
~
Underground
Film
Instructor:
John M i t c h e l l
Although t h e t r a d i t i o n of t h e f e a t u r e - l e n g t h n a r r a t i v e f i l m i s g e n e r a l l y
well-known, s i n c e t h e 2 0 ' s t h e r e h a s been a n a l t e r n a t i v e f i l m t r a d i t i o n ,
v a r i o u s l y c a l l e d avant-garde, underground, personal, independent, o r
v i s i o n a r y f i l m . The c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t a s u r v e y o f f i l m s from t h i s
t r a d i t i o n , b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e French a v a n t - g a r d e f i l m s from t h e 4 0 ' s
onward. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h i s g e n e r a l s u r v e y of f i l m s and f i l m m a k e r s , t h e
works o f Maya D e r e n , James Brough t o n , Kenneth Anger, Bruce Conner,
S t a n Brakhage, and Bruce B a i l l i e w i l l be g i v e n s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s .
Conceptual approaches w i l l include Freudianism, s u r r e a l i s m , e x p r e s s i o n ism, a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m , l y r i c i s m , a b s t r a c t e x p r e s s i o n i s m , and s t r u c t u r a l i s m . The c o u r s e i s e s p e c i a l l y recommended t o s t u d e n t s w i t h i n t e r e s t s
i n f i l m , a r t , and p o e t r y . A $10 l a b o r a t o r y f e e w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
o f f s e t t h e c o n s i d e r a b l e expense o f f i l m r e n t a l s . A t t e n d a n c e i s r e q u i r e d ,
s i n c e t h e f i l m s w i l l be shown d u r i n g c l a s s .
I
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Science H a l l 123
The Contemporary
Beyond S t a r T r e k :
S c i e n c e F i c t i o n Novel
I n s t r u c t o r s : Ron P a l o s a a r i and
S c o t t Schumack ( f r e e l a n c e
science f i c t i o n w r i t e r )
Science l i c t i o n i s often characterized as poorly w r i t t e n t a l e s o f rocket
s h i p s , r a y g u n s , and p l o t s t o t a k e o v e r t h e u n i v e r s e . Modern s c i e n c e
f i c t i o n , however, t r a n s c e n d s t h i s s t e r e o t y p e and i n c l u d e s many w e l l
w r i t t e n works of p s y c h o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e n e t r a t i o n .
This
c o u r s e w i l l b e g i n w i t h a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e n o v e l of t h e 1 9 3 0 ' s and demons t r a t e t h e ways i n which s c i e n c e f i c t i o n w r i t i n g h a s grown from i t s
p u l p o r i g i n s t o i t s p r e s e n t r e l a t i v e l y l i t e r a t e form.
The p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r t h e c o u r s e i n c l u d e c u r i o s i t y a b o u t o r i n t e r e s t i n
s c i e n c e f i c t i o n and t h e a b i l i t y t o read two o r t h r e e n o v e l s a week.
Additional fee:
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Grading:
$10.00
S e e l a s t p a r a g r a p h of c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n
Humanities
Optional
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 25
C r e a t i v e W r i t i n g Workshop:
Poetry
Instructor:
J o n i s Agee
T h r e e s t u d e n t s from each of t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s o f t h e A s s o c i a t e d
C o l l e g e s o f t h e Twin C i t i e s w i l l be c h o s e n , o n t h e b a s i s o f p o r t f o l i o
submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n t h e workshop. We w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e s u c h problems a s v o i c e , form/
c o n t e n t , e x p e r i e n c e , and o r a l p r e s e n t a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o c o n t e m p o r a r y w r i t i n g and p u b l i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s .
Evaluation
w i l l b e made o n t h e b a s i s o f a body o f work completed by t h e end o f
t h e workshop.
C l a s s e s w i l l be i n a workshop f o r m a t and may i n c l u d e
attendance a t l o c a l poetry events.
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Lorraine Livingston
of t h e English f a c u l t y
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Time:
I1
Room:
College of S a i n t Catherine
T h e ~ r r ei n
---
London
Instructor:
T o n i Clark
T h e a t r e i n London w i l l p r o v i d e t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p e r i e n c e t h e f i n e s t
t h e a t r e i n t h e w o r l d . The h e a r t of t h e c o u r s e w i l l be a t t e n d i n g and
d i s c u s s i n g p r o d u c t i o n s of R e n a i s s a n c e , R e s t o r a t i o n and modern p l a y s
p e r f o r m e d by t h e Royal S h a k e s p e a r e Company, t h e Old V i c , t h e Young V i c ,
t h e N a t i o n a l T h e a t r e , and o t h e r s . We w i l l a l s o v i s i t t h e B r i t i s h Museum,
t h e V i c t o r i a and A l b e r t Museum, t h e N a t i o n a l P o r t r a i t G a l l e r y , t h e T a t e
G a l l e r y , t h e Tower o f London, and go t o S t r a t f o r d upon Avon. Time w i l l be
a l l o t t e d f o r i n d i v i d u a l s i g h t s e e i n g and s h o p p p i n g t r i p s , and f o r
i n v e s t i g a t i n g t h e i n c r e d i b l e v a r i e t y o f r e s t a u r a n t s i n t h e c i t y . The
g r a d i n g f o r t h e c o u r s e w i l l be P/N, based upon p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n d i s c u s s i o n
o f t h e p l a y s and p r o d u c t i o n s , and upon a j o u r n a l r e c o r d i n g s t u d e n t s '
i m p r e s s i o n s and a n a l y s i s of t h e p l a y s , d i s c u s s i o n s and e v e n t s o f t h e
Interim.
Approximate c o s t :
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
$895
None
Humanities
IN
English (Summer)
Potpourri :
R e a d i n g f o r Fun and C r e d i t
Instructor:
B a r b a r a Andersen
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l
r e a d i n g l i s t s of 10-12 books. These books w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h o t h e r s
i n t h e c o u r s e and t h e i n s t r u c t o r i n s m a l l g r o u p s , e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g
t o common themes, books, o r a u t h o r s .
Because s t u d e n t s w i l l h a v e
i n d i v i d u a l s c h e d u l e s , r e a d i n g l i s t s must be approved b e f o r e t h e end o f
s p r i n g term s o t h a t t h e s e s c h e d u l e s can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e
suimner s e s s i o n .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Junior o r Senior standing
& consent
of i n s t r u c t o r
Humanities
S u m e r 1977
Foreign Language (Summer)
70330
C u l t u r e o f French Canada
----
I n s t r u c t o r : Mary E . Johnson
( a s s i s t e d i n e d u c a t i o n by
Einar Johnson)
A c o u r s e d e s i g n e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s f i r s t - h a n d knowledge o f s e v e r a l
a s p e c t s of French-Canadian c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e and c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e ,
i n c l u d i n g t h e s t u d y o f b i l i n g u a l e d u c a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l choose
and r e s e a r c h t o p i c s o n some a s p e c t s o f French-Canadian c u l t u r e b e f o r e
l e a v i n g , w i l l pursue ~t7m1
d u r i n g ilre e x p c r i e r ~ r e , snri w i l 1 make orill
at14 w r i t Len r e p o r t s . IVrer~cli ma 101~s :i1%11 mirmrs will work ,in F r e ~ l r l i .
l l e g - L ~ ~ n i r tign t l ~ cV o y a ~ e ~ lrounl
r
r y , t:l~e g r o u p wi l 1 v i s i r M o r ~ t - r e a l , l l ~ e
c i c v i n the wur1.d; I-lien s t u d y i ~ h o r , ~;I t
sectlrld I ; ~ r g e s r l ' r e i ~ d ~ - s t i c a k L n g
week i r i ~ ! u r ! h r r , r : ; l l i i ~ a loi [;l.e$~clrc 1 1 1 ~ u r-i.n
e l:,w~adrr;and u i l l t r u v e l
~ r v ~ ~ itile
\ < l r:;lul>e P c n i n s l ~[ a r o nl1servt: Yrcncli-Canadian r ~ i r a l I it'e. V j s i i H
t o s c h o o l s , museums, p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s , c u l t u r a l e v e n t s , e t c .
I n t e r v i e w s w i t h s p e c i a l i s t s i n t h e a r t s , e d u c a t i o n , and government.
Lodging i n t e n t s a t campgrounds and i n h o s t e l s .
Cooperative meals.
Offered f o r Foreign language general education d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement,
f o r French c r e d i t by a r r a n g e m e n t w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , and f o r e d u c a t i o n
c r e d i t by p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e e d u c a t i o n d e p a r t m e n t . G r a d i n g PIN o n l y .
1;
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Consultation with e i t h e r i n s t r u c t o r
F o r e i g n Language
Summer 1977
I
1
I
Norwegian Composition
Conversation
Instructor:
L e i f E. Hansen
I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian w i t h emphasis on p r o n u n c i a t i o n
and o r i g i n a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
Some a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o r e g i o n a l
s p e e c h v a r i a t i o n s and t o d i f f e r e n c e s between t h e two o f f i c i a l l a n g ~ a ~ e s
o f Norway. T h e r e w i l l be a v a r i e t y of c o n t a c t s w i t h n a t i v e s p e a k e r s of
Norwegian now r e s i d i n g i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Norwegian 75211 o r e q u i v a l e n t
S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s p e n d a t o t a l o f 5 h o u r s p e r w e e k
i n l a b o r a t o r y work a n d / o r f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e .
Distribution:
F o r e i g n Language
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 3
Spanisli
Instructor:
Gunta R o z e n t a l s
S t u d y of t h e o u t s t a n d i n g n o v e l i s t s of t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h
c e n t u r i e s o i S p a i n . T h e r e w i l l be o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n S p a n i s h .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
56352, 51353 o r e q u i v a l e n t
F o r e i g n Language
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 8
German Women W r i t e r s
---
Instructor:
William Oyler
Women w r i t e r s h a v e p l a y e d a s i g n i i i c a n t r o l e i n German l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e
20th c e n t u r y . T h i s f a c t i s n o t s u f f i c i e n t l y a p p r e c i a t e d i n American
s i n c e v e r y few works o f p r o m i n e n t German women w r i t e r s h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d
i n t o E n g l i s h , and most o f t h o s e which h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d a r e now o u t o f
p r i n t and t h e r e f o r e l a r g e l y i n a c c e s s i b l e .
As a b e l a t e d c o n t r i b u t i o n t o
t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Women's Y e a r , t h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e r n i t s e l f e x c l u s i v e l y w i t h t h e r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s i o n o i n a r r a t i v e p r o s e , drama and p o e t r y
c r e a t e d by German w r i t e r s who happen t o be women and who r e p r e s e n t a g r e a t
v a r i e t y of p h i l o s o p h i c a l o u t l o o k s and l i t e r a r y s t y l e s . The r e a d i n g s and
d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be d e v o t e d p r i m a r i l y t o women of t h e 20th c e n t u r y , s u c h
a s R i c a r d a Huch , Anna S e g h e r s , I l s e A i c h i n g e r , I n g e b o r g Bachmann, C h r i s t a
Wolf, G e r t r u d von Le F o r t and E l i z a b e t h L a n g g a s s e r , a l t h o u g h t h e c o u r s e
w i l l b e g i n w i t h a b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e r o l e o f women i n German l i t e r a t u r e
and w i t h t h e s t u d y of a 1 9 t h c e n t u r y work by Germany's f i r s t g r e a t woman
w r i t e r w r i t e r of i n t e r n a t i o n a l s t a t u r e , A n n e t t e von D r o s t e - H u l s h o f f .
Readings w i l l be i n German. D i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be p r i m a r i l y i n German,
w i t h E n g l i s h t o be used a s needed. A q u e s t i o n t o be p u r s u e d : Is t h e r e
a u n i q u e l y f e m i n i n e p e r s p e c t i v e i n works o f German women w r i t e r s ?
Prerequisites:
German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t
Distribution;
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 2
Linguistics
T h e o r i e s of Grammar
Instructor:
Donald Steinmetz
Comparative a n a l y s i s of v a r i o u s views of language r e p r e s e n t e d i n c u r r e n t
l i n g u i s t i c r e s e a r c h : tagmemics, s t r a t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformat i o n a l - g e n e r a t i v e grammar, c a s e grammar, g e n e r a t i v e s e m a n t i c s , with t h e
aim of i l l u m i n a t i n g t h e u n d e r l y i n g p h i l o s o p h i c a l assumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l c r i t e r i a and t h e e x p l a n a t o r y g o a l s which d i s t i n g u i s h them.
The t h e o r i e s w i l l a l s o be c o n t r a s t e d with r e s p e c t t o t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s
w i t h a d j a c e n t d i s c i p l i n e s such a s a n t h r o p o l o g y , psychology, l o g i c and
conununication t h e o r y and t h e way i n which each t h e o r y s e e k s t o overcome t h e i n a d e q u a c i e s o f t r a d i t i o n a l grammar.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 4
General Studies
A Study
-
oT Values o r "Wha:
!.lal<es Llie World Co ~<ound"
InsrrucLor:
II
Sheldon Fardig
What a r e t h e e i f e c t s of p e r s o n a l v a l u e s upon I1um;ln I>ehavior? Yor~r own
v a l u e s ? Others v a l u e s ? An i n v e s t i g a l i o n of value awareness, value
dynamics, moral development and l i c e s L v l e s . An examination of tlle
v a l u e s of t h e s i l e n t m a j o r i t y and d i s c u s s i o n wit11 a u t h o r i t y r i g u r e s
concerning p u b l i c v a l u e s . These a r e some a r e a s l o r t l i s c u s s i o n and
r e s e a r c h . Each p a r t i c i p a n t w i l l piclr :]I? a r e a r ~ i rn d i v i d u a l s t u d y and
eval.uation.
Some e x t r a c o s t s w i l l be i n v o l v e d i n Cield t r i p m i l e a g e .
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
11
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 213
H i s t o r y o f London
I
Instructor:
Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
"When a man i s t i r e d o f London, h e i s t i r e d o f l i f e , f o r t h e r e i s i n
London a l l t h a t l i f e can a f f o r d " (Dr. Samuel J o h n s o n , 1 8 t h c e n t r u r y ) .
T h i s c o u r s e d o e s n o t promise a l l t h a t ! But London d o e s o f f e r much O F
v a l u e and i n t e r e s t t o s t u d y .
I t s a m a z i n g l y r a p i d growth s i n c e mid
1 6 t h c e n t u r y h a s meant t h a t Londoners h a v e F e l t , t h o u g h t a b o u t , and
responded t o modern u r b a n problems f o r a t l e a s t f o u r c e n t u r i e s . I t s
b u s i n e s s community was a t t h e f o r e f r o n t of economic change i n t h e
w e s t e r n world f o r s e v e r a l c e n t u r i e s .
S e v e r a l t i m e s t h e c i t y has
r e s p r e s e n t e d h i g h p o i n t s i n t h e h i s t o r y o f European c u l t u r e .
It has
had a m a s s i v e i n f l u e n c e on E n g l i s h s o c i e t y g e n e r a l l y ( w e l l i l l u s t r a t e d
by i t s demographic p r e p o n d e r a n c e i n t h e n a t i o n ) and a p o w e r f u l l e v e r a g e
on B r i t i s h p o l i t i c s (whose c a p i t a l was c o n v e n i e n t l y l o c a t e d j u s t a few
m i l e s up t h e Thames r i v e r ) . And f o r t u n a t e l y , i o r t h e p u r p o s e of o u r
s t u d y , t h e r e i s a g r e a t d e a l of l i t e r a t u r e a b o u t t h e c i t y t h a t i s r e a d i l y
a v a i l a b l e . Urban h i s t o r y , and h o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e , a p p e a l s t o s t u d e n t s
of y a r i o u s d i s c i p l i n e s - g e o g r a p h y , a r c h i t e c t u r e , p o p u l a r c u l t u r e ,
economics, u r b a n p l a n n i n g , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , a s w e l l a s h i s t o r y . Both
i n c l a s s a c t i v i t i e s and s t u d e n t a s s i g n m e n t s , t h e r e w i l l be an e f f o r t t o
construct the course s o a s t o r e f l e c t t h i s i n t e r - d i s c i p l i n a r y i n t e r e s t .
T h e r e w i l l be a wide c h o i c e i n t h e m a t t e r of a s s i g n m e n t s ; i t i s u n d e r s t o o d ,
t h o u g h , t h a t an i n d i v i d u a l p r o j e c t e m p h a s i z i n g l i t e r a t u r e o r a r c h i t e c t u r e
w i l l e v i d e n c e t h e i n s i g h t s and background g a i n e d i n t h e b r o a d e r c o n c e r n s
of t h e c o u r s e .
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
S o c i a l S c i e n c e and Urban S t u d i e s
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 1 8
From t h e I n d u s
-----
to Indira:
Epochs i n I n d i a n H i s t o r y
Instructor:
Don G u s t a f s o n
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e v a s t panorama o f
I n d i a n c u l t u r e from t h e e a r l y c i t i e s o n t h e I n d u s R i v e r t o t h e problems
and p o t e n t i a l s of modern I n d i a .
Not o n l y w i l l a wide v a r i e t y c i :epics
be c o v e r e d , but i n a d d i t i o n t h e r e w i l l be a g r e a t v a r i e t y i n t h e
m a t e r i a l s used
c u l t u r a l a r t i f a c t s , recordings, s l i d e s , novels,
r e l i g i o u s t e x t s , h i s t o r i e s , and who knows what e l s e .
--
prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Social Science
Time:
11
Room:
Library 1
C
I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e P r i n c i p l e s o f Sumerian
"Can These S t o n e s Speak?" &
Cuneiform W r i t i n g .
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard C. Nelson
A c u l t u r a l s t u d y of t h e Sumerian Ur 111 Dynasey and r e l a t e d mesopotamian
c i v i l i z a t i o n s through an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o cuneiform w r i t i n g . S t u d e n t s w i l l
l e a r n t o t r a n s l i t e r a t e ( i . e . r e n d e r t h e cuneiform s y l l a b l e s ) and t r a n s l a t e
Sumerian t e x t s of v a r i e d c o n t e n t s d a t i n g from 2,000 B.C No p r e v i o u s work
i n a n c i e n t h i s t o r y i s assumed. Due t o a l a c k o f r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e t e x t u a l
and l e x i c a l m a t e r i a l most w i l l have t o be xeroxed. Expect a charge of
about $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t .
T r a d i t i o n a l g r a d i n g a l l o w e d , but
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
PIN
i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended.
None
Social Science
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 28
Mathematics
The Mathematical
-
Content of Music
Instructor:
Ben Cooper
For hundreds of y e a r s , Westerners have made music conscious of
Pythagorean t h e o r i e s of harmony, but n o t o f any o t h e r m a t h e m a t i c a l
f e a t u r e s of t h e i r a r t . From a t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y p o i n t of view, we can
r e c o g n i z e a s p e c t s of form and o f c o m p o s i t i o n a l d e v i c e s and r u l e s which
d e s e r v e t o be c a l l e d mathematics ( b u t t h e mere adherence t o which does
n o t g u a r a n t e e good m u s i c ) . A t t h e r i s k of i n t e l l e c t u a l s u p e r f i c i a l i t y ,
we w i l l probe ( a s i l l u s t r a t i v e ) m a n i f e s t a t i o n s o f a l g e b r a , geometry, and
p r o b a b i l i t y a s we can f i n d , l a y i n g the mathematical f o u n d a t i o n s a s we go.
Some of t h e p o s s i b l e m u s i c a l t o p i c s : v o i c e - l e a d i n g r u l e s ; Bach's canons;
r u l e s o f twelve-tone composition; c o n s c i o u s l y m a t h e m a t i c a l composition
( e . g . , Xenakis).
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
No m a t h e m a t i c a l p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 28
Must read music.
Modern Math I d e a s Shock t h e L i b e r a l A r t s
------I n s t r u c t o r : Henry G. F o l l i n g s tad
A c o n t r o v e r s i a l look i n t o some u s e s and abuses o f modern math concepts
i n t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . Group and i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d y w i l l s t r e s s
t h e impact of math i d e a s and models on f i e l d s which r e l a t e t o t h e n a t u r e
and o r i g i n of t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. The focus w i l l
be on s p e c i a l t o p i c s i n astronomy and cosmology a s w e l l a s philosophy,
a n t h r o p o l o g y , geology, b i o l o g y , and theology.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 212
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Data S t r u c t u r e s
Instructor:
James L. Johnson
O r g a n i z a t i o n a l and s t o r a g e t e c h n i q u e s n e c e s s a r y t o c r e a t e , m a i n t a i n , and
u s e a d a t a base on a d i g i t a l computer. Topics i n c l u d e ( a s time p e r m i t s ) :
computer r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of v a r i o u s t y p e s o f d a t a , c h a r a c t e r s t r i n g
manipulation, l i n e a r d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , linked d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , t r e e s ,
g r a p h s , s o r t i n g , s e a r c h i n g , and mass s t o r a g e f i l e s .
Physical use of t h e
computer w i l l be minimal. Knowledge o f a programming language i s n o t
required.
Prerequisites:
S t u d e n t should be c o m f o r t a b l e w i t h t h e m a n i p u l a t i o n of
a b s t r a c t symbols a t a l e v e l which should be a t t a i n e d a f t e r
taking f i r s t year calculus o r equivalent course i n the
Natural Sciences.
Consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r i s
recommended p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n .
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Time:
11
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 205
The B a s i c
--
Concepts
of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n
o f Elementary
Mathematics
Instructor:
Beverly Durkee
-
f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t l i k e i t , who
Mathematics made s i m p l e
a r e a f r a i d of i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t , b u t who must g e a r up t o
t e a c h i t t o elementary s c h o o l c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s of a r i t h m e t i c and
geometry o f t h e modern elementary s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 205
Music
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy
Instructor:
-
Roberta M e t z l e r
General overview of t h e f i e l d of music t h e r a p y
where i t i s u s e d ,
with whom, and how. I n c l u d e s f i e l d t r i p s t o music t h e r a p y s i t e s i n
Minnesota.
Recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o major i n m u s i c
t h e r a p y , and t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n g e n e r a l background i n f o r m a t i o n of t h e
u s e of music f o r t h e r a p e u t i c r e a s o n s .
Prerequisites:
None
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Time:
I
Room:
Music 120
Opera Opera
I n s t r u c t o r s : Steve Gabrielsen
James Johnson
The p r o d u c t i o n of two o p e r a s i n c l u d i n g s i n g i n g , d a n c i n g , a c t i n g , s t a g e
d e s i g n , choreography. l i g h t i n g and promotion.
A week o f e v e n i n g performances.
Costumes s u p p l i e d by s t u d e n t s .
A u d i t i o n s w i l l be announced i n F a l l ' 7 6 .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Fine A r t s
Time:
I and I1
Room:
Music Auditorium
P i a n o Teaching Methods
-
I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Metzker
A s t u d y o f t h e m a t e r i a l s and t e c h n i q u e s used i n t e a c h i n g piano t o t h e
young s t u d e n t . No p r e v i o u s t e a c h i n g e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e d but an average
Class w i l l i n v o l v e
p i a n o t e c h n i q u e and keyboard f a c i l i t y i s n e c e s s a r y .
work w i t h p i a n o l a b s , o b s e r v a t i o n , t e a c h i n g and d i s c u s s i o n w i t h
prominent p i a n o t e a c h e r s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Average piano t e c h n i q u e and keyhoard F a c i l i t y
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Time:
I
Room:
Music 1 0
Make Your Own Music
----
Instructor:
Robert Karlen
O f f e r s an o p p o r t u n i t y f o r t h e i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t t o l e a r n about
t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems and i n t h e c r e a t i o n of o r i g i n a l
works of m u s i c ; and t o t r y h i s hand a t u s i n g any o f t h e s e systems i n
c r e a t i n g h i s l h e r own compositions.
S e r i a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c
t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be i n c l u d e d .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Open t o music majors a s an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e , and t o
s t u d e n t s with l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music a s a lower
d i v i s i o n course.
None
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 20
Trends, I s s u e s ,
and
Leadership
&
Nursing
I n s t r u c t o r s : Pamela Larson
Donna P e t e r s o n
A course designed to i n v e s t i g a t e the current leadership responsibi i t i e s
of the p r o f e s s i o n a l n u r s e and t h e t r e n d s and i s s u e s e v o l v i n g i n
contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e .
Prerequisites :
Admission t o t h e Augsburg n u r s i n g program o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
Distribution :
None
Time:
I
Room:
F a i r v i e w School of Nursing
Philosophy
Topics i n S c i e n c e and R e l i g i o n :
Or Adam Had Atoms
Instructor:
Kenneth B a i l e y
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some of t h e a r e a s of c o n f l i c t , whether r e a l
o r o t h e r w i s e , between s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s t h o u g h t .
I t w i l l be
l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
Chiefly,
we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f whether a r e l i g i o u s p o i n t of
view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , and, i f s o ,
what f o r m ( s ) i t might t a k e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Humanities
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 25
Meister
---
E c k h a r t a s M y s t i c and P h i l o s o p h e r
Instructor:
Mark F u e h r e r
M e i s t e r E c k h a r t was one of t h e most a r t i c u l a t e spokesmen of t h e movement
known a s R h i n e l a n d M y s t i c i s m i n t h e l a t e m i d d l e a g e s . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l
a t t e m p t t o a n a l y s e E c k h a r t ' s l a n g u a g e a s a m y s t i c and d e t e r m i n e what
p h i l o s o p h i c a l p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s h e h o l d s and how t h e s e p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s
d e t e r m i n e h i s thought
.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 2 2
Physical Education
S p e c t a t o r s h i p o r Hev!
W h a ~ ' sGoing on Out T h e r e
Instructors:
Edor Nelson
Ed S a u g e s t a d
A c l a s s r o o m c o u r s e Eor t h e n o n - p a r t i c i p a n t .
An o r i e n t a t i o n o l t h e
s p e c t a t o r to the techniques, strategy, scoring, e t c . i n the sports
g f F o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , h o c k e y , and w r e s t l i n g .
This course does not
a p p l y t o the major i n physical education.
Prerequisites
Distribution:
:
None
None
Time;
I
Room:
Melby H a l l
12
Recreation A c t i v i t i e s
Rhythms
Instructor:
LaVonne P e t e r s o n
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n t e a c h i n g r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
low-organized games, r e l a y s , camp a c t i v i t i e s , s k i t s and s t u n t s , m u s i c a l
games, s i m p l e c r a f t s , f o l k and s q u a r e d a n c i n g .
prerequisites:
Sophomore s t a n d i n g , n o t open t o Freshmen
Distribution:
I
Time:
Room:
Gymnasiu~niqorth Court
Physics
P r o g r e s s : R e a l i t y o r Myth?
1.
II
Instructor:
Mark E n g e b r e t s o n
S c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y played an i m p o r t a n t r o l e i n t h e development o f
t h e n o t i o n o f p r o g r e s s i n t h e e i g h t e e n t h and n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s .
New developments i n t e c h n o l o g y made p o s s i b l e t h e r a p i d growth of w e a l t h
and power i n much o f t h e w e s t e r n w o r l d . Now, however, " p r o g r e s s " h a s
l o s t i t s l u s t e r ; many a r e blaming s c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y f o r b e t r a y i n g
t h e i d e a l s and dreams of modern s o c i e t y .
Thomas ~ u h n ' si m p o r t a n t book, The S t r u c t u r e o f S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s ,
p r o p o s e s t h a t t h e n o t i o n of p r o g r e s s i s i t s e l f C a u l t y . A f t e r a s t u d y
o f t h e s c i e n c t i f i c , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s r o o t s o f t h e i d e a o f p r o g r e s s ,
we w i l l c o n s i d e r t h e c u r r e n t d e b a t e a b o u t t h e u s e s and a b u s e s o f s c i e n c e
i n our world.
One s h o r t s e m i n a r and a w r i ~ t e nr e p o r t w i l l be r e q u i r e d , i n a d d i t i o n t o
r o u t i n e r e a d i n g s . Guest l e c t u r e r s and f i l m s w i l l be i n t e r s p e r s e d w i t h
c l a s s r o o m l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Room:
None
F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s r e q u i r e m e n t
11
Science H a l l 22
Understanding t h e Weather
Instructor:
Kenneth E r i c k s o n
4n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s w e a t h e r , i t s c a u s e s a n d c h a r a c t e r .
l e s i g n e d f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n w e a t h e r and w e a t h e r p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s
c o u r s e s e e k s t o p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e b a s i c
s c i e n c e p r i n c i p l e s required f o r understanding weather.
It i s a l s o
h o p e d t h a t s t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an a ~ p r e c i - t i c n f o r t h e o v e r a l l weat:her
p a t t e r n s o f t h e e a r t h a n d f o r t h e manv and v a r i e d a s p e c t s o f w e a t h e r ,
i n c l u d i n g t h e i n f l u e n c e weather h a s on t h e e a r t h ' s i n h a b i t a n t s .
Topics
t o be d i s c u s s e d i n c l u d e : t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f s u n , e a r t h and a t m o s p h e r e ;
i m p o r t a n t p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s s u c h a s t e m p e r a t u r e and p r e s s u r e ; c l o u d s
a n d p r e c i p i t a t i o n ; u n u s u a l c o n d i t i o n s l i k e t o r n a d o s and h u r r i c a n e s ;
t e c h n i q u e s and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n f o r w e a t h e r m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ;
a v i a t i o n w e a t h e r ; and t h e i n f l u e n c e o f w e a t h e r o n p o l l u t i o n .
Course
a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n , f o r e c a s t i n g , and g u e s t
s p e a k e r s whenever p o s s i b l e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
High S c h o o l A l g e b r a
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
Science H a l l 22
Independent Study i n Experimental Physics
I n s t r u c t o r : T h e o d o r e Hanwick
This course provides t h e opportunity f o r students t o systematically
e x p l o r e a problem i n experimental physics.
The s t u d e n t s h o u l d s e l e c t
a t o p i c f o r i n v e s t i g a t i o n from o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : s p e c t r o s c o p y ,
h o l o g r a p h y , a s t r o n o m y , o r e l e c t r o n i c s . An i n - d e p t h u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e
s e l e c t e d t o p i c w i l l be a c q u i r e d t h r o u g h s t u d y o f a p p r o p r i a t e r e s o u r c e
n a t e r i a l a n d by means o f a c t u a l e x p e r i m e n t a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n .
Each s t u d e n t
i s r e q u i r e d , b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m , t o d i s c u s s h i s t o p i c o f
i n v e s t i g a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and p r e s e n t a t e n t a t i v e p r o p o s a l
: ! e s c r i b i n g how t h e s u g g e s t e d work i s t o be c o m p l e t e d .
A final written
-c;cr!
o n !he ~ r o j e c t\ $ i l l b e r e q u i r e d a t t h e e n d o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Prerequisites:
Junior o r s e n i o r physics major o r permission of the
instructor.
Distribution:
Time: I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 25
Political Science
R a t i o n a l Ignorance & J u s t i c e
Instructor:
Myles S t e n s h o e l
1
Focus i s upon John Rawls' e x t r a o r d i n a r y work, A Theory of J u s t i c e , and
h i s a t t e m p t t o p r o v i d e an a l t e r n a t i v e t o r e c e i v e d t h e o r i e s of p o l i t i c a l Course g o a l s w i l l be t o u n d e r s t a n d h i s t h e o r y , i t s
economic j u s t i c e .
s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses, i t s i m p l i c a t i o n s f o r c u r r e n t s t r u c t u r e s ,
programs and p r o p o s a l s . W r i t i n g ? Yes.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Freshmen o r sophomores by p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r ,
J u n i o r s o r s e n i o r s who have a concern f o r v a l u e s and
a w i l l i n g n e s s t o w r e s t l e w i t h i n t e l l e c t u a l problems.
S o c i a l Science
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 18
Poli. Sci. (summer)
85340 ( P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e )
98340 (Speech)
The B r i t i s h
--
Design f o r Mass Media
Instructor:
Milda Hedblom
Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s ,
communications, s o c i o l o g y . B r i t i s h mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y
p r o d u c t i o n . and c o n t e n t . We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and
a r t i s t i c r e a s o n s f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s
w i t h BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper
and magazine e d i t o r s , Members of P a r l i a m e n t and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s o f mass
c m u n i c a t i o n s ; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n London a s w e l l a s
t a k e v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r
nearby a r e a s .
Topics we w i l l s t u d y d u r i n g t h e f i r s t h a l f of t h e i n t e r i m i n c l u d e
B r i t i s h views on t h e p r o p e r use o f t h e mass media, t h e n a t u r e of
p o l i t i c a l c o n t r o l s , funding p r o v i s i o n s and o t h e r s . Approximately t h e
l a s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be devoted t o independent work
(under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f t h e c l a s s i n s t r u c t o r ) w i t h each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t o f one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n news p r o d u c t i o n ,
o r p r i n t c e n s o r s h i p r u l e s o r r a d i o o v e r s e a s programming, e t c . Some
i n d i v i d u a l s may s e l e c t t o p i c s r e q u i r i n g- r e g- i o n a l t r a v e l , such a s Wales,
o r S c o t l a n d . T h i s i s a c c e p t a b l e but w i l l be a s e p a r a t e c o s t and
i n d i v i d u a l l y a r r a n g e d i n England.
The same i n s t r u c t o r w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s f o r independent s t u d y i n
British politics.
Prerequisites:
Permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Social
Science
Grading:
Cost:
O p t i o n a l , p r e f e r e n c e t o PIN
$895.00
C
Psychology
-
Instructor:
General Psychology
Norman Ferguson
introducatioh t o the mador eontenk areas wtthlln psychology inciuding
b i ~ l ~ g i ~bgmla s of behevtor, develapmnt, Ieamkg, language and memDry,
perception a d s l e e p , rntrtivation and motion, pettionalfty, paychopathol~/ogy,
and psychotherapy. Reading turd dfaeusaim. me c2-a will be condudred
u a i n g the q u a a t i o r ~ - - a n m ~ and
open diseuslion method* Inatead oE using
klie Lecture mathad. Heavy emphasis w i l l be placed on inclass parrictpapion by eacft student. Mequoto preparation prier to each clasa swsion
w i l l be assumed.
Not recommended f o r s t n d e n t s i n t e n d i n g t o major i n psychology.
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 19
The a i l d ' s
---
World:
Cognitive Development
Instructor:
Grace Dyrud
A s t u d y w i l l be made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n
o f e v e n t s ; n o t i n g s t a g e s and examples i n l a n g u a g e , r e a s o n i n g , and
judgment. There w i l l be a f e e o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y $3.00 f o r m a t e r i a l s .
Pretequisites :
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 7
Computer A p p l i c a t i o n s
&
Behavioral Science
I n s t r u c t o r : R i c h a r d Marken
An i n t r o d u c a t i o n t o t h e u s e of computers f o r t h e a n a l y s i s o f b e h a v o r i a l
d a t a and s i m u l a t i o n o f b e h a v i o r a l p r o c e s s e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n t o
w r i t e programs t o do s t a t i s t i c a l a n a l y s e s s u c h a s c o r r e l a t i o n and l i n e a r
r e g r e s s i o n s , a n a l y s i s o f v a r i a n c e , and c h i - s q u a r e .
Programs w i l l be
S t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o s t u d y t h e b e h a v i o r of programs
w r i t t e n i n FORTRAN I V .
which s i m u l a t e i n t e r e s t i n g b e h a v i o r a l and b i o l o g i c a l p r o c e s s e s such a s
p e r c e p t i o n , l e a r n i n g , and e v o l u t i o n . Each s t u d e n t w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o d o
a programming p r o j e c t on a t o p i c o f i n t e r e s t . T o p i c s f o r p r o j e c t s have
been q u i t e v a r i e d and h a v e ranged From d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f theorems i n
s t a t i s t i c s t o s i m u l a t i o n o f rumor p r o p a g a t i o n i n crowds.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
G e n e r a l Psychology
None
Time:
I1
Room:
Scierice H a l l 312
Women and God
Instructor:
Eugene S k i b b e
For men and women: What i s t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e o f women i n r e l a t i o n
t o God and i n t h e c o n t e x t o f o r g a n i z e d r e l i g i o n , e s p e c i a l l y t h e o l r i s t i a n
r e l i g i o n ? T h i s i s n o t o n l y an academic problem, which i n v o l v e s a n a l y z i n g
p a s t t r a d i t i o n s and i n s t i t u t i o n a l a r r a n g e m e n t s , b u t a l s o a p e r s o n a l
q u e s t i o n , which c a n be answered o n l y by p e r s o n a l r e f l e c t i o n and m u t u a l
In
d i s c o v e r y . H o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e w i l l b e n e f i t p e o p l e i n both ways.
e a r l y s t a t e s o f d e s i g n i n g t h e c o u r s e t h e t e a c h e r w i l l s e e k h e l p irom
s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n t h i s t o p i c . The c o u r s e w i l l p r o b a b l y i n c l u d e a
s t u d y o f ( a ) r e f e r e n c e s t o women i n B i b l i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , ( b ) n o t a b l e
women i n W e s t e r n r e l i g i o u s h i s t o r y , ( c ) t h e r o l e o f women and t h e female
p r i n c i p l e i n non-Western r e l i g i o n s , ( d ) f u n d a m e n t a l problems of human
p e r c e p t i o n , l a n g u a g e and c u l t u r e w i t h r e g a r d t o r e a l i t y and s e x u a l i t y ,
( e ) t h e r e l a t i o n o f t h e G o s p e l t o s e x u a l d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n , ( f ) women
r e l i g i o u s and t h e o l o g i c a l l e a d e r s t o d a y . The a p p r o a c h w i l l i n c l u d e
a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , d i s c u s s i o n s , o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , and ( p r o b a b l y ) a
w r i t t e n r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t . Taught ( o r c o o r d i n a t e d ) by a man.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Religion
Time:
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e 320
Social Work
Practicum i n Human S e r v i c e s
Instructor:
Vern Bloom
With f a c u l t y a p p r o v a l , s t u d e n t s e l e c t s a placement a s a h a l f - t i m e
v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n .
O p p o r t u n i t y t o know
s o c i a l work p r o f e s s i o n a l s , s o c i a l s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s y s t e m s , and c a r e e r
a s p e c t s i n t h e h e l p i n g v o c a t i o n s . Independent s t u d y w i t h a t e n paper
r e p o r t and review c o n f e r e n c e s . E s p e c i a l l y r e c m e d e d f o r freshmen
and sophomores.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Required f o r S o c i a l Work m a j o r s
Time:
I
Room:
Memorial H a l l 1
Sociology-SocialWork
Human S e r v i c e
----
Issues i n Selected
Areas
Instructor:
Tony Wagner
Seminars c o n s i s t i n g of a n i n t r o d u c t i o n of t h e major s o c i a l p o l i c y i s s u e s
and s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s t r u c t u r e s a s s o c i a t e d with s e l e c t e d a r e a s of s o c i a l
work p r a c t i c e .
Areas i n c l u d e s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , mental r e t a r d a t i o n ,
a l c o h o l and chemical dependency, y o u t h , a g i n g , w e l f a r e e c o l o g y , and
s e r i s m i n s o c i a l work. F i e l d e x p e r i e n c e o f 16 h o u r s p e r week.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
351 and j u n i o r , o r p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r
Required f o r S o c i a l Work majors
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 1
Principles
of Sociology
Instructor:
Robert Grams
Both the p o p u l a r p r e s s and i n f o r m a l d i s c u s s i o n s s u g g e s t an i n c r e a s e d
concern about t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s .
One c o n s t a n t l y h e a r s about t h e l a c k of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e
dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems r e g a r d i n g the
d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting crime r a t e , the
i n a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h .
T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an overview of what t h e s o c i o l o g i s t h a s t o o f f e r
i n r e g a r d t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , t h e c o u r s e c o n s i s t s of a
each of which p r o v i d e s an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s
s e t of u n i t s
a n a l y s i s o f some a s p e c t of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached
through a combination o f l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments
designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t a p p l y what i s being l e a r n e d .
--
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Social Science
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 27
Blue C o l l a r s and Hard H a t s :
-----
The C u l t u r e of t h e Working Class
Instructor:
Cordon Nelson
I n an i n c r e a s i n g l y b u r e a u c r a t i c s o c i e t y , t h e manual l a b o r e r and c r a f t
worker have tended t o be r e l e g a t e d t o a s t e r e o t y p e d , s u b c u l t u r e s t a t u s
i n American urban l i f e . T e l e v i s i o n ' s Archie Bunker i s a s good an example
a s any of t h e s t e r e o t y p e . This c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e American working
c l a s s , e s p e c i a l l y a s i t i s found i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , i n an a t t e m p t t o
d e t e r m i n e whether t h e s t e r e o t y p e i s a v a l i d one. The c o u r s e w i l l
i n c l u d e r e a d i n g s i n some of t h e c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e on t h e t o p i c , f i e l d
o b s e r v a t i o n s i n working c l a s s s e t t i n g s , and a f i n a l examination.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
S o c i a l S c i e n c e o r Urban
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 21
R a c i a l and
--
M i n o r i t y Group R e l a t i o n s
I n s t r u c t o r : J e r r y Gerasimo
The dimensions of r a c i a l and m i n o r i t y group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n
i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , r a c i s m , and t h e r o l e o f s e l f - u n d e r s t a n d i n g .
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d on P/N b a s i s o n l y .
prerequisites:
Time:
I1
Room: Old Main 27
Speech
Values and
--
Conununication:
Socrates, Jesus, Kierkegaard,
Buber
I n s t r u c t o r s : Ray Anderson
John Benson
A s ~ u i l vc ' r i Ivrrns uT t l i s c o u r s c v h i c l ~a r e inrenrleil 1 0 c:rrnml~tiic:~teb a s i c
valries and view8 o t l iTe. The Lulms are many n11c1 v a r i e d , emhrecing H I ~
r l Fvcrse a c t i v i 1 : i e s as S v c r n r i c qliesr i o n i u p , Jesus's u s e o l p a r a b l e and
sy~~lrolic
a c t i o n : Kierlte,qanrd ' a i . ~ ~ d i r c ccommuni
t
c a t i o r r , am! H r ~ l j e r ' sw e
of u f d i a l o g u e . A l l Inur 0 1 c l ~ e s einen e:rplurect l lie r e l a c i o n s l ~ i po f i o n
and corxext i n com\~unicotion. A c e n t r a l rocus w i l l !IF: How and wily d i d
these men conununicntc as they d i d ? 7lie course w 3 1 1 i n v n l v e l e c r u r e s ,
r e a d i ~ q s ,d f s c ~ ~ s s i ~ >papers
ns,
and 9 tudeni s p e e c l ~ e s . Sume a t tendance a L
events ouestcLe of class may he r e q u i r e d ,
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Does n o t f u l f i l l r e l i g i o n r e q u i r e m e n t , but may be used
f o r s p e e c h , c o m u n i c a t i o n s o r r e l i g i o n major.
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 7
C ~
I n t e r c u l t u r a l Cmnnunications i n Mexico
Instructor:
J o e l Mugge
The i n t e r i m w i l l be based i n Mexico C i t y , Oaxaco, and a ~ e n e d i c ' t i n e
monastery i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i t h s m a l l g r o u p
f i e l d t r i p s t o o t h e r p a r t s of t h e c o u n t r y . T r a v e l t o Mexico w i l l b e by
c h a r t e r bus and t r a i n . Mexico p r o v i d e s a s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l ,
s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s a r e much d i f f e r e n t than o u r own. The
c o u r s e w i l l e x p l o r e ways i n which t h e s e a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and
shape t h e communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and non-verbal.
We s h a l l
a t t e m p t t o examine t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication
betbeen c u l t u r e s and e x p l o r e t h e ways t h e s e b a r r i e r s can be broken down.
T h i s w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d through d i r e c t c o n t a c t with s e v e r a l d i m e n s i o n s
of Mexican l i f e - urban Mexico C i t y , t h e indigenous c u l t u r e of Oaxaca,
a d i s c i p l i n e d m o n a s t i c community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a s m a l l v i l l a g e .
S e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and a f i n a l p a p e r
w i l l be r e q u i r e d .
The c e n t r a l focus of t h e i n t e r i m i s an e x a m i n a t i o n o f
t h e p r o c e s s of communication between c u l t u r e s and t h e ways i n which
communication b a r r i e r s can be broken down. C o n s i d e r a b l e a t t e n t i o n w i l l
be g i v e n t o t h e way i n which c u l t u r a l v a l u e s e f f e c t t h e communication
process.
To accomplish o u r t a s k , we w i l l focus on such i s s u e s a s : t h e
c m u n i c a t i o n p r o c e s s w i t h i n t h e group i t s e l f ; t h e dynamics o f d e v e l o p ment w i t h i n t h e Third World n a t i o n s ; t h e o l o g i c a l i s s u e s r e l a t e d t o human
communication and Third World development; s p e c i f i c elements o f Mexican
c u l t u r e ; and t h e t h e o r y o f i n t e r c u l t u r a l communication.
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
Cost:
e s t i m a t e d $490.00
Theater Practicum:
C h i l d r e n ' s T h e a t e r Production
Instructor:
A i l e n e Cole
The members o f t h e c l a s s w i l l p l a n , r e h e a r s e , e x e c u t e t h e t e c h n i c a l
a s p e c t s o f t h e p r o d u c t i o n , and p r e s e n t t o a u d i e n c e s composed p r i m a r i l y
of c h i l d r e n a d r a m a t i c p r o d u c t i o n approximately 50 m i n u t e s i n l e n g t h .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I and I1 (9:30-12:OO;
Room:
Speech Auditorium
1:OO-3:OO)
A r t11:
-
The A r t s of Europe
Instructor:
R e i d a r Dittmann
B e g i n n i n g w i t h a b r i e f s t a y i n I t a l y f o r a background e x p o s u r e t o t h e a r t
o t t h e R e n a i s s a n c e i n F l o r e n c e , t h e Yourse w i l l f o c u s on n i n e t e e n t h
c e n t u r y movements a s shown i n g a l l e r i e s i n Z u r i c h , Munich, Cologne,
Amsterdam, P a r i s , and London. R e l a t i v e l y b r i e f s t a y s i n t h e c i t i e s en
r o u t e w i l l be f o l l o w e d by one week each i n P a r i s and London. S t u d e n t s
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o keep a j o u r n a l and p r e p a r e an e v a l u a t i v e p a p e r on
a s i n g l e a r t i s t r e p r e s e n t e d i n one o r more o f t h e c o l l e c t i o n s viewed.
Prerequisite:
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
For d i s t r i b u t i o n r e c o g n i t i o n , c o n s u l t Chairman, Department
of Art
Enrollment:
Cost:
25
$895.00
Asian Studies
---
IIa:
Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l R e l a t i o n s
Instructor:
Ola E M i l l e r t
A s t u d y o f t h e i n t e r r e l a t i o n of c u l t u r e s , A s i a n , P o l y n e s i a n , and American,
which h a v e come t o i n t e r a c t w i t h each o t h e r i n Hawaii.
Participants will
be assumed t o have b a s i c f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h t h e American component, arid t h e
c o u r s e w i l l t h e r e f o r e c o n c e n t r a t e on Asian and P o l y n e s i a n t r a d i t i o n s a s
shown i n s o c i a l c u s t o m s , r e l i g i o n , and t h e a r t s , and on t h e consequences
o f t h e i r i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h t h e American t r a d i t i o n i n t h e 5 0 t h s t a t e .
Two weeks a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n H o n o l u l u , w i t h l e c t u r e r s from
b o t h t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii and t h e East-West C e n t e r , w i l l be f o l l o w e d
? y a t h i r d week a t Brigham Young U n i v e r s i t y - Hawaii Campus a t L a i e .
Representatives o f the various Polynesian i s l a n d s w i l l t a l k about t h e i r
h e r i t a g e , and p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l have a c c e s s t o t h e p o l y n e s i a n C u l t u r a l
C e n t e r w i t h i t s d i s p l a y s and performances.
I n t h e f i n a l week a t t h e
Makapalo R e t r e a t C e n t e r on t h e i s l a n d of Hawaii, t h e r e w i l l be summary
d i s c u s s i o n s and symposia based o n p a p e r s w r i t t e n by s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r
s p e c i a l p r o j e c t . Ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e h i s t o r i c s i t e s , e t h n i c
and a r t museums, r e l i g i o u s s h r i n e s --and t h e b e a c h e s . H a w a i i i t s e l f i s
a l i v i n g laboratory of i n t e r c u l t u r a l r e l a t i o n s .
Prerequisites :
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
N~~~
Enrollment:
Cost :
25
$895.00
ST. OLAF INTERIMS ABROAD
Biology I I e o r I I I e : Human Ecology i n I s r a e l
I n s t r u c t o r : D a n i e l Palm
~ k l i g n d dto p m c e o study a d d 5 s m Q a f the 5 n b a m a b i e ~and
ra~&$o@ttps bm'kween mn , h u miltom and ItOhry, and the esxvfrmment
ta w k i & taa ,lPvea, tha EQU~BI WdLl be + n t e t e r d @ c i y in nawn.
U a c-.y
Wif~hi%
wiqw rnrrge PC u~f,mnticCgeerlagia;L, raciiil, a m d c a d &tnsXcal peqgecttvos, the pussuit @1
&a -emt
of a n can
' f i e l d trip8 w d JeterubaLm, to' llielf I*,
be partsuulnzLy r&m&,in&
khk W6t&mnma maboacd, &F sud~ t l d s e r a ,Lgw desert, and the
Red Sea a t E i l a t w i l l provide ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o l e a r n a t t h e c e n t e r s
of a n t i q u i t y . L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s w i l l p r o v i d e
t h e background f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of a paper d e a l i n g with some s p e c i f i c
t o p i c i n human ecology i n I s r a e l .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : one s e m e s t e r of biology and one s e m e s t e r of b e h a v i o r a l
science.
Enrollment:
cost:
30
$1,100.00
Classics
u: Mediterranean
Culture
Instructor:
Lloyd Gunderson
The c i v i l i z a t i o n of Greece from t h e Bronze Age through C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y
viewed from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum and Athens. Daily l e c t u r e s
and v i s i t s t o Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n Crete a t Knossos, P h a i s t o s , and
M a l l i a , and c l o s e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e v a s t c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e Archaeological
Museum a t Heracleum.
I n Athens and i t s e n v i r o n s , w i t h the a i d of t h e
famed N a t i o n a l Museum, f u r t h e r s t u d y o f t h e Bronze Age of the Yycaneans,
and f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s .
Prerequisites
: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Enrollment:
Cost:
25
$975.00
I, I
I I
French 111:
French Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t e r i n P a r i s
Instructor:
Verena Conley
F o r advanced s t u d e n t s i n French. A t t e n d a n c e a t p e r f o r m a n c e s i n t e g r a t e d
w i ~ ha n a l y s i s a n d t l i s c t ~ s o i o n , V l s l l r : l o a r t i s t i c snrl c u L ! ~ ~ r i exhibits.
#l
~ ' W Df u l l - d a y e x c u r s i o n s ( L O V e r s a i l l e s and dlartres) wi1I1 CL-encli-speak~ I I Kl c c l u r r r a .
i l p ~ i o n a iwcek-end C S C I I C S ~ O I I H to N ~ r m : ~ l i r l y . S t u d y oi
items 0 1 t o p i c a l i n ~ e r e s Li r l t l ~ ed a i 1 y ant! week1 y p r e s s .
One o f t h e
m o a t imlmrtnnt aspecks o f l a n e ~ ~ ~ rs t, ur d y d u r i n g the perio<l I s he four
l i u r ~ r so l cnnvers:ttional p r a c t i c e 411 Rrotrys u l t h r e e each, wilt1 a I'l*vnclj
s t u d e n t o f t h e U n i v e r s i t y of P a r i s a c t i n g a s t u t o r . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep
a d a i l y j o u r n a l i n French i n c o r p o r a t i n g r e f l e c t i o n s on t h e t h e a t r e and
o b s e r v a t i o n s on French l i f e .
Prerequisites :
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
None
Enrollment:
Cost:
15
$895.00
German I I b :
--
E n c o u n t e r w i t h t h e Two Germanys
Instructor:
Hanno K l a s s e n
A s t u d y o f t h e s e p a r a t e ways o f Germany s i n c e 1945. Two weeks w i t h t h e
p e o p l e o f t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c w i l l be f o l l o w e d by a c o n c l u d i n g
s t a y i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c o f Germany. The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o u s e
t h e German l a n g u a g e f o r a c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f t h e two Weltanschauugen
which h a v e shaped v e r y d i f f e r e n t p o l i t i c a l n a t i o n s .
I n t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c t h e Youth H o s t e l i n L e i p z i g w i l l be t h e
c o n t a c t base.
S i d e t r i p s w i l l be made t o o t h e r p l a c e s o f c u l t u r a l i n t e r e s t .
Munich w i l l be t h e l o c a t i o n f o r i n q u i r i e s i n t o l i f e i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c .
Students w i l l l i v e with h o s t f a m i l i e s . I n d i v i d u a l c o n t a c t with t h e people
i s s t r e s s e d . L e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h s t u d e n t s , r e l i g i o u s g r o u p s ,
v i s i t s t o s o c i a l and w e l f a r e i n s t i t u t i o n s , and a t t e n d a n c e a t a r t i s t i c
p e r f o r m a n c e s and e x h i b i t i o n s . D a i l y d i s c u s s i o n s . P a r t i c i p a n t s a r e
e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k German a t a l l t i m e s . Each s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o k e e p
a journal.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Enrollment:
Cost:
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
None
20
$895.00
Interdisciplinary J
&
:
I n d u s t r i a l Democracy i n Europe
Instructor:
Daniel Hellinger
I n t e r n a t i o n a l economic f o r c e s see111 L u i ~ ed r a w i n g Europe t o g e t h e r , w h i l e
e t h n i c and c l a s s c o n f l i c t s w i t h i n i n d i v i d u a l s t a t e s a r e s t r a i n i n g
n a t i o n a l c o h e s i v e n e s s . The c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s o n t h e f o r c e s o f c o h e s i o n
and c o n f l i c t , b o t h economic and p o l i t i c a l , which a r e s h a p i n g t h e form
and s c o p e o f i n d u s t r i a l d e m o c r a c y i n Europe. D i s c u s s i o n p l a n n e d w i t h
b u s i n e s s m e n , s c h o l a r s , t r a d e u n i o n i s t s , and p o l i t i c i a n s .
C i t i e s on t h e
i t i n e r a r y a r e Amsterdam, B r u s s e l s , Luxembourg, S t r a s b o u r g , P a r i s and
London.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
None
E n r o l l m e n t : 25
Cost:
$895.00
M u s i c a:
Instrumental
-
2
Music i n England 1825-1977
Instructor:
M i l e s H. J o h n s o n
An i n s t r u m e n t a l e n s e m b l e o f 45-80 s t u d e n t s , s e l e c t e d by a u d i t i o n , w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e i n a w o r k - s t u d y program d i v i d e d i n t o two s e g m e n t s :
1. The h i s t o r y , d e v e l o p m e n t , m u s i c a l and i n s t r u m e n t a l s t r u c t u r e , a n d t h e
l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e B r i t i s h Wind Band. D a i l y l e c t u r e s a n d / o r r e h e a r s a l s
w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and w i t h B r i t i s h h i s t o r i a n s and m u s i c i a n s .
These w i l l
t r a c e wind m u s i c from H a n d e l t h r o u g h t h e g i a n t s s u c h a s H o l s t
2. S t u d y p r o j e c t s by g r o u p s o f s t u d e n t s on a s p e c t s o f m u s i c a l
isolated island culture.
Sample t o p i c s : The M u s i c o f H a n d e l , C a t h e d r a l
F e s t i v a l s , BBC and Music i n E n g l a n d , Music and Times o f E l g a r , J a c o b .
S o u r c e s f o r r e s e a r c h i n c l u d e t h e B r i t i s h Museum, C a t h e d r a l l i b r a r i e s .
L e c t u r e s and s t u d y w i l l be s u p p l e m e n t e d by a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s a n d
f i e l d t r i p s t o O x f o r d , Cambridge a n d C o v e n t r y .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Acceptable audition
Distribution:
Enrollment:
Cost:
For d i s t r i b u t i o n recognition,
Department o f Music
45-80
$895.00
c o n s u l t w i t h Chairman,
Religion
E:C h r i s t i a n
Rome t o 1600 A.D.
I n s t r u c t o r : Harold Ditmanson
A s t u d y d e s i g n e d t o make C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y come a l i v e through an exp1.ora t i o n o f C h r i s t i a n Rome a s an example of Western C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y i n
i n microcosm.
Readings and l e c t u r e s w i l l be c a r e f u l l y i n t e g r a t e d with
d i r e c t e x p o s u r e t o s i t e s , monuments, a r t and a r t i f a c t s r e l a t e d t o t h e
development o f t h e a u r c h i n Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan c i t y , the
s e m i n a r w i l l c o v e r i t s t r a n s f o r m a t i o n i n t o a C h r i s t i a n c e n t e r and i t s
c o n t i n u e d importance throughout the Middle Ages. Recources i n c l u d e t h e
V a t i c a n Museum, Catacombs, B a s i l i c a e of S t . P e t e r and P a u l , papal tombs,
etc.
B r i e f v i s i t s w i l l be made t o F l o r e n c e , A s s i s i , Subiaco, Pompeii,
Pisa.
Prerequisites :
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Religion
Enrollment:
Cost:
35
$895.00
Religion
E:
Proclamation
S o c i a l Concern i n
------
of
Development: Dynamics
aristian
t h e Third World
I n s t r u c t o r : Ansgar Sovik
The s t u d y w i l l focus on t h e r e l a t i o n of o l r i s t i a n proclamation t o p o v e r t y ,
p o l i t i c a l o p p r e s s i o n and s o c i a l i n j u s t i c e i n t h e T h i r d World, and t h e
& r i s t i a n s V r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make
p o s s i b l e a t r u l y human e x i s t e n c e .
The Roman C a t h o l i c B e n e d i c t i n e
Monastery a t Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i l l house p a r t i c i p a n t s . Members
o f t h e Monastery s t a f f and o t h e r q u a l i f i e d l e c t u r e r s w i l l s h a r e i n
d i r e c t i n g t h e r e a d i n g , s t u d y , and d i s c u s s i o n o f L a t i n American " l i b e r a t i o n
t h e o l o g y , " r e p r e s e n t e d by such w r i t e r s a s Bonino, Camera, T o r r e s ,
G u i t i e r r e s , F r i e r e , Gheddo, Paz, and G o u l e t , and by t h e " C h r i s t i a n f o r
S o c i a l i s m " movement i n L a t i n America.
D i r e c t exposure t o and involvement
i n community development p r o j e c t through which the church i s s e e k i n g t o
a c t u a l i z e i t s s o c i a l concern w i l l be an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e program.
Week-end f i e l d t r i p s w i l l f e a t u r e a r e a s of c u l t u r a l and r e l i g i o u s i n t e r e s t
such a s Mexico C i t y , t h e pyramids of T e o t i h u a c a n , t h e c o l o r f u l Aztec
m a r k e t town of T e p o z t l a n , t h e m a g n i f i c e n t a r c h a e o l o g i c a l remains a t
Oaxco, t h e c r a f t s c i t y of Taxco, e t c .
Prerequisites :
Freshman r e l i g i o n
Distribution:
Religion
Enrollment:
Cost:
20
$310.00 p l u s t r a n s p o r t a t i o n
Russian
Ia:
- I-
USSR:
A
-
C u l t u r a l Experience
Instructor:
James Walker
Focus on Kiev, Moscow, and Leningrad -- with t r i p s t o Zagorsk and
Vladimir-Suzdal -- t o e x p e r i e n c e a p o r t i o n of t h e r i c h c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e
of t h e Russian p e o p l e , from t h e i r c l a s s i c church a r c h i t e c t u r e t o t h e i r
b a l l e t , from t h e i r f o l k music t o t h e i r contemporary a r t . Each p a r t i c i p a n t
w i l l be expected t o read i n a s p e c i a l i z e d a r e a of Russian c u l t u r e a s
p r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e course and upon r e t u r n t o campus submit a p a p e r on
one a s p e c t of s p e c i a l i z a t i o n based on s u c h r e a d i n g and p e r s o n a l e x p e r i e n c e s
i n t h e USSR. B r i e f v i s i t s t o Prague, Czechoslovakia and Warsaw, Poland.
Prerequisites:
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
None
1
Enrollment: 25
Cost:
$995.00 (round t r i p t r a n s p o r t a t i o n i s from Chicago)
Spanish
m: Spanish
Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t r e i n Madrid
Instructor:
Leon Narvaez
Aimed a t improving spoken S p a n i s h , widening c u l t u r a l e x p e r i e n c e , and
becoming a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e Spanish t h e a t r e .
Based i n Madrid w i t h
s t u d y t r i p s t o A v i l a , Toledo, t h e V a l l e y of t h e F a l l e n , E l E s c o r i a l , and
Segovia. A c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e t u t o r i n g t h r e e t i m e s a week by S p a n i s h
s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y of Madrid, f r e q u e n t v i s i t s t o t h e P r a d o and
o t h e r museums, a t t e n d a n c e a t t h e a t r e performances i n t e g r a t e d w i t h a n a l y s i s
and d i s c u s s i o n .
The group w i l l a l s o a t t e n d c o n c e r t s of t h e Madrid
Symphony, f i l m showings, and o t h e r c u l t u r a l f u n c t i o n s , a s w e l l a s
p r o t e s t a n t and C a t h o l i c church s e r v i c e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep a j o u r n a l
i n Spanish.
Prerequisites:
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
None
Enrollment:
Cost:
15
$895.00
INTERIM 1977
Addendum # 1
Education
-
Discovering t h e World of Kindergarten should be 44331 (Elementary) r a t h e r
t h a n 45331.
Foreign Language
76457
Spanish Novel
- Prerequisites
should be 76352, 76353
History
Mass Movements --i n t h e Black
-
Community: 1880-1940
Instructor:
Ralph L. Crowder
The c e n t r a l focus of t h i s course w i l l be an examination of s e l e c t e d mass
movements w i t h i n t h e Afro-American community d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d of 18801940. Our i n q u i r y w i l l be guided by an a n a l y t i c a l and h i s t o r i c a l
c r i t i q u e of c r i t i c a l e r a s and key p e r i o d s w i t h i n t h e l a t e 1 9 t h and e a r l y
20th c e n t u r y Black experience. An e s t a b l i s h e d s e t of c r i t e r i a (eg.
movement composition and s t r u c t u r e , p a t t e r n s of r e c r u i t m e n t , i d e o l o g i c a l
underpinnings, g o a l s , e t c . ) w i l l s e r v e a s t h e p r i n c i p a l means of i n v e s t i g a t i o n . Throughout t h e c o u r s e , l e c t u r e s , s l i d e showings, r e c o r d s , t a p e s
and o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s w i l l amplify r e q u i r e d readings and r e s e a r c h .
E s s e n t i a l l y t h e course w i l l n o t o n l y d e f i n e Black H i s t o r y a s a w r i t t e n
and documented e x p r e s s i o n of a people; but i n a d d i t i o n , we w i l l t a p t h e
s o - c a l l e d e x p r e s s i o n s of t h e " i n a r t i c u l a t e " a s l e g i t i m a t e h i s t o r i c a l
concerns. T h e r e f o r e , t h e i s s u e of Black s u r v i v a l , s u r v i v a l s k i l l s , and
r a c e r e j u v e n a t i o n w i l l p l a y a paramount r o l e w i t h i n o u r a n a l y s i s . Two
a d d i t i o n a l a r e a s of concern w i l l be t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of v a r i o u s segments
of t h e w h i t e community and t h e n e c e s s i t y t o d e f i n e and understand t h e
meaning and impact o f HISTORY.
It i s impossible t o understand t h e p o t e n t i a l and meaning o f t o d a y ' s
s t r u g g l e f o r Black l i b e r a t i o n w i t h o u t an understanding of i t s p a s t .
Black ~ m e r i c a n shave and c o n t i n u e t o e x i s t i n t h r e e dimensions ( i . e . t h e
products of an unescapable h i s t o r i c a l
p a s t , t h e p r e s e n t and t h e f u t u r e )
r e a l i t y f o r g i n g a r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p with t h e p r e s e n t and d e s t i n y
of t h e f u t u r e . To make h i s t o r y one must comprehend h i s t o r i c a l f o r c e s
t h e f i r s t s t e p t o freedom f o r any oppressed people i s t o f i n d and f r e e
t h e i r h i s t o r y . A c r i t i c a l understanding of Mass Movements w i t h i n t h e
Black Community can and must p l a y a v i t a l r o l e w i t h i n t h i s s e r i o u s
challenge.
--
--
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
A p r i o r h i s t o r y course i s suggested. Lower D i v i s i o n
s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s permission.
S o c i a l Science
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 19
Mathematics
61242
-
Basic Concepts of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n of Elementar
m m a t i c s w i l ~ c o u n ta s N a t u r a l Science d i s t r i b u t i o n requiremznt
Music
1 ' 82325
Modern N o n - t r a d i t i o n a l Music N o t a t i o n and I t s Uses
I n s t r u c t o r : Leland S a t e r e n
A s t u d y of contemporary musical s c o r e s which employ n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l n o t a t i o n ,
followed by o r i g i n a l c l a s s work i n n o t a t i n g musical sounds v i a g r a p h i c symbols.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Music 82224 (Theory)
None
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 10
Philosophy
-
c o u r s e s number 82135 and 82435 should be 83135 and 83435
P o l i t i c a l Scieace/Speech, Communication
85342 ( P o l i t i c a l Science)
98342 (Speech)
Mass Communication
-
Society
Instructor:
Milda Hedblom
E f f e c t s of mass communication on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
S o c i a l Science o r Humanities o r Urban S t u d i e s
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 8
P o l i t i c a l Science
(Summer )
85340
The B r i t i s h
-
Design f o r Mass Media
is
CANCELLED
The wrong course d e s c r i p t i o n was i n c l u d e d i n I n t e r i m c a t a l o g .
Physics
Progress
Or D i s a s t e r : Where Is Mankind Going?
Instructor:
It should be:
Mark Engebretson
Like i t o r n o t , s c i e n c e h a s become a v i t a l s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l f o r c e i n
modern America, m o s t l y f o r t h e wrong r e a s o n s . While " b e t t e r l i v i n g through
chemistry" and "progress i s our most important product" f i l l t h e media, s e r i o u s
t h i n k e r s g r a p p l e w i t h t h e u r g e n t problem of s u r v i v a l amid p o l l u t i o n , o v e r p o p u l a t i o n ,
and t h e i n c r e a s i n g r o b o t i z a t i o n of man.
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l look a t many of t h e misconceptions of s c i e n c e , and a t some of t h e
s o c i a l i s s u e s f a c i n g s c i e n t i s t s and n o n - s c i e n t i s t s a l i k e :
Texts :
A. Readings on t h e i d e a of p r o g r e s s : how we g o t h e r e
r e l i g i o u s and s o c i a l r o o t s
of t h e popular b e l i e f i n p r o g r e s s through s c i e n c e .
B. & I n q u i r y i n t o t h e Human P r o s p e c t , H e i l b r o n e r : c i v i l i z a t i o n a s we know i t
may be doomed!
The Next 200 Years Kahn; Mankind i s making more p r o g r e s s than ever!
C. The S t r u c t u r e of S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s , Kuhn: s c i e n c e does n o t n e c e s s a r i l y
l e a d t o p r o g r e s s o r happiness.
D. The P o v e r t y of Power, Commoner: a c a r e f u l s t u d y of t h e o p t i o n s i n o u r f u t u r e .
-
- - - - J
Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s .
Films w i l l augment l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n .
P r e r e q u e s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Urban S t u d i e s requirement
Time:
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 22
Pra,rams in EL. ope
Program in Africa
Economics IIc: Business and Economics:
Multinational Corporations focus on Egypt119
Amin Kadir, Augshurg
Art 11: The Arts of Europe
6m Reidar Dittmann, S t . Oluf
Cost: $+@tH0
W i t h l l ~ t ~ ~ ~ i uionul
l t i ~d~- tu) rt l ) ~ ~ r ~for111
i t i ~ rO~~i ~ ~ I I S ~ Tt v
I ~- ~ S
i~
WII!
1 1 l ~ ~ ~ r v i Ill
u iIi<l ) t i i ~ ! , -~~I ~ ~ S ~ I I \rt)rIci.
CS~
tit) IIIS(JII~~II~
ii~m
art5rkp:111{11111 11rol1~~1ot1t
IIIY
~%;III\ ; \ ~ ~ i ' r i ~rt~r1>oriil
~rr
\vt)rltl. Since I(,$I
l < ~ y ~ , t iI<OI
i )~
SIITI,~
I t
i d j 1 1 kqnidlltls ;lrr 11t1t
f ~ ~ l f i l I p~IICI
[ l Inui11rtrn11)vtitioli is 1ni11im:iI. I ' l p p t is r c ~ * ( ~ i v iriy: ~ r ~ u ;cr tht c ~ ~ t i cth(rsi.
~ r ! d ~ ~ from
y s 111c, ~ r ~ ~ r r ~ Irr~sir~r.ss
r:;rr~
rulnlnlrnlty, I$LtI
h:
r:
r~
IaItI
i oI
tC
~c' ~
s ~"
l t u r ;und
i l 1.t41grr~us
11~l i d s pla\ u r ~ ~ a jr (d~vr111 31311 I~IIK 1t5I)USIII~!\S
ns11-1117~ I I I ~
prnctivcs, t l ~ crlrc
- ~ r l r ~ i t cdiduretlt I.~IIIII111ust'I)! t l r r C'i~itetl
States. Thus thesuccess of multinational corporations i n
I<~>-g?t(I~~)L,IILIS
tfr ;i I;lrgc d ~ g r v t 011
, I1i1b1riil)llit I ~LICI~I~SI
I
to
IIIC,ch:rr;lctt!r c ~ E
f \ lltilc18 IIII~III(YS
.ipl~roii~I~i*+.
I'iirti~,il,;u~thu i i f ~ t ~IIIC
~ IIILI~~II.
( l ~ ,t I'I(II~~II
c ~ w l j r > r i i t i11r11l
it~~~
td 111isinfis~ I~I~ 1 1 e r~1r1t1
: i I it5 r ~ j l vi l l l*:gyl~lTI ~ r i i ri1.111~lr
l
\\,it IT
c ~ n y ! l y ! (111
~ tt1t6~ ~ i ~ t i oI ~
~ iS
' s~ ~hih~or!
I I C S, t111.
S rolv I I ~
IIICIII~r ~ ~ i l c< ~ y i ~ rl d
' si ~ i i ) i r 11rs
trill IAI~IHII, Ihr lm;il ~ ~ ( ~ n usys1~111,
1it:Is. U I I ~ 1111: r o l r tlf YO) t-rn111~11t
ill co111rt11
of Ihe 11i1lIIJI>'S
woriomy. I.ec:tur~?i l>y IIII~
i v r unlwrts will hc :id(l~d
ro t h ( s ~
I+ ~llr
instructl~r\vIln i s t ~ i n l s c l l :I ~
< ~ !~* p t i a ~
I'hccuunc.
~.
will
Ilc bnscd i n t:;uru ~rmitlll i c l d trips t o :\luh:ir~cIri~l.Saqclrlr:~,
Memphis, Luxor, and Aswan.
Does not count toward major
Fulfills distrihution requirement nl :\trgsbttrg on/!/
Grading: Optional
Enrollment:
Cost: $895.00
Beginning w i t h a brief stay i n Italy for a background expos
ure to the art of the Renaissance i n Florence, the course will
focus on nirli!tt,rr~tllthtalttur! II~{JV~IIIPII~S ;IS shown i n galleries
i n Zurich, M~III~C.~I.
( :(1111g1itn.
.\IIS~
1~ri1:111i,Paris, and London.
Relatively Ilrit-t ~ t i i y 5ill LIlt-cllir.~I~II
I.OII~V will be followed
Students will be reby one wevk rgucl~i r ~P:iri> iirrtl I+OI~{~IIII,
quired to keep a journal and prepare an evaluative paper o n
a single artist represented i n one or more o f thecollections
viewed.
Counts totvard hrt Major
Fulfills distril~utio~~
requirement (Area B )
Enrollment. 8
Prerequisite:Consent of Instructor
Classics 11: Mediterranean Culture Cost: $975.00
Lloyd Gunderson, S t . Oluf
.fhr c.lvilizatirrn ( ~ (;r{btu.c
f
I r r m tllt.
Hronzr :\gr thrt111gh
vim r(l tram t \\,o 11r111i*i]>~tI
l~~i*i~tiut~s,
Ilernr-lcuri~;IIILI
;Z~~II!IIS,
l>uily Irvturos i i l ~ tvisits
l
t o Hrunzr
Age Mino:111sites iil (:rctc at LIIDSSOS.
t ' l ~ i ~ i s t;1
o1~1d
. Millliii,
( : ! i ~ ~ s i ~ * i411tiq11it
hl
v
;111dt!lt~w:III t ct1tit111
t o t l\v vast IX>IIIX-I
i o 111
~ tht!
~ ~\rcli:~t!o~o~ical Museum at Heracleum. In Athens and its environs, w i t h
the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the
Bronze Age of the Mycanaeans, and field trips t o Classical
sites.
Counts toward mejor.
Fulfills distril~utionrequireme~~t
(Area A or B).
Enrollment: 25
French 111: French Language, Culture,
Cost: $895.00
and Theater in Paris
Verena Conley, S t . O l ~ f
German IIb: Encounter with the T w o Germanys
Hanno Klassen, S t . O l ~ f
Cost: $895.00
:\stud! I J ~tile xepurute rvuys olC;errlr;lily sillc~e1945. 'I*\r,rr
\r*i.ckb r v i l l ~
t l i v r ~ r p l cof tllc. (:crnl:lr~ Dt:uurcr;rtic I{c'l)~rl)lic
~ r , i~i ~
) ~e t J i ~ o t v c n ci t ?r ~
c * ~ u t5t;iy
i i ~ ~111
g t11t. i;t!<it~rd~l >,11>1ic
.Il ~ v r ~ ~* ~ur ~i~us rrtlesig~letl
o f <;~*~III~III>,
st*
l t r 4 1 s tIlc
~~ Ci~rrnik1~\~tl~II~I~L
for
- ii i , t ~ n ~ ~ - ~ i i r5111cly
u t i v t -n f tlie t w o ~ ~ ' ~ ~ I ~ ; I ~ I S ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ I I
sr,I~iclrII:IVI-~IILI~)~~~I
vt-r, (llffrrerrt p o l i t i ~ * ;l~~l i i t i o t ~ s
I n theGerln:111I)clnrwri~tir.Hepublic i h c j r l u t h Hostel i n
Leipzi w i l l IIC
tliccontnrt 1 ) ~ sSide
~ . trips will hcamade to
other j a c e s 11tcult~1r111
ir~tcrt.st.M u n r r h \\illh e t h e location
for inquiries into l ~ f ill
c thc I;edc.r;il Ilcpublic. Students \\,ill
l i v e w i t h host famllitbs I n ~ l i \ ~ ~<.ot~tact
d ~ ~ u lw i t h the people
is stressed. Lecturtdr :!nil dihc~lssior~s
t r i t h students and reli~ior~
R~~JIII)~,
s
vibita to .rwi:lI 311dv t ! l f : ~ r ~I t*~ s t i t i ~ l i ( l t and
~s,
IIIIL*IIL~~I~ICP
at ; ~ r t i ~ tli >
c ~~ ~ r f i ~ r ~A~I I~~ ri -i ~
s l~~ci lt i~i lsi ~Daily
~~~s
dih~ll%~itlllh.
Pi~rti<,ijml~
11rt.
t s ra)r~t*l,tcttt o sj)in:~k(:rrri~an at all
I irr~e,. I.:;lcl~ s ~ ~ i d c is
u tr w l i l i r c d t o kcel) it jourllal.
Counts toward German major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A )
Enrollment: 20
Prerequisite:German 32
.
Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London
Pat Quade, S t . 'Oluf
Cost: $895.00
Study o f drama through attendance at performances. More
than 40 theatres make L o n d o n the theatrical center of the
E r ~ n l i s l ~ - s p er ~\vurl(I
k i ~ ~311~1will c n i t I ) l ~S~U~PIIIS t o uxperlerlue variutles opdrunratic ruductio~ti.r r ~ u d c r iuld
r ~ tradi~lrruul.'I'lle courscb rvill ill\'oS)vc plu! i l t t e ~ l d u n cuntl
i ~ rlisCUS~IIIII,
I)i~rk>lsgt.
o\)s(:rv:lllcrri alld c.trr~scrvetlu~~.
Supplrb111e11tii1
vtslts ,irt5 p1ut111tdti1 l l ~ ~ c u l t u~ r~~l t~r ilt c t i (111
~ n1,011$
IIOII,
Stri~tforcl,Oxford, L I I I ~ ( : ~ ~ n ~ I > r i i Ii111cI
g e , l o ;I rcprcose~it;ilivt. rryiouel t Iltwtrr, S t ~ r d c ~will
~ t skeep j t r ~ ~ r n s l ~ .
(:OIIII~\
to\\;ir(l Engl~shor Speech major
Ftrlfills d~stril~utlo~r
ret~ulreme~~t
(Area :\ or HI
Grading is Pass/ No Credit only
Enrollment: 25
F o r advanced students i n French. Attendance at performances intc pr,~letl\tit li analysis i111t1clixc~~ssion.
\'isils 11);1rtistic and ctlht;rrt~ ex hillits. T w o full-tl:~ycoxcurslorla( t o (\.cbr.
Interdisciplinary IIb: Theatre in London
sailles and (:hafires) n i t h French-s leakin lectnrrrs. OptiilnToni C. 'l'hornton, .-Iugsl~urg
al week-enrl r.wcursir,ns t o Normiln& Stll$y of items t r i trlplCost: $895.00
r.;d i ~ i f v r l r rill
l tlrc! tiail! a1111 trci.kly prt:w. 0 1 i vc ~ thc
f
rnnst
Theatre i n London will provide the opportunity t o experst utiy c l u r i ~ q
the pcriod is LIlr
i1r11lort11111
; + u p ~ ~oft sI21r~u11jic
ience the finest theatre i n the world. T h e heart of the course
fnur Ittrun c ~ c't~nvt-rwtiol~:II
f
I)~;II'LI~P
ill KruuI)h of tllrci+
%%'ill
~ r l t u r ~ t ~~l rI~IdgIi h~~ ~ l r s ipl r~tg~ d t ~ ~ t hi ~ fIt:l~:~issal~ce,
rfl s
~:III,~I,wit11 ;I Irrtb11r11
51 IIC~~-III
t l w [ 111ivd!rsityt ~ 1':irls
f
;IV~III~
r n pcr*t!d
1)) the R ( y a l
I l e s t o r i t t i ~ i111d
~ r ~ i ~ ~ o i l c~IIv.
in t i ~ t n r S
. l u d t ! ~ ~tvlll
t s lir~-i)
~i
t l . ~ i l yji1iis11111
ill F r ( : ~ ~ cl11ci1rli
Sh;lkcspoirt. (:trrnp~rlv.I 1 e 0 l c l VIC, the YOIIIIR Vic, the NaI 111to t ! ~ w t r ~
IIII~
. ~ ~ ~ r ~ e r I>II
v : ~ l i t ~ ~ ~ ~
p ~ ~ r rc-fleclic)~~>
~ ~ t l r ~III~
tiirrlul I hcetrt.. :~llrlrrthcrs, \'isits t o ttic R r i t i ~ hkltlseurl~,
lirollrl~l i f e
the Victoria and Albert Museum, the National Portrait
Counts toward French major.
(;ollcry. the T a l e (:nllery, t l ~ 'fnsver
c
of I,rrndorr, the tiuust3
Fulfills distribution reuuirement (Area A).
of t':~rlinme~rt,r u ~ Stratford
d
up011hvon. 'I'irnc \\ill be nlGrading is Pas No Credit only.
luttuti for i n d r p c n d r r ~ iictivilics.
t
crudes \rill I)<!l m e d
Enrollment:
Prerequisite: French 51 with minimum grade of BI t f p~
lu~
~ and
s
produou p 1 1participition i a ~ ~ C . U S S ~ I J I of
s t t ~ d r ~ l tisl n' p r c ~ s s ~ o ~ l ~
tior~s,UIII~ 111x31111 j ~ t r r t ~ rl ct l~ o r d i r l g
u ~ t irnnlyses
d
of t h u plays, tlisc~~ssions
a~ld
c v r ~ ~ot fstile
Interim.
Counla l~rtvurtll'r~gllsl~
rlr 5fwtr.h major.
Fulfillr rll*frlln~titlnr ~ r l i ~ i r t ! r l r c ~ ~ ~ .
Gradi~tg1% l'ad No 1:rr-cIilo111y
Enrolln~c~~t,
If
~L!II
Program in the Middle East
Interdisciplinary IIc:
Industrial Democracy in Europe
Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D.
Cost: $895.00
Daniel Hellinger, S t . Olof
Harold Ditmanson, S t . Olclf
Il~tcrrru~ir~n;ll
ccrulomic L t r r ~ aeerrl
~ s l o b e drltwirig Icuro e
t11gct11t~.
w f ~ i l t * t : t l i iA~ Z~ rI ~lass ~ * < ~ ~ ~wilf lItin
i c ~i s~ ~ ~ l l
slalc% :Ire a1 ri1ir11I I lllitio~iill
~
rc~ht!$ivt!tli?is.T ~ ~ + I ' ~ I11.I111
I~SU
.rn~Ict>nflict,I~rrlllc~rlliorntc
frrruk olr I he forces <)Ictrllt.jtcl~~
a n d political, which are shaping t h e form a n d scope of industrial democracy in Europe. Discussion planned with
businessmen, scholars, t r i d e unionists a n d politicians. Cit'ies
on t h e itinerary a r e Amsterdam, Brussels, Luxembourg,
Strasbourg, Paris a n d London.
C:ounts to\vard Political Science or Economics major (depending
upon the type of requirements completed)
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area C )
Enrollment: 25
Prerequisites: One course in Economics or onecourse in Political
Science or com~letionof a short readine list us a substitute.
A study desi 11iv11 4 3 1r1i1kc<;I\ristiili~11is1c)ry(.ottle aIis,t~
f
I t r ~ n l :is
r ;UI r.ii~n~l,lc
tlf
through a n ex$a;l i l r l l ~ l (:lirihtl;t~i
vWestern
i ~ ~C h~r i s~t i ; ~ ~Iristtlr!
,
in rntcrar~t~amI l t ~ : ~ d i ;utll
~ t g It-(.tures will be carPF~~IIy
i ~ t t c # r i l l t ~wit
l 11 dirc1'1 C " X I X I L I I ~!<IP
sites, monumenls, ilrt : L I I L ~:rl.tii;it:tb relilterl I c i l h r d r v r l r q ~ ment of t h e Church in Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan city,
t h e seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian
center a n d its continued importance ttrrtjuyhu~ltt b c Mirlrllc
Ages. Resources include t h e v a t i c a n Mtisutl~t~,
Col:~cu~mt>s.
Basilicae of St. Peter a n d Paul, papal tolnI)s, ctc I5ricf v ~ r i l s
will b e m a d e t o Florence. Assisi, Subiavo, I'clmpri~. I'is:~.
Counts toward Religion major
Fulfills general requirement.
Enrollment: 35
Prerequisite: Religion 11, or erluivale~lt,interest in Christian history, and npproval of Religion Department chairman.
Music IIg: Instrumental Music
in England 1825-1977
Russian Ila: USSR: A Cultural Experience
Cost: $895.00
Miles H . Johnson, S t . O l ~ f
An instrumental ensemble of 45-BOstudents, selected b
audition. will participate in a work-study program d i v i d e l
into two segments:
1. T h e history, development, musical and instrumental
structure, a n d t h e literature of t h e British W i n d Band. Daily
lectures and/or rehearsals with t h e instructor and with
British historians a n d musicians. These will trace wind music
from Handel l l t r o ~711~ ~hibgiants such as Holst and Britten.
2. Study prrjt.ctsj,y lrlmps of students on aspects of musical life in a n istrli~teiliskllri I cu It u re. Sample topics: T h e Music of Handel, Cathedral Festivals, BBC a n d Music in
England, Music a n d Times of Elgar, Jacob. Sources for
research include t h e British Museum, Victoria a n d Albert
Museum, Cathedral libraries. Lectures and stud will be
supplemented by attendance at concerts a n d fierd trips t o
Oxford, Cambridge a n d Coventry.
(bunts toward Music major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area B )
Enrollment: 45-80
Prerequisite: Acceptable Audition
James Walker, St. Olc~f
Cost: $995.00
round trip trc~nsportationfrom Chicirgo
Focus on Kiev, Moscow a n d Leningrad - with trips to Zagorsk a n d Vladimir-Suzdal - t o experience a portion of t h e
rich cultural heritage of t h e Russian people, from their
classic church architecture to their ballet, from their folk
, r r rE::lct~
; ~ r ~ 1):lrticipant will b e ex1n11sir.I ( r tlruir c l ~ i ~ l t ~ ~ r ~ [irrl.
I > ~ ~ ,ti1t ~rw(I
! ~ li l l ;I 511t1*ii1iiv,tvliirtit t ~ titishian
f
culture as
L ~
rrturfl t o campus sub[)rrp;~retirint r ~ tr ho V O ~ I T ~~ CI I up1111
mit a paper o n o n e a s p w t rrf ~ ~ ~ c c ~ a l i z abased
t i o n on such
reading a n d personal c x p c r i u ~ ~ c in
u s t h e USSR. Brief visits
to Prague, Czechoslovukin i111tlM'arsaw, Poland.
Counts to\r,ard Russian major.
Does not fulfill distribution requirement
Enrollment: 25
Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture,
and Theatre in Madrid
Cost: $895.00
Leon Narvaez, S t . Olc~f
blmed a Improvingspoken S p b h , widening cuhud exwience,and b b i r g ncqmhted wikb the S
tm -in
Mrdrid with rtutiy ttlp to A v u ~ ,
Valley of the Fitllen, El b & l , mid Sc ovla &tl*itia
Includetutoring three Hnm a wehk by &ankh skudab
from bheUdvsrstty of Mudrld. h uent vUts to t h e Prado
E&!!k-
and other mseumr, a t t h d a * athearmptqfaqnances
intpl~iutad
with analysis and dlwwlon. Tbe group will
l a wandswcem of the Madrid Symphony, fUm show-
Ings, a n d other cultural functions, as well as Protestant
and Catholic church services Students will keep a journal
rn Spunrsh
CounU tnw&dSpanlsh major
Fulf~lbd*ihut~on requirement (Area A )
c r d d b.PasgrNo
~ ~
Credit only
E n r o l k d : I3
Prereqursrte Spanrsh 51 wlth mlnrmum grdde of R-
Biology IIe or IIIe:
Human Ecology in Israel
Cost: $1,100.00
Daniel palm, -St. Olclf
Drsigrrccl t o p r r ~ m o t ea stt~cl)iriltl discovery of t h e interactons u11d relr~tiurlsl~ips
betwccu rn:ln, his v u l ~ u r ea n d history,
a n d 121c(!nvirrlrllncut in whirl1 11e livm. !l~c!course will be
interdisciplinan I I I ~i:~tui-1:.I I I u cotilltry \\it11 a I I I I ~ L ~riIrigt.
~IP
of climatic, geolt~gicr~l,
r:tCiitl, n'rrtlrrrnic ; I I L histciric.ul
~ ~
~,)cl'~
spectives, t h e p t ~ r s ~r ~h iI hi.
l usct'nt o l nl:lll C ~ I I II I Ix~rtic~~lslrIy
rewarding. Field t r i p rrrounrl J ~ - ~ I S : I ~ tVo I(:;tlilee,
II,
1111:
Mediterranean sc.:il)rri~rrl.Ihe J I K ~ n~ildt!rl~t%>,
~II
Negrv tlcsert, a n d t h e Red Sea i ~ Eilat
t
\\ill prrlvide tl~nplerrppnrtunity
t o learn at t h e centers (11onfirluitv. I.ectur*, discussicit~s,
a n d assigned readings will ~rttvirlctht. Ircluk~rounrlfor tllc
preparation of a puprr rleit/irlg ncith s o m e sj,rcitic topir in
h u m a n ecology in Israel.
Counts toward Biology major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (~\reoD )
Enrollment: 30
Prerequisite: One semester of biology and one semester of behavioral science.
Programs in Mexico and the Caribbean
Program in Hawaii
Religion IIf: Proclamation and Development:
Dynamics of Christian Social Concern
Cost: $310.00
in the Third World
pltrs trcinsportution
Ansgar Sovik, St. Ol(lf
Asian Studies IIa:
Hawaiian Intercultural Relations
Olaf Millert, St. Olrif
cultural a n d archaeological sites. Emphasis o n differing
cultural values in t h e Spanish language area.
Counts toward Spanish major.
Grading is Pass/ No Credit only.
Prerequisite: Spanish 51
' 1 . 1 ~st I I ~ : \ \ i l l l(wiis W I tl~i!r c h t it111 of t :Itrid ~ I I TpI r i ~ ~ - l i t ~ ~ t ; t t ioti 1i1 Ixlvtbrfy. udllic.:~lolq>r{:h\itlr~i ~ n dwtiill i n j l ~ s l ill
i~~
Interdisciplinary IId: Intercultural
tl~[:'ftlird bl~[lrlc~.
i111~ltilt. (:hrbstia~~s'r i ~ I ~ o ~ ~ s i lfor
j i l tvork.
i~y
Cost: $490.00
Communication in Mexico
i r ~ gt~r\vilrrintruc.turrs !hot nlnkc presil,lc ;I trrilv h11mn11
Joel Mugge, Augshurg
rxittrnru. 'I'hv ~ I I H H ~( ~i Jt Ihrllir. llcrledirtrr~uhlo~iasler, :11
\r.ilT hourr purt rr.lpalrtr. hl ur~l.
iihuutrprc Ilair I:uc:r~luv:~c;~
tluvrd i l l hIuxict>(:itv, Ouxnca, arid [I I~r!nt:dirtirtculnllnsl ~ ~stnfl illid OI her q~laliJic(iI C Y 11rrr~
~
h e n ol t IIP h , l ( ~ l l i'ry
L T * (:IICTIIIII,IIC~I,
\\,it 11 SIII~III
Icry i l l t Ilc \,iII;~gt.of : \ ~ I U : I I U ~Ittb:Ir
i g r ~ u d i n kA, I I I ~ I ~;111cl
, ~ I ~ S C I I ~ S I I I I I K ~ I M tie111
*t~llls l ~ i l ~l d i~r ~r~ e~t i lt11tI ~ trlpb Itr trllter ptirls of 111thc t ~ c ~ n l r 'I'ruvcl
y.
to
of L.utin I \ I I I C I ~ ~ ' U
~ IlIl i ~ t ~ IrI I~~ ~~{ It I iI I(R ~\ ~r q~> r ~ ~ ( ~ l l lry
fr(l
~
bl cxictj provi(i~>
h l t ~ x l c \sill
t ~ h e h v u11,1rlt,rl)i~s, I I I1rai11,
l.
'1111rrw,I;uItii.rr~q I.'ril~l.e,
sl~c:lrwrilcrs ;rc n t ~ i l i n ~C:lhrli~rti,
:t st7tlir1p nhrrin znai~?~ l uItl ivr~l.hwi:~l,uncl r r ~ l i ~ i t >v tl~~s l i ~ t ~
C ~ i v ~ l dl i1~~,t.~I ~, I I I( ; I I \ I ~ V I , :it~[lI)! thr ''(;hri%t~ I I I I Sf i ~ r
ar[> mud^ ditfrrt*iit fr~tiitotIr II\\~II.
'rl~t?rotlrw will ex1)liirtb
Srw*iulis~n"~ r ~ a r v t ~ i ri rr ir ~IAutir~
~ t :\rilrric:t, Dtrtr.1 t:ulltrrurt.~o
ways in which tllusia :tq)ec.ts of culture influence a n d shape
~~t
i111ii~ ~ I V ~ ~ I V ~ IillI I~P! ~I ~I II I I I I I I ~ dT vI v~ ~i ?VI r ) p n ~ eprtijrct
t h e communication pr(~'ch5,both verbal a n d non-verbal. An
I I I ~ [ ) I I ~w11it.h
I I t IIV r11t1wI1is s i ~ - k i r itgu a c l ~ i a l i wits s<wi:ll
examination of tht- I ~ a r r i e nthat block effective communicatirtn l w l t t e ~ . cultures
n
urlcl explrrrt. thr. ways ~ h r r i I~orricrs
*
concoril \\'ill Ilc i u ~int egriil lirrrt o f t hc progrunt Wct!k-end
call 11e tlrokc~ldown will hr facilititted ~ I I I . ~hI .dIi r ( ~ ,Ct O I ~ ~ : I C I
fivlil lrilis tvill fc11t11rc41r~ibsoi c u l l u r ~ al n d r c l i g i o ~ ~in.s
of 'l'eol ilruuc-all.
tc!rc>t, a1lc.h :ds kfexico (:it\. lllc ~>vruniitis
with scvr:rul rlimensions r)f M r r i r a n lifr - t.l!ran
Mllxicrl <:it?,
1 IIC coIorl'1~1
;\ACV ~ n : l r k ~I f( * \ v ~<>(
I * I ' q x > ~ t l :tiIIL~ ~311q11ifi.
tllc i ~ i d i ~ e ~ uculture
lus
of Oax:lc.:I, a disciplined monastic
OL'JII a r c l l : ~ t ~ ~ l ur(*~i~uins
~ i ~ ~ t l~t OLIXI.<~,
t lit, ~ ' r i ~ f~t 'sl t ! of
ll
Several
t.rrnlm~i~~It!,
; ~ n tdh e residents 11l:i s r ~ ~ evillage.
'l'uxcrr. PIC.
pri~wrllrlr.kl e ~ t sa, n extensive d:~ily jourtliil, a n d a final paper
Counts to\vard Religion major
will b e required.
Fulfills general requirement.
Does not count tolvard major.
Enrollment: 20
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Prerequisite: Freshmen religion
Grading is PasVNoCredit only.
Enrollment: 40
."
Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish in
Cuernavaca, Mexico
Cost: $450.00
plus trnnsportnlion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
(formerly C I D O C )
lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish Language in t h e native
setting with native-speaking instructors, at t h e Cuernavaca
Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Strong emphasis
o n t h e development of functional languageskills at t h e
upper-intermediate level. T h e relationship of language t o
culture is also treated. Occasional trips t o important cultural
and archaeological sites. A " working ' language course in an
exciting a n d colorful setting.
Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32.
Grading is Pass/ No Credit on1
Prerequisite: Successful compttion of Spanish 31 01 equivalent
Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in
Cuernavaca, Mexico
Cost: $450.00
plus transportution
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
(formerly C I D O C )
lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish langua e a t t h e advanced
level in a nativesetting with native-spea&ing instructors
o f t h e C:ucrllnvar:l Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
S t n r n ~r!lnptlusis o n t h e development a n d perfecting of langungcskills at t IIP advanced level. Trips to important
Interdisciplinary Ile: French and Art:
French Caribbean Culture
Cost: $895.00
Mary E. Johnson, :\ugshurg
Stuilin i l l tllp :hrI. Iiiston.. III\I\~C'.
IJIILI 1.uItura1 richness of
Haiti artrl hlarti~iil.l~lv.
tllelr rule 111 tltc French-speaking
v : ~ ~r r f I h e Caribbean.
\r,orld. ilrltl I heir s i # ~ t i f i c i ~ l ~ (:I : Wlrl
After four cl;t!,s ol ~ntclrsivcprrp;lr:tljol~Ian campus, t h e
t\vo itnri unt: hi111' u.rrks in I l.iit i, a n d o n e
grolrp \r.ill s~~r'liti
w r r k ~ I hlrtrti~liqt~tI
rvitl~;i p n s s i t j l c ~ l ~ijl pl ( ; ~ ~ u t l e l o u p e .
I,rctilrrs, rrarlii~gs,firld er;pcrirl~crs,or:d re >arts a n d a
jourr~i~l
rt!qi~irr(I. 111Ilaiti, s l r ~ d i still
~ s irlcltlc!r \*isitsto art
galleries, t h e C e n t r e D'Art, t h e Albert Schweitzer Hospital,
t y I laiti, t h e Citadelle 1,iiIcrric~rc.~ l l Sc t i ~ ~ b
( h e Il n i v t ~ r ~ l irf
factory, a n d other ilrterrhf sprrls. SinlS O I I CI '~i ~ l ~ c IiI ~\ug:Ir
.
Il:w c.~rli)hasiswill pertain in M a r t i n i q u ~Offerrrl for Frt*ilc.h
credit o n laltermcdi:tte a n d advanced levels. :~nrl/or:Irl
f dclr:lrtn~t:nt.
rrrtlit iir~rlcprnclct~t
study) by permissic~tlr ~arl
niuj<)r
Does nut carulll lo\ri~r~l
Fulfills distrilr~~~ion
rcrl~rirl.rnr~,t
at . \ ~ r g . ~ b t t r g o n l ~ ~
Gradili~is Rted No (:rt.di( ~ I I I I V .
Enrollrncrlt 85
~
Cost: $895.00
A study of t h e interrelation of cultures, Asian, Polynesian,
a n d American, which h a v e c o m e to interact with each other
in Hawaii. Participants will b e assumed to have basic familiarity with t h e American component, a n d t h e course \rill
thereforeconcentrate on Asian a n d Polvnesian traditions
as shown in social customs, religion, and t h e arts, a n d on
t h e consequences of their interaction with t h e American
tradition in t h e 5 0 t h state.
T w o weeks at theuniversity of Hatvaii in Honolulu, with
lecturers from both t h e University of Hawaii a n d t h e EastWest Center, will be follo\t,ed by a third t\:eek at Brigham
Young University - Hawaii Campus at Laie. Representatives
of t h e various Polvnesian islands will talk about their
heritage, and participants \\,ill have access to t h e Polynesian
Cultural Center with its displavs a n d performances. In t h e
final week at t h e Makapalo Retreat Center on t h e island of
Iiarvi~ii.t Ili?rt*will I)e !,unlrli;lr) disct~ssion.;; ~ n tsyn~pohia
l
I ~ i i t r 1111
l p;l[Irrs uritt~-tl11) s t i ~ d ( * ~ itlrot~l
tts
thcir ~ ~ l t i ' i i ~ l
[>rojtx*t,r\rritIlc o[)port~lnilyt o vxplort. hist(jr1c 5 i t t ~<-I hnic
iuld ilrl muaeunls, ri.lifiinus shr111fi- ilrld t lie l~t.at.ht-. Hawaii
itself is :i I l v i n ~Iahorator! of ~nturl:ulturitl rrliltinns
Counts toward hsian Studies major
Fulfills no distril~utionrequirement.
Enrollment: 25
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1989
......................2
Calendar ............................3
About this Catalog ..........3
Introduction
..............................3
Visiting Students .............4
Courses ..............................5
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1989
......................2
Calendar ............................3
About this Catalog ..........3
Introduction
..............................3
Visiting Students .............4
Courses ..............................5
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is
particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ
styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in
places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they
would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students
can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition
refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few
Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the
course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing.
Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select.
Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the
number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer
enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for
graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1989
................................................Interim Registration
.............................................................Late Interim Registration
...........................................................................First Day of Interim
October 31-November 4
December 5
January 3
Class I 9 a.m.
Class I1 1p.m.
January 4
January 16
.................................................
Last Day for CanceYAdd
..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading
System with Registrar
January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 27 .....................................................................................
I n t e r Ends
January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration
................................................................
Spring Semester Begins
February 1
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning
time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for
Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will
begin at 9 a.m.)
Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock.
About this Catalog
The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in
alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs
not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit.
Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in
tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of
the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24
international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for
International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed
near the end of this catalog.
Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd
internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no
btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc
same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299)
for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students
choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must
be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than
December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the
Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other
4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof
these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary
will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration
for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the
regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other
4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily
be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home
institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January
term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the
Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the
interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of
$10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
Art
Calligraphy
ART 106-490011306-49002
drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through
and assignments center
pecial attention given to
cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus
r division students are
historical writing styles
:
er and mat board
Room: Old Main 4
Biology
Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts
BIO 113-490051313-49006
I
4
,
I
.;
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and
California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will
include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates,
nd animal life, and
mils, the
survival mec
ra a
a. Studies will be
conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson
Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina
Mountains. H
diskrk&sknied
'
.
Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students
taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and
to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for
upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in
greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that
will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be
given to biology majors.
I
There will be some class days on campus both before and after the
trip.
.
I
The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment,
and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping),
admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4.
Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 214
Viruses: At the Threshold of Life
BIO 116-49003
Instructor: Robert Herforth
Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life.
genes surrounded by a
n and multiply only as
eeming simplicity, some
mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This
major discoveries on
of viruses, and their
c will also look at the
viral invasion, at the
drugs, and at some
g AIDS. Grades will
during the course.
Room: Science 213
,
Botany, Birds and Blight
BIO 117-49004
Instructor: Gloria Warner
Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas
of biology which may not be available to students in their regular
be as exciting and
arn various ways to
plant structure and
tification and Como
2. Studentswil
of Natural Hist
for a week at the Bell Museum
tification and a t
Grades will be based on class participation and exams.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 214
.
Business
Management Simulation Games
BUS 278-49007/37&49008
Instructor: Amin Kader
During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a
computerized business management exercise. Each team will
control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts.
Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting
what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy
will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures,
and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends.
Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to
have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply
1
I
I
business concepts learncd.
The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training.
This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive
analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the
relationship between the various component parts of the business
decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used
for this group.
Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112
or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Murpy Square 3
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295.49009
Instructor: John Cerrito
who are not majoring
for starting and running a
small business.
The student will
management
aspcts of small busincss
a business plan for ia
studies.
Business major&ay not take this course for credit.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 3
.
I
Chemistry
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-49010
Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for
centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers
and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades
the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry
becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence
on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics,
"the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out,
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system
of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result
of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the
problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry
can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world,
and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the
human ct~ndition.
d
This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films
will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will
be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but
+'
does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: II
Room: Science 315
History of Chemistry
CHE 125-49011
Instructor: Jean C. Kunz
This course seeks
chemistryfrom ancien
science of today. The
on the discovused a few ele11 examine the
I
the powerful modem
sed primarily upon a
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Computer Science
Fortran
CSC 270-49012
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming
languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This
course will involve lectures and programming assignments in
FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I
Room: Science 212
I
I
Economics
Welfare Economics
ECO 414-49013
Instructor: Ed Sabella
The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory.
Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects.
Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
I
I
Education
C( International Education
EDS 245-49014
Instructor: Richard Germundsen
Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the
proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This
course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention
will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American
models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers.
Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation,
and an investigative project.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
Media Technology
EDE 341-49015
Instructor: JohnBollis
Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and
informational technology.
Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included
and each student will leave the class with word processing skills.
Students will survey current software materials for educational
and instructional settings.
This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary
education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and
final exam. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process
Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Foss 170
w
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten
EDE 37549016
Instructor: Mary Endorf
Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom.
This class will:
A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child.
B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich
are supported by current research and practices in education
settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - "how to learn".
E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans.
F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development
(characteristics of the kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices.
H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional
programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakers and field trips.
Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student
will be able to identify:
1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten.
2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and
the theories behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of
students.
4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten
that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the
teacher.
Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination.
is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process.
Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
Human Relations
EDS 388-49017
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof
major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a
perspective of minority group members with interaction from
class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom
setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global
society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this
course.
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to
teaching and other profesiional vocations.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process
Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 21
Student Teaching
EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022
EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023
EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024
EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
English
The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction
ENG 240-490271340-49020
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
fiction? What elements of fiction
What is fiction? What is
should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety
of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the
Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in
class discussions, write iw analysis
a selected short story,
write an original d~c>rl,itn
ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final
exam.
I
Students taking th? course for upper division will read an additional novel end@rcyarc a substantial paper/class presentation
based on it.
Prerequisites: Effective Writing
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Re-Visions:
Contemporay British and American Drama (1965- )
ENG 249-49026
Instructor: Douglas E. Green
Who are the new Shakespeares and O'Neills, Shaws and Millers?
Are there any grand new sights and sounds on English and American stages?
This course will encourage students to assess the current state of
British and American theater: the relation to national (and transAtlantic) trends and traditioning; the variety of issues, concerns,
and themes; the diversity among playwrights themselves; the
various modes of production. Readings will be drawn from the
works of playwrightslikeOrton,Stopperd,Shepard,Mamet, Wilson,
Churchill, Norman, Fornes, and others. There will also be some
pairing of current works with "classic" pieces. Depending on
January offerings in the Twin Cities, the class will also attend one
or possibly two productions by contemporary playwrights, for
which there will be a fee. Evaluation will be based on a number of
short papers, class participation, and a comprehensive exam.
Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) or
consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore
ENG 355-49029
Instructor: John Mitchell
Feature films, ranging from
Wall, will also be examined
Students will be rebased upon
Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing)
Time: II
Room: Science 123
I
'I
'
I
French
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-49030
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysisof a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communicationand critical skills, develop cultural
sensitivity,and become acquainted with significant French writers.
Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the
works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: II
Room: Old Main 25
German
Introduction to Yiddish
GER 220-49076
Instructor: Don Steinmek
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler
on the Roof ), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several
other great writers have in common? They were wri tten in Yiddish.
How did expressions like "chuspe," shnook," "klutz," "kitch,"
"schmaltz" and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is
Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim
you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German.
Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests.
Prerequisites: One year of college German or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
Health and Physical Education
IITheonj, Technique and Administrative
Aspects of Coaching Football
7
.L
-1
1 x 1
L
'
HPE 224-49035
I- Instructor: Bill Huns tock
Students will learn the history of the game of football and of the
people who made major advances in the game. Attention will be
given to the organization and administration of a footballprogram
including staffing, player personnel, practice organization and
game day organization. There will be stress on the methods of
teaching individual, group and team skills and on strategies of
offense and defense. Students will practice teaching methods in
actual football practices. There will also be attention given to the
ethics of coaching football.
This course will be taught in conjunction with a 16 day trip to
Australia by the college football varsity for exhibition games and
workshops.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 4
IIRecreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-49032
Instructor: Pam Schreurs
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage
and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts
and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I1 Monday and Wednesday and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
k d m i n i s t r a t i o n and Supervision of the School Health
Program
HPE 41G49033
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods
and materials in health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community.
Periodic exams coveringlecture and textbook assignments; written
summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 2
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
"
h i
HPE 45S-49034
/ - Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with five or six other people and will
function as an active crew member.
-
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat
handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and
navigation. Sailingwill include cruises to various islandsand cays
in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A
daily ships log will be kept 6y all participants and a final written
exam will be given. P/Ngrading only.
The course will last January5-24. The fee of $2300 includes roundtrip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat
rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due
October 31.
Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic
Director
Distribution: Lifetime sports
II Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-49036
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting
report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
II Coaching of Hockey
HPE 478-49037
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching
hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-ice
coaching techniques and scouting reports.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I Monday through Wednesday and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481-49038
Instructor: Al Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball. There will be practical experienceon the floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification by
the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be
based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor.
While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students
have some basketball playing experience.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays.
Room: Melby 202
His tory
Eastward to A m e h : Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-49039
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Course will focus on Asian immi ation to the United States in the
&&18th m N r y and tLun of
2Olh century. The Chinese,
la-,
K~xemandFill
e x p i a m will receive specialattenti011 ~ ~ o n c l u d wthacompmmt
r
on the changesin the U.S.
Immigration laws in the post-world war I1 period. Students will
study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in,
the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American
economic scene and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the
end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
Immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to
some Asian immigration.
Content and teaching style: Lectures, class discussions, audiovisuals and reports on the A-Vs. There will be a mid-term and a
final project (a paper-topic to be selected the first week of the term
in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
p
8L
Gandhi and Martin Luther King:
The Images and the Reality
HIS 440-49040
Instructor: Don Gustafson
ies of our century, in-
Grading will be l m d on papers, class participation and a final
exam.
Prerequisites: Sophomore status or above and at least one college
history or political science course.
Time: I1
Room: Foss Seminar
In terdisciplinavy -FXE
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)is a special
Interim course designed for first year students that will grow out of The
Augsburg Anthology. For the 1989 Interim there will be a single course
with four sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The
course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Urban distribution
requirement. One part of this course will be a series of lectures for the
entire college community.
Measuring the Elusive Ideal:
Realized and Unrealized Dreams
INS 189-49041
Instructors: Larry Crockett, Joan Griffin, Ron Palosaari,
Bruce Reichenbach
What went wrong in Vietnam? Why do serious racial problems
persist in America? Why do so many families have such different
expectations about males and females? Why do so many foreign
countries dislike America?
In this course we will consider these and other issues by a comparison between ancient Athens and modern America, looking for
similarities and differences. Using both ancient and modern texts
we will examine how each nation created an image of itself as a
people dedicated to certain ideals. We will see some ways in which
the ideals were compromised, reinterpreted, or abandoned.
Students will participate in the course through assigned readings,
analysis of films, several short papers or daily journals, and participation in a group project. In addition, a final examination will help
students integrate various aspects of the learning experience.
Prerequisites: Freshman status
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room: Science 123
The Redemocratization Process in South America
INS 219-49074
Instructor: Maria de la Luz Silva
Profesor Maria de la Luz Silva is a Fulbright scholar from Chile
who is spending part of the 1988-89 school year at Augsburg.
In the first part of this course she will focus on the origin and
characteristicsof the authoritarian regimes of Argentina, Uruguay
and Chile. In the second part of the course students will examine
the evolution and transformation within these states and particularly consider the emergence and development of democratic
alternatives. Finally, Professor Silva will analyze Chile as a special
case study of retarded transformation.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work
INS 299-49042
Instructors: Gany Hesser and Lois Olson
Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn by
observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time
placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a
week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an
unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)to enable
students to observe and experience the relationships between the
worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students'
abilities to learn from first hand experience.
Each participant will observe and work approximately20 hours per
week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two
hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/
log and seminarparticipation. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis.
Participants will complete a resume by November 23 and secure a
placement before the end of Fall classes (December 9).
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured
by December 9.
Time: 11
Room: Murphy Square 2
~ ~ c o n o m i cthe
s , Environment and Appropriate Technology
INS 218-49043
Instructor: Tom Morgan
The objective of this course is to help students develop a clearer
sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our
natural resources continue to play in the economic well-being in
our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment,technologicalchange and
economic development. We will then develop some basic economic tools which we will use to analyze decisions regarding our
use of the environment in technological and economic develop
ment. Finally we will consider alternative (appropriate) technological applicationsbeingexperimentedwith as potential solutions
to environmental problems. Course material will be presented
through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits.
Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of
their research into specific environmental/technologicalissue.
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Mathematics
r( Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-49044
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary
statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with
the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical
and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures,
discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and
final exam will be the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: Math placement: Group 111
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Math of Interest
MAT 173-49045
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more
than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than
men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance?
Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to
invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant
for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the
mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes.
This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careersin finance-related fields.
Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Music
willi
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-49048
Instructor: Steph Gabrielsen
every day for three hours, and each
Improvisation i
usic m
meetings, using a variety of imstudent
provisational t W es and styles.
Prerequisite: M m ability on a musical instrument or
instructor's p
Distribution:
Music
Time: I
Room: Music 4
'1
n
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS179-49047
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Mebler
The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich
served to inspire the building of places of worship in this country;
the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest
of their kind; and have been long emulated by our own ensembles.
The original scores of Handelfs "Messiah" in London's British
Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the
awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of
our encounte
concert p d o
and visits to
marksare planned. For tho= with a Bpedal interestin music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-RobbinsCentrein England
and hospitals .researching musk and medicine b~ Herdeclce and
Ludmwhefd, West Gemany. The compmhmsive feeof $226
includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland
and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several
cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the
International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street. This course is
offered on a P/NP basis only.
The History of Jazz
MUS 241-49049
Instructor: David Hawley
The United States Congress has declared jazz a national treasure.
America's improvisational art form has not only influenced the
nature of our
but has also been the
throughout the world.
This course will cxarninb\lt! cyajoti~nof jazz from itsblack secular
roots to the current electr ,dallyinfluenced contemporary idiom.
The characteristicsof sig$can t performers from each period will
be analyzed as well as<-,tileiwlucncc of this art form on artists of
reading assignments will
and selected filmsand video
two written and listening
exams.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 2
NOR 111-49050
background in Nonvesin speaking, listening,
Classroom practice
d structures and the
.
Room: Old Main 29
Philosophy
On Dreams
PHI 200-49051
Instructor: Mark Fue
some an-
assignments. Evaluation will be traditional.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Phusics
J
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-49052
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the scienceof meteorology which will provide a working
knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will
be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and
understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included
are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the
Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory
followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States
visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at
Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and
Gulfport, Mississippi;Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach
and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and
explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the
visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi
River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television
station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites,
and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain
a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be
created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried
on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the
full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily
quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Initial deposit due by October 28.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Library I
Introduction t o Space Science
PHY 320-49053
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in scienceand engineering who
are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics
required for further study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper
atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the
solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma
sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling
with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora.
Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Pol it
Science
n numerous other
ete conclusions
You will be required to read
presidency, write analytical
the more you should try to read.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 24
E Politics,~ollywoodstyle
POL 328-49075
Instructor: William Morris
This course will examine the impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/or
institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracyof these images by
considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other
information availableon each subject. Close attention will be given
to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decisionmaking in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written a n a l p and
evaluations of the political content or ''image" of politics in the
films shownin class. These, plus additionalarticlesandportronaof
books from the social sciencesand other literatureparalleling some
of the films' themes, will serveas the basis for class discussion. The
papers, a test on assigned readings establishing the framework for
the class, and class participation will determine final grades. There
will be a film fee of approximately $10 to cover costs.
Prerequisites: Political Science 121 or 158
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
Difficult Judicial Choices:
How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions
POL 475-49055
Instructor: Phillip F. Fishman
The course is designed for political science and social work students and others who are concerned with institutional operation
and change/reform. Text and actual case-studieswill be employed
to examine the role of the federaljudiciary in: prison reform, mental
health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing,
police and immigration policy in the 90s. Course objectives are to
assist the student: 1)to understand the judicial process and how
jrrdg~slnakc policy; 22) tu Ivarn how linbilily i s ~st~ib1ishc.d
i~rid
app~.opriatcrcmtaclics arc' f;ishionrd lor rrdicf; 3 ) b cxplorc tlic
rlynarrtic. r-onfliihtIwIwccn 1l1c f ~ i l ~ r tx-nch
al
nnr.-1 j>ol~tic'rlland
adrninistrdtivc i n s t ~ l itions.
l
'I'l~cinstructor uscs Icct~~re
i111rl hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction.
There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course.
In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolifan police station, a United States
immigration court and a mental health facility.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing
Time: Tuesday, January 3, 6-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and
Wednesday thereafter
Ro-om: Old Maih 16
Psychology
The Psychology of Law
PSY 335-49056
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
Evaluation will
participation, student research
Re1igion
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-49057
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world.
We will not only examinethe LutheranChurch as it is at the present
time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its develop0years of history. The text by
ment and cultural
Lcct LI r c and class discussion
ss to the Gospel in art,
will deal with cx
music, missions,
theology. Requireper. One text costing
ments will inclu
ascd in class on the second
erim course may be used to
meet religion r e q ~ c r n e n t s )
,
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-49058
onal African culture
will be studied, as well as atgy!' A major section
ses of churches in
South Africa to t
will be lectures
luated on several
toward graduation religion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 18
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
REL 445-49059
anguage in the Bible. The
character of language for
es will be based on class
an examination.
course may be used
Social Work
C( Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-49060
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who
participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs.
This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Studentswill volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an
agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific
small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experienceswill be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will
be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 1
Family Violence: Recurring Issue, New Perspectives
sWK330-4906<1
Instructor: Maria rown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (StokelyCarmichael)?
Is family violence just a reflection of societfs violent attitudes?
Why DOES familyviolenceoccur,and when, and to whom? Today,
identified violence in families has reached what many professionals consider "epidemic proportions". This course is intended to be
an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including
contributingfactorsandconsequencesfor the familyand the broader
society. Students will research various forms of family violence.
Classroom speakerswill include professionalswho are involved in
current policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
One-half credit ovtion: classroom discussion, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in
family violence.
Full credit ovtion: requires writing and presenting of research on
area of interest in family violence.
Prerequisites: Inko to Psychology, Sociology or Social Work
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Social Work and Community Services
in Great Britain
SWK 346-49061
7y!-!L
/
- I
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern -ancient
in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores
social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of
community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping
networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family
homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures.
London is the nerve center for the country's resources and we will
begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such
as Great Ormond Street Childrensl Hospital and Toynbee Hall
Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will
unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal
socialpolicies. These policies have established servicesavailable to
all citizensin health, education, income maintenance, housing, and
personal social servics. They also provide the major working turf
of the social work profession.
As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and
explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition
to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and
Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the
small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities.
Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and
literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The
Houscs of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites
such asOxford are an integral part of rmgnizingand appreciating
the wholc community. CuIturc and history come to lifc duringday
excurtions through the gcntle English countryside ta Oxford and
Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury.
Students will complement their direct experience by reading the
British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and
books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the
Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise of Fhe Welfare Stake; P.Barclay, Social
Workers: T h i r Role and Tmks; Charlcs Dickens, Oliver Twisf; any
play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality prcsd - The Gtdardinn, The
Times, The Telegraph.
Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective
journal, an agency study, a critique of a current socialpolicy (which
includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The course is offered on a P/
NP basis.
The comprehensivefee of $1,995 includes air and surfacetravel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week
London travel pass.
Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at
the Office of International Programs.
7
Field Work III
SWK 466-49064 (full course)
466-49065 (112 course)
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personal/professional development; to promote competence in
the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on
analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 -educationally focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field
Instructor using previously developed contract and social work
evaluation forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-49065) (15 hours per week) or
full (466-49064)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of
the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: to be arranged
Sociology
Principles o f Sociology (with emphasis
on thd ~ e a l t h
Care ~ i i t e m )
SOC 121-49071
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an
academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights
into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place
in it.
The emphasis for illustrations and exerciseswill be directed to the
health care system. Cross cultural comparisonswill be drawn. As
such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and
related professionals and for consumers as well.
This coursecovers the same concepts and meets the same objectives
as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily
written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given.
Time: II
Room: Music 24
Racial and Minority Group Relations
om of racial and minority group
ejudice, racism, and
format will include
for off-campus parexpect evaluation to
n, a research project,
nly on a P/N basis.
Time: I
Room: Music 23
!
Spanish
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-49067
The objective of th
tal literature
Student evaluation will
pation in class
discuss continenIt will involve
reports, partici-
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Speech-Communication Movement for the Theater
SPC 226-49068
etc. Students wil
nd styles of movewill be to increase the
gh movement, by examintiming, concentra11 be introduced as
aspects of movement
a1 expression, gesture, walking,
rent styles of movement, from
c. Movement exercises will be
Some principles of
Studentswill be given required readings concerning the principles
of movement on which they will be asked to write brief essays.
Grading will be based on commitment to and effectivenessof class
work and essays, and on 3-4 movement presentations.
The class will be designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for such fields as
teaching, law, the ministry, etc.
Time: II
Room: Tjomhom-Nelson Theatre
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with
Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college.
Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim
Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-49069
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or
for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in
the December 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of
approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some
scholarships available).
Washington D.C. Interims
Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda
POL 398-49072
Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles
POL 398-49073
These interims begin January 2 and continue until January 21. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial
assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiencesduring
the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained
from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (3301655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October
26,1988. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
ANCIENT GREECE
1THE ANCIENT AND MODERN MAYA OF YUCATAN
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
1THE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND
CHINA AND CHANGE: IMPLICATIONS FOR THE WEST
IICONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC
SYSTEMS
DEUTSCH IN DEUTSCHLAND
I
ENGLISH CASTLES AND CATHEDRALS, COUNTRYSIDE
AND CITIES
1THE ENGLISH SCHOOL AND FAMILY
EUROPE AND THE RISE OF MODERN SCIENCE
EXPLORING HUMAN SERVICES AND SOCIAL WORK IN
GREAT BRITAIN
1GREAT WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS: USSR & ENGLAND
HAWAII: A CULTURAL AND LITERARY HISTORY
INSIDE IRELAND
1JANUARY IN AND AROUND PARIS
MODERN EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND WORKLIFE
MUSEUMS, MUSIC AND MONUMENTS IN THE GREAT
CITIES OF EUROPE
THE PANORAMA OF ENGLISH THEATRE
LI THE ROMAN EMPIRE: CITIES, BATHS AND VILLAS IN
BRITAIN AND ITALY
1SOUNDS AND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
SOUTH SEA ADVENTURE: TROPICAL ECOLOGY
CI SPECIAL EDUCATION OVERSEAS: AMSTERDAM, ENGLAND, SCOTLAND
SPAIN: A COUNTRY IN TRANSITION
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activity is available to students during Interim and
students may register for this class as well as for a regular course. This
activitv does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports
requi&ment for graiua tion. Students may participate in this class
without registering for the course, but will be cxpcctd to pay any fees
whether or not the student registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-49070
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate,
taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee
of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1200-1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Show less